^^  ^^ 


A  SEEIES 


OF 


FIRST  LE880N8  IN  GREEK : 


ADAPTED    TO 


T.IE  SECOND  EDITION  OF 

GOODWIN'S   GREEK   GRAMMAR, 


AND   DESIGNED   AS 


AN    INTRODUCTION 


y 


EITHER   TO   GOODWIN'S   GREEK    READER,    OR   TO    GOODWIN   AND 

WHITE'S    SELECTIONS    FROM    XENOPHON    AND    HERODOTUS, 

OR    TO    THE    ANABASIS    OF   XENOPHON. 


BT 


JOHN  AYILLIAMS  ΛΥΗΙΤΕ,  Ph.D., 

PROFESSOR     OF     GREEK     IN     HARVARD     UNIVERSITY. 


V  or 


Οί'κοϋν  οίο9  ΟΤΙ  αρχή  τταντος  έργον  μέγιστον,  αλ%ως  τε  καΐ  νέφ  και  άτταλύ 
ότωονν ;  —  Plat.  Eep.  II.  377  Α. 


BOSTON: 

PUBLISHED   BY   GINN   &   COMPANY. 
l888. 


ΟοΓΓΕίσπτ,  1880. 
By  JOHN  WILLIAMS  WHITE. 


J.  S.  CusuiNu  &  Co.,  I'KiNTEKs,  Boston. 


PEEFAOE. 


n^HE  revision  and  enlargement  of  Professor  W.  W. 
-'-  Goodwin's  Gh^'eek  GraTumar,  republished  last  year, 
lias  made  necessary  a  new  edition  of  my  First  Lessons 
in  Greek.  I  have  taken  this  opportunity  to  submit  the 
book  to  a  rigorous  revision.  As  the  result  of  this,  though 
the  original  plan  of  the  Lessons  remains  unaltered,  there 
has  been  not  a  little  change  in  its  details. 

I  was  aware,  when  this  book  was  first  published  in  1876, 
that  its  plan  necessarily  made  it  more  difiicult  than  books 
of  its  kind  ordinarily  are.  I  waited,  therefore,  with 
interest  to  see  Avhether  these  diflS-culties,  which  I  had 
thought  it  better  for  the  pupil  to  meet  at  once  in  his  first 
year's  study  and  not  to  defer  to  an  evil  day,  had  been  pre- 
sented so  gradually  as  to  make  it  possible  for  the  Lessons 
to  be  used  widely  in  our  public  schools.  That  fact  was 
soon  established,  and  I  think  I  may  now  say  that  the 
peculiar  features  of  the  book  have  met  with  general  and 
hearty  approval.  Important  among  these  are  the  intro- 
duction of  the  verb  from  the  first  and  the  subsequent  de- 
velopment of  its  inflexion  alternately  with  that  of  the 
other  parts  of  speech,  the  introduction  from  the  beginning 
of  exercises  consisting  of  complete  sentences  for  practice 
in  translation,  and  the  development  of  the  verb  at  first  by 
moods  and  not  by  tenses. 


iv  PREFACE. 

I  am  glad  to  know  tliat  this  last  feature  has  recom- 
mended itself  to  teachers,  and  that  it  is  now  agreed  that 
the  point  of  view  of  the  Grammar,  which  necessarily  states 
the  facts  of  the  language  scientifically,  looking  first  to  the 
forms  of  words  and  not  to  their  use,  is  not  the  one  to  take 
in  giving  the  pupil  his  first  insight  into  the  language  con- 
sidered as  a  means  for  the  expression  of  thought.  An 
illustration  of  the  truth  of  this  may  be  drawn  from  the 
subjunctive  and  optative.  As  was  urged  in  the  first  edi- 
tion, the  uses  of  these  moods  in  Greek,  though  delicate, 
are  nevertheless  clearly  defined.  When  the  beginner  first 
learns  their  forms,  he  should  at  once  have  the  more  com- 
mon of  these  uses  explained  to  him.  The  proposition  is 
the  element  of  language,  and  from  this  individual  words 
and  forms  derive  their  whole  relational  significance.  But 
in  fact,  when  the  subjunctive  and  optative  are  not  studied 
singly  but  are  presented  tense  by  tense  along  with  the 
other  moods,  frequently  a  blind  and  often  incorrect  trans- 
lation of  the  one  by  may,  etc.,  and  of  the  other  by  might, 
etc.,  is  allowed,  as  if  they  were  independent  in  their  use 
like  the  indicative,  a  translation  in  λυΙίΙοΙι  the  pupil  has 
no  adequate  feeling  of  their  force.  It  may  be  easier  to 
learn  the  mere  forms  of  the  verb  by  tenses  than  by  moods, 
a  single  tense  stem  being  presented  at  a  time,  but  in  the 
case  of  a  pure  verb  the  changes  of  stem  in  the  different 
tenses  resulting  from  augment  and  tense  sign  can  hardly 
be  called  a  matter  of  great  difficulty. 

In  this  book,  therefore,  λυω,  as  the  representative  of 
pure  verbs,  has  first  been  presented  by  moods.  Its 
development,  however,  is  very  gradual,  running  through 
sixteen  lessons.  It  has,  moreover,  been  carefully  borne 
in  mind  in  these  lessons  that  λυω  is  the  ty[x>,  and  any 


PREFACE.  V 

peculiar  euplionic  changee  in  tlie  forms  of  the  pure  and 
mute  verbs  that  have  been  introduced  have  been  explained 
as  they  have  occurred,  generally  in  the  foot-notes.  It  is 
at  Lesson  XXXV.  that  a  systematic  development  of  the 
verb  by  tense  stems  begins,  though  the  subject  of  tense 
stems  in  pure  and  mute  verbs  is  presented  in  part  in 
Lesson  XX.  This  part  of  the  book  has  been  enlarged  by 
five  lessons,  and  it  is  hoped  that  the  verb,  that  one  great 
difficulty  which  he  \vho  would  learn  Greek  may  not  avoid, 
is  now  so  fully  and  yet  so  gradually  presented  as  to  make 
the  mastery  of  its  forms  if  not  easy,  at  least  possible 
without  discouragement. 

The  exercises  in  immediate  connection  with  the  lessons 
have  been  taken  mainly  from  the  first  four  books  of 
Xenophon's  Anabasis.  They  are  designed  from  the  first 
as  a  drill  not  only  on  forms  but  also  in  syntax,  the  sim- 
pler principles  of  which  are  early  introduced  and  illus- 
trated. They  consist  entirely  of  complete  sentences,  each 
of  which  illustrates  some  principle  of  the  lesson  in  which 
it  occurs.  These  sentences  have  been  transferred  with  as 
little  change  as  possible  from  the  original.  It  is  obvious 
that  it  will  be  a  great  advantage  to  those  Avho  subse- 
quently read  the  Anabasis  to  have  previously  studied  in 
this  careful  way  so  great  a  part  of  it.  Forms,  however, 
cannot  be  learned,  especially  by  English-speaking  boys, 
whose  own  language  is  almost  destitute  of  inflexions, 
without  constant  and  recurring  practice.  To  supply  ma- 
terials for  this  practice  there  have  been  added  to  the 
lessons,  at  the  end  of  the  book,  twenty-five  additional 
exercises  on  forms  to  be  taken  by  way  of  review,  as  the 
lessons  proceed.  In  these  no  attempt  has  been  made  to 
illustrate   syntax   systematically,  and   the   sentences  (for 


VI  PREFACE. 

phrases  have  not  been  admitted  even  here)  have  been 
made  as  brief  as  possible,  though  each  introduces  one  or 
two,  often  many,  iUustrations  of  the  forms  under  consid- 
eration. These  additional  exercises  are  drawn  from  vari- 
ous sources,  but  mainly  from  excellent  books  for  beginners 
by  Bockel,  by  Schenkl,  and  by  Kiihner. 

In  introducing  the  syntax,  all  idioms  peculiar  to  Greek 
have  been  carefully  explained  on  their  first  occurrence, 
and  this  explanation  has  often  been  subsequently  again 
referred  to  in  the  notes ;  but  idioms  identical  with  the 
English,  as  e.  g.  the  infinitive  not  in  indirect  discourse, 
have  been  freely  employed  from  the  first.  The  first  year's 
knowledge  of  Latin  also  has  been  assumed  in  introducing 
constructions.  The  last  twenty  lessons  are  intended  to 
give  a  drill  on  the  general  principles  of  syntax,  and  only 
the  largest  print  of  the  sections  in  the  grammar  cited  at 
the  head  of  the  lessons  is  to  be  learned.  If  under  any 
particular  construction  there  is  a  special  fact  of  unusual 
difficulty  or  importance,  attention  is  called  to  it  in  the 
notes.  It  is  recommended  that  these  lessons  be  taken  at 
the  rate  of  one  or  two  a  week  in  connection  with  the 
author  whom  the  class  shall  have  taken  up  on  finishing 
Lesson  LX.  It  should  be  added  that  the  English  parts 
of  the  exercises  of  these  twenty  lessons  are  not  designed 
as  a  systematic  course  in  Greek  Composition.  To  meet 
this  want,  an  American  edition  of  Mr.  Arthur  Sidgwick's 
First  Greek  Writer  is  about  to  be  published,  and  so  the 
promise  of  four  years  ago  at  length  fulfilled. 

The  vocabularies,  both  special  and  general,  have  been 
made  with  care  and  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  deriva- 
tion and  compasition  of  words,  on  the  study  of  Avhich 
too  great  stress  can  scarcely  be  laid.     Lessons  LIX.  and 


PREFACE.  vii 

LX.  should  be  introduced  early  in  parts,  and  the  student 
taught  the  habit  of'  analyzing  the  words  in  his  exercises 
to  get  at  their  meaning.  In  the  Greek-English  vocabu- 
laries, English  \vord3  that  are  cognate  with  the  pre- 
ceding Greek  words  have  been  printed  in  small  capitals, 
borrowed  words  in  black  letter.  The  former  show  the 
influence  of  the  phonetic  principle,  familiarly  known  as 
GAmms  Law.  According  to  this  law,  ττ  and  φ  will 
generally  appear  in  English  respectively  as  /  and  h; 
Ky  γ,  and  ^,  as  h,  k  or  c,  and  g ;  and  r,  δ,  and  Θ,  as  th,  t, 
and  dj  though  there  are  many  exceptions.  A  borrowed 
word,  on  the  other  hand,  is  one  transferred  directly  with- 
out consonantal  change  from  Greek  into  English.  This 
connection  between  the  Greek  and  English  words  has  not 
been  traced  out  exhaustively.  What  is  given  is  intended 
to  be  suggestive,  and  leaves  much  that  may  be  done  by 
the  teacher. 

The  special  vocabularies  should  be  well  committed  to 
memory.  The  words  in  these  are  taken  from  sentences 
in  the  exercises  of  the  lesson  in  Avhich  they  occur,  and 
no  word  is  repeated.  In  these  vocabularies,  in  the  course 
of  the  book,  the  student  learns  over  four  hundred  Xeno- 
phontic  words  in  common  use.  The  parts  of  the  verbs 
have  been  given,  without  abbreviation  of  the  forms,  from 
Veitch.  Late  forms  have  been  excluded,  but  forms  on 
the  other  hand  occurring  exclusively  in  Homer  have  been 
given  Λvhen  necessary  to  complete  the  parts  of  a  verb. 
When  Veitch  does  not  catalogue  the  verb,  only  the  present 
imd  future  are  given  in  the  general  vocabulary,  unless  the 
verb  has  occurred  also  in  one  of  the  special  vocabularies. 
In  the  general  Greek-English  vocabulary,  further,  the 
prepositions  are  now  fully  treated,  the  simple  stems  of  the 


viii  PREFACE. 

verbs  and  the  class  to  which  the  verb  belongs  are  given, 
the  cases  accompanying  the  verbs  stated  where  necessar)^, 
and  the  natural  quantities  marked.  Tliis  last  feature  is 
new  to  this  book  and  unusual  in  books  of  this  grade.  But 
the  conviction  has  been  growing  upon  me,  that  we  ought, 
from  the  very  beginning,  to  mark  by  our  pronunciation  the 
difference  between  ά,  t,  and  v,  and  ά,  ΐ,  and  ϋ,  just  as 
we  do  between  €  and  yj,  and  ο  and  ω.  The  pupil's  higher 
work  in  later  years  will  be  made  easier  if  attention  is 
paid  to  natural  quantities  from  the  start.  In  the  English- 
Greek  vocabulary  there  is  no  systematic  treatment  of  syno- 
nymes,  which  have  been  given  only  so  far  as  necessary  to 
guide  the  pupil  in  his  choice  of  words.  It  is  scarcely 
necessary  to  add  that  this  vocabulary  is  special,  and  not 
designed  for  use  with  any  other  English  sentences  than 
those  occurrins:  in  this  book. 

The  use  of  blackboards,  extensive  enough  for  the  en- 
tire class,  is  strongly  recommended.  The  Greek  of  the 
English  exercises  might  the  first  day  be  put  on  the  borird, 
and  the  second  day  recited  orally.  By  this  use  of  the 
blackboard,  classes  are  soon  initiated  into  the  mysteries 
of  accentuation.  The  teacher  should  also,  with  the  ma- 
terial here  given,  make  other  short  sentences  to  be  trans- 
lated, both  Greek  and  English.  This  additional  drill 
should  be  mainly  oral,  and  conducted  rapidly.  We  should 
train  not  only  the  eye,  but  also  the  ear  of  our  pupils. 

As  to  the  order  of  the  words  in  translating  the  English 
sentences  into  Greek,  the  pupil  should  be  warned  against 
the  wrong  placing  of  post-positive  and  adjective  words 
and  phrases,  and  further  against  following  the  English 
arrangement  slavishly.  As  a  general  guide  he  should 
know  that  in  Greek  the  subject  followed  by  its  modifiers 


PREFACE.  ix 

stands  first,  the  verb  preceded  by  its  modifiers  last,  tbougb 
often,  as  in  English,  the  verb  precedes  its  modifiers  either 
Avholly  or  in  part;  but  there  are  many  exceptions,  and 
too  much  attention  should  not  be  paid  to  the  matter  of 
the  order  of  the  words  at  first.  These  English  sentences 
ai^e  for  the  most  part  translations,  and  for  the  satisfaction 
of  teachers  who  may  care  to  know  the  original  order  and 
choice  of  the  words,  the  original  sentences  have  been 
published  in  pamphlet  form,  and  may  be  had  on  applica- 
tion to  the  publishers. 

As  is  known,  Professor  Hadley's  Greek  Ghammar  is 
now  undergoing  revision.  When  the  ηοΛν  edition  ap- 
pears, a  companion  pamphlet  of  parallel  references  will 
be  prepared  for  the  accommodation  of  those  Λvho,  using 
this  grammar,  would  like  to  use  also  the  materials  col- 
lected in  the  Lessons.  These  will  not  be  numerically 
arranged  in  columns,  but  given  in  sets  under  the  head  of 
each  lesson,  repeating  the  references  made  to  Goodwin's 
Grammar,  a  method  of  references,  it  is  believed,  as 
complete  and  satisfactory  as  could  be  desired. 

It  cannot  be  expected  that  the  book  as  it  stands,  with- 
out omission  or  division  of  the  lessons,  Λνϋΐ  meet  the 
wants  of  all  schools.  To  make  the  shortening  of  the 
lessons,  when  necessary,  easier,  the  exercises  up  to  the 
syntax  have  been  divided  into  four  sections,  the  second 
and  fourth  of  which  need  not  be  taken.  The  additional 
exercises  on  forms  also  may  either  be  omitted  or  drawn 
from  on  occasion.  In  general,  however,  the  book  had 
best  be  taken  entire,  in  the  manner  prescribed,  at  such 
rate  of  progress  as  is  possible  in  each  particular  case.  It 
is  believed  that  ordinarily,  excluding  the  twenty  lessons 
on  syntax,  it  can  be  completed  and  the  class  set  to  read- 


χ  PREFACE. 

ing  an  autlior  in  two  terms  of  three  months  each.     There 

Λνϊίΐ  be  much  difference  of  opinion,  also,  as  to  how  much 

introductory  matter  should  be  learned   before  the  class 

proceeds  to  the  subject  of  inflexion,  and  on  this  account 

this  part  of  the  book  has  not  been  divided  into  lessons. 

The  directions  at  the  beginning  of  each  lesson  have  been 

made  as  definite  as  possible.     But  it  will  be  well  for  the 

teacher  to  go  over  each  lesson  with  his  class  before  they 

undertake  it,  telling  them  definitely  what  to  learn  and 

forestalling  its  greater  difficulties. 

The  pleasure  remains  to  me  of  expressing  my  grateful 

thanks  to  the  many  friends  who  have  assisted  me  not  only 

in  the  preparation  of  the  original  edition  of  this  book  but 

also  in  its  revision.     Neither  undertaking  \vas  in  itself 

enlivening;  but  the  help  and  encouragement  I  have  had 

have   done  much  to  lighten  what  otherwise  might  have 

proved   a   tedious   task.     The   care   necessary  to   free   a 

book  of  this  sort  of   errors  is  infinite;   and  I  have  no 

doubt  that  though  I  have  spared  no  time  or  pains  with 

it  mistakes  remain.     These   can   easily  be   corrected   in 

the  plates,  and  I  shall  be  under  obligations  to  any  one 

who  will  point  them  out. 

JOHN  WILLIAMS   WHITE. 
Haevard  University, 
July,  1880. 


riEST  LESSONS  IN  GEEEK. 


FIEST  LESSONS  IN  GEEEK. 


INTRODUCTORY.! 

The  portions  of  the  Grammar  designated  by  the  following 
numerals  are  to  be  well  learnt  before  taking  up  Lesson  I.^ 
The  parts  which  are  here  included  of  §  15,  §  16,  and  §  17 
are  given  that  teachers  w^ho  think  it  advisable  may  give  their 
pupils  at  the  outset  a  compreheyisive  view  of  the  Euphony  of 
Consonants,  the  principles  of  Λvhich,  however,  Avill  be  cited 
singly  in  the  Lessons  as  they  are  needed.  Eut  these  may  be 
omitted,  if  thought  best,  until  Lesson  XVI.  is  reached.  Before 
any  attempt  to  learn  the  following  paragraphs,  the  teacher 
should  go  over  them  carefully  with  the  class,  pointing  out  in 
each  case  how  the  examples  illustrate  the  principle. 

Grammar^:  §  1,  \vith  n.  1,  together  with  the  system  of 
pronunciation  given  on  page  xi ;  §  2,  with  n.  ;  §  3,  wath  n.  ; 
§  4,  1  (with  N.  1)  and  2 ;  §  5,  1  and  2 ;  §  6,  with  1  and  2, 
and  N. ;  §  7,  with  N. ;  §  15,  1  and  2 ;  §  16,  with  1  (and 
N.  2),  2,  3,  4,  5,  and  6 ;  §  17,  1,  2,  and  3 ;  §  18,  1  and  2  ; 
§  19,  1,  2,  and  3 ;  §  20,  with  1,  2,  and  3 ;  §  21,  1,  2,  and 
3;   §22,  land  2;   §23,  1;   §31. 

After  learning  §  1,  with  the  system  of  pronunciation,  give 
the  name  and  English  equivalent  of  each  letter  in  the  folloΛv- 
ing  Exercise.  After  §  2  and  §  3  point  out  the  vowels  and 
diphthongs  and  give  their  sounds.  After  §  5  classify  the  con- 
sonants, and  after  §  6  classify  them  a  second  time,  minutchj. 

3 


4  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

After  the  remainder  of  the  references  to  the  Grammar,  point 
out  and  name  the  breathings  and  accents,  and  name  the  words 
according  to  their  accentuation  (§  21,  2),  and  then  pronounce 
the  Exercise  entire.  (The  hyphelis  show  the  division  of  the 
words  into  syllables  according  to  §  18,  N.) 

Exercise. 

Κν-ρος  Se  xpL-Xrjv  €-\ων  την  κ^-φα-Χην  et9*  την 
μα-χην  κα-σι-στα-το.  ι-οων  oe  αν-τον  α-πο  του 
Έλ-λη-νί-κου  Β<€-νο-φων  ^Α-θη-ναΐ-ο<;,  ν-πε-λά-σας 
ώς^  σνν-αν-τη-σαι^  η-ρβ-το  eP  τι  πα-ραγ-γελ-λοι* 
ό^  δ'^  €-πί-στη-σας  ei-we  και  \i-yeiv  i-Ke-Xev-cre 
ττα-σιν   ο-τι    και   τα   l-e-pa   κα-\α  και  τα   σφά-γί-α 

κα-λά.      ταυ-τα  δε  λ€-γων  θο-ρν-βον  η-κον-σε  δι-ά 

'^  //-  10  >'  \ν  '11*/)'  η 

των  τα-ξε-ων     L-ov-τος,  και  η-ρ€-το  τις     ο  σο-ρν-ρο<ζ 

εΐ-η.       6    δε   Κλε-α^-^ο?    εΐ-πεν    ό-τι   το    σύν-θη-μα 

ττα-ρερ-γε-ται^   ^εν-τε-ρον  η-Βη.       καΐ    ος   ε~θαν-μα- 

σε    τί%    πα-ραγ-γελ-\εί    και    η-ρε-το  ο   τι     ει-η     το 

σνν-Θη-μα.       6    δ'    ά-ττε-κρί-να-το    ΖΕΤ^    ^Ω-ΤΗΡ 

ΚΑΙ   ΝΙ-ΚΗ. 

NOTES. 

*  The  number  of  Lessons  into  which  this  introductory  matter  shall 
be  divided  is  left  to  the  judgment  of  the  teacher. 

^  Let  the  teacher  at  the  outset  go  over  the  "  Introduction  "  (pages 
1-3  of  the  Grammar)  with  the  class,  using  maps. 

'  Those  portions  of  the  Grammar  that  are  to  be  committed  to  mem- 
ory are  designated  here  and  in  the  following  Lessons  by  paragraph  and 
subdivision.    Occasionally,  however,  more  specific  directions  are  given. 

*  ^  29,  and  ^  4,  1,  N.  1.  «  §  29. 

s  g  21,  1,  N.  2.  Μ  22,  Ν.  1. 

*  The  proclitic  cl  (§  29)  receives  an  accent  from  the  enclitic  τΐ  (§  27, 
with  2). 

^  That  is,  St  (§  12,  1).     Pronounce  as  if  a  part  of  the  following  word. 
'"  2  22,  N.  2.  "  g  23,  1,  N. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   I. 

Preliminary. 

Grammar  :  §  32,  1  and  2  (and  read  the  N.);  §  33,  1,  2, 
and  3  (with  notes  1  and  2) ;  §  88,  1  (with  N.)  and  2 ;  §  89, 
and  N.;  §  90,  1  and  2;  §91;  §  93,  1  and  3;  §  78,^  de- 
clension of  the  Definite  Article  6,  rj,  τό;  §  141 ;  §  86, 
declension  of  the  Relative  Pronoun  09,  η,  δ. 

NOTE. 

'  The  first  column  gives  the  masculine  forms ;  the  second,  the  femi- 
nine ;  the  third,  the  neuter.  See,  further,  §  29.  In  declining,  give  first 
the  forms  of  the  singular  across  the  page,  6  ή  το,  τον  T-qs  τον,  etc.,  and 
then  those  of  the  dual  and  plural. 


LESSON    II. 

Verbs:  Present  Indicative  Active. 

Grammar  :  §  92,  4,  I.  (reading  first  §  92,  1  and  3,  with 

N.) ;  §  110,  1 ;  §  94  ;  §  96, 1.,  the  Fresent  Indicative  Active 

of  λυω,  together  with  the  meanhig  of  this  tense  (§  95, 

2,  L,  first  column)  and  its  terminatioivs  (§  113,  2,  L,  first 

column).^ 

Tocabulary.2 

άΧηθ^υω,  -€ΐς,  to  speak  the  truth? 

βασιΚ^νω,  -€t9,  .  to  he  king,  to  reign, 

γράφω,  -€ΐς,  to  write,  to  GRAVE.* 

€^€λω,  -et9,  to  wish,  to  desire. 

ΙΚαννω,  -€i9,  to  march, 

λνω,  -€t9,  to  LOOSE,  to  destroy, 

πέμπω,  -et9,  to  send. 

τρέχω,  -et9,  to  run. 


6  FIRST    LESSONS   IN    GREEK. 

Exercises. 

Translate  into  English. 

I.  1.  XvovaL,^  2.  βασιλεύω.  3.  βασίλενβις, 
4.  6  μάνης  {soothsayer)  αλήθευα.  δ.  γράφω. 
6.    γράφετοΊ/.^      7.    λνομεν.      8.    εθελει   γράφειν? 

II.  1.  ό  άνηρ  {man)  γράφει.  2.  πεμπομει/, 
3.  άληθενευς.  4.  λύετε.  5.  γράφονσι.  6.  εθελει 
βασυλεύειι^. 

Translate  into  Greek• 

III.  1.  He  writes.  2.  They  (two)  speak  the 
truth.  3.  I  clesh-e  to  run.  4.  They  send.  5.  You 
(singular)  march.     6.   He  looses. 

IV.  I.  You  (plural)  run.  2.  We  speak  the 
truth.      3.    I  Λvrite.     4.    We  wish  to  write. 

NOTES. 

'  If  the  teacher  thinks  best,  the  subdivision  of  the  terminations  into 
connecting  vowels  and  personal  endings  can  be  introduced  even  here. 
It  is  first  given  in  this  book  in  Lesson  X.,  which  is  a  review  of  the  active 
voice. 

^  On  the  special  vocabulary  of  each  Lesson,  see  the  Preface. 

'  The  definitions  are  given  in  the  infinitive  to  express  the  simple 
meaning  of  the  verb  without  reference  to  person  or  number. 

"*  In  the  vocabularies  the  small  capitals  denote  that  the  English  word 
is  of  kindred  origin  with  the  Greek  word.  See  the  Preface  for  the  differ- 
ence between  cognate  and  borrowed  words  in  English. 

*  TiiEY  loose.  In  the  English  translation  always  use  the  pronoun 
which  is  of  the  same  person  and  number  as  the  verb,  provided  that  no 
noun-subject  occurs. 

'   You  (two),  or  they  (two),  write  (dual). 

'  To  write,  present  infinitive  active  of  Ύράφω,  the  ending  being  -€tv. 


1 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  7 

LESSON    III. 
Noims !    Pirst  Declension. 

Grammar  :  §  34 ;  §  35 ;  §  36,  excei^t  the  terminations 
of  the  masculine  singular  (and  read  the  Έ.) ;  §  25,  1  and 
2 ;  §  37,  1  (the  declensioyi  of  the  first  four  nouns)  and  2, 
with  notes  2,  3,  and  4. 

Yocabulary. 

Ct9,     prep,  used  with  the  ace.  only,  lllto^   to, 

4κ,^  prep,  used  with  the  gen.  only,  OUt  of,  from. 

έπυστολη,  -η<ζ,  ύ]^  a  lettei%  an  epistle."* 

θάλαττα,^  -ης,  if,  the  sea. 

κρήνη,  -ης,  η,  a  spring, 

κώμη,  -ης,  η,  a  village. 

σκηνή,  -ης,  η,  c  tent. 

χώρα,  -ας,  η,  α  country. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  €19  την^  -χώραν  ί\αννονσι.  2.  γράφει 
ίπιστοΚην.  3.  τρ4γρνσιν^  εις  την  θάλατταν.  4.  τάς 
€πίστο\ας  π^ιχττομεν.  5.  την  σκηνην  \ύει  (lie  de- 
stroys). 6.  eAC^  τ^ν  κωμών  iXavvcL.  Ί.  τρεχομεν 
€19  τας  σκηνάς. 

II.  1.  Ikavvei  €19  τας  κώμα.ς.  2.  την  στρα- 
TLOLV  θανμάζαι.      3.   ev  (in)  τη  κώμη   κρηνην  ευρίσκει 

{he  finds). ^ 


8  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

III.  1.  We  admire  tlie  springs.  2.  He  lias^  a 
letter.^  3.  He  marches  into  the  village.  4.  They 
destroy  the  tents.      5.    They  are  writing  letters. 

IV.  1.  We  run  into  the  sea.  2.  He  marches 
from  the  sea  to  the  tents. 

noTES. 

»  §  29.  Μ  29,  and  §  13,  2. 

^  The  article  here  shows  the  gender  of  the  substantive,  |  33,  2,  F.  1. 

*  In  the  vocabularies  the  black  letter  denotes  that  the  English  word 
is  borrowed  from  the  Greek  word.     See  note  4,  Lesson  II. 

^  In  earlier  Attic  Greek  and  the  other  dialects,  OaXour<ra.  The  form 
in  double  tau  (ττ)  occurs  in  the  later  Attic. 

6  I  138.  '  I  13,  1. 

^  Words  not  found  in  the  special  vocabulary  of  the  Lesson  are  to  be 
looked  for  in  the  general  vocabularies  at  the  end  of  the  book. 

'  On  the  Order  of  Words  in  Attic  Greek  Prose,  consult  the  Preface. 


/\    ί  LESSON    IT. 

Nouns:   Pirst  Declension  {continued).  —  Subject,  Predicate, 

Object. 

Grammar  :   §  36 ;   §  37,  1  and  2,  Avith  notes  1,  2,  3, 
and  4;  §  133,  1  and  2;   §  134,  1;   §  135,  1 ;   §  158. 

Examples.^ 

§  133,  1 :  He/3^9  )Sa(7iXcvei,  Xerxes  (subject)  is  king 

(predicate). 
§  133,  2 :  βοηθ^ίαν    πέμπομαι    τοΐς    στρατίώταίς,     ive 

send  AID   (direct  object  in  the  ace.)  το  the 
SOLDIERS  (indirect  object  in  the  dat.).^ 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  9 

§  134,  1  :  6  πολίτης  γράφευ,  the  citizen  (subject  nom.) 
writes. 

§  135,  1  :  {iycjy  λβγω,  I  say;  6  πολίτης  Xeyet,  the  citi- 
zen SAYS ;  ol  πολιται  λεγονσυ,  the  citizens 
SAY;  etc. 

§  158 ;  τονς  στρατιώτας  εχβί,  he  has  the  soldiers 
(direct  object  in  the  ace). 

Yocabiilary. 

βοηθζία,^  -ας,  η,  aid,  assistance. 

θαυμάζω,  -et?,  to  wonder  at,  to  admire. 

κελεύω,  -ευς,  to  command,  to  order. 

πέτρα,  -ας,  η,  a  rock,  a  mass  of  rock. 

πολίτης,  -ov,  6,  a  citizen. 

σατράπης,  -ov,  o,  a  satrap. 

στρατιώτης,  -ov,  6,  a  soldier. 

φέρω,  -εις,  to  beae,  to  bring,  to  produce. 

Exercises. 

I.  \.  εκ  των  κωμών  στρατιώτας  ayet.  2.  βοη- 
θειαν  πεμπομεν  τω  σατράπη.  3.  6  σατράττης  τονς 
στρατιώτας  Θανμάζει.  4.  /cat  ^  (and)  αΐ  πετραι  εΙς 
την  Θάλατταν  καθηκονσιν^  {reach  down).  5,  το 
πεΒίον  (plain)  μελίνην  φέρει. 

II.  1.  ορός  (α  mountain)  το  πεΒίον  περιεγει 
(surrounds)  εκ  θαλάττης  εις  θάλατταν.  2.  ενταύθα 
(thereupon)  6  σατράπης  κελεύει  τονς'^  στρατιώτας^ 
φυλάττειν. 


10  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

III.  1.  The  satrap  is  now  king.  2.  Tlie  citi- 
zen Avrites  a  letter.  3.  And  I  marcli  to  the  tents. 
4.    The  satrap  sends  aid  to  the  citizens. 

IV.  1.  He  marches  from  the  village  into  Phrygia. 
2.   Thereupon  the  soldier  runs  into  his  (τητή  tent. 

NOTES. 

'  To  be  used  in  place  of  the  illustrations  given  in  the  articles  of  the 
Syntax  that  are  cited,  since  these  would  not  be  understood. 

2  ^  184,  1.  3  I  134^  3^  ^  ι  4  ^  37^  2,  n.  2  b. 

^  In  continued  discourse,  the  sentence  commonly  has  a  conjunction 
connecting  it  with  what  goes  before.  In  the  detached  sentences  of  the 
exercises  these  have  necessarily  often  been  dropped  (less  and  less,  how- 
ever, as  the  Lessons  proceed),  but  the  principle  should  be  carefully  kept 
in  mind. 

6^  13,  1,  N.  2.  '  ^  141,  N.  2.  Μ  134,2. 


X 


LESSON   Y. 

Verbs :    Imperfect  and  Puture  Indicative  Active. 

Grammar  :  §  92,  4,  I.  and  II. ;  §  110,  I.  and  II.  1 ; 
§  96,  I.,  the  Imperfect  and  Future  Indicative  Active  of 
λνω,  together  with  the  meanings  of  these  tenses  (§  95,  2, 
L,  first  column)  and  their  teroninations  (§  113,  2,  I.,  first 
and  third  columns) ;  §  99,  1  and  2  (with  a) ;  §  100,  1  ; 
§  26. 


Tocabulary. 

a/xafa,  ^ης,  η, 

α  wagon. 

γέφυρα,  -ας,  η, 

α  oridge. 

*          1 

βχω, 

to  have,  to  possess,  to  hold. 

θύω,  fut.  Θύσω, 

to  sacrifice. 

FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


11 


οπλίτης,  -ov,  6, 


a    heavy-armed  foot- 
soldier,  a  hoplite. 
to  strike. 


τταιω,  fut.  ττακτω, 
π€λταστης,     -ov,    6,    (ττίλτη, 

a  target  or  shield)  a  targetecT,  a  peltast. 

π€ρΐ-€χω,  (irepi,  around,  and  €χω)  to  SUrrOUud. 

Exercises.  -      ν 

I.  1.  6  σατράπης  βασιλβνσβυ.  2.  κελεύσω 
τους  στρατίώτα^  θύειν.  3.  τω  στρατιώτΎ}  τιμήν 
εφβρβν^  {it  brought).  4.  ό  σατράπης  εζει  οπλίτας, 
5.  ot  δ€ "  (όζ^^)  στρατίωται^  εχαλετταινον,  β.  ot 
όπλΓταί,  Θνσονσιν? 

II.  1.  λυσουοΊ  yap^  (/*^^')  ''"'7^  γεφνραν.  2.  οΐ 
τΓολΓται  ετταιον  τους  οπλυτας.  3.  fceXeucroucri,  τους 
Ileyacra?  Xuetj/  τάς  γέφυρας.      4.    λνσομεν  τας  άμάζας 

*      5    ^ 

α?    έχομεν. 

III.  1.  Υοπ  [plural)  will  sacrifice.  2.  They 
were  striking  the  targeteers.  3.  The  heavy-armed 
foot-soldier  ran  to  the  tents.  4.  The  sea  surrounded 
[περιείγε^)  the  country. 

IV.  1.     The   soldiers  were    runninsr    from   their 

ο 

tents.     2.    He  will  command  the  hoplites  to  guard 
their  tents. 

NOTES. 

^  The  future,  βξω  or  (τχησ-ω  (two  forms),  and  imperfect,  «ΐχον,  of  this 
verb  are  both  peculiar  in  formation. 
«  §  13,  1,  with  N.  2. 


12  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

'  A  postpositive  conjunction,  i.e.  a  conjunction  which  is  always  put 
after  one  or  more  words  of  the  sentence.  See  also  again  note  5,  Les- 
eon  IV.  "  g  22,  N.  1.     Cf.  ^  22,  2. 

δ  ^  151.  β  g  26,  N.  1. 


V  T. 


LESSON   YI. 

Uouns  :  Second  Declension.  —  Prepositions. 

Grammar  :    §  40  (and  read  the  n.)  ;   §  41 ;   §  42,  1. 

Eemarks  on  the  Use  of  Prepositions.^ 

1.  The  genitive  is  used  with  prepositions  to  denote  the 
object  y?Om  which  an  action  proceeds,  as  ηκ€ΐ  τταρα  τον  στρα- 
τη-γον.  Tie  is  come  feom  the  general. 

2.  The  dative  is  used  to  denote  the  object  bi/  which  an 
action  takes  place,  as  /xcVet  τταρα  τω  στρατηγώ,  he  remains  by 
{at  the  side  of)  the  general. 

3.  The  accusative  is  used  to  denote  the  object  towards 
Λvhich  the  motion  is  directed,  as  cAawet  τταρα  τον  στρατηγον, 
he  is  advancing  το  the  general. 

>    V 

Tocabulary. 

αγγ€\ος,  -ov,  6,  a  messenge)\ 

λίθος,  -ov,  6,  a  stone, 

λόφος,  -ου,  6,  a  hill. 

λοχ^αγός,  -ov,  6,  (λόχο?,  a  company,  and  άγω)         a  CaptaiTl. 

νόμος,  -ov,  6,  a  law. 

TreBCov,  -ov,  TO,  a  plain. 

στρατηγός,  -ov,  6,  (στρατό?,  an  army,  and  άγω)  a  general. 
\ρνσίον,  -ov,  TO,  (dim.  of  χρυσ-os,  5όΖ(/)  gold  TTioney^ 

^   '  <  1  gold. 

V  \jQo\  .  0  V 


i 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  13 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  ό  άγγζλος  άληθ€νσεί.  2.  το  Se  neSiov 
ττυρους    ζφβρα/.       3.    i^epere    πάρα     τω     στρατηγώ. 

4.  ό    λοχαγός   πε/Αττει    στρατίώτας    €Κ^    της    κώμης. 

5.  καΐ  ^  στρατηγοί  καΐ  λοχαγοί  θύσονσιν.  6.  /cat 
ζζαπίνης  οι  στρατιωται  ψερονσυ  λίθους.  7.  πάρα 
των  στρατιωτών  πέμπει  τω  *   Κυρω   dyyeXoi/. 

II.  1.  ό*  ονν^  Κλέαρχος  πέμπει  Ανκιον  επί 
(upon)  τον  λόφον.  2.  τους  ΑακεΒαιμονίονς  κλεπτειν 
κωλύει  νόμος.  3.  6  Se  στρατηγός  Xa/xySctret  το 
χρυσίον. 

III.  1.  The  messengers  were  running  from  (the 
side  of)  the  tent  into  the  plain.  2.  But  Clearchus 
sends  the  gold  to  the  soldiers.  3.  The  generals  will 
lead®  the  army.  4.  The  general  commanded  the 
captain  to  march  into  the  plain. 

IV.  1.  For  the  general  destroys  the  bridge  and 
marches  into  Phrygia.  2.  The  soldiers  desire  to 
sacrifice  to  botR  gods  and  goddesses. 

*•  NOTES. 

*  To  be  learned  with  care. 

^  Ίτεφά  with  the  genitive  means  strictly  from  the  side  of,  while  €| 
means  out  of.  So  ιταρά  with  the  accusative  means  to  the  side  of,  but  ds, 
into. 

^  κα(...καί,  correlative  conjunctions,  both. ..and. 

*  I  141,  N.  1  a. 

^  Postpositive.     See  note  3,  Lesson  V. 

^  The   future  of  άγω  is  αξω  (άγ-σω),  ^  16,  2. 


14 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON    YII. 

Verbs !  Aorist,  Perfect,  and  Pluperfect  Indicative  Active. 

Grammar  :  §  92,  4,  III.  and  IV.  h;  §  110,  III.  1,  and 
IV.  δ  ;  §  96, 1.,  Aorist,  Perfect,  and  Pluperfect  Indicative 
Active  of  \νω ;  §  95,  2,  I.,  first  column ;  §  113,  2,  I.,  sec- 
ond and  fourth  columns ;  §  99,  1  and  2  (with  a  and  c) ; 
§  100,  1 ;  §  101,  1,  2,  and  4. 

^"^  V  Yocabulary. 

άΒελφός,^  -ov,  6, 

βονλενω,  fut.  βονΧεύσω,   aor.   ίβού- 

λβνσα,      perf.     βββονλΕνκα,      (βουλή, 

a  plan) 

δασ-^.09,  -ov,  6, 
Βωρον,  -ov,  TO, 

opKOS,  -OV,  O,  (εϊργω,  ίο  restrain) 

συγη,  -ης,  η, 

τοζενω,  fut.  τοζενσω,  aor.  ετόζενσα, 
(το'ξον,  α  how) 

Τοζότης,  -ον,  6,  (το'ξον,  α  hoiu) 


α  hrotJier. 


to  plan,  to  devise, 
a  tax,  an  impost, 
a  gift 
an  oath, 
silence. 

to  shoot  with  a  bow. 

a  hoioman. 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  ot  δε  βάρβαροι  rjhri  Χελνκασι  ras  γεφνρας. 
2.  τάς  σποΐ'^ας  ελελνκειτε.  3.  ό  γαρ  σατράπης 
εκελενσε  τον<ζ  ποΧίτας  ^ασμονς  περ^πειν.  4.  οι  δε 
ττοΧεμιοί  τονς'^  όρκονς  ΧεΧνκασιν.  5.  τεθνκαμεν^ 
τοις  θεοΐς.  6.  νμεΐς,^  ω  στρατιωται,  την  γεφνραν 
εΧνσατε.  7.  ό "'  δε  Κλέαρχος  Ύολμίδην^  κεκελενκε 
σιγην  κ-ηρνττειν. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GEEEK.  15 

IT.  1.  6  Κνρος  μένειν  τον  στρατηγον  iKeXevaei/. 
2.  ενταύθα  6  βάρβαρος  iyi\aaev.  3.  και  6  στρα- 
τηγοί έστράτενσεν  επί  (ctgainst)  την  του  σατράπον 
■χωράν» 

III.  1.  They  hixxe  planned  to  break  the  truce. 
2.  I  sacrificed  to  both  gods  and  goddesses.  3.  We 
have  ordered  the  bowmen  and  the  targeteers  to 
send  gifts.  4.  But  the  barbarians  shot  from"^  their^ 
horses.  5.  For  ^  his  brother  had  ordered  Cyrus  to 
send  imposts.  6.  The  captaiii  has  ordered  the 
hophtes  to  take  the  arms. 

IV.  1.  And  Cyrus  commanded  Orontas  to  take 
the  sokliers.  2.  The  generals  have  broken  their 
oaths ;    for  they  have  not  ^  sacrificed  to  the  gods. 


NOTES. 


^  The  vocative  singular  is  άδΛφί  with  irregular  accent.  See^  42,  1,  n. 

'  §  141,  X.  2.  '  ^  17,  2. 

*  You,  nominative  plural  of  the  personal  pronoun  συ,  thou. 

">  ^  141,  s.la.  β  ^  134,  2. 

'  άτΓο,  with  the  genitive. 

**  The  Greek  word  is  postpositive.     See  note  3,  Lesson  V. 

^  ov,  I  29. 


LESSON   YIII. 

ζ  Noiins:  The  Attic  Second  Declension.  — The  Adnominal  Genitive. 
Λ 

Grammar:   §  42,  2;  §  22,  n.  2;   §  25,  2,  n.;  §  167, 

with  1,  2,  3,  4,  5,  and  6. 


16 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


Examples. 

§  1C7,  1:  at  του  σατράπον^  κωμαυ,  the  satrap's  villages. 
§  167,  2:  η    των    στρατιωτών   evvota,   the  good-ivill  of 

THE  SOLDIERS  (i.e.  whicJi  the  soldiers  feel). 
§  1G7,  3 :  ό  των  πολεμίων  φόβο'ζ,  the  f ear'  OF  the  enemy 

(i.e.  which  is  felt  toward  the7n). 
§  167,  4:  Se/ca    α/χα^αι    π€τρων,    ten    wagon-loads    OF 

STONES. 

§  167,  5 :  ττοταμος  rrkSpov,  a  river  of  (one)  plethrum 
(in  breadth) ;  Se/ca  ήμερων  οδός,  cc  journey 
OF  TEN  days;  Ζίκη  SeKa  ταλάντων,  a  law- 
suit  OF  (i.e.  involving)  ten  talents. 

§  167,  6:  Se/ca  των  ανθρώπων,  ten  OF  the  men. 


Yocabulary. 

ήμερα,  -ας,  η, 

θηράω,  fut.  θηράσω,  aor.  έθηρασα, 

perf.  τεθ'ήρακα,^ 
κωμαρ-χτ^ς,  -ον,  6,  (κώμη  and  άρχω) 
λαγως,  -ώ,  ό, 
μισθός,  -ον,  6, 
οίνος,  -ον,  ο, 

παΐΟΐον,  -ον,  το,  {aim.  οΐ  trai^,  α  cMhT) 
vt07,  -ου,  ο, 


ι• 


Exerciser». 


α  day. 

ίο  hunt  wild  beasts. 

a  village-chief, 
a  hare, 
pay,  hire. 

WINE.^ 

a  little  child, 
a  son. 


.  1.   ez'  {ill)  τοΖς  άνώγ€ως  θησανρους  ενρισκονσιν, 
/\  2.    εν  τω   νεω   εθνσεν.      3.    ο   οε   1ζ.υρος   επεμχρε^   τω 
Θ^τταλω  Se/ca  'ήμερων  μισθόν,      4.    των  Se  ΤΙελοπον- 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  17 

νησιών  εχομεν  όπλιτας  εκατόν.  5.  πάρα  τοΐς  των 
θέων  νεως  εμενον.  β.  αλλ'''  [but)  εκρνπτετε  την  τον 
^ Κρταζερζον  επιορκίαν, 

II.  1.  Κ.νρο<ζ  yap  έπεμπε  βίκους  οίνον.  2.  ό 
τον  κωμάρχον  νίος  λαγως  Θηράσει.  3.  τονς  Ύαρ- 
σονς  αρπάζονσι  δια  (on  account  of)  τον  ολεθρον  των 
στρατιωτών.^  4.  καίτοι  [and  yet)  ε^ζω  τταιδια  των 
στρατηγών  εν  Μιλητω, 

III.  1.  We  will  sacrifice  in  tte  temples.  2.  The 
soldiers  admire  tlie  hall.  3.  He  had  caught  five 
[πέντε)  hares.  4.  AVe  haΛ^e  fi\^e  hares  and  a  jar  of 
Avine.  5.  For  thirty  of  the  hoplites  are  surrounding 
the  A'illage.  6.  But  the  soldiers  had  destroyed  the 
Avagons  on  account  of  "^  their  fear  of  the  enemy. 

TV.  1 .  The  brother  of  the  village-chief  sent  the 
bowmen  ten  days'  pay.  2.  Thereupon  they  threw  ^ 
their  little  children  down  from^  the  rocks  of  the 
stronghold. 

NOTES. 

*  Note  carefully  the  positio7i  of  the  attributive  genitive,  §  142•,.!.— 
Μ  Π.  2. 

^  Tl•  Greek  word  was  originally  pronounced  with  the  digamma  (§  1, 
N.  2),  Foivos.    The  Latin  word  is  vinum. 

*  That  is,  €ΐΓ€μ'ΐΓ-<Γ€,  |  16,  2. 
s  I  12,  1,  and  I  24,  3. 

β  I  142,  2,  N.  2,  end. 

'  Express  on  account  of  by  διά  with  the  accusative. 

®  cppiiTTov.     See  §  15,  2. 

*  Express  down  from  by  κατού    For  the  case,  see  Rem.  1  in  Lesson  VI. 


18  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   IX. 

Nouns:    Contracts  of  the  First  and  Second  Declensions.— 

Apposition. 

Geammar  :    §  8 ;   §  9,  with  1,  2,  3  (and  n.),  and  4 ; 
§  24,  1;  §  38;  §  43,  with  n.,  1  and  2;  §  137. 

Examples. 

§  137  :  Ένρΰλοχος  6  οπλίτης,  Eurylochus,  the  hoplite. 
Ένρνλό^ω  τω  οπλίτη,  to  Eurylochus^  the   hop- 
lite. 

Tocabulary. 

apyvpiov,  -ov,  τ6,  (dim.  of  άργυρο?,  siZ-   a  piece  of  silver, 

ver;  cf.  άργο5,  white)  money. 

γη  (yea),  γης,  η,  earth,  land, 

ίππος,  -ov,  6  or  η,^  a  horse,  a  mare. 

κανονν  (^Kaveov),  κανον,  το,  a  basket. 

όνος,  -ov,  6  or  η,  an  ass. 
πλονς  [πλόος),  πλον,  6,  (ιτλίω,  to  sail)    a  voyage. 

ποταμός,  -ov,  d,  a  river, 

-ώίλιον,  -ov,  TO,  a  bracelet, 

f 


Exercises. 

T.       1.     ο     οΙκ€της     et^e     πέντε     αργνρίον     μνας. 
2.    iv  he  τη  ^Αραβία  ην  (was)  η  γη  πεδίον.      3.    τί^ 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  19 

[what)  iv  νω  9(€Τ€  ;  4.  ό  Se  πλους  Ιστιν^  (is)  etg  τάς 
Άθηνας.  5.  enefjixpe  τον  ανθρωπον  'A/Dtaio?  ό  στρα- 
τηγός. 6.  eV  τη  yfj  άρχονσι  ΑακεΒαιμόνωι  καΐ  iv 
ττ)  θαλάττΎ). 

II.  1.  iv  τω  ν€ω  eOve  τω  θεω  Έρμγ}.  2.  ο  δε 
τοζότης  το  κανονν  βθανμσ,ζβν.  3.  ο  δε  Κύρος  τω 
άνθρώπω  δώ/οα  ine^xfjev,  Ιππον  και  xjjeXia  και  μναν 
αργυρίου. 

'  III.  1.  He  wishes  to  send  five  minae  of  silver. 
2.  The  horses  and  asses  of  Pharnabazus,  the  satrap, 
kept  running*  into  the  sea.  3.  Cyrus,  the  brother 
of  Artaxerxes,  sends  the  bowmen  ten  days'  pay,  five 
minae  of  silver. 


X 


IV.  1.  Cyrus,  the  (son)'^  of  Darius,  wishes  to  be 
king  in  place  of^  his  brother.  2.  He  therefore 
orders  his  generals  to  assemble"^  hoplites  and  targe- 
teers,  and  marches  through  Lydia  to*^  the  river 
Maeander.^ 


NOTES. 


»  §  33,  2,  N.  2,  first  two  lines. 

^  The  neuter  singular  accusative  of  the  interrogative   pronoun  tCs. 
Consult  further,  |  23,  1,  n.,  and  |  31. 

3  Enclitic,  g  27,  3,  and  §  28,  1.     See  also  g  13,  1,  n.  1. 

*  Kept  running,  imperfect.  "^  αθροίξω. 

^  Omit,  and  see  |  141,  it.  4.  «  tVi. 

®  In  place  of,  αντί  with  the  genitive.  ^  ^  142,  2,  n.  6. 


20  FIK*ST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

LESSON   X. 

Verbs:  The  L•dicativθ  Active. 

Grammar:  §96,  I.,  the  Indicative  Active;  §  112,  1, 
and  2,  except  the  Middle  and  Passive  endings  (read 
§  112,  2,  N.,  and  the  first  and  last  four  lines  of  4);  §  113, 
1,  and  2,  I. ;  §  95,  1, 1.,  the  .synopsis  in  the  Active  voice  of 
the  Indicative  of  λυω  (observe  carefully  the  tense  stems) ; 
§  99,  1  and  2  (entire);  §  100,  1  and  2 ;  §  101,  1,  2,  3,  and 
4;  §  103;  §  105,  1;  §  109,  1;  §  195;  §  200. 

Examples. 

§  195:  τονζ   όπλιτα?  ηγον,  they  led  the  hoplites  (the 
subject  is  represented  as  acting), 

Tocabulary. 

αγω,  αζω,  ηχ^α.  (in  comp.),^  to  lead. 

εκκλησία,  -ας,  rj,  («κ  and  καλ€ω,  to  call)  an  assembly. 
Ιπιγειρεω,      ίπιγεψ-ήσω,     Ιπεγεί- 

ρησα,  έπικεχείρηκα,  (e-iri  and  χ€ίρ,  to  lay  hand  to,  to 

the  hand)  txij . 

ποίίω,  ποί-ησω,  ίπονησα,  πεποί.ηκα,  to  do,  to  make. 

πόΚιορκίω,  πολιορκήσω,  ίπολίόρ-  to  besiege,  to  block- 

κησα,  πεπολίόρκηκα,  ade. 

τελβυτάω,  τελεντησω,  έτελεντησα,  to  end  one's  life,  to 

τετελεντηκα,  (τ€λ€ντη,  tcXos,  end)  die. 

τιμάω,  τιμήσω,  ετίμησα,  τετίμηκα,^  to  honor, 

φωνή,  -ης,  η,  speech,  language. 


f *•.  ir\ 


S_»iv. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  21 

U  V  '^'  ^  H^Γ  0^  -     Exercises. 

I.  1.  ό  Se  Ααρεΐος  TereXevTTJKet^  και  Άρταζερζης 
^βασίλενεν,  2.  δια  τον  ττεδιου  δ  εΙς  την  ΘαΚατταν 
καθηκ€ί  i\avv€L  εις  Ταρσούς.  3.  ο  δε  στρατηγός 
Tore  ^ΤΓΟιησεν  ΙκκΚη  σιαν  των  στρατιωτών.  4.  ο  δε 
Κί)/309  πολιορκήσει  Μίλητον  καΐ^  κατά  (by)  γην  καΐ 
κατά  θαΚατταν.  5.  οΐ  δε  στρατιωται  τον  στρατηγόν 
τε^  εβαΧΚον  καΐ  τα  υποζύγια.  6.  ηνρισκον^  δε  /cat 
vevpa  iv  ταΐς  κώμαις  καΧ  μόλνβΒον. 

II.  1.  εττει  (when)  δε  έτελβντησβ  Δαρείος,  ό  cra- 
τράττης  διε)5αλλε  Κυροι^.  2.  ενταύθα  οι  πολέμιοι 
κάειν  επεχείρησαν  τας  κώμας.  3.  καΐ  τω  στρατηγώ 
προσετρε^ετην  δυο  νεανισκω, 

y^  III.  1 .  V/  e  shall  besiege  tlie  emporium  by  land 
and  sea.  2.  He  has  written"^  a  letter  to^  Arta-- 
xerxes.  3.  For  I  have  been  a  slave,  and  say  that 
(oTt)  I  know  the  men's  language.  4.  I  led  the  sol- 
diers among  (εΙς)  the  barbarians. 

IV.  1.  And  thence  he  descended^  into  a  plain. 
2.  For  Cyrus  had  honored  him'^  on  account  of  (his)^^ 
fidelity. 

NOTES. 

'  g  110,  IV.  5.  3  g  iQi^  4_  j^ 

^  §  32,  2,  N.,  first  paragraph.  ■*  See  note  3,  Lesson  VI. 

*  T6  .  .  .  κα£,  both  .  .  .  and.     See  also  ^  27,  4. 
^  ίνρίατκω. 

'  The  final  letter  of  stems  in  φ  (as  <γραφ-  in  Ύράψω)  remains  unchangec? 
in  the  perfect  and  pluperfect  active,  |  110,  IV.  b. 

*  Ίταρά  with  the  accusative,  *"  avro'v. 
^  Imperfect.  "  Omit. 


22  FIRST    LESSONS   IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   XI. 

Verbs :  The  Present  and  Imperfect  Indicative  of  et/xt.  —  Neuter 
Plural  Subject,  and  Dative  of  the  Possessor. 

Grammar  :  §  127, 1.,  the  Present  and  Imperfect  Indica- 
tive of  €t/xt ;  §  26,  witli  n.  4;  §  27,  with  3;  §  28,  with  1, 
2,  and  3;  §  133,  1,  n.  1;  §  135,  2;  §  184,  4. 

Examples. 

§  135,  2 :  ου  ^  yap  ecrrt  ^  πλοΓα,  /or  iAere  are  no  6oafe. 
§  184,  4 :  e(TT6  '^  Κυ^οω  παράΒ^ισοζ,  Cyrus  Aos  a  park. 

Vocabulary. 

κινΖννο<;,  -ov,  6,  danger^  "peril. 

wapdSeLCTo^,  -ov,  b,  a  park. 

τίηγη,  -rjs,  η,  d  spring^  a  (river's)  source. 

πλοΐον,  -ov,  TO,  (πλίω,  to  sail)  a  vessel,  a  transport. 

πόλβμος,  -ov,  6,  luar. 

πολβμιος,  -ov,  o,  ('π•ολ€μο5)  ail    enemy  in  war:  plur.   ol 

πολβμίοι,  the  enemy. 

σίτο^?  -ov,  6,  grain,  food, 

φίλος,  -ov,  6,  a  friend. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  Tjixeu  eu  τω  παρα^βίσω.  2.  στρατιώτης 
ίστίν.  3.  Ιντανθα  -ήσαν  κωμαι.  4.  iu  /ctrSwots' 
Ισμέν.      5.    ΚΧίαρ^ος  ΚακεΖαιμόνιος^  -ην.      6.    el  eVt 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  23 

(in  the  power  of)  τω^   άδβλφω.      7.    α^τανθα   Κυρω 
βασίλεια^  ην^  και  παραδεκτός. 

^  II.  1.  στρατιωται  -ήσαν  οι  Κ,ύρον  φίλου.  2.  ην 
τω  Κνρω  πόλεμος  προς  Μνσονς.  3.  εστί  ^  δε  καΐ 
(also)  ^Αρταξερξου  /βασ-ιλεια  εν  Κελαιζ/αΓς  επΙ  ταίς 
ττηγαΐς  τον  Μαρσνον  ποταμού. 

III.  1.     For  (there)  was  food   in   the   villages. 

2.  And  it  was  not  ^  possible  ^  to  capture  the  asses. 

3.  Cyrus  has  a  stronghold   at   the    sources    of  the 
river.     4.    The  soldiers  have  arms  and  horses. 

IV.  1.  You  [j^luTcd)  are  in  the  power  of  the 
generals.  2.  Since  Clearchus  has  soldiers  and  boats, 
he  will  besiege  the  enemy's  stronghold.  ■/ 


NOTES.  . 

»  §  29.  *  §  141,  N.  2. 

'  I  28,  N.  1,  at  the  end.  ®  A  neuter  plural. 

'  ^  60,  2.  Μ  135,  Ν.  1. 

*  \  136.  ^  \  13,  2,  first  paragraph. 

•  It  was  possible  .•  use  simply  the  proper  form  of  €(μ(. 


LESSON    XII. 

Adjectives:  First  and  Second  Declensions. — Accusative  of 

Extent. 

Grammar:   §  62,  1,  2,  and  3  (and  n.);   §  63;   §  64; 
§  138  (and  read  the  Eemark) ;  §  161. 


24  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

Examples. 

§  138:  1)  6  σοφός  άνθρωπος,  the  WIS'» man;  τον  σοφού 
άνθρωπου,  τω  σοφω  άνθρώπω,  τον  σοφον 
ανθρωπον,  των  σοφών  ανθρώπων,  etc. 

2)  rjv  Se  πάρα  τον  Έ^νφράτην  πάροΒοζ  στενή, 

but  there  was  a  itarkow  passage  along  the 
Euphrates  (an  attributive  adjective). 

3)  Tjv  γαρ  rj  ποίροΒος  στενή,  for  the  passage  was 

NARROW  {ά  predicate  adjective). 
§  161:        εμενβ  Se/ca  ημέρας,  he   remained  ten   days 
(time). 
εζεΧαννεί  παρασάγγας  είκοσι,   he  advances 

TWENTY .,  PARAS ANGS    (space) . 


^*-'-  t\K.A 


ti  V  -•   .,^  „      \^> 


^^  Yoi^abulary.    ^ 

άγριος,  -a,  -ov,  (άγρο5,  a  field)  living  in  the  fields,  tuild. 

αμαξιτός,  -ος,  -ovt  (άμαξα) -/  passable  by  wagons. 

ΐΚεως,  -ως,  -ων,  ι  propitious. 

'{κα\6ς,  -η,  -6ν,  /(  beautiful. 

'μακρός,  -ά,  -6ν,  (μήκο8,  kngtJi^  long. 

οδός,  -ον,  η,  ^  α  way,  α  road. 

παρασάγγης,  -ον,  6,  α  league,  α  parasang. 

σταθμός,  -ον,  6,  α  day  S  journey,  a  stage. 


/  Exercises. , 

I.  1.  εντανθά  είσι  κωμαι  καΧαι  μεσται  σίτον^ 
και  οινον.  ^.  ενταύθα  μένει  Κνρος  καΐ  η  στρατιά 
ημέρας  εΐκοσιν.^      3.   οι  θεοί  ϊλεω  ήσαν.      4.    όνοι  δ' 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  25 

dypLOL  ους  ol  στρατιωταί  Οιηράσονσιν  eu  τω  τόπω 
etcrtV.  5.  οί  ΧαλδαΓοι  ελεύθεροι  re  καΐ^  aX/ct/xot 
ησαι/  •    οττλα  δ*  είχον  ^  γερρα  μακρά  καΙ  λόγχας. 

II.  1.  έτοιμος  εΙμι  εΚαννειν,  2.  ύ]  δε  εΙσβολη 
ην  οδός  άμαζίτος  όρθια  ισχυρώς.  3.  εντεύθεν  εζε- 
λαυι^εί,  σταθμούς .  δυο  παρασαγγας  8εκα  επί  τον 
Ψάρον  ποταμόν. 


χ. 


III.  Μ.  He  sends  two  thousand  lioplites  and  ten 
thousand  targeteers.  2.  There  ^  were  a  thousand 
wild  asses  in  the  plain.  3.  Thence  he  marches  ten 
days  through  Phr}^gia,  a  friendly  country. 


IV.  Al.  The  generals  marched  forth  into  a  friendly 
country.  2.  Thence  he  marches  five  stages,  thirty 
parasangs,  to  ^  the  sources  of  the  river.  3.  In  this 
place  (ενταύθα)  there  was  a  beautiful  park. 

QO  ..  NOTES.  y/'^^J^Jrf''^  ' 

*  Adjectives  of  fulness  and  want,  like  the  corresponding  verbs,  take 
the  genitive.     See  |  180,  with  1,  and  g  172,  1.  *  ^  104. 

2  I  13,  1,  with  N.  2.  *  Omit. 

^  See  note  5,  Lesson  X.  ^  eirC 


LESSON    XIII. 

Verbs  ί  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Puture  Indicative  Middle. 

Grammar  :  §  92,  4,  I.  and  II.;  §  110,  I.  and  11. ;  §  96, 
I./  Present,  Imperfect,  and  Future  Indicative  Middle  of 


26  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

\νω;  §  95,  2,  I.,  second  paragraph;  §  112,  2,  Middle  and 
Passive  endings;  §  113,  1,  first  paragraph,  and  2,  II.,  first 
and  second  columns,  with  N.  1 ;  §  199,  with  1,  2,  and  3. 

Examples. 

§  199,  1:  τρέπονται   προς   λτ^στειαι/,    they  turn  them- 
selves to  piracy. 
§  199,  2:  πορίζονται  σίτον,  they  procure  food  for  trem- 

SELVES. 

§  199,  3 :  λύσονταυ  τα  τταιδια,  they  will  ransom  their 
(own)  children. 

So  also:  α^α^ω,  to  ward  off,  but  άμννομαι^  to  ward  off  from 
ones  self;  άπ-έχω,  to  hold  off,  but  άττ-ίχομαι^  to  hold  one's  self 
off,  to  refrain;  βουλώνω,  to  plan,  but  βονΧίνομ,αι,  to  plan  with 
ones  self,  to  deliberate ;  ττορευω,  to  make  go,  but  Tropcvo/Aai,  to 
make  ones  self  go,  to  proceed ;  φαίνω,  to  show,  but  φαίνομαι,  to 
show  one's  self  to  appear;  etc. 

Tocabulary. 

αρχή,  -ης,  η,  (άρχω,  to  rule)        rule,  command,  province. 

Βονλος,  -ου,  6,  a  slave. 

θεός,  Ov,  6  or  η,  a  god,  a  deity. 

LyPLOV,   -ov,  το,  (dim.  inform  of 

ϊχνο9,  a  track)  a  track. 

οπΧον,  -ου,  τό,  an  implement :  plur.  arins. 
πορεύω,  πο ρεύσω,  επόρευ- 

σα,  (iropos,  a  way  across)  to  make  go,  to  convey. 
στρατιά,   -ας,  rj,  («rrpaTos,  an 

army)  an  army. 

τόζον,  -ov,  τό,  a  bow. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  27 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  αζβται  τα  όπλα  καΐ  τους  ίππους.  2.  οΐ  Se 
Βονλοί  ζφαίι^οντο.  3.  ό  8e  σατράττης  έβονλενετο, 
4.  η  δε  στρατιά  έπορίζζτο  σίτον.  5.  εις  τάς  κώμας 
οΐ  στρατιωται  TpexpovTaL.^  β.  οί  οττλΓται  τρέπονται''^ 
τους  πολεμίους,      7.    /cal  εψ'^  άμάζης  έπορεύετο, 

II.  1.  εφαίνετο  i-^yia  Ιππων,  2.  άπει-χ^όμεθα^ 
δια  τού?  τώζ/  θεων^  όρκους.  3.  Kiyooi^  δε  μετα- 
πεμπεται  άπο  της  άρχης  ης  αυτόν  (him)  σατράττην 
εποίησε.^  4.  τον  *Κρταζερζην  μεντοι  πευρασόμεθα^ 
συν  τοίς  θεοΐς  άμύνεσθαι.^  γ^. 

III.  ''  1.  The  citizens  ransomed  their  (own)  chil- 
dren with  money.®  2.  Wild  asses  appeared  in  the 
plain.  3.  Thereupon  the  bowmen  sent  for  their 
bows.     4.  He  will  lead  his  (own)  army  into  Cilicia. 

IV.  1.  We  shall  send  for  ten  thousand  hoplites. 
2.  And  then  ^^  they  proceeded  to  the  river.  3.  The 
enemy  put  the  army  to  flight. 

NOTES. 

»  Page  98. 

*  Consult  the  general  vocabulary  under  τρ/ττω. 
Μ  17,  1.  Μ  104.  *  ι  167,  3. 

®  The  English  idiom  requires  the  pluperfect.  For  the  two  accusa- 
tives, see  ^  166. 

">  I  109,  1.  9  Dative,  ^  188,  1. 

®  Present  infinitive  middle.  *"  And  then,  tlra  St, 


28  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   XIT. 

Adjectives!  Contracts  of  the  Pirst  and  Second  Declensions. — 
Position  of  the  Article. 

γ  Grammar  :  §  65;  §  9,  with  1,  2  (and  n.),  3  (and  n.),  and 
4;  §  24, 1,  with  N.;  §  43,  n.,  1,^  2,  3;  §  142, 1  (with  n.),  2, 
and  3. 

Examples. 

§  142,  1 :  ο  ΟΓοφος  άνθρωπος,  the  wise  man ;  ol  των 
Θηβαίων  crrparT^yot,  the  generals  of  the 
Thebans. 

§  142,  2 :  άνθρωπος  6  σοφός  or  ό  άνθρωπος  6  σοφός, 
the  WISE  man;  ol  στρατηγοί  ol  των  Θη- 
βαίων, the  generals  OF  the  Thebans. 

§  142,  3 :  6  άνθρωπος  σοφός  or  σοφός  6  άνθρωπος  (sc. 
εστίν),  the  "tnan  is  wise, 

^  Vocabulary. 

/  άγαμος,  -η,  ^6v,  good,  virtuous,  brave. 

j  αετός,  -ου,  6,  an  eagle. 

!  αθλον,  -ου,  τ6,  a  prize. 

I    αλόγιστος,    -ος,    -OV,  (α-  priv.*  and 

/  λογίζομαι,,  to  consider ;  cf.  λο'γοξ,  λβ'γω)      inCOTlsiderate. 

βaσLλ€Loς,  -ος,  -ov,  (βασ-ιλίν'δ,  king)    Toyal,  hingly. 
\     ^ννονς   (εννοος),    -ους,   -ovv,   («υ, 

well,  and  vois)  Well-disposed. 

μέσος,  -η,  -ov,  MIDDLE. 

■    ση  μείον,  -ου,  τό^  (ο~τί^^*)  « ^ψ")  CL  sign,  α  standard. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  29 

I  ;- 


\  '  Exercises. 


i.      i.    αλλ      eajL       Κνρω     η     ο-ρχη     η     πατρώα. 

2.  ΟΓονς    Se   τους    άγριους    οί    στρατιωται     Ιδίωκον. 

3.  τά  oe  'χωρία  σατραπ€νσονσιν  οι  τον  Κούρου 
άδελψου  φιλοι.^  4.  ot  καλοί  ^  Τ€^  /caya^oi-^  Κυρω 
€ΐ;ζ/06  ήσαν.  5.  ΚΟρο?  δε  εδωκ-ε^  (gave)  τω 
άνθρώπω  στρεπτορ  γρνσουν  καΧ  ψε'λια  κα2  άκίράκηι/ 
γβνσουν, 

II.  1.  έδωκε  δε  κ:αι  φίάλην  άργυραν.  2.  e^ei^ov 
eu  ταΐς  κώμαυς  ταΓ?  ΰπερ  (above)  του  πεδίου.  3.  δια 
μ€(του^  δε  του  παραδείσου  pei^  6  Μαίανδρος  ποτα- 
μός. 4.  ού;>(^^  ουτω9,  ω  ΚΑεα^^^ε,  αλόγιστοι  εσμεν, 
άλλα  τοΐ9  του  Kυy^oυ  ψιλοις  εϋνοι. 

III.  1.  But  tlie  Persian  bows  are  long.  2.  The 
royal  standard  was  a  golden  eagle.  3.  The  soldiers 
are  well-disposed  toward  ^^  their  general. 

IV.  1.  But  the  prizes  were  necklaces  of  gold. 
2.     The  satrap's  boats  are  unseaworthy. 

liOTES. 

»  §  131,  4  a. 

^  ^  28,  N.  1,  at  the  end.     For  the  following  dative,  see  §  184,  4. 

^  English  order :  ol  ψίλοι  του  άδέλψοΰ. 

4  ι  139,  1.  ^  See  note  5,  Lesson  Χ. 

^  καΐ  αγαθοί,  ^  11,  1,  with  α,  and  g  24,  2.  The  coronis  (' )  is  used  to 
mark  the  crasis. 

'  Aorist  third  singular  (first  singular  4'δωκα)  of  8ίδωμι,  a  verb  in  μι, 
§  93,  3. 

8  §  142,  4,  Ν.  4. 

^  That  is,  pe€i,  contracted  third  singular  present  indicative  active  of 
ρ€ω. 

1"  I  13,  2.  "  See  above,  I.  4. 


30  FIKST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

LESSON    XV. 

Yerbs:  Aorist,  Perfect,  and  Pluperfect  Indicative  Middle. 

Geammae:  §  92,  4,  III.  and  IV.  a;  §  110,  III.  1  and 
IV.  a;  §  96,  I.,^  Aorist,  Perfect,  and  Pluperfect  Indica- 
tive Middle  of  \νω ;  §  112,  2  (Middle  and  Passive  end- 
ings) and  3;  §  113,  1  (second  paragraph)  and  2,  II.,  third 
column,  Avith  N.  1 ;  §  95,  1,  I.,  the  synopsis  in  the  Middle 
voice  of  the  Indicative  of  λυω. 

Vocabulary. 

άρχω,   άρξω,  ηρζμ,  ^ρχοι-,^  to  take  the  lead^  to  hegin^ 

ηργμαί,  to  rule. 

κωμητης,  -ov,  6,  (κώμη)  a  villager, 

μάχη,  -y]^,  rj,  (μάχομΛΐ,  tofigU)  a  battle, 

τταυω,  τταυσω,  cTraucra,  ττέ-  to  stop,  to  end:  mid.  to  stop 

τταυκα,  ττεπανμαι,  ones  self,  to  desist. 

7Γ€ίθω,   πείσω,    eTretcra,    π€-  to  pe^^suade :  mid.  to  obey 

πβίκα,  Ίτέπεισμαί,^  (i.e.  to  persuade  one's  self). 

7Γ€ΐράω,  Ίτειράσω,  ίπείρασα, 

πεττείρακα,     πεπείραμαυ,'^ 

(ΐΓίίρα,  α  trial)  to  try,  to  attempt,^ 
στρατοπεδεύω,      στρατοπε- 

Ζει,σω,    εστρατοπε^ενσα, 

(στρατοίΓίδον,  α  camp,  fr.  στρατο'βι 

and  irc'Sov,  ground)  ίο  encamp,  to  blVOUaC.^ 

υποφία,  -as,  rj,  (ύττο,  and  the  root 

oir-,  look,  so  that  the  idea  is  eying 

Healthily)  suspiciou,  apprehension. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  31 

Exercises. 

T.  1.  τοις  θβοΐς  ΙΘνσατο,  2.  /Ααχ>7?^  ττετταυσ-αι. 
3.  TreTreipavrai  τον  ποταμον  Βίαβαίνειν.  4.  ikeXvaOe 
τά  παίδια.  5.  οΐ  Be  στρατιωται  Ιπεπορ^νντο  σταθ- 
μούς πεντζ.  β.  του  πολέμου  ίπαύσατο.  7.  ο  δβ 
Κυρο9  β€βούλ€υται  όπως  (thai)  βασιΚεύσει  αντί  του 
αΖεΚφου,  8.  61  δε  Μιλτ^του  ττολΓται  ηΒζως  έπαύ- 
σαντο,     9.  icat  ό  ΆριαΓο?  έστρατοπεΒεύσατο. 

II.  1.  δισ^ίλί,οι  έστρατοπεΒζύσαντο  πάρα  Κλβ- 
άρχφ•      2.    /cat    π^π^ίραταχ    TrdOeiv    τους    πολίτας. 

3.  και  τόι^  (ττρατηγον  καΐ  τον  σατράττην  άπ€π€/ιψατο. 

4.  έστράτευτο  Se  Κύρος  €ΐς  n^f  τώΐ'  πολεμίων  γωραν, 

III.  1.  The  bowmen  have  desisted  from  battle. 
2.  The  hoplites  accordingly  encamped  by  the  army 
of  Cyrus.  3.  They  have  proceeded  to  the  sources  of 
the  river.  4.  And  the  general  attempted  to  surround 
the  villages. 

IV.  1.  Hereupon  the  village-chief  began "^  to  lead 
away  the  villagers.  2.  The  satrap  has  deliberated 
that  he  may  ^  end  the  apprehensions  of  the  citizens. 

NOTES. 

»  Page  100.  '  Π10,  IV.  h. 

^  For  the  euphonic  change  in  the  future  and  aorist  (ΐΓ»θ-σω  and 
βΐΓ€ΐθ-<Γα),  see  §  16,  2.  For  the  changes  in  the  perfect,  see  ^  16,  1,  κ.  2, 
and  I  16,  3.  "  §  109,  1. 

*  Commonly  used  in  the  middle  voice  as  a  deponent  (§  88,  2). 
6  Fkom  hattU,  I  174. 

"*  Aorist  middle.     See  the  general  vocabulary. 

*  See  above,  I.  7. 


32  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

LESSON   XYI. 

Nouns :  Mute  or  Liquid  Stems  of  tlie  Third  Declension. 

Grammar  :  §  45,  1  and  2 ;  §  46,  with  1,  2,  3,  and  4  ; 
§  47, 1  and  2;  §  48,  1  and  2,  a,  h,  c,  and  c?;  §  49  ;  §  50,  L, 
the  declension  of  the  first  four  nouns ;  §  16,  with  2  and  6 
(with  notes  1  and  2);  §  25,  3.  ^  ^y 

Tocabulary. 

άρχων, ^  'Οντος,  6,  (άρχω)  a  ruler,  a  commander. 

γέρων,   -οντος,  ό,  (cf.  γήραε, 

old  age)  au  old  man. 

θωραξ,  -a/f09,  6,  a  breastplate,  a  cuirass. 

Κηρνζ,  -νκος,   ό,  (κηρύττω,  to 

proclaim)  a  herald. 

μάστίζ,  -iyo9,  η,  a  whip,  a  lash, 

φάλαγζ,  -αγγος,  η,  a  line  of  battle,  a  phalanx. 

φευγων,^    -θνΤΟ<;,    6,    (φεύγω, 

to  flee)  a  fugitive,  an  exile. 

φύλαζ,    -a/C09,    6,    (φυλάττω, 

to  guard)  a  guard. 

a'vV  _, 

Exercises. 

I.  yl.  t6t€  Se  κήρυκας  Ιττβ/χψε  περί  σπονδών. 
2.  οΐ  βάρβαροι  ίτόζενσαν  νπο  μαστιγών.^  3.  εκε- 
λενσε  πορεύεσθαι  ^  ολην  την  φάλαγγα.  4.  τον  8ε 
κήρυκα  εκελευσε  σιγην  κηρύττειν.  5.  ίχει  μισθο- 
φόρους χάλυβας.  6.  οίνον  εκ  της  βαλάνου  πεποιη- 
κασι  της  άπο  του  φοίνικος. 


RSl•    L'ilSSONS    IN    GREEK.  33 


^"x'tg^JiV- 


II.  1.  et^ot'  Se  θώρακας  Χινονς,  αντί  Se  τω^ 
πτβρνγων  σπάρτα  πυκνοί.  2.  και  ov^eVt  πέντ^ 
στάδια  Βιεί^ετην  τω  *  φάλαγγ€.  3.  ό  δε  Ά€.νοφων 
τον  άργοντα  της  κώμης  σνν^ειπνον  έποίησατο.^ 
4.  /cat  παίβί  τον  άδεΧφον  κατά  [on)  το  στέρνον  καΐ 
τίτρώ(ΤΚ€ί  δια  του  θώρακος.  5.  /cat  ot  στρατιω- 
ται  άντιπαρ^τάζαντο  ^  κατά  φάλαγγα, 

III.  1.  He  was  wearing  his^  cavalry  breastplate. 
2.  And  he  ordered  the  fugitives  to  take  part  in  the 
expedition.^  3.  And  the  Cilician  woman  had  guards. 
4.  And  he  has  Xenias  (as)  ^  commander  of  the 
hoplites. 

IV.  1.  And  first  I  warred  against  ^^  the  Thra- 
cians.  2.  They  kept  leaΛάng  the  old  men  behind 
at  home.  3.  (The  trumpeter)  ^^  sounds  with  his 
trumpet/^  and  at  once  the  soldiers  run  to  close  quar- 
ters ^^  with  the  enemy. 

NOTES.  ' 

*  A  participle  used  as  a  noun.  For  the  vocative  singular,  see  ^  48, 2  h, 
second  paragraph. 

*  Shot  under  the  lash,  that  is,  of  their  leaders,  who  were  urging  them 
on.     This  was  a  part  of  Persian  discipline. 

'  Present  infinitive  middle,  the  ending  being  -€(r6ou• 

*  §  78,  N.  2.  *  ^  166. 

*  Aorist  of  the  compound  verb  ovriirapaTaTTO^au 
'  §  141,  N.  2. 

β  <Γτρατ€υ6<Γθ<α.  "  ^  134,  Ν.  1  d. 

8  g  137,  N.  4.  ^2  ^  188^  1. 

*°  irpo's  with  the  accusative.  ^^  dpoVe  with  the  dative,  ^  186. 


ivV 


-.vTv^yDU^Ar^'^  o^^' 


34  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   XTII. 

Nouns :  Mute  or  Liquid  Stems  of  the  Third  Declension  (continued). 

Grammar  :  §  50,  the  remainder  of  I.,  and  II. ;  review 
the  Grammar  of  the  last  Lesson.  ι 

tv  s. 6  vj  ο v^*v*-. -  ^j  tocabulary. 

γβΧως,  -ωτος,  6,  (γΛάω,  to  laugh)         laughteT, 

ηγεμών,  -όρος,    6,  (ηγδ'ομαι,  to  lead; 

cf.  άγω)  I    '     '         ^  leader,  a  guide. 

Ιμάς,  -avToSy  6^-^'^  0  \^0^  ψ^%  leathern  strap, 
μηρ,  μηνός,  ό,  *  α  MONTH. 

πονς,^  ΤΓοδος,  6,  α  FOOT. 

στράτευμα,  -ατός,  το,  (<Γτρατο8,  α?ι 

army)  α?2  αττπι/,  α  host 

φυγάς,  -άδος,  6,  (φ€ΰγω)  α  fugitive,  an  exile. 

χάρις,  -tros,  τ^»  6t•*^»  '<>  rejoice)  gratitude, 

(^(Γμ  0 'i  ^  ^^^^^^"^^   fiaWA.--    . 
'  f  vi  Vv\  \γ  "^^  '^  -       Exercises,  ii,  ^.  -^  ♦  •    7^^^^-  - 

I.  1.  T^  Se  υστ€ραία^  άνευ  ηγβμόνος  Ιπορεύοντο, 
2.  Μί^ωί/  Se  συνελεζε  το  στράτευμα  χωρίς  των  αλ- 
Χων.^  3.  οι  8e  άλλοι  στρατιωται  ένυκτερευσαν  dcrt- 
Tot*  /cai'^di^ev  πυρός.^  4.  είτα  Se  παρηλαυν€ν  εφ*  ^ 
άρματος  καΐ  η  Κιλισ•(τα  εψ'  άρμαμάζης.  5.  ό  Se^ 
στράτευμα  συνελεζεν  άπο  των  χρημάτων,^  6.  είσε- 
^ύοντο  εΙς  τους  πόδα?  οΐ  Ιμάντες» 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  35 

II.  1.  ol  Se '^Ελληνες  συν  γζλωτι  επί  τας  σκηνας 
ηΚθον,^  2.  έντανθα  φνγας  %άμίος  εΧεζα^.  3.  /care- 
λάμβανον  (found)  ^Αρμενίους  τταΓδας^^  avu  ταίς^^ 
βαρβαρίκαΐς  στολαϊς.  4.  τω  σατράπτ)  ^^  ου  τον 
μισθον  α/εκα  μόνον  νπηρετησομεν  άλλα  καΐ  τη^^^ 
χάρυτος, 

III.  1.  And  Clearchus,  the  Lacedaemonian  exile, 
had  come.  2.  And  the  prize  was  a  beautiful  golden 
tiara.  3.  But  Cyrus  ^^  gave  pay  for  six  months  ^^ 
to  the  general.  4.  But  the  men  descended  ^®  upon^^ 
a  ladder. 

IV.  1 .  The  army  has  ^^  fair  hopes  of  safety. 
2.  He  will  make  war  with  the  aid  of  ^®  the  fugitives 
of  the  Milesians. 

NOTES. 

'  irovs  (for  ΊΓοδβ)  in  the  nominative  irregularly  lengthens  the  short 
vowel  of  the  stem.  ^  |  189. 

^  I  142,  2,  F.  3  a,  and  g  139,  1.  Declined  regularly  except  in  the 
neuter  άλλο.  *  §  138,  Rem. 

*  A  heteroclite.     See  ξ  60,  1,  and  in  the  general  vocabulary,  ττυρ. 

*  ^  17,  1.     With  irapTJXavvev,  sc.  6  Kvpos. 
'  ξ  143,  Ν.  2. 

®  -By  means  of  the  money.     See  the  general  vocabulary,  χρήμα. 

*  Cbwe,  second  aorist  (g  90,  2,  n.  1)  indicative  third  plural  of  the 
deponent  verb  6ρχομαι.  ^°  §  25,  3,  n.  1. 

"  The  {well  known).    The  article  is  often  used  in  Greek  to  mark  a  par- 
ticular object  as  well  known. 
'^  I  184,  2.  >3  g  i4i_  j^  1  5 

**  0  δ€  Kvposi  ^  141,  N.  1  a.     For  gave,  see  Lesson  XIV.,  I.  5. 

'^  §  167,  5. 

^^  A  customary  action,  imperfect  tense. 

"  vkL  with  the  genitive.        *«  g  134^  4^         i»  j^^^;^  ^;^g  ^^^  ^y^  ^^^^ 


36  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

LESSON   XYIII. 

Verbs :  Indicative  Passive.  —  Historical  Present. 

Grammar  :  §  92,  4,  L,  IV.  a  and  c,  and  VI. ;  §  110, 1., 
IV.  a  and  c,  and  VI. ;  §  96, 1.,^  Indicative  Passive; ^  §  95, 
2,  I.,  third  paragraph;  §  112, 1,  2,^  3,  and  4;  §  113, 1  and 
2 ;  §  95,  1,  I.,  the  synopsis  in  the  Passive  voice  of  the 
Indicative  of  λύω ;  §  88,  2,  with  n.  ;  §  92,  5  and  6 ;  §  196 ; 
§  197,  1  and  2,  first  paragraph ;  §  200,  N.  1. 

Examples. 

§  196 :  *Αρταποίτης  Ιτετίμιητο  νπο   Κνρου,  Arta- 

pates  HAD  BEEN  HONORED  hy  CyTus.  (Ac- 
tive :  ^Αρταπάτηι^  €Τ€Τίμηκ€ΐ  Kvpos.) 

§  197,  2:  πάντα  ^  τοΐς  στρατηγοΐς  π^ποί-ηται,  every- 
thing has  been  done  by  the  generals. 

§  200,  N.  1 :  Kvpov  /χεταπβ/χπεται,  he  sent  for  Cyrus, 

Tocabulary. 

βονλομαί,    βονΧησομαί,    βββονΧημαυ, 

ββουληθην,^  to  wish. 

Βηλόω,  Βηλώσω,  etc.  reg.,  (δήλοε,  clear)  to  make  dear. 

ΚυκΧοω,  κυκλώσω,  etc.  rcg.,  (kv'kXos,  a  circle)  to  SUVTOUnd, 

λβγω,  \έξω,  iXefa,  \i\ey^ai,  1\4γθην,^  to  say. 
Χάγω,^  λ^ζω,   eXe^a,   εΐΧο-χα,^  etXey/xat 

or  ΧεΧβγμαι,  ίΧίγθην,  to  gather, 

μκτθόω,  μισθώσω,  etc.  rcg.,  (μισθό?)  to  hire. 

παιδεύω,  τταιδευσω,  etc.  rcg.^  (irais,  a  child)  to  educate. 

φίΧ<έω,  φίΧ-ησω,  etc.  veg.^  (φ£λο8)  to  love.     . 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  37 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  εμειχίσθωιχεθα  τω  άρχορτι.  2.  iklyero  η 
χωρά  αργ^σθαι^^  νπο  των  ϋερσων.  3.  Ιπί  ταϋς 
θύραις  ταΐς  Aapetov  τται^^νΘησονται,  4.  et9  Καστω- 
\ον  τΓξ^ίον  αθροίζονται.  5.  φίλος  το'ίς  στρατιώταις 
λελειψεται.  β.  α^ταυ^α  §17  Κνρον  άποτΕμνεται  η 
κεφαλή  καΐ  -χάρ  η  Septet.  7.  ot  γαρ  στρατιωται  υπο 
των  ττολιτων  ουκ  έφιληθησαν» 

II.  1.  αλλο^^  8e  στράτευμα  (τυνελεγετο^^  εν  Xep- 
ρονησω,  2.  ετταώενετο  συν  τοις  άλλοις  τταισίν. 
3.  ως  [how)  Κνρος  ετελεύτησε  εν  τω  έμπροσθεν  ^^ 
λόγω  δεδτ^λωται.  4.  επεί  δε  ετελεντησε  ΑαρεΙος, 
προς  τον  ^Αρταζερζην  επεμφθησαν  άγγελοι  νπο 
Κνρου, 

III.  1.  He  was  sent.  .2.  The  bridges  will  have 
been  destroyed.  3.  The  boys  will  be  honored  by 
the  satrap.  4.  He  wishes  an  army  to  be  collected. ^*^ 
5.  They  learn  both  to  rule  and  to  be  ruled. 

IV.  1.  Miletus  was  besieged  both  by  land  and 
by  sea.  2.  The  army  was  encircled  on  both  sides. 
3.  He  has  been  made  satrap^*  of  Lydia  by  Darius. 

NOTES. 

^  Page  102. 

^  For  the  present,  imperfect,  perfect,  and  pluperfect  indicative  pas- 
sive, see  pages  98  and  100. 

^  The  aorist  indicative  passive  uses  the  secondary  endings  of  the 
active.      ^ 


38  FIRST   LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

■*  Neuter  plural  nominative  of  the  adjective  iras,  literally  all  {things). 
Μ  109,  8.  _       _         'U^.  1• 

'  This  verb  is  found  only  in  composition  in  Attic  Greek, 
«  ^  101,  1,  N.  Μ  17,  2. 

'"  The  present  infinitive  passive,  like  the  middle,  uses  the  ending 
>€σ-θαι. 

"  See  the.general  vocabulary  under  oXXos.       "  ?  141,  n.  3. 
"  Look  for  <Γνλλ6γω,  g  16,  6.  "  §  1,36.    . 


LESSON   XIX. 

Nouns:  Stems  of  the  Third  Declension  ending  in  S. — The 
Declension  of  ovtos» 

Geammar:  §  51,  1  and  2;  §  52,  1  (and  read  the  N.^), 
and  2,  with  notes  1,  2,  and  3;  §  33,  2,  notes  1,  2,  and  3; 
§  58,  with  1,  2,  and  3;  §  83,  the  declension  of  the  Demon- 
strative Pronoun  ovros;  §  142,  4. 

Example. 

§  142,  4 :  ούτο9  6  amjp,  or  6  άνηρ  ούτος  (never  6  οντος 

άνηρ),  THIS  man. 

Tocabulary. 

εδρος,  -€09,  το,  («νρυβ,  wicie,  6roacZ)  Width,  breadth. 

Kpduq^,  -ζος,  το,  (κάρα,  ί/ie  head)  a  helviet. 

κράτος^  -€09,  ^ρ,-ν  might,  power. 

μήκος,  -€ος,  το,  length, 

ορός,  -€09,  το,  α  mountain. 

T€L)(OS,   -€09,  το,  α  ΐ/;α^/  for  defence. 


FIEST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  39 

i>  Ο  (J  V\iv^  ^%  b^^  '^M 

τΐλος,  -€09,  τ6,  (τί'λλω,  to  ac-     accomplislwioit,  end:  pi. 

complish)  by  metonymy  magistrates. 

υψος,    -€09,    TO,    (ΰψι,  o?i  high, 

aloft)  height. 

Η       Exercises. 

I.  1.  Staj/c€i  τούτους  τους  στρατηγούς  Τίνρος 
Tpirjpeai.'^  2.  και  ενταύθα  hr)  εΖίωκον  κατά  κράτος  ^ 
οΐ   ''Έ^λληνες.       3.    της    ημέρας    τοντο    το    τέλος    ην. 

4.  ^Οροντας    he    yivei^     ττροσηκε^    τω    Άρταζερζη'. 

5.  τούτον  8e  τον  ποταμού  το  ευρός  εστίν  είκοσι  και 
πέντε  ποδων.^      6.   ένθα  δτ)  εφενγον  επΙ  τα  ορη. 

II.  1.  και  6  Σωκράτης  σνμβονΧεύει  τω  Ξένο- 
φωντι.^  2.  έπονται  ηγεμόνι  τω  Ήρακλει.^  3.  ην 
Se  τοντο  το  τεΐ^ζος  ενρος  ^  είκοσι  ποΒων,  υψο9  Se 
εκατόν  •  μήκος  δ'  ελεγετο  €Γ^'αί,  ^  είκοσι  παρασαγγών. 
4.  €π€ΐ  δ€  ήσαν  επΙ  ταις  θύραις  ταις  Ύισσαφερνονς, 
οι  μεν  στρατηγοί  παρεκΚηυησαν  εισω  •  οι  όε 
λοχαγοί  επΙ  ταΐς  θύραις  εμενον. 

III.  1.  He  tells  tliis  oracle  to  Socrates.  2.  The 
breadth  of  this  river  is  two  plethra.  3.  Thence  they 
sent  the  scout  upon  the  mountains.  4.  He  announces 
that  they  are  fleeing  at  full  speed. ^^ 

'  IV.  1 .  But  the  enemy  were  kindling  fires  upon  ^^ 
th^  mountains.  2.  This  man  was  condemned  to 
death  by  the  magistrates  at  Sparta. ^^  3.  And  they 
had  brazen  helmets  and  purple  tunics. 


40  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


NOTES, 


^  In  declining  nouns  and  adjectives,  especially  in  the  third  declen- 
sion, great  attention  should  be  given  to  the  formation  of  the  various  cases 
from  the  stem,  particularly  of  the  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative 
singular,  and  the  dative  plural.  Consult  the  references  to  the  Grammar 
given  in  Lesson  XVI.  ^  ^  1S8,  1. 

^  κατά  KpaTOs,  according  to  might,  with  all  their  might. 

4  §  188,  1,  N.  1.  «  §  169,  3.  «  §  160,  1. 

5  g  26,  N.  1.  Μ  184,  2.  »  To  be. 

^°  When  two  parts  of  a  sentence  are  contrasted,  they  are  very  com- 
monly correlated  by  μ€ν . . .  δβ  (both  postpositive),  in  the  sense  of  indeed 
.  .  .  but,  on  the  one  hand  .  .  .  on  the  other;  though,  in  many  cases,  μί'ν  can 
hardly  be  rendered  in  English. 

"  Aorist  passive  of  τταρακαλεω.  "  eirC  with  the  genitive. 

'^  At  full  speed,  άνά  κράτος, 

**  At  Sparta,  Iv  τη  ΣίΓάρτη.    See,  further,  g  142,  1,  π. 


LESSON   XX. 

Verbs:  Augment  and  Pormation  of  Tense  Stems. 

Geammar  :  §  99, 1,  and  2  entire ;  §  100,  1  and  2 ;  §  101, 
1,  2,  3,  and  4;  §  102;  §  103;  §  104;  §  105,  1;  §  109,  1; 
§  110,  I.,  XL  1,  III.  1,  lY.  a  h  and  c,  and  VI. 

Tocabulary, 

ακονω,     ακονσομαι^     ηκονσα,  ^ 

ηκονσθην,  to  hear. 

Ιάω,  4άσω,  etacra,  ειακα,  eta/xat,  to  permit,  to  allow,  to 

εΐάθην,  .   let  alone,  to  let  go. 

ζ.υ^ομαι,'^  ενζομαι,  ^υζάμιην,  to  pray. 

ζηΤ€ω,  ζητήσω,  etc.  rcg.,  to  Seek. 

θηρεύω,^  θη ρεύσω,  etc.  reg.,  (θηρ,  α 

wild  beast)     ^     ^  ^        '       -^r^  to  huTlt  wild  beasts. 


,-^r9^L^    "'     ^V    fKtt^-v-^ 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.       .     41 

πράττω,^     πράξω,     έπραξα,      π4- 

πραγα,  πεπραγμαι,  ίπράγθην,  '  to  do,  to  practice, 
ρίπτω,''     ρί\\}ω,      eppLxjja,     ερριφα, 

ίρριμμαι,  ίρρίφθην,  to  throw,  to  hurl. 

ταράττω,^  ταράξω,  Ιτάραξα,  τετά-  to      disturb,       to 

ραγμαί,  έταρά^θην,  trouble. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  πρα^θησεται.  2.  et^e  δε  το  Βεξίόν. 
3.  τηρ  ίπιστο\Ύ}ν  έγεγράφει.  4.  είτα  Se  Ιξηγον  τον 
^Ορονταν.  5.  καί  οΐ  μεν  ^  ηνχοντο,  οί  Se  ωκτευρον. 
6.  οΐ  στρατηγοί  συν  ^Β,ενοφωντι  ηκολονθησαν,  7.  τα 
Be  άλλα  ^  €ΐς  το  πυρ  eppixpav. 

II.  1.  πορενεσθ ai^  eiacre  τονζ  στ ρατίώτας.  2.  ολί- 
γοι άμφΐ  Κ,υρον  κατελείφθησαν.  3.  Βηλώσευ  δε  ων 
Βεόμεθα.  4.  επΙ  τον  άΒελφον  εστρατενετο.  5.  Κΰρος 
δε  ονπω  ηκεν,  αλλ*  ετι  προσηλαννεν. 

III.  1.  But  he  was  marcliing  against  ^^  Menon's 
soldiers.  ■ '■  2.  But  a  mountain  surrounded  ^^  the  plain. 
3.  For  Cyrus  honored  his  guest.  4.  He  has  hunted 
wild  beasts  on  horseback.^^  5.  We  had  broken  our 
oaths.  '  ^ 

IV.  1.  They  have  sought  the  commanders.  2.  He 
has  been  loved  by  the  barbarians.  3.  But  the  gen- 
eral was  greatly  troubled. 


42  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


NOTES. 


*  See  note  3,  Lesson  XXVIII.     For  the  form  of  the  aorist  passive, 
896  ^  109, 2.  «  ^  103,  N.  3  g  17,  2. 

4  Simple  stem  (|  92,  2)  ιτραγ..     See  also  |  108,  lY.  1  a. 
»  Simple  stem  ριφ-.     See  g  108,  III.,  and  g  15,  2. 
^  Simple  stem  ταραχ-φ 

'  §  143,  1.  •  See  note  3,  Lesson  XVI.  "  Imperfect. 

8  I  141,  s.  4.  »  iwL  »'  αφ*  tinrov. 


LESSON  XXI. 

Nouns ;   Stems  of  the  Third  Declension  ending  in  a  Vowel  or 
Diphthong,  or  in  AS,  or  in  A2  and  AT. 

Grammar  :  §  53,  with  1  (and  notes  1  and  2),  2,  and  3 
(with  N.  1) ;  §  54;  §  55 ;  §  56,  1  and  2. 

Yocabulary. 

άνάβαοΊς,  -εως,  rj,  (άνό,  up, 

and  βαίνω,  to  go)  an  oscent,  a  march  inland. 

Swa/its,   -€ως,  η,  (Βυναμαι,  ability,  power,  military  force^ 

to  he  able)  trOOpS. 

e^eracrts,   -εως,   η,  («ξβτόξω, 

to  inspect)  an  inspection,  a  review. 

ίττπευς,  -εως,  6,  (tinros)  a  horseman:  pi.  cavalry. 

κατάβασις,  -εως,  -ή,  (κατά,  α  descent,  a  return  to  the 

down,  and  βαίνω)  COast. 

πλήθος,  -εος,  τ6,  {irUia^,/ull)  fulness,  a  great  number,  an 

amount. 
πρ6φα(τίς,  -εως,  η,  a  pretext. 

τάζις,  -εω9,  ή,  (τάττω,  to  ar-  arrangement,    good    order^ 

range)  discipline. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  43 

Exercises. 

T.  1.  TO  §e  στράτευμα  €κοπτ€  τους  βους  και 
οίκους.  2.  τα  θηρία  οί  Ιππ€ίς  ει/ίοτ€  &ίωκον,  3.  et- 
χον  hk  και  δόρυ  ως  (about)  πεντεκαί^εκα  πηχβωι/. 
4.  καΐ  ενταύθα  Κύρος  εζετασιν  των  'Έ^Κιηνων  εποί- 
ησ€ν,  5.  ^ηλον  ην  οτι  (that)  εγγύς  που  βασιλεύς^ 
ην.      β.    καΐ  παρησαν^  αϊ  εκ  ΤΙελοποννησου  ιή]ες, 

II.  1.  τταρην  Se  καΧ  ο  στρατηγός  επί  των  νέων. 
2.  τά  δε^ιά  του  κέρατος  έχει.  3.  ήσαν  αί  *1ωνί- 
και  πόλεις  Ύισσαφερνους  ^  το  αρ'χαΐον.*  4.  γ^ρόνου 
πλήθος  της  αναβάσεως  καΐ  καταβάσεως  ενυαυτος'' 
καΐ  τρεις  (three)  μήνες,  5.  καΐ  βασιλεύς  δτ)  έπεί 
ηκουσε*^  Τισσαφέρνους  τον  Κύρον  στόλον,  άντιπα- 
ρεσκευάζετο, 

ΙΙΤ.     1.  And  lie  was  collecting  his  Grecian  force. 

2.  For  Cyrus  kept  remitting  the  tributes  to  the  king 
from"^  the  cities,  r^.  He  proceeds  to  ^  the  king. 
4.  For  they  cast  aside  their  purple  robes.  5.  But 
Menon  holds  the  left  wing. 

IV.  1.  He  had  ships,  with  which  ^  he  was  be- 
sieging^'^   Miletus.     2.    Cyrus   had  another  pretext. 

3.  And  the  Cilician  woman  admired  the  discipline  of 
the  army. 

NOTES. 

*  βα(Γΐλ€υ$)  when  used  to  designate  the  king  of  Persia,  commonly  omits 
the  article.  ■*  Formerly,  ^  160,  2.  '  Ik. 

2  §  26,  N.  1.  "  Sc.  -^v.  '  tis,  I  191,  III.  2. 

=«  §  169, 1.  6  I  171^  2,  έΛ.  ^  I  188,  1. 

^^  €ΐΓθλιορκ€ΐ,  i.e.  ciroXiopKcc  (before  contraction). 


44  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

LESSON    XXII. 

Verbs :  Subjunctive  Active. 

X  Grammar:  §  96,  1,  the  Subjunctive  Active  of  \νω^ 
(read  §  95,  2,  n.^)  ;  §  114,  the  terminations  of  the  Active 
voice;  §  127,  I.,  the  Future  Indicative  and  Present  Sub- 
junctive of  €t/xt;  §  253;  §  219,  1,  2  (first  paragraph),  and 
ο ;  §  δδιο. 

Examples. 

§  253 :  μη  τοντο  ττοιησωμει^,  let  us  not  DO  this. 
§223:  TL^  τοις  (ττρατηγοΐς  ecrrat,   iav  κρατιησωσιν  ; 

what  will  the  generals  have,  if  they  conquer  ? 

Yocabulary. 

/Λ^ια-τρίβω,  τρίχίβω,  erpLxpa,  re-  to  rub  through,  to  wear 

τρίφα,  τβτρυμμαυ,  έτρίφθηρ,        away,    to    waste,  to 

(διά  and  τρίβω)  delay, 

θαρραλέος,  -α,  -ov,  (θάρρος,  courage)  courageous. 

κότΐτω,^  κόφω,  €Ko\pa,  κεκοφα,  to    strike,    to    cut,    to 

κίκομμαι,  slaughter. 

μανής,    -εως,  6  or  η,  (μαίνομαι,  (ο 

rave)  a  scer,  soothsayer, 
παραπλήσιος,    -a  or  -ος,    -ov, 

(ιταρά  and  ττλησ-ίοε,  near,  close  to)       SlTnilar,  like. 

πραζις,  -εως,  η,  (ιτράττω)  a  transaction,  an  un- 

dertaking. 
σώζω/  σώσω,  έσωσα,  σεσωκα, 

σεσωσμαυ  or  σεσωμαι,  εσω- 

θην,  to  save. 

Τημερον,^  adverb,  to-day. 


τ  ip  ΐΤΐ  tr^  '    ^'      (K^^y^vwΓ^.  . 


f 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  45 

Exercises. 

I.  Al.  loLv  Se  άναστρ4\\)ωσιν  ol  πολέμιοι,  Θ4ωμεν 
και  ΒιαβαΐΊ/ωμα^  τον  ποταμού.  2.  καΙ  iav  ύ)  πρα- 
ζις  Tj  παραπλήσια,  1\\)όμ^θα.  3.  iav  προς  ταύτα  ^ 
λεγτ),  βονλενσόμεθα.  4.  iav  γαρ  ^ιατρί\\}ωμξ.ν  την 
τημ€ρον  ^  ημβραν,  οι  πολέμιοι  θαρραλέοι  έσονται. 
5.  καν^  απί^,^^  CAcet  προς  ταύτα  βουλευσόμεθα,  6.  ην 
e  αγασοι  ητ€,  εψονται, 

11./  ί^Ι.  αλλά  προς  των  Θβων,  μη  άναμένωμεν. 
2.  ην  οντω  προσάγωμεν,  πβριττεύσουσιν  ημων^^  οι 
πολέμιοι.     3.   ovhe  yap  αν  γέφνραι  ωσι,  σωθησόμεθα. 


111/  1.  And  let  us  not  now  delay.  2.  Cyrus  will 
pursue  the  enemy,  if  they  flee  to  the  mountains. 
3.  Let  us  slaughter  the  cattle.  4.  The  soldiers  will 
follow,  if  their  general  shall  end  their  suspicions. 

IV:''"  1.  But  let  us  burn^^  the  king's  ^^  country. 
2.  But  if  he  does  this,  the  seer  shall  have  ten  talents. 

NOTES. 

*  Pages  94  and  96. 

'  Note  that  in  the  dependent  moods  the  present  and  aorist  (the 
tenses  commonly  occurring)  do  not  differ  as  to  time  (except  in  the  opta- 
tive and  infinitive  in  indirect  discourse);  and  read  carefully  |  202,  1. 

^  The  neuter  singular  nominative  of  the  interrogative  pronoun  ris, 
what.     See  §  23,  1,  n. 

<  Simple  stem  (§  92,  2)  κοιτ-.  See  also  g  108,  III.  The  perfect  active 
is  used  only  in  composition. 

^  Simple  stem  o-wS-,  §  108,  IV.  1  b.  The  forms  σ^'σ-ωμαι  and  «σ-ώθην, 
however,  are  formed  from  a  shorter  stem  σ-ω-  (seen  in  Epic  σ-οίω). 

®  For  its  derivation,  see  the  general  vocabulary. 

"^  In  respect  to  this,  literally  these  (things).     The  Greek  constantly 


46  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

viewed  objects  with  reference  to  their  parts,  and  so  used  the  plural  when 
Λνο  should  use  the  singular. 

8  ^  141,  N.  3.  9  ^^^  ^y^  g  11^  ι  and  2.  ^^  g  127,  I.,  n.  1. 

"    C/s,  genitive  plural  of  the  first  personal  pronoun  εγώ.     For  the  case, 
see  ^  175,  2. 

''''  κοίωμεν,  common  Attic  for  καίωμεν,  the  ι  being  dropped  between 
the  two  vowels.  "  See  note  1,  Lesson  XXI. 


LESSON    XXIII. 
Verbs:  Subjunctive  Middle  and  Passive. 

Grammar  :  §  96,  1.,  Subjunctive  Middle  ^  and  Passive  ^ 
of  λνω ;  §  114,  the  terminations  of  the  Middle  and  Pas- 
sive, with  N.  1;  §  118,  1^;  §  95,  1,  I.,^  the  synopsis  in  all 
\  the  voices  of  the  Subjunctive  of  λυω  ;  §  215,  with  A.  and 
C. ;  §  216,  1;  §  218,  first  paragraph;  §  90,  2. 

Examples. 

§  216,  1 :  φίλους  ττοιησεταυ,  ως  (τυνεργονς  ^χτ),  he  will 

make  himself  friends,  that  he  may  have 

co-workers. 
§  218  :       oeooLKa  ^  μη  βασίλβνς  KaTaKoxpy  το  'ΈΧ\ηι/ί- 

κ6ν,^  I  fear  lest  the  king  may  cut  the  Greek 

force  TO  pieces. 

Yocabulary. 

απο-σπαω,  σπάσω,  βσττασα,  βσπακα^ 

€σπασμαί,  Ισττάσθην,  (ώτο  and  στήΜ,  to  draw  off,   to 
to  draw)  separate. 

ασφαλώς,  adverb,  (άσ-φαλη8,  safe)  5Ct/c/y,  171  Safety, 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  47 

βασι\ίκ6^,  -η,  -6v,  (Poo-tXcvs)  hingly,  royal. 

€ΐρήνη,  -η<;,  ύ),  peace. 
€πίπορος,      -09,       -OV,     (tVi,  for,  and 

iro'vos,  toil;   cf.  ^νομαι,  to  toil)  toilsome,  lahoTlOUS. 

\6γρ^,  -ov,  by  a  company  of  soldiers. 

θΙκ€ω,^  οΙκησω,  etc.  reg.,  (oIkos,  a  home)    to  inhabit, 
οπλίζω,^  ωπ\υσ-α,  ωπλίσμαι,  ωπλί- 

σθην,  (οΊτλον)  to  arm. 

Exercises. 

I.  Λ  1 .  iai^  Se  ή  πραξις  φαίνηται  επίπονος,  ονχ^  ^^ 
expovTai.  2.  ττορενωμεθα,  ίνα  αποσπασθωμεν  τον 
βασι\ικον  στρατεύματος}^  3.  τι  (what)  ίσται  τοις 
στρατιώταις,  ίαν  βασιΚει  ^^  ταντα  ^^  γαρίσωνται  ;  ^ 
4.  eyct)  yap  SeSoLKa  μη  ου  ^^  τον  ττοΧεμον  πεπαν μένος 
Ύ}}^  5.  rjv  Ζε  την  είρηνην  πουησώμεθα,  ασφαλώς  την 
ΤΓοΚιν  οίκησομεν,      6.   hihoiKa  μη  6  \ό^ος  πεμφθη. 

II.  -1.  άλλα  πορενωμεθα  ένθεν ^^  άπεΧθεΐν^^  έσταί 
ην  βονλώμεθα.  2.  εαν  8ε  ταντα  Βίαπράζωμαι,  πάλιν 
ηζο).  3.  ον  δεδοι/ία  μη  6  Τισσαφέρνης  σατράπης 
πονηΘη,  4.  εάν  τέ  τίς^^  πιέζηται,  6  πλησίον  ^^  β^^- 
θησει, 

III Αι.  But  if  tliey  obey,  he  will  proceed.  2.  TKey 
will  cross  ^^  the  sources  of  the  river  Tigris, ^^  if  they 
wish.  3.  The  army  will  slaughter  the  cattle,  that 
it  may  procure  food  for  itself.  4.  I  fear  that  the 
bridges  will  be  destroyed. 


y 


48  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

lY. if  1.  If  the  kino;  delay,  I  fear  that  the 
hoplites  will  arm  themselves.  2.  He  is  collecting  an 
army,  in  order  that  he  may  proceed  against  his 
brother. 

NOTES. 

1  Pages  98  and  100.  ^  p^gg  ]^02. 

^  The  perfect  middle  and  passive  participle  of  λυ'ω  is  formed  by  add- 
ing .μ£νο$  to  the  reduplicated  stem,  thus  :  λ€λυ-μ£νο8.  It  is  declined  like 
σ-οφοδ  (?  62).     See  further,  ^  26,  N.  3,  1. 

*  For  λελυκώ8  ω,  see  §  118,  2.   For  the  declension  of  XcXvkcosi  see  ^  68. 

^  g  200,  N.  6.  "  ^  174. 

6  Sc.  στράτευμα.  '^  |  134^  2. 

7  ^  101,  2,  and  §  109,  2.  "  |  160,  1. 

«  ξ  103.  14  ^  215,  N.  1. 

9  ?^  108,  IV.  Ιδ.  ^^  g  202,  2. 

^0  I  13,  2.  Ϊ6  (^0  the  place)  from  which. 

^''  To  depart,  second  aorist  active  infinitive  of  άττ-ερχομαι. 

^**  Anij  one,  the  nominative  singular  masculine  of  the  indefinite  pro- 
noun (§  84),  which  is  enclitic.  The  preceding  ri  is  also  enclitic.  See  ^  28, 
N.  2. 

'^  §  141,  N.  3. 

^•^  The  future  of  διαβαίνω  is  διαβησ-ομαι,  the  stem  of  βαίνω  being  βα-, 

*^^  g  142,  2,  N.  6. 


LESSON   XXIV. 

Adjectives:  Third  Declension,  and  Pirst  and  Third  Declensions 

Combined. 
/ 

'^Grammar:  §  66;  §  67,  1  and  2;  §  53,  2,  n.  2;  §  16, 

6,  N.  2. 

Yocabulary. 

αφανής,   -€9,  (α-  priv.  and  φαίνω,  stem 

φαν-,  to  show)  unseen,  out  of  sight 

βαθύς,  -eta,  -ΰ,  deep. 


{ύ\^ύ   ^[y\j(j  ^^^-        Ύ' 


\ 


^  ^IRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  49 


Ιγκρατης,  -es,  («ν^αηάκράτο?)  in  power  over,  in  pos- 

session of. 
evpv^y  -eta,  -v,    ^  '?i;icZe,  broad, 

καταφανής,   -ες,  (κίΐτά,  intens.,  and     clearly  seen,  in  plain 

φαίνω)  Sl^A^. 

πλήρης,  -ες,  (ιτλ/ω?,  /w??)  FULL. 

πρανής,  -ες,  prone,  steep. 

\  χΐιευ^ης,  -ες,  (ψεΰδω,  to  deceive)  jalsc. 

Exercises. 

T.  *  1.  άλλα  ταΟτα^  ψευδι^  '^l•'.  2.  at  λσy^αt  /cat 
at  τάζεις  καταφανείς  ήσαν,  3.  εζελαύνει  εΙς  Κο- 
λθ(τσας,  πολιν  εν^αίμονα.  4.  π€/3ΐ  δε  το  -χωρίον  ην 
γαράΖρα  Ιαχνρως  ^a^eta.  5.  ην  Sk  6  ποτάμιος  πλή- 
ρης Ιχθνων  πραεων,^  ονς  οΐ  %νροί  θεονς  ενομιζον. 
6.  τοις  στρατηγοΐς  το  μεν^  ενθύμημα  γαρίεν  ε^οζεν 
eLvaL,    το  ο   έργον  αοννατον, 

ύ^  Τί.  1.  εντεύθεν  οΐ  πολέμιοι  ιππείς  φενγονσι  κατά 
τον  πρανούς?  2.  οι  ημέτεροι  φίλοι  της  άρχης  της 
πατρώας  εγκρατείς  έσονται.  3.  Υίνρος  γαρ  έπεμπε 
βίκους  οίνου  ημι8εε2ς.  4.  eSofe  τω  Κλεάρχω  άληθη 
^  λέγειν,     5.   στρατηγον  δε  Κνρον  εποιησε  πάντων. 


Ι 


III.  1.  Ttiey  were  out  of  sight.  2.  (There)  was 
a  broad  ditcli  about  the  place.  3.  And  the  enemy 
were  not  yet  in  sight.  4.  They  have  the  (well- 
known)^  costly  tunics.     5.   The  spot  was  black. 


50  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


IV.  1.  They  kept  running  ^^  down  a  very  steep 
hill.  2.  Thence  he  marches  away  to  Celaenae,  a 
prosperous  city.  3.  There  Cyrus"  had  a  park  full 
of  wild  animals,  which  he  hunted  ^^  on  horseback.^^ 


NOTES. 

Μ    3,  5.  Μ  166. 

2  ι  135,  2.  ^  See  note  10,  Lesson  XIX. 

3  I  70.  «  To  be. 

'  Down  the  steep,  the  neuter  of  ιτρανης  used  substantively. 
8  I  180,  1,  and  ^  171,  3.  "  Dative. 

^  See  note  11,  Lesson  XVII.  '^  A  customary  action. 

10  Imperfect.  "  αφ'  'ίππου  (^  17,  1). 


LESSON   XXY. 

^    .  Verbs:  Optative  Active. 

Grammar  :  §  96,  I.,^  the  Optative  Active  of  λυω  (read 
§  95,  2,  N.) ;  §  115,  and  1  (except  the  Middle  and  Passive 
terminations),  with  N.  2;  §  127,  I.,  the  Present  Optative 
of  €i/xt;  §  215,  with  A.  and  C;  §  216,  1;  §  218,  first 
paragraph;  §  219, 1,  2  (first  half  of  the  second  paragraph), 
and  3;  §224. 

Examples. 

§216,  1:  Kvpov  γ/τησαν^  πλοΓα,  ώ?  αποπΚ4οιεν,  they 
asked  Cyrus  for  boats,  that  they  might  sail 

OFF. 

§  218:  μάΧα  eveuoyjOrjcrav^  μη  τά  Ιπιττ^δεια  ουκ 
€χοΐ€ν,  they  were  very  anxious  lest  they 
MIGHT  not  have  provisions. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  51 

§  224:  el  Ύίσσαφερρευ  κακόν  βονλ€νοίς,  κακόρους  αρ 
€Ϊης,  IF  YOU  SHOULD  PLOT  harm  to  Tissapher- 
nes,  YOU  would  be  evil-minded, 

\f^C^^\<^^  Tocabulary.  \j>  UUxX  Wcm^  v^.  ιλ' 

/y  α,ΤΓΟροζ,    -09,    -OVf  (a-  priv.  and 

/  iropos,  a  resource)  difficult,  impOSSoble, 

/       a^apLCTTCOSt   adv.,  (άχοίρκττο?,  un-       *    ^  ,      -         ν  . 

f  rewarded;  a-  priv.  and  χοφίζομαι, 

to  gratify ;  cf.  χόρΐδ)  Without  gratitude. 

βάρβαρος,  -os,  -oi^,  barbarous,  rude:    as  subst. 

α  barbarian. 

€κβα(τις,  -€ω9,  τ^,  (ck  and  βαίνω)  απ  outlet,  a  pass. 

οπυσθοφυλαξ,  -ακος,  6,  (om-  one  of  the  rear-guard: 

<r06v,  behind,  and  φνλαξ)  pi.  the  rear-guard. 

πιστός y  -η,  -6vy  (ΐΓ€ίθω)  trustworthy ,  faithful. 

πνλη,  -ης,  ή,  one  door  of  a  double  gate: 
\    \  c.s  A\u\y^      V  V  -  c  "v     '.  '^  /        pi.  a  gate,  a  pass. 

φανζ,ρος,    -α,    -OV,    (φαίνω,  stem 

φαν-)  conspicuous,  plain, 

nU*^:.  Exercises. 

•  *-\ 

I.  "^1.  Ki}yoo9  τας  νανς  /χ€Τ€π€/χψατο,  οττως  όττλιτας 
άποβίβάσβίβρ^  εϊσω  καΐ  €ζω  των  πνλών.^  2.  οί 
βάρβαροι  ωκιτησαν  μη  οι  '^Ελληνες  μ&οι^ν  iv  τη 
νήσω.  3.  ττολλον  ^  άζιοι  αν  €Ϊημ€ν  φίλοι,  el  e^oi^ev 
ret  όπλα.  4.  el  άποσωσαιμι  νμας^  ets  την  Έλλαδα, 
ουκ  αν  άγαρίστως  er^oi.^ 


52  FIRST    LESSONS  "IN   GREEK. 

II.  1.  el  βασ-ίΧβνς  τοΐς'^Έίλλησυ  βονλοίτο^  φίλος 
eli^at,  τΓίστοΙ  αν  elrjaav.  2.  είσί  he  ποταμοί,  ους 
ούδ'  ^^  αν  SiafiaivoLTey  el  μη  νμας  hιaπopevoιμ€v. 
3.  Ξενοφών  δε  tovs  οπισθοφύλακας  ^ye  προς  την 
φavepav  €κβα€ην,  όπως  ταύτη  ^^  οι  πολέμιοι  προσέ- 
^oiev  τον  νουν, 

1 

III. ''  1.  If  tKe  lioplites  should  destroy  tlie  bridge, 
the  enemy  would  flee.  2.  He  built  a  wall/^  that  the 
way  might  be  impassable.  3.  He  feared  that  the 
enemy  might  cut  the  army  to  pieces. 

\ 

IV.     1.  But  he  said  this,  that  the  Greeks  might 

be  of  good  hope.^^     2.   If  the  general  should  make 

an  assembly  of  the  soldiers,  it  would  be  well. 

NOTES. 

*  Pages  94  and  96.     In  reading  |  95,  2,  n.,  cf.  note  2,  Lesson  XXII. 
2  g  164. 

^  Aorist  passive  of  the  deponent  (|  88,  2)  «ννοεομοκ. 

*  From  αποβιβάζω. 

*  \  182,  2. 

^  ΊΓολλοΰ  ά|ιοι,  worth  much,  valuable,  ττολλου  being  the  genitive  sin- 
gular neuter  of  the  irregular  adjective  iroXv's.    For  the  case,  a^g  178.  N. 
"^   You,  accusative  plural  of  the  second  personal  pronouiy^HH^^ 
®  «χω  and  an  adverb  are  often  joined  in  the  afeine<M)f^|P^r^ro  δβ 
and  an  adjective ;  as  καλώ$  6χ6ΐ,  it  is  well,  lit»,  rally,  it  has  {itself)  well. 

*  Preseiit  optative  middle  thirdi^ereon 'ein^lar.    ^•;\ 


»«  §  24,  3. 


"  Agrees  with  its  antecedent  έ'κβασιν  m  gender  and  nuinber.    For  the 

case,  see  §  187. 

"  §  GQ,  N.  3. 


ir 


FIEST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  53 

LESSON   XXYI. 

Verbs :  Optative  Middle  and  Passive. 

GrRAMMAR :  §  96,  I.,  the  Optative  Middle  and  Passive  ^ 
of  λνω  ;  §  115,  1  (Middle  and  Passive  terminations)  and  3; 
§  118,  1;  §  95,  1,  I.,^  the  synopsis  in  all  the  voices  of  the 
Optative  of  λύω, 

Yocabulary. 

άπο-κΧβίω, κλείσω, €κλ€ίσα,κ€κ\€ίμαιοτ  to  shut  off,  to 
κεκλεισιχαι,^  Ικλεισθην,  (άπ-ό  and  κλίίω)        intercept. 

κολάζω,^  κολάσω,  e/cdXacra,  κεκόλα-  to  check,  to 
σμαί,    Ικολάσθην,   (koXos,  docked,  stunted)         punish. 

κωλύω,  κωλύσω,  etc.  reg.,  (koXos)  to   hinder,   to 

prevent. 

oLKaSe,^  adverb,  (oTkos,  a  house)  homeward. 

πρόθυμος,  -09,  -OV,  (irpo,  forward,  and  θυμο'δ,  eamcst,  ZCol- 
souT)  OUS. 

τεθρίππον, -ου,  TO,  {τίτταρίξ,  four,  and  Xinrosi)  a   four-horse 
*  chariot, 

φοβεαμαι,^     φοβησομαι,     πεφόβημαι,  to     fear,      to 

ίφοβηθην,  i^o^os,  fear)  dread. 

γράο μαι,   γριησομαι,   κβ'χρημαι,   εγρη- 

σάμην,  to  use. 

I.      1.    6    δε    στρατηγός    εφοβηθη    μη    κνκλωθείη 

εκατέρωθεν.        2.     οι     δε  ^     καθείλκον    τά?    τριήρεις, 

-ψ  ώ<ζ    εν    ταΓ?    τριηρεσι    σώζοιντο\      3.    και    εΐ    θελοι 


54  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

in  Αϊγνπτον  στρατβνβιν,  σνγκαταστ pey\f αιμ,^Θ^  αν, 
4.  eSetcral•'  μτ]  αποκΚεισθεί-ησαν.  5.  ohonoirjaeii  y 
αν  Mvcrots  ySacrtXei;?,  και  el  συν  τζθρίπποίς  βον- 
XoLVTo  πορβνεσθαυ, 

II.  1.  eSeiaav  μη  άποτμηθβίησαν,^  2.  Αίγυπτί- 
ου ?  Se,  el  ΤΎ)  hvvάμeL•  ^  τύ)  νυν  συν  έμοί  ^^  ^jprfaaiaOe, 
KoXacraicr^e  αν,  3.  el  γαρ  όντως  eπoιμeθa,  φίλου  τω 
Κνρω  καΐ  πρόθυμοι  αν  eπoίμeΘa.  4.  el  σωθeLημev, 
"χάριν  Ύισσaφepveι  αν  eχoιμev  δικαίως, 

III.  1.  Xenoplion  feared  that  he  might  be 
hemmed  in  on  all  sides.  2.  But,  if  the  king  should 
not  hinder  (us),  we  should  proceed  homeward.  3.  If 
the  soldiers  should  show  themselves  zealous,  the 
advantage  would  be  common. 

IV.  1.  He  wished  to  be  a  friend  to  Tissaphernes, 
that  he  might  be  honored  by  the  king.  2.  How 
should  we  proceed  with  safety,  if  it  should  be  neces- 
sary (Seoi)  to  proceed?  3.  The  general  marched  on 
rapidly,  that  he  might  not  be  separated  from  the  rest 
of  the  army. 

NOTES. 

'  Pages  98,  100,  and  102.  "  §  108,  IV.  1  δ. 

2  ^  118,  2.  ^  ^  61. 

3  §  109,  2. 

^  The  active  occurs  in  the  sense  of  to  frighten.  See  the  general 
vocabulary.     On  the  reduplication  of  the  perfect,  see  §  17,  2. 

7  I  143,  1,  N.  2. 

^  From  άπΌ-τ€μνω,  stem  τίμ-  (§  108,  V.  1)^  the  aorist  passive  being 
άτΓ-€τμηθην  (by  vietathesis,  ^  14,  1). 

^  ^  188,  1,  N.  2.  *^  Me,  dative  singular  of  €γώ,  /. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  55 


LESSON    XXTII. 

Nouns;  Syncopated  of  the  Thii'd  Declension.  — Two  Accusatives 

with  one  Verb. 

Grammar:    §  57,  with  1   (and  n.   1)  and   2;    §  164; 
§166. 

Examples. 

§  161:  -^τησε  top  Kvpov  μισθοί^,  he  asked  Cyrus /or 

PAY. 

§  166:  βασιΚ4α  Χβνθψ  εποίησαν,  thay  made  Seuthes 

KING. 

Tociilnilary. 

αττο-στερέω,  στερήσω,^  etc.  rcg.,  (ά-π-ο, 

intens.,  and  στίρίω,  to  deprive)  to  Toh,  to  clefraud, 

γάμος,  -ov,  6,  7)iamage, 

καλεω,^   καλώ,   εκαΚεσα,    κεκΧηκα, 

κεκΚιημαι,  εκληθην,  ^  to  cati. 

κρύπτω,^  κρύψω,  etc.  reg.,  to  conceal. 

κτήμα,   -ατός,  το,  (κτάομαι,  to  acquire)  a  2^ossessio7i. 

νομίζω,*  νομιω,  ενομισα,  νενομικα, 

νενόμισμαι,  ενομίσΌην,  (vo'^os,  cus-  to  regard  as  a  cus- 
tom, law ;  cf.  νί'μω)  tOTTl,  to  bellCVe. 

φρούραργος,  -ov,  6,  (φρουρό?,  a  garri-    a  commancter  oj 

son  soldier,  — cf.  ιτρο-οράω,  —  and  όίρχω)  a  gamSOU. 

γρημα,  -ατός.  το,  (χράομαι)  a  thing :  pi  goods, 

wealth. 


56  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  μετά  Kvpov  άνίβαινον  τταρα  τον  πατβρα. 
2.  καταλαμβάνει  εν8ον  τους  κωμητας  καΐ  τον  κωμάρ- 
-χΎ)ν  καΐ  την  θυγατέρα  του  κωμάργου.  3.  εντεύθεν 
δε  επορεύθησαν  εΐζ  τας  ΤΙαρυσάτι^ος  κώμας  τη^  Κύ- 
ρου  καΐ  βασιλέως  μητρός.  4.  τους  δε  στρατιώτας 
αποστερεί^  τον  μισθόν.  5.  πάτερα  Β<€νοφώντα  εκα- 
λεΐτε.^ 

II.  1.  ηγε  δε  καΐ  την  θυγατέρα  την  βασυλεως  επί 
γάμω?  2.  παραγγέλλει  τοις  φρουράργοις  λαμβά- 
νειν άνΒρας  ΐίελοποννησίους.  3.  ε^ει?  πόλιν,  ε^εις 
τριήρεις,  ^χεις  γ^ρηματα,  ε^ζεις  άν8ρας,  4.  κατεπεμ- 
φθη  ύπο  του  πατρός  σατράπης. 


8 


III.  1.  But  his  mother  sends  him^  back  again 
to  his  province.  2.  But  I  have  two  men.  3.  We 
have  robbed  the  citizens  of  their  ship.  4.  The  river 
\vas  full  of  fish,  which  the  Syrians  believed  (to  be) 
gods.  '  ^ 

IV.  1.  They  concealed  their  possessions  from  the 
king.  2.  They  asked  the  general  for  boats,  that  they 
might  sail  away.  3.  His  father  had  made^^  him 
satrap  of  both  Lydia  and  Phrygia. 

NOTES. 

»  I  101,  2. 

^  See  §  109,  1,  n.  2,  with  b.  The  future  καλώ  is  Attic  for  καλ£<Γω, 
^  110,  II.  2,  N,  1  a.  The  last  three  principal  parts  are  formed  on  the 
stem  kXc-, 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  57 

»  Simple  stem  (^  92,  2)  κρυβ-  or  κρυφ-.     See  §  108,  III. 
*  ^  108,  IV.  1  h.    The  future  νομιώ  is  common  Attic  for  νομίσω,  |  110, 
II.  2,  N.  1  c. 

^  The  contracted  form  of  ά•πΌστερ€'€ΐ.        ®  ^  166,  n.  4. 

^  The  contracted  form  of  eKoXe'tri.  ^  αύτον. 

'  eirl  γείμω,  in  marriage,  as  his  wife.        *"  See  note  6,  Lesson  XIII. 


LESSON    XXTIII. 

Verbs:  Imperative  Active.  — Personal  Pronouns. 

Grammar  :  §  96,  I./  the  Imperative  Active  of  λνω ; 
§  95,  2,  I.,  second  column;^  §  116,  1  (omitting  the  Middle 
and  Passive  endings)  and  2  (omitting  the  Middle  and  Pas- 
sive terminations);  §  127,  I.,  the  Present  Imperative  of 
€t/xL ;  §  252;  §  254;  §  79,  1,  the  declension  of  εγώ  and  συ 
in  the  singular  and  plural;  §  27,  with  the  first  part  of  1. 

Examples. 

§  252:  Xeye,  speak  thou;  φενγβ,  begone  I  άρχζτω,  let 
hvn  rule;  γαψόντων,  let  them  rejoice. 

§  254 :  μη  κ\4πτε,  do  not  steal  (the  habit  is  forbidden) ; 
μτ]  κλ€ψΎ)<ζ,  do  not  steal  (in  a  particular  in- 
stance). 

Yocabulary. 

βλέπω,  βλίχ^ομαυ,^  e/3Xei//a,  to  see,  to  look. 

Β4χομαί,^  ^ίζομαι,  etc.  reg.,  to  receive,  to  accept. 
Βίώκω,      Βίώζω      or      ^ιώζομαι, 

έδιωξα,  ^άίω^α,  εΒιώχθην,  to  pursue,  chase. 

ηκω,  ηζω,^  to  come,  to  he  come. 


58  FIKST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

σπονδή,  -yjs,  rj,  (σ-ΐΓ«ν8ω,  to  pour)         a    libation  :    plur.    a 

truce. 
στρατ6πξ.Ζον,  -ov,  το,  (σ-τρατο?  and    a  camp,  an  encamp- 

TTi'Sov,  ground)  lYient. 

σνμ-βονλενω,  βονΚ^νσω,  etc.  rcg.,    to  plan  with,  to  ad- 

(συν  and  βουλεΰω)  VlSe. 

τάττω,  τάζω,  etc.  reg.,  to  arrange,  Tnarshal. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  Χεζάτω,  Χεζάτω.  2.  ακούσατε  ovv  μον^' 
προς  Θέων.  3.  β\ε\\}ον  προς  τά  ορη.  4.  Χεζον  8ε 
ημΐΐ'  τα  των  ανδρών  ονόματα.  5.  μηκετι  με  Κνρον 
νομίζετε.  6.  μη  ποίησης  ταντα,  αλλά  φεΐτγε.  7.  μη 
εθελετε  ταντα  δεχεσθαι, 

II.  1.  παΐε,  παίε,  βάλλε,  βάλλε.  2.  άλλως 
εχετω.^  3.  λεζον  Se  και  σύ,^  ω  αενοφων.  4.  αί 
σπονδαΐ  μενόντων.  5.  συ  ονν  προς  θέων  σνμβον- 
λενσον  ημίν.^ 

III.  1.  Fellow-soldiers,  do  not  be  surprised. 
2.  Arrange  the  soldiers.  3.  But  since  Cyrus  is 
dead/^  carry  back  word  to  your  commander.  4.  Be 
both  brave  and  of  good  hope,  soldiers. 

IV.  1.  But  send  the  generals  hither.  2.  And 
now  let  us  not  delay,  fellow-soldiers,  but  do  you 
come  into  the  middle  of  the  encampment.  3.^^)0 
not  pursue  the  enemy,  but  remain  in  the  camp. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK,  59 


NOTES. 

'  Pages  95  and  97.  ^  g^^,  ^^^^  o,  Lesson  XXII. 

^  The  future  micMle  in  some  verbs  has  an  active  sense,  especially  in 
such  as  express  an  action  or  function  of  the  body. 

^  g  88,  2,  and  n.  '  See  note  8,  Lesson  XXV. 

'  §  200,  N.  3.  8  ^  134,  Ή.  1. 

^  §  171,  2.  9  P,  1S7. 


^°  I.e.  /tas  died.     Use  the  perfect  of  τελευτοίω. 


LESSON   XXIX. 

Verbs :  Imperative  Middle  and  Passive. 

Grammar  :  §  96,  I.,  the  Imperative  Middle^  and  Pas- 
sive^ of  λυω  ;  §  116,  1,  2,  and  3  (omitting  the  second 
paragraph) ;  §  95,  1,1.,  the  synopsis  in  all  the  voices  of  the 
Imperative  of  \νω. 

Yocabulary. 

^ιαφβρόντύύς,  adv.,  (δια-φί'ρω,  to  dif-fer)   preemmently . 
€ρΘυμ€ομαί,    ^νθυμησομαί,    Iv- 

τεθυμημαι,     α^βθυμηθηΐ',    {Iv  to  reflect,  i.e.  to  have  in 

and  θυμο'δ,  mind)  mind. 

eTTtTT^Setog,   -a,    -OV,   (emrnSes,  adv.,  suitable  :    plur.  τα  ίΤΓίτη- 

for  a  2yur2:)ose)  Scia,  prOvisiOllS. 

μιμρησκω,^    μνησω,     βμνησα,    ίο  remind :  mid.  to  re- 
μεμνημαί,  έμνησθην,  7)iember,  to  mention, 

μνρίος,^  -α,  -ov,  toi  thousaiid. 

ΊΤΟρίζω,    -ΐω,'^  etc.  rcrj.,  (iropos,  a  waij 

across,  a  means)  to  fl^ld,   to  prOCUrC. 

σκέπτομαι,^  σκζ.\\}ομαι,   εσκβμ-  to    look  intently,  to  con- 

μαί,  ecr/cei/zajLCT^z/,  sider. 

χβΎ)ζω^  γβΎ)σω,  €χρΎ](τα,  ίο  ιναηί,  to  desire. 


60  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK'. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  πρόθυμο<;  φαινέσθω.  2.  άθ ροιζ4σΘωσαν  οΐ 
πολΐταυ  et9  την  άτγοράν.  3.  στ ρατοττε^^νσασθε  πάρα 
τω    Κλίάρ^ω.      4.    ΙκκΚιησκχν   των  ποΧίτων    ποι^οται. 

5.  σοφον     παρ       avSpo<;     προσΖέ^ου      συμβουΧην, 

6.  αλλά,  GL  βονΚει,  fxeve  επΙ  τω  στρατενματι,  εγω  δ' 
βθβλω  πορενεσθαυ  •  el  δβ  χρχΐζ^^^>  πορεύου  έπΙ  το 
ορος,   εγω  οε  μένω     αντον. 

II.  1.  μεμνησθω  άνηρ  ό,γαθος  είναι.  2.  (τκεχρα- 
σθε  ovvy  ω  ανΒρες  στρατιωται,  τι  (what)  εν  νω  ^χετε. 
3.  ενθνμηθητε  otl  οΐ  μύριοι  ιππείς  μύριοι  είσιν  άν- 
θρωποι.     4.    καΐ  σύ,  ω  φίλε,  πείο'θητι.^ 

III.  1.    Procure    yourselves    provisions.     2.    Let" 
tliis  man  be  honored  ^^  preeminently.     3.  Send   for 
the   ships.     4.    Let  the  soldiers  always  show  them- 
selves friendly  and  zealous. 

IV.  1.  Let  us  deliberate  in  regard  to  this. 
2.  Let  the  hoplites  follow.^^  3.  Consider  what  the 
barbarians  have  done.  4.  Proceed,  fellow-soldiers, 
and  remember  to  be  brave  (men). 

NOTES. 

^  Pages  99  and  101.  2  -p^^^  jq^ 

^  The  simple  stem  (^  92,  2)  of  μι-μνη-σκω  is  μνα-,  from  which  the 
present  stem  is  formed  by  reduplication  and  the  addition  of  <rK  (108, 
VI.  and  N.  1).  The  perfect  μεμνημαι  is  present  in  meaning,  I  remember, 
memini,  §  200,  rr.  6.     The  aorist  passive  has  the  force  of  the  middle. 

■*  ^  77,  2,  N.  3,  second  paragraph. 

^  I  108,  IV.  1  h,  and  ^  110,  II.  2,  n.  1  c. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  61 

6  Simple  stem  <γκ€•ιγ-.  See  ^  108,  III.  For  σκί'ΐΓτομαι  in  the  present 
and  imperfect  the  common  Attic  uses  σ-κοπ€ω. 

'  i  IDS,  IV.  1  h. 

^  Will  remain,  the  first  person  singular  of  the  future  of  μς'νω,  the 
future  active  of  liquid  verbs  Leing  formed  with  the  cliaracteristic  6  iu 
place  of  σ.     Thus  μ6ν-€-ω,  μ€νώ. 

^  First  aorist  passive  of  ττίίθω,  §  16,  1.       *°  Aorist.       "  Present. 


LESSON   XXX. 

Adjectives :  Irregnlar.  —  Comparison. 

Grammar  :  §  70  (read  notes  1  and  2) ;  §  71,  with  n.  1 ; 
§  72,  1  and  2,  ΛνΐΛ  Ν.  1. 

άθεος,^  -09,  -oi^,  (a-  priv.  and  0£os)  godless,  impious. 

άθνμος,  -09,  -OV,  (a- priv.  and  θυμο5,  soiiZ,    dispirited,  dlscOUT- 

spirit)  aged. 

alcr)(^p6^,-a,-6vy{oXaxos,disrirace,shame)  skamefid,  hose. 

άσφαΚίης,    -€9,   (a-  priv.  and  σφοίλλω,  to   βτΎϊΙ  (i.e.  not  liable  to 
irx-p  uj))  be  tripped  up),  saje. 

€V€l8iJ^,  -ες,  {iv,  well,  Άΐϊά  ilSos,  form)        well-foTmed,    fine- 

looking. 
ένοπλος,  -ο?,  -ov,  (ev  and  οΊτλον)  luell-armed. 

παι^ουργο?, -09, -ol•',  (irds,  α/ί,  andtpYov,  Unprincipled     (i.e. 

work)  ready  for  every  act), 

pei'fidious. 
φοβερός,  -a,  -6v,  (φοβοε,/εαΟ  fearfid,  cdarming. 


62  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  ζνην  Se  ταΐς  κωμαις  (τΐτος  ττολνς.  2.  στ  pa 
τιαν  ποΧΧην  αγβί.  3.  άθυμότβροί  ήσαν.  4.  τα  Se 
Kpea  ^  τωρ  ωτίΒων  τβιστα  rjv.  5.  atcr^tol•'  Ιστιν, 
6.  ννν  he  πορενσόμβθα  oSov  μακροτβραρ.  7.  ^α- 
crtXet  etcri  ττιστότατοι.  8.  κ:αι  πάρα  μεγάλου  βασι- 
λέως Ύ)Κ€  6  της  βασιλέως  -γυναικός  "  αδελφός  •  δούλοι 
δε  πολλοί  είποντο. 

II.  1.  βουλευσόμεθα,  μη  αϊσ)(ΐστοι  άνΒρες  άπο- 
φαινώμεθα.  2.  ι^διοι^*  καΐ  προθυμότερον  επορεύ- 
οντο.  3.  φοβερώτατον^  δ'  ερημιά'  μεστή  γαρ  πολ- 
λής απορίας^  εστίν  J  4.  ούκουν  των  ιππέων^  πολυ^ 
ημείς  επ"  ασφαλέστερου  όμματος  εσμεν, 

III.  1.  But  Cyrus  kept  finding  many  pretexts. 
2.  He  sends  back  tlie  Cilician  (queen)  into  Cilicia 
by  the  quickest  Λvay.^°  3.  Tliey  \vere  much^  more 
zealous.     4.  Along  the  river  there  Avas  a  great  city. 

Ιλ'^.  1.  They  will  be  more  courageous.  2.  He 
has  both  the  best-armed  and  finest  looking  of  the 
soldiers.  3.  The  good^^  appeared  most  prosperous.-^^ 
4.  He  was  a  most  impious  and  perfidious  man. 

NOTES. 

Μ  G3.  7  g  28,  3. 

'  ?  5G,  1.  «  g  175,  1. 

^  Genitive  singular  of  γυνή.  ^  \  74,  2. 

*  I  75.  1"  I  160,  2,  secona  example. 

"  g  138,  N.  2  c.  i>  ^  139,  1. 

^  See  note  1,  Lesson  XII.  ''-*  I  71,  n.  4. 


FIRST    LESSON-S    IN    GREEK.  63 

LESSON   XXXI. 

Yerbs :  Infinitive  Active,  Middle,  and  Passive. 

Grammar  :  §  96,  I./  tlie  Infinitive  Active,  Middle,  and 
Passive  of  λυω  ; "  §  95,  2,  L,  third  column;  §  117,  1; 
§  95,  1, 1.,  tlie  synopsis  in  all  the  voices  of  the  Infinitive  of 
\νω\  §  127,  I.,  the  Present  Infinitive  of  et/it;  §  134,  2; 
§  258;  §  259  (read  the  n.);  §  260,  \vith  1  and  2,  omit- 
ting the  last  sentence  ;3  §  127,  IV.,  the  Present  and  Im- 
perfect Indicative  oi  φημί;   §  27,  \vith  3. 

Examples. 

§  134,  2 :  έβονλετο   τω   παίδε    άμφοτβρω  τταρειναι,  he 

wished  Βοτπ  HIS  sons  to  he  present. 
§  259:        el  ανάγκη  iari  μάχβσθαί,  δεΓ*  παρασ-κβνά• 
oracr^at,  if  it  is  necessary  to  fight,  it  behooves 
(us)  TO  PREPARE  OURSELVES  (infinitive  as  sub- 
ject of  a  finite  verb). 
τουτό  icTTL  ro  xpevSecrOaL,  this  is  το  lie  (infini- 
tive as  predicate). 
φησΊ  SeLV  τούτο  πουησαυ,  he  says  it  is  neces- 
sary TO  DO  this  (subject  of  another  Infinitive). 
§  260,  1:  βονλεταί  θηρευσαι,  he  wishes  το  hunt;  but 
§  260,  2:  φησί   θηρενσαι,  he  says  that  he  hunted  (the 
original  speaker  said,  έθηρενσ-α,  Ihicnted). 

Yocabulary. 

αναγκάζω,    αναγκάσω,    etc.   reg.,      to  constrain,  to  com- 

(άνάγκη,  constraint)  pel. 

ανάγκη,  -ης,  η,  constraint,  necessity/. 


64  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

ava-TTeiucu,    ττ^κτω,    etc  reg.,   (άνά, 

intens.,  and  'ΐΓ€ίθω)  to  peTSUade, 

κατα-κόπτω,    κόχ^ω,   €Ko\pa,   κ€-  to  cut  down,  to  aid 
κόφα,  κβκομμαί,  (κατά  and  κοιττω)  to  jyieces. 

μάχομαι,^    μαγονμαι,    μβμάχη- 

/χαι,  ίμαγεσάμιην,  to  fight. 

οιομαι,  οίησομαι,  ωηθην,  to  think,  to  suppose. 

στρατεύομαι,^       στρατβνσομαι, 

ίστ parev μαι,       έστρατβνσά-  to  make  an  expedi- 

μΐην,  (σ-TpaTos)  tlOn. 

ψεν^ομαι,^  φεύσομαυ,  εφευσμαί, 

έφενααμηρ,  to  he. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  τον<ζ  στρατίωτας  ττορενσασθαι  6  βασίΧβνς 
εκίλενσεν  •  οΐ  he  τον  ποταμον  διάβαιναν  ουκ  έθελον- 
σιν.  2.  τα  γαρ  έπιτηΒεια  ονκ  εστίν  ^  ε'χευν.  ο.  καΐ 
τα  Srj  άφανη  ^  εζεστι  \]}ενΖεσθαι.  4.  επεσθαι  βονλο- 
^αι.  5.  Μιδαζ^  τον  'Ζατνρον  θηρενσαί  φασιν}^ 
β.    εφασαν  νπο  των  ΈλΧηνων  Κ,νρον  φίΚεϊσθαί}^ 

II.  1.  και  κελεύει  τον<;  στρατηγον<ζ  Χεγειν  ταύτα 
το'ί<ζ  στρατυώταίς  καΐ  άναπείθειν  εττεσθαι.  2.  τοζεν- 
ί^τ^ϊ^αι  ^"  'Έλλτ^ζ^α  εφασαν.  3.  εαν  ταύτα  ποιησητε 
οιεταί  κατακεκόφεσθαι.^^ 

III.  1.  (It)  is  safer  ^^  to  flee.  2.  He  wishes  to 
make  an  expedition  into  the  country  of  ^^  the  Pisi- 
dians.     3.  And  he  says  that  the  enemy  will  come  ^^ 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  65 

at  clay -break. ^"^     4.  But  it  is  necessary  to  proceed  at 
once. 


IV.  1.  You  are  not  Λvilling  to  fight  nor  ^'^  to 
follow.  2.  But  it  is  sometimes  possible  ^  to  capture 
these.  3.  So  that  the  Greeks  were  compelled  to 
proceed  slowly. 

NOTES. 

^  Pages  95,  97,  99,  101,  and  103. 

^  The  first  aorist  active  infinitive,  all  infinitives  in  -ναι,  and  the  per- 
fect middle  and  passive  infinitive  accent  the  penult.     See  §  26,  n.  3,  1. 

^  Read  carefully  |  260,  1,  n.  1,  consulting  the  references.  Cf.  with 
this  the  statement  in  |  260,  2  (second  sentence),  in  regard  to  the  time- 
force  of  each  tense  of  the  infinitive  in  indirect  discourse.  The  verb 
implying  thought  in  the  following  exercises,  after  Avhich  the  infinitive  in 
indirect  discourse  will  occur,  will  always  be  one  whose  force  will  be 
easily  seen,  and  generally  will  be  a  verb  of  saying.  See  §  260,  2,  x.  1. 
For  what  is  meant  by  indirect  discourse,  see  |  241,  1  and  2. 

*  For  Se'ci,  the  contracted  present  third  singular,  used  impersonally, 
of  8€ω,  to  need.     So  in  the  fourth  example  δεΐν  for  Seeiv.     See  §  9. 

^  I  109,  8.  The'future  μαχοΰμαι  is  Attic  for  μαχ€(Γθμαι,  ^  110,  II.  2, 
N.  1  a. 

^  A  deponent.  Forms  of  the  active  occur  with  the  same  meaning, 
but  used  only  of  the  commander.  The  middle  is  used  of  both  leaders 
and  followers. 

'  Forms  of  the  active  occur,  commonly  with  the  transitive  meaning, 
to  deceive. 

«  g  28,  N.  1,  at  the  end.  «  §  160,  1. 

^^  AVhat  they  say  in  their  own  words  is,  MiSat  €0η'ρ€υ(Γ£,  Midas  caught, 
etc.     For  the  accent,  see  ?/.  27,  3,  and  ^  28,  2. 

"  They  said,  Kvpos  φιλ€ίται  (contracted  from  φιλ€€ται). 

'2  They  said,  €το|€υθη  'Έλλην. 

"  His  thought  is,  κατακ€κοψομαι,  /  shall  he  {instantly)  cut  to  pieces. 
See  I  200,  n.  9. 

.'■*  I  138. 

''  Into  the  country  of,  els. 

'^  He  says,  ήξουσ-ιν  ol  iroXeyioi. 

"  άμα  τη  τ[\μρ(^. 

^**   θύ5€. 


66  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

LESSON   XXXII. 

Verbs :  Participles  Active. 

Geammae  :  §  96,  I.,^  the  Participles,  in  the  Active 
voice,  of  Χνω;^  §  95,  2,  fourth  column;  §  117,  2,  first 
paragraph,  with  n.  ;  §  68,^  decline  λνωι/,  λυσ-ας  (like 
icrra?*),  and  λβλνκώς ;  §  127,  I.,  the  Present  Participle 
of  et/xt;  §  204;  5  §  275;  §  276,  1  and  2. 

Examples. 

§  276,  1 :  πολις  άγοραν  καΚην  άγουσα,  a  city  having 
(or  WHICH  has)  a  beautiful  Tnarket-place 
(πολις  rj   ayopav  καλην  ^^et).  ^ 

ό  τταρων  καιρός,   the  eeesent  occasion. 

§  276,  2:  του^  φεύγοντας  νπεΚάμβανβν,  he  took  those 

THAT  WEEE   FLEEING  (or  THE   FUGITIVES)  tUl- 

cler  his  jy'Otection. 

Vocabulary. 

αγορά,    -ας,    η,    (άγ€ίρω,  ίο   colled;    α?1  aSSemO/y  of  the  people, 

ci"•  άγω)  a  place  of  asseniblij, 

a  market-'place, 

17X109,  ~ου,  δ,  ilie  sun. 
τταρειμι,    τταρεσομαι,    τταρην,^ 

(τταρά  and  δίμί)  to  he  hy,  to  he  presefnt. 

πλέκω,  πλέξω,  etc.  rcf/.,  -  to  PLAIT,  to  hraid. 

σύμμαχος, -ov,  6,  {σ-ννΆηά\ιάχομαι)  cm  ally,  ail  auxiliary. 

σφενδόνη,  -ης,  η,  ^  a  sling. 


FIRST    LESSONS. IN    GREEK.  67 

τελεω/  τελώ,    ireKecra,    reri- 

λβκα,     τετελεσ-μαι,     ereXe-      to  finish^    to  fulfil  an 

σθην,  (tcXos)  obligation,  to  pay. 

-χαλεπός,  -η,  -6ν^  hard,  grievous,  cruel. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  επιΚε'γειν  τάδε  ^  εκ:ελευε  τον  φέροντα  τα 
δώρα.  2.  -ήσαν  yap  οΐ  κωΧνσοντες^  πέραν.  3.  ταύτα 
δε  ηγγελλον  προζ  Κνρον  οί  αυτόμολη σαντες  προ  τής 
μάχτης.  4.  οι  στρατηγοί  εκάθισαν  ^^  χωρίς  τους 
f  τοντο  φασκοντας.  5.  καΐ  η8η  ην  {it  luas)  άμφΐ 
άγοράν  πΧηθουσαν. 

"  II.  1.  ενταύθα  ήσαν  τα  βασίλεια  τον  ουρίας  ^^ 
αρςαντος,  Δ.  τοτε  οε  α/χα  ήλιω  ανατεΚΚοντι  κήρυ- 
κας επεμφε,  3.  ο/χως  δε  δεΓ  εκ  των  παρόντων  ^^  αν- 
8ρας^^  αγαθούς  τελεθείν.  4.  ην  δε  Τίς^^  μη  πείθηται, 
φηφισώμεθα  τον  νμων  εντυγ-χάνοντα^'^  συν  τω  αρ- 
γοντι  κο\άζειν, 

III.  1 .  The  soldiers  obey  those  who  command  " 
(them).  2.  Cyrus  marches  on  to  the  river  Chahis, 
being  of  (one)  plethrum  in  breadth.^^  3.  Fellow- 
soldiers,^^  the  present  (circumstances)  are  hard. 
4.  He  has  the  force  of  him  who  has  (in  marriage) 
the  daug-hter  of  the  kino;. 

ο  CD 

IV.  1.  And  they  paid  money  to  him  who  was 
willing  to  plait  slings,  2.  Those  who  before  were  "^ 
allies  have  broken  their  oaths.  3.  Those  who  com- 
mand,^^  therefore,  must  be  ^^  much  more  vigilant. 


68  FIKST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


NOTES. 

Ϊ  Pages  95  and  97. 

2  The  perfect  active  participle  is  oxytone,  ^  26,  n.  3,  2. 

3  §  26,  N.  2.  ■*  Except  in  accent.   See  ξ  68,  ν. 

^  For  illustrations,  see  in  particular  the  first  three  sentences  in  the 
Exercises. 

β  §  26,  Ν.  1. 

'  I  109,  1,  Ν.  2  (with  a),  and  2,  and  ^  110,  II.  2,  N.  1  a. 

^  Neuter  plural  accusative  of  o'Se,  ^  83.  Translate  what  follows,  lit. 
i^csc  (things),  and  see  148,  n.  1. 

^  il/en  rca<i_y  to  prevent  (it),  lit.  i/iose  ϊ^Λο  would,  etc. 

i«  From  καθ-ίζω.     See  §  105,  1,  n.  3. 

"  ?  171,  3. 

^^  Note  the  tense,  him  who  had  governed,  etc. 

"  Neuter  plural  of  the  participle  of  ττοίρειμι  with  the  article,  used  sub- 
stantively.    See  the  general  vocabulary. 

^'^  In  the  accusative  to  agree  with  -ημββ  understood,  the  subject  of 
Τ6λ€'θ€ΐν.     See  ^  136. 

^^  Ally  one,  an  enclitic. 

^^  τον  «ντυγχάνοντα  is  the  subject  of  κολάζειν.  Translate:  let  us  decree 
that  he  of  you  who  falls  in  with  (him),  etc. 

^'  g  184,  2.  «  I  160,  1. 

^^  In  Greek  the  vocative  is  much  oftener  accompanied  by  ώ  than  the 
corresponding  case  in  English  by  its  equivalent. 

^"  Use  i\\Q  2wesent  participle,  §  204,  n.  1. 

=^>  I  134,  2.  =«  Must  he.  Set .  .  .  είναι. 


LESSON   XXXIII. 

Verbs :  Participles  Middle  and  Passive. 

Grammar:  §  96,  I./  the  Participles  Middle  and  Pas- 
sive of  λυω  ;  ^  §  117,  2,  second  paragraph;  §  68,  decline 
λυθείς    (like    τιθάς) ;  ^   §  95,  1,  the  synopsis   in  all  the 
voices  of  the  Participles  of  \νω  ;  §  277,  with  1,  2,  3,  4,  5, 
"and  6.4 


FIRST    LESSONS•  IN    GREEK.  69 

Examples. 

§  277,  1 :  ταύτα  Χεγων  θορύβου  ηκουσβ,  while  saying 
this  he  heard  a  noise. 

§  277,  2 :  τοντωι/  των  κέρκων  άπείγοντο  αίσγβα  νομί- 
ζοντε<ζ  ζχναι,  they  abstained  from  these  gains 
BECAUSE  THEY  CONSIDERED  them  to  he  shame- 
ful 
inopevovTo  άγοντες,  they  advanced  singing. 
ληϊζόμεροί  ζησονσι,  they  will  live  by  plun- 
dering. 

§  277,  3 :  ό  δ'  άνηρ  λαγως  φχετο  θηράσων,  her  husband 
was  gone  το  hunt  hares. 

§  277,  4 :  τοντο  ποιησαντες  ev  πράξονσιν,  if  they  do 
this,  they  will  prosper.^ 

§  277,  5  :  αντον  προσεκύνησαν  έπΙ  θάνατον  άγόμενον, 
they  saluted  him,  though  he  was  being  led 
to  execution. 

§  277,  6 :  ai/a/3atVet,  έχων  οπλιτας,  he  goes  up  with 
hoplites, 

Yocabulary. 

^  άνηΟ'τασίωΓηζ,  -OV,  6,  (άντ£,  against, 

and  ϊσταμαι,  to  stand)  an  Opponent. 

απόμαχος,  -09,  -ov,  (άπο  and  μάχη)        disabled,  out  of  the 

rauL•. 

ασπίς,  -βος,  η,  a  skield. 

ατιμάζω,  ατιμάσω,  etc.  reg.,  (ατιμοδ, 

dishonored,  from  a-  priv.  and  τιμή)  to  dishonOT, 

γελάω,  γελάσομαι,  eye  λάσα,  eye- 

λάσθψ,  to  laugh. 


70  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

8eft09,  -a,  -6vy^  right,  on  the  right 

κινΖννενω,     κινδυνεύσω,    etc.   reg., 

(κίνδυνο$)  to  run  a  risk. 

λογίζομαι,     Χογιονμαι,^     etc.  rcg., 

(λογοδ,  λ€γω)  to  COTlsider. 

Exercises. 

I.  1 .   πιεζόμενος  νπο   των    οίκοι  ^   αντιστασιωτων 
7)τησ€   Κνρον  μισθόν,      2.    Βεζάμενος   δε    ταντα  εγε- 

I     λασεν.      3.   απεπεμπε  τους  γιγνομενον<ζ  8α<τμους  βα- 
crtXet.       4.    ττεριεμενον    Ύκτσαφερνην    εγγνς    εατρα- 
.    τοπεΒενμενοι.      5.    επορενοντο    εν    8efta    έχοντες    τον 
\Ύΐλιον,  λογιζόμενοι  ηζειν  α/^α  ηλίω  8ύνοντι  εις  κώμας, 

II.  1.    ειχον    δε    τας    άσπίΒας    εκκεκαλνμμενας.^ 

2.  επεαφάξατο     Κ.ύρω     σττασάμενος    τον    άκινάκην. 

3.  6  δε^°  κιν8ννεν(τας  και  ατιμασθείς  βουλεύεται 
όπως  ^α(τιλευσ"ει.  4.  πολλοί  γαρ  ήσαν  απόμαχοι, 
οι  τετρωμενοι  και  οι  εκείνους  ^^  φέροντες  και  οι  των 
φερόντων  τα  όπλα  Βεζάμενοι. 

/  III.  1.  They  descend  into  the  plain  to  encamp. 
2.  He  was  greatly  troubled  because  he  had  been 
dishonored.  3.  They  were  fighting  with  those  who 
had  been  drawn  up  ^^  in  front.  4.  But  his'  mother, 
when  she  had  begged  (him)  off,  sends  him  back 
again. 

IV.     1 .  He  was  of  those  who  were  making  war  ^^ 
about  Miletus.     2.  He  was  not  willing  to  withdraw 


I 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  71 

the  right  wing,  since  he  feared  ^^  that  he  might  be 
encircled/'"'  3.  He  hits  Cyrus  with  a  javehn  while 
fighting  with  ^'^  the  king. 


•  NOTES. 

'  Fages  99,  101,  and  103. 

^  The  perfect  participle  middle  and  passive  is  paroxytone,  §  26, 
rr.  3,  1.     The  first  aorist  passive  participle  is  oxytone,  ■^  26,  n.  3,  2. 

'  All  participles  in  -os,  on  the  other  hand,  are  declined  like  σ-οψος, 
?  62,  3. 

*  The  participle  in  Greek,  while  it  expresses  all  of  these  relations,  does 
not  do  so  definitely  and  distinctly.  Hence  the  different  nses  run  into 
each  other,  and  cases  occur  in  which  the  participle  expresses  at  the  same 
time  two  or  even  more  of  them.  ^  See  «κ-καλΰιττω. 

5  ^  165,  N.  2,  at  the  end.  i»  ^  143,  x.  2. 

^  See  the  general  vocabulary.  "  ^  S3. 

'  ^  110,  II.  2,  N.  1  c.  ^  Use  the  perfect. 

«  §  22,  N.  1,  at  the  end.  ^^  ^  iqq^  i^ 

"  Use  the  proper  form  of  φοβ^ομαι,  applying  I  9,  2,  second  sentence. 

''  Use  the  aorist. 

^^  That  is,  while  Ci/rus  was  fighting,  etc. 


LESSON   XXXIV. 

Adjectives:  Irregular  Comparison. —Verbals. 

Grammar:    §  73,  1;    §  117,  3,  with  notes  1  and  2; 
§  281,  with  1  and  2. 

Examples. 

§  281,  1 :  ώφβλητβα  σοι  η  πόλυς  ίστίν,  the  city  must  be 

BENEFITED  hlj  yOU, 

§  281,  2 :  ημίν   πάντα  ^    ποιητέον    ecrriv,    we   must   do 
everything. 


72  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

Tociibulary. 

άδείπ^Ό?,    -ος,   -OV,  (α-  priv.  and  Βείττνον, 

supper)  supperless. 

αΙτ€ω,  αΙτησω,  etc.  reg.,  to     ask,     to     de- 

7)iand. 

αφύλακτος,  -09,  -OV,  (a-  priv.  and  φυλάττω, 

to  guard)  uiigiiavded. 

έζ- απατάω,     απατήσω,     etc.  rcg.,  (Ικ, 
mtens.,  and  άπατοΐω,  to  deceive,  from  άιτάτη, 

deceit)  to  deceive  grossly, 

epyov,  -ου,  το,  («ργω,  ρεργω,^  to  do  work)     a  AVORK,  deed. 

εΰπραΚΤΟς,    -09,   -ΟΙ^,  (ev  and  Ίτράττω)  J^'^^^^^^^^^^j    ^^^^V 

to  do. 
ονομ,α,  -ατός,  το,  a  NAME. 

φυλάττω,  φυλάγω,  etc.  rcg.,  to  guard. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  ποταμός  δ'  άλλος  ημιν  ίστι  όιαβατ4ος. 
2.  πάς  oe  ποταμός  διαβατός.  3.  άλλα  νομίζω 
άμζ,ινονας  και  κρείττους  πολλών  βαρβάρων  ^  υμάς 
eivaL.  4.  λαμβάνουσνν  άν8ρας  οτι  *  πλείστους  καΐ 
βελτίστους.  5.  τους  στρατιώτας  παρακάλεσαν  έπΙ 
τα  κάλλιστα  έργα.  6.  ω  κάκιστε  ανθρώπων,  ουγ^^ 
'ημάς  εζηπάτησας  ;      7.    κολαστεον  έστΙ  τον  παΓδα. 

II.  1.    πλείονος^   αν   άζιοι   εΐημερ   φίλοι   έχοντες 
τα  όπλα.      2.   πορευτεον  δ'  τιμίν  τους  πρώτους  ^   στα- 
θμούς ώς^  μακρότατους.      eS.   ήσαν  δ*  οι  ίπποι  μείον  ε  \ 
των    ΐίερσικών.      4.    ως    (to)   /βασιλέα   πορευτεον  τη  ' 
ταχιστην  ohov.      5.   πειστεον"^  εστί  τω  στρατηγώ. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GHEEK.  73 

III.  1.  These  are  worse  than  we.  2.  The  most 
of  the  Greeks  Λvere  supperless.  3.  There  are  many 
Persians  better  than  this  (man).  4.  I  must  not  ask 
for  this.     5.  This  is  more  practicable. 

IV.  1.  But  it  is  easiest  to  take  ^^  the  unguarded  ^^ 
(property)  of  one's  ^^  friends.  2.  This  girl  is  very 
fair.^^  3.  There  were  very  many^*  wild  asses  in 
the  plain.  4.  But  nevertheless  I  must  tell  the  man's 
name.     5.  λΥβ  must  guard  the  soldiers. 


NOTES, 

M67.     ^  Ml,  i'^^.  ^  Π75,  1. 

■*  oTi  or  ώζ  is  often  prefixed  to  the  superlative  to  strengthen  it,  as  on 
•rrXetoTOi,  as  many  as  possible,  etc. 

'  \  282,  2.  '  I  224,  §  226,  1,  and  \  277,  4. 

6  I  178,  N.  8  ^  73_  2. 

^  Verbal  of  ιτείθομαι,  io  ohey.     For  the  following  dative,  see  I  184,  2. 
'°  Present  tense. 

"  Neuter  plural.  "   Fcry /air,  superlative  of  koXo's. 

'■^  The  article,  §  141,  n.  2.  '^  Use  the  superlative. 


LESSON   XXXT. 

Verbs:  The  Present  Stem. 

Grammar  :  §  92/  1,  2  (with  n.),  3  (with  n.),  and  4, 
with  I. ;  §  110, 1,  (and  read  the  preceding  Remark) ;  §  111, 
with  I.;  §  93  entire  (read  simply);  §  94;  §  95,  1,^  I.  L, 
IT.  L,  III.  L,  and  2  (with  n.)  ;  §  96,3  i,^  the  Present  of  \νω  ^ 
in  all  the  moods  and  voices,  and  the  Imperfect  Indicative 
in  the  three  voices ;  §  107 ;  §  108,  Avith  1. 


74  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

Tocabulary• 

αθροίζω    (ά^ροιδ-^),     αθροίσω, 

etc.  reg.,  (άθροο5,  dose  together)  to  aSSemhle,  to  7YIUU€T, 

βραχνά,  -ela,  -v,  short. 

€νθύς,  adverb,  straightway,  at  once. 

ξύλον,  -ου,  το,  a  stick  of  wood,  wood, 

fuel. 
συν-εκ-βιβάζω  (^ι^αδ-^),   βι- 

βάσω,  €/3ΐ/8ασα,  (σ-υν,  Ικ,  and    to    help    or    join    in 

βιβάζω,  to  cause  to  go;  cf.  βαίνω,  to  go)  getting  OUt. 

σχίζω  {(τχι8-^),  σχίσω,  etc.  reg.,    to  split. 
ταχυ9,  -eia,  -v,  sivift,  quick 

νβρίζω  [νβρυΒ'^),  υβρίσω  and 

νβρίω,^  etc.  reg.,  (vppis,  insolence)       to  inSult. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.    v/xeis     §€     ου    βούλβσθε     συμπορ€υ€σθαί, 

2.  έπορεύοντο  ίν  Sefta  βχοντες  τον  rjkiov,  λογιζόμει/οί 
ηζευν^  άμα  ηΧίω  ^υνοντι  eh  κώμας.  3.  ανορες  στρα- 
τιωται,  μη  θαυμάζετε  οτι  χαλεπωζ  φέρω  ^  τοΓς 
Ίταρουσι  π  pay  μασιν.  4.  ττετονται  γαρ  αί  ώτί8ες 
βραχύ  ^  καΐ  άπαγορεύουσιν.  5.  ό  δ'  τΐΚαυνεν  επί 
του<^  Μενωνο<ζ  στρατίωτας,  ωστ  εκείνου<ζ  τρεχειν  επι 
τα  όπλα.  β.  εΐ  εθελοιτε  ταύτα  ποιησαι,  επεσθαυ 
βουλοίμην  άν, 

II.  1.   των  δε  Μ,ενωνο^   στρατιωτών  ζύ\α  σχίζει 
TIS.      2.   μη    άναμενωμεν   άλλους    ημάς    παρακαΧεσαι. 

3.  ώστε  εύθυ'^   τταιδες   οντες    μανθάνουσιν   άρχειν  τε 


FIRST    LESSONS    ΪΝ    GREEK.  75 

και  αρχέσθαυ.  4.  ηκον  \iyovTe<^  on  ονχ^  Ιππείς  elaw. 
5.  και  ευθύς  ωχετο  ως  μη  μβλλοίτο  {be  delayed)  άλλα 
περαίνοιτο  τα  λεγθεντα» 

III.  1.  Ηθ  is  said  to  bo  mustering  an  army. 
2.  From  tliere  lie  marches  five  stages  witli  the  river 
on  the  right.  3.  For  a  great  army  was  mustering 
at  Sardis.  4.  Bid  this  (man)  march  at  once,  if  the 
king  makes  an  expedition  against  us. 

IV.  1.  But  those  of  the  horsemen  that  pursued  ^^ 
stopped  quickly.  2.  Be  persuaded,  fellow  soldiers, 
not  to  transgress  the  laws.  3.  And  he  ordered 
Pigres  to  aid  in  getting  the  wagons  out.  4.  Being 
beaten  and  insulted,  they  thought  (themselves  ^^)  to 
be  dishonored. 

NOTES. 

*  Up  to  this  point  the  verb  has  been  developed  by  moods.  Hereafter 
the  development  will  be  by  tense  stems,  and  in  doing  this  the  conjuga- 
tion of  λΰω  will  be  repeated. 

^  Pages  86-91.  Give  the  synopsis  of  each  verb  by  moods  across  the 
page,  first  in  the  active,  then  in  the  middle,  and  then  in  the  passive. 

^  Conjugate  the  verb  in  the  order  of  moods  and  voices  suggested  in 
the  preceding  note.  The  references  to  ^§  112-117,  given  in  previous 
lessons,  are  not  here  repeated.  It  may,  however,  be  necessary  to  review 
the  various  tables  of  personal  endings.     The  teacher  must  decide  this. 

"*  Let  the  pupil  conjugate  in  the  same  manner  the  present  and  imper- 
fect of  λείπω  and  φαίνω,  and,  if  there  is  time,  of  the  two  other  verbs 
given  in  ^  111. 

*  The  simple  stem  of  verbs  in  ξω  ends  either  in  8  or  in  γ  (or  γγ), 
^  108,  IV.  1  b.  The  future  ends  respectively  either  in  σω  or  ξω  (or 
γξω).  Hereafter,  in  the  special  vocabularies,  the  simple  stem  of  each 
verb,  when  this  does  not  appear  in  the  present,  i.  e.  unless  the  verb  is 
of  the  ^rsi  class  (§  108,  1),  will  be  given  in  (  )  directly  after  the  present 
indicative.  In  every  such  case  the  pupil  should  be  required  to  show 
how  the  present  stem  is  formed  from  the  simple  stem,  and  to  tell  to 
which  one  of  the  eight  classes  the  verb  belongs. 


76  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

"  ^  110,  II.  2,  N.  1  c. 

'  Their  thought  was,  ή'ξομίν,  i^c  s/iaW  come,  etc. 

^  χαλίττώ?  ψερω,  to  he  distressed,  lit.  ίο  hear  up.    The  following  dative 
expresses  the  cause,  |  188,  1.  ^  ^  161. 

»o  266,  1.         "   Those  thatjnirsued,  ^  276,  2.         ^^  g  134^  3^ 


LESSON  XXXYI. 

Adverbs  and  their  Comparison.  —  Numerals. 
Grammar:  §  74,  1  and  2;  §  75;  §  76;  i  §  77,  1  and  2. 

Yocabulary. 

βρέχω,  ββρεξα,  βββρεγμαυ,  εβρε- 

χθηρ,  to  wet. 

επιμεΧεομαι      and      επιμεΚομαι, 

ετημελ.'ησΌμαυ,   επίμεμελημαί, 

επεμεληθην,  (ciri  and  με'λω,  to  he   to  care  for,   to   look 

an  ohject  of  care)  out  foT. 

1(Τχνρω<ζ,  adverb  {l<r\vp6si  strong ;  ϊσ-χνζ, 

strength)  strougli/,  vigoTously. 

μαστός,  -ov,  6,  •  one  of  the  breasts,  a 

breast :  also,  a  hill. 
πλευρά,  -ας,  rj,  a    rib  of  the  body,  a 

jlank  of  an  army. 
ΤΓονεω,  ττονησω,  etc  reg.,  (iro'vos,  toil; 

cf  ΐΓ€'νομαι,  to  toil)  to  toil. 

σπεύδω,  σπενσω,  έσπευσα,  to  hasten,  to  press  on, 

στερρως,  adverb  (στίρροδ,  ytr?7i)  resolutely. 

Exercises. 

I.      1.    T^Stoz^     και     προθυμότερον     συνεπορεύοντο. 
2.      εζε\αύνει     σταθμον     ενα,      παρασάγγας     οκτώ. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  77 

3.  και  Ισχυρώς  άΧΚηλωρ  ^  επβμβλοντο.  4.  Κύρος 
ζπορευετο  ήμελημεΐ'ως^  μάλλον.  5.  ττολν  γαρ  των 
Ιππων  ετρεγον  θαττον.  6.  ελεγον  δε  τω  βαοΊλεί  otl 
Βίκαίως  αν  μου  γαρίζοιτο} 

II.  1.  στερρώς  πολλών  άγα^ώι^  άπειγρμεθα. 
2.  τ^διστ*  αν  ακούσαιμι  τοννομα.^  3.  πολύ  δε 
μάλλον  εσ-πενΒεν,  4.  ουκ  επόνησαν  των  άλλων 
πλέον  στρατιωτών.  5.  των  δε  πλευρών  *"  εκατερων 
δυο  τω  πρεσβντάτω   στρατηγώ  επιμελή σεσθον. 

III.  1.  And  tliey  "^  gladly  obeyed.  2.  They  were 
greatly  deceived.  3.  He  asked  Cyrus  for  pay  for 
three  months.^  4.  And  no  one  of  those  who  crossed  ^ 
the  river  was  wet  higher  ^^  than  his  breast.^^ 

IV.  1.  He  sent  gifts  with  great  liberality.  2.  But 
he  gave  ^^  the  army  pay  for  four  months.  3.  He 
marches  thence  five  stages,  thirty  parasangs,  to  the 
sources  of  the  ri\^er,  of  which  the  breadth  was  a 
plethrum.^ 


13 

NOTES. 


'  Parts  of  §  76  can  be  omitted,  or  read  only,  at  the  discretion  of  the 
teacher. 

2  §  171,  2. 

3  g  74,  1,  N.,  and  |  75,  n.  2.  ^  g  ^37^  5^ 

4  I  224,  and  ^  226,  2  i.  ^  ξ  276,  2. 

5  §  11,  1  and  2.  ^°  §  75,  n.  1. 

6  I  171,  2.  "  Plural  of  μαστο'δ. 

'  g  143,  N.  2.  ^^  See  note  7,  Lesson  XIV. 

^^  §  169,  3.     A  predicate  genitive  of  measure. 


78  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

LESSON   XXXYII. 

Verbs:   Contracts  in  αω. 

Geammae.  :  §  98,  the  conjugation  of  τιμάω,  with  notes 
2  and  5;  §  115,  4;  §  69,  the  declension  of  τιμών,  §  9, 
with  1,  2,  3,  and  4. 

Yocabulary. 

βοάω,  βοησομαι^  ίβόησα,  (βοη, 

a  loud  cry)  to  sllOUt  OUt. 

ζάω,  ζήσω,  ^ζησα,  εζηκα,  to  live, 

'ηττάομαι,  ηττησομαι  or  ηττη- 

θησομαι,  ηττημαι,  ηττηθην,    to  be  inferior,   to   be 

(ήττων,  ivorse)  lUOrsted. 

θβάομαι,  θεάσομαι,  etc.  rcg.,  to  gaze  at,  to  watch, 

to  observe. 
κοιμάω,    έκοίμ-ησα,    εκοιμηθην,    to  j^ut  to  sleep  ;  mid. 
(κ€Ϊμαι,  to  lie^  and  pass,  to  lie  doWJl, 

to  go  to  bed. 
κτάομαι,^  κτησομαι,  etc.  reg.,  to  acquire. 

νικάω,  νικήσω,  etc.  rcg.,{viKr],  victory)    to  couquer,  to  defeat, 

to  be  victorious. 

ΤοΧμαω,   'ησω,    etc.  reg.,  (τολμά,  cour- 
age, hardihood)  to  dare. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  κατεθβατο  ίκατβρωσβ.  2.  νικώμ4ν  Τ€^  βασι- 
λέα και,  ως  6ρατ€,  ουδείς  ert  ημίν  μάχεται.  3.  καΐ 
ενθυ^   ττασιν   έβόα   καΐ    βαρβαρικώ<;    καΐ   ίλληνικώς. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  79 

4.  el  7Γ€ίρωμεθα  είσβαλλβίν  βίς  την  Κίλίκίαν,  φεύγου 
αν  βασιλεύς.  5.  καΐ  αριστωντι  τω  Άεροφωνη  * 
ττροσετρε^ον  δυο  νεανίσκω.  6.  οΐ  "Έιλληνες  κοιμων- 
ται  οΐόμεροι  τα  τται^τα  νικαν"  και  Κ,νρον  ζην, 

II.  1.  τονζ  πολεμίους  ενικατε  συν  τοις  θεοϊς. 
2.  μετά  δε  ταΐηα  ζωντα  ^Ορόνταν  ουδείς  δρα.  3.  et 
δ'    αντον    δρωη    ^εινον    οντά    οίκονόμον,    ησθείη    αν. 

4.  εΐ  δε  τι  άλλο  βελτιον,^  τολμάτω  καΐ  6  ΙΒίώτης 
δώάσκειν,      5.   καΙ  εμελετων  τοζενειν  οΐ  Κρητες, 

III.  1.   He  was   calling  out  to  lead  the   army. 

2.  He  defeats  the  enemy.  3.  But  if  we  conquer, 
we  shall  be  honored.     4.  Try  to  make  use  of  this.'^ 

5.  He  gained  from  this  a  great  name.  6.  They  are 
being  worsted  by  barbarians. 

IV.  1.  Let  us  all  striΛ^e  to  conquer  the  king's 
army.    2.  The  barbarians  were  observing  the  Greeks. 

3.  But  if  Λve  should  treat  these  ivith  affection,  they 
would  be  well-disposed  to  us.  4.  I  account  him 
happy  who  is  honored^  by  the  king. 

NOTES. 

'  See  note  3,  Lesson  ΧΧΛαίΙ. 

'•*  Perfect  generally  κέκτημαι,  rarely  in  Attic  έ'κτημαι,  ^  101,  2,  N.  2, 

^  T€  . . .  κα£,  both  . .  .  and,  not  only  . . .  hut  also. 

*  I  186. 

^  ^  260,  2.     Their  thought  was,  τά  ττάντα  νικώμίν  καΐ  Κΰρο§  ζ-g. 

^  Sc.  ?<Γτι. 

'  ^  188,  1,  Ν.  2. 

«  ^  276,  2. 


80  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

LESSON   XXXYIII. 

Verbs:  Contracts  in  εω  and  οω. 

GRAMMArx, :  §  98,  the  conjugation  of  φιλεω  and  ^η\6ω, 
with  notes  1,  3,  4,  and  5 ;  §  115,  4;  §  69,  the  declension  of 
φιΚων  and  ^η\ων ;   §  9,  with  1,  2,  3,  and  4,  with  N.  2. 

Yocabulary. 

ανα-κοινόω,  κοινώσω,  etc.  rc^.,    ?!o    make    common^    to 

(άνά^  and  κοινο'ω,  to  make  common,  COmmuniCCite,  to  COU- 

Koivo's)  suit. 

αζίόω,  αζίώσω,  etc.  reg.,  (άξιο$)       ?!ί)  deem  wortJiy  or  fit,  to 

ask,  to  demand  as  fit. 
έπιθυμεω,  επιθυμήσω,  Ιπεθν- 

μ-ησα,  επίτεθύμηκα,  (eiri  and    to  set  one  s  heart  on,  to 

θυμο8)  desire. 

ετΓΐ-κνρόω,    κυρώσω,   etc.  reg.,    to    give    authority    to^ 

(κΰρο5,  authority)  to  Confirm,  to  ratify. 

ηγεομαι,    ηγησομαι,    etc.  reg., 

(άγω,  to  lead)  to  lead,  to  thinlc. 

θανατόω,    θανατώσω,    etc.  reg., 

(θάνατοδ,  death ;  θνησκω,  to  die)        to  Condemn  to  death, 
πολεμεω,    πολεμήσω,    etc.  reg., 

(ΐΓολ€μοβ)  to  luage  war. 

ώφελεω,      ωφελήσω,    etc    reg., 

(οψ€λο$,  advantage ;   cf.  όφίλλω,  to 

increase)  to  aid. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  συλλεζας  στράτευμα  επολιόρκει  Μίλητον. 
2.     αίρείται    πολεμεΐν.       3.     εβόων    δε    άλλτ^λοις    μη 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN  , GREEK.  81 

0eiv.  4.  εοΓΤΓουδαιολογεΓτο,  ως  8η\ο[η  ους  ημα. 
5.  ηγείσθω.  6.  οί  δε  κακοί  ^  Βονλου  των  άγα^ώ^» 
άζίουνται  eiz/at.  7.  ivravOa  ωκ^ίτο  πόΧις  μβγάλη. 
δ.  ikavpei  άνα  κράτος  ΙΒρουντί  τω  ΐππω.^  9.  ocrrtg* 
ζι^ϊ'  €7Γίθυμ6Ϊ,  πειράσθω  νικαν, 

II.  1.  Ά^νοφων  άνακοίνονται  ^ωκράτβυ^  περί  της 
πορείας.  2.  κατεΧείφθησαν  οΐ  ομοτράπεζοι  καΧον- 
μεροι.^'      3.    η^εως    επόνονν    καΧ    θαρραΧεως   εκτωντο. 

4.  σνντομωτάτιην  ωετο  oSov  είναυ  δια  του  επίορκείν^ 
τε  καΐ  εζαπαταν.  5.  επεθύμει  Τίμασθαι,  Ινα  πΧείω 
κερΖαίνοι.  β.  Κνρος  δ'  ορών  τους  "ΈΧΧ-ηνας  νικών- 
τας, προσκυνού  μένος  ^  ώς  βασιΧεύς,  ουκ  εζηχ^θη 
Βίώκειν,  άλλα  επεμεΧεΐτο  τι  (ivhat)  ποιήσει  βασιΧεύς. 

III.  1.  Never  hire  the  idle.  2.  They  are  always 
willing  to  ratify  treaties.  3.  It  is  necessary^  to  do 
this.     4.  They  kept  casting   stones  into   the   ri\^er. 

5.  The  river  is  called  Marsyas.  6.  If  they  are  con- 
demning him  to  death,  they  are  doing  wrong. 

\Y .  1.  For  they  were  occupying  strongholds. 
2.  He  desired  exceedingly  to  be  rich.  3.  He  pre- 
fers by  warring^"  to  make  his  means  less.  4.  He 
kept  warring  with  the  Thracians^^  and  aiding  the 
Greeks. 

NOTES. 

'  The  preposition  merely  strengthens  the  meaning  of  the  simple  verb. 

^  But  the  had  are  thought  fit,  etc.,  1 139, 1.    For  δοτλοι,  see  §  136,  n.  3  a. 

^  §  188,  1.  Μ  86•  Μ  186- 

^  ol  καλούμενοι,  those  who  were  called  (|  276,  2),  his  so-called,  etc. 

'  I  262,  1.  9  δ€ί,  I  98,  N.  1. 

^  I  277.  5.  1"  I  277,  2.  »»  ^  1S6,  with  n.  1. 


82  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   XXXIX. 

PronoTins :  Personal,  Intensive,  Eeflexive,  Eeciprocal,  and  Pos» 

sessive. 

Grammar  :  §  79,  1  (omitting  the  forms  in  parenthesis) 
and  2  (with  N.) ;  §  27,  1  (omitting  the  forms  in  parenthe- 
sis);  §  144,  1  (with  N.)  and  2  a;  §  145,  1  and  2;  §  80, 
and  the  first  half  of  the  N. ;  §  146 ;  §  81 ;  §  82 ;  §  147, 

Examples. 

§  79,  2  :  ο  αντος  άνηρ,  the  same  man  ;  τον  αντον  πόλε- 
μον,  the  same  war. 

§  145,  1 :  αντος  6  στρατηγός,  the  general  himself  ; 
ταύτα  έπουεΐτε  αυτοί  (so.  νμείς),  you  did 
this  yourselves. 

§  145,  2 :  avTov  σατραπηρ  έποίησεν,  he  made  him  sa- 
trap; ap)(€L  αντων,  he  commands  them. 

§  144,  2 :  Xeyerat  ^Απόλλων  νικησαι  ^  Μαρσναν  epi- 
ζοντά  ol,  Apollo  is  said  to  have  defeated 
Marsyas  when  contending  with  him. 

§  146 :  έσφαζαν  εαυτόν,  he  slew  himself  ;  νομίζει 
τους  ττολίτας  υπηρετεϊν  εαυτω,'^  lie  thinks 
that  the  citizens  are  servants  το  himself. 

§  147 :  6  ημέτερος  πατήρ  =  ο  πατήρ  ημών,^  our 
father. 

Vocabulary. 

άΒίΚεω,  ά^ίΚησω,  etc.  reg.,  (oSikos,  from  o-     to    do   WVOUg,  to 
priv.  and  δίκη)  WTOng, 

απ αραςτκευ αστός,  -ος  -ον,  (α-  priv.  and 

Ίταρασ-κίυάζω,  to  2:)rcparc ;  cf.  σκευάζω,  σκ€νθ5)     XUrVOTepCLTed, 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  83 

aperrjy  -η<;,  η,  goodness,  virtue^ 

valor. 
8απαϊ/άω,  Ζαπανησω,  etc.  rcg.,  (δαττάνη, 

expense)  to  eXJDCnd. 

ενωρνμος,  -09,  -Ol',  (€v  and  ύνομα)  *  left, 

πληγή»  -ης»  η,  (-π-ληττω,  to  stnke)  a  blow. 

στόλος,  -ov,  6,  (σ-τίλλω,  to  send)  an  expedition. 

X^ipy  χειρός,  η,  (gen.  and  dat.  dual  xepoiv, 

dat.  pi.  x€p<r£)  the  hand. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.   είχε  δΙ  το  ενώννμον  ^Ιενων  καΧ  οΐ  συν  αντω, 
.    αλλ    €£,9  νμας  τους  οαρευκονς  εοαπανων.      ό.    συ 

εμοί^  επίβουλεΰεις  και  τη  συν  εμοί  στρατιά.  4.  ό 
αύτος  στόλος  εστί  καΙ  ηρίν.  5.  τη  Ζε  αυτή  ήμερα 
άφιππεύει  επΙ  την  εαυτού  σκηνην,  6.  πληγας  kvi- 
τεινον  οΧΚηλοις!"  7.  ταχθείς  ύπο  αυτού  του  εμού  ^ 
άΖελφου  επολεμησεν  εμοί,  δ.  ύμας  δε  άπαρασκευα- 
στους  λαμβάνει, 

II.  1.  νομίζω  yap  ύμας  εμοι  eli^at  φίλους.  2.  αυ- 
τό? επεβούλευε  δια^άλλεΐΓ  με  προς  ύμας.  3.  ωρα 
ημίν  βουλεύεσθαι  ύπερ  ημών  αύτων,  4.  συ  τε  γαρ 
'^Έίλλην  ει  και  ημε'ίς.  5.  6  δε  λέγει  αύτω.  β.  ορα 
δε  τους  "Έλληνας  νικώντας  το  καθ*  αυτούς,^  7.  ύμεΐς 
επΙ  την  ημετεραν  χώραν  έρχεσθε, 

III.  1.  But  send  us  back.  2.  He  remains  in 
the  same  (place).  3.  They  lead  him  to  the  general. 
4.  He  has  been  wronged  by  us.  5.  I  myself  will 
proceed  to  my  own  province.     6.  They  kept  warring 


84  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

witli  one  another.     7.  Your  valor  is  worthy  of  ad- 
miration. 

IV.  1.  He  brings  together  his  own  soldiers. 
2.  I  summoned  you.  3.  The  crags  reach  down  to 
the  river  itself.  4.  Let  us  not  neglect  ourselves.^ 
5.  We  must  benefit  our  friends.  6.  He  himself 
slays  him  with  his  own  hand.^ 

NOTES. 

*  With  the  passive  of  many  of  the  verbs  that  take  the  infinitive  in 
indirect  discourse  (Lesson  XXXI.)  we  either  find  the  infinitive  itself  with 
Its  subject  accusative  as  subject  of  the  principal  verb  (the  normal  con- 
struction),  or,  as  here,  the  subject  accusative  of  the  infinitive  becomes 
the  subject  nominative  of  the  principal  verb.  In  this  example,  to  illus- 
trate, we  might  have  also  λ€γ€ται  'Αττολλωνα  νικησ-αι,  it  is  said  that 
Apollo  defeated,  where  the  noun  is  the  subject  of  the  infinitive  and  the 
infinitive  is  the  subject  of  λ£γ€ται,  representing  the  possible  active  con- 
struction, λ6'γου<Γΐν  Άττολλωνα  νικήσ-αι,  etc.  λ^-γω,  however,  in  the 
active  voice  rarely  takes  the  infinitive  in  indirect  discourse,  §  260,  2,  n.  1. 

*  ol  also  would  be  correct,  ^  144,  2.  ^  §  142,  4,  f.  3. 

^  On  the  derivation  of  this  word,  see  further  the  general  vocabulary. 
"  I  187. 

^  Not  the  genitive  of  the  first  personal  pronoun,  but  the  possessive. 
See  note  3,  above. 

^  Sc.  μ€ρο8  or  Ktpas.  »  §  171,  2.  »  g  188,  1. 


LESSON   XL. 

Verbs:  The  Puture  and  First  Aorist  Stems  in  Pure  and  Mute 

Verbs. 

Grammar:  §  92,'^  1,  2  (with  n.),  3  (with  n.),  and  4,  with 
II.  and  III;  §  110,  II.  1,  and  III.  1;  §  111,  11.  and  III., 
first  three  verbs;  §  95,  1,2  I.,  11.  and  III,  and  II.,  II.  and 
III.,  and  23  (with  n.)  ;  §  96,^  I.,  the  Future  and  First 
Aorist  Active  and  Middle  of  λυω^  in  all  the  moods; 
§  107;  §  108,  with  III.  and  IV.,  with  1,  α  and  h. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  85 

Vocabulaiy. 

απτω  (αφ-),  αψω,  rjxpa,  ημμαι,    to  fasten;  mid.  to  fasten 
ηφθην,  ones  self  to^  to  touch, 

αριστάω,     αριστησω,    etc.  reg., 

(άριστον,  breakfast;  cf.  ηρι,  early)  to  hveakfosL 

γυμνάζω  (γυμναΒ-),  γυμνάσω, 

etc.  reg.,  (γυμνοβ,  naked,  lightly  clad)      to  exevcise. 

θωρακίζω    [θωρακιΒ-),    θωρά-    to  arm  ivith  a  breast- 

κίσω,  etc.  reg.,  (θώραξ,  breastplate)         plate,  to  αΤΎΪΙ, 

κηρύττω  (^κηρυκ-),  κηρύζω,  etc, 

rcg.,  (κήρνξ)  to  proclaim, 

\θΐΟορ4ω,    \θίθορη(7ω»    etc.  reg., 

(XoiSopos,  abusive)  to  abuse,  to  ΤβΌΐΙβ. 

σφάττω  and  σφάζω    (σφαγ-), 

σφάζω,  έσφαζα,  ίσφαγμαι,    to  slay,  to  slaughter, 
φράζω  (φρα8-),  φράσω,  etc.  reg.,    to  tell. 

Exercises. 

L  1.  Ζιατρίφομεν  την  τημβρον^  ημ€ραν.  2.  την 
τάζιν  του  στρατζΰματο^  έθαύμασεν.  3.  iweuSav 
ταύτα  πράζη,^  βουλευσόμεθα.  4.  πεμφατβ  αυτούς 
Bedpo.  δ.  Κυρον  Se  μζτεπβμφατο  άπο  της  άρχης. 
β.  ύπίσ'χνζίτο  δε  φράσευν^  τοις  εαυτού  Ιππβύσυν. 
7.  Χ.€ίρίσοφο<ζ  πεμφευ  κωμητας,  σκεφομένους  ^  ττώς 
εχουσι  οΐ  στρατιωται,  8.  ούγ^  άφεται  της  κάρφης  ^^ 
το  υοωρ, 

Ι.    €γω   συν  υμιν   έψομαι   και   ο  τι    αα/    οεη 
πεισομαι.      2.   εφοβούντο  μη  οι  ττοΧεμιοι  οπΧίσαιντο. 
ό.   κηρύζεί  τοϊς  '^Ελλησυ  συσκευάζεσβαι.     4.   Χύ  ούν, 


86  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GEEEK. 

προς  θέων,  σνμβονλζνσον  "ημίν.  5.  yu/ii^acrat  βον- 
Xerai  kavrov  re  και  τον<ζ  Ιππους.  6.  ίπαν  ταχ^ιστα^^ 
άριστησωμεν,  έζοπλίσάμζνοι  πορενσΌμβθα  ίπΐ  τους 
άνδρας. 

III.  1.  Ι  will  do  this.  2.  The  rest  of  the  soldiers 
struck  and  abused  him.  3.  Do  not  collect  ^^  the 
soldiers  together  before  the  tent.  4.  Put  on  your 
breastplates  at  once.  5.  The  men  promise  to  obey  '* 
their  commanders.  6.  He  sent  the  men  forward  to 
rescue  the  woman. 

IV.  1.  The  rest  of  the  soldiers  will  follow  Cy- 
rus.^^  2.  Let  us  send  for  the  hoplites  as  quickly  as 
possible.^^  3.  He  said^"^  that  he  had  got  together  ^^ 
much  property.  4.  We  will  proceed  at  once,  after 
slaughtering^^  a  bull  and  wolf.  5.  If  they  should 
close  the  gates,  we  should  besiege  their  city. 


NOTES. 

*  See  note  1,  Lesson  XXXV. 

^  Pages  86-89  inclusive.  Give  the  synopsis  of  each  verb  and  tense 
separately  by  moods  across  the  page,  first  in  the  active  and  then  in  the 
middle. 

3  Pages  92,  93.  "  See  note  3,  Lesson  XXXV. 

^  Let  the  pupil  conjugate  in  the  same  manner  the  future  active  and 
middle  of  λβίττω,  and  the  future  and  first  aorist  active  and  middle  of 
Ίτράσ-ίτω.  ^  ^  141,  N.  3. 

'  6•π•6ΐδάν,  i.  e.  cttciSti  civ,  whenever,  is  exactly  equal  logically  to  lav 
rroTe,  if  ever,  and  takes  the  subjunctive  by  the  eamc  law.  See  §  223, 
and  ^  232,  3,  with  the  examples. 

«  ξ  260,  2.  9  ^  277,  3.  "^  ξ  171,  1. 

"  So.  Ίτάσ-χίΐν  from  the  following  verb.  See  further  note  7,  above,  and 
§  98,  N.  1.  πίίσ-ομαι  is  the  future  of  ττόσχω  on  the  stem  ττίνθ  (for  ττενθ- 
(Γομαι). 


FIRST   LESSONS   IN   GREEK.  87 

'^  Cum  primum,  just  as  soon  as.     See  further  note  7,  above. 

"  §  254.     But  for  the  verb  in  the  next  sentence,  which  is  not  a  pro- 
hibition, ^  252. 

"  For  the  tense,  see  I.  6,  above.  *^  See  note  4,  Lesson  XXXIV. 

'^  g  186.  "  Use  φημί, 

'^  Use  the  aorist,  and  see  §  260,  2,  n.  1. 

»3  §  277,  1. 


LESSON   XLI. 

Verbs !  Tte  Fnture  and  First  Aorist  Stems  in  Liquid  Verbs. 

Geammar:  §  92,  1,  2  (with  n.),  3  (with  n.),  and  4,  with 
11.  and  III;  §  110,  II.  2,  and  III.  2;  §  111,  11.  and  III., 
last  two  verbs ;  §  95,  1,  III.,^  11.  and  III.,  and  2  (with  n.)  ; 
§  96,  III.,^  the  Future  and  First  Aorist  Active  and  Mid- 
dle of  φαίι^ω  ^  in  aU  the  moods ;  §  108,  IV.,  with  2,  c  and  d, 
and  3. 

Tocabulary. 

άγγζλΧω       (άγγελ-),       αγγελώ, 
ηγγβίλα,  ηγγελκα,  ηγγελμαυ, 

ΎίγγεΧθ'ηΐ',     (άγγ€λθ5,    α    messenger, 

from  άγω,  to  hnng)  Iq  anUOUnce. 

αΙσ\ννω     [αίσχυρ-),     αίσχνί'ω, 

Ύ)(Γχυνα,     τ^σχνι^θηΐ',     {alamos,    to  shame ;  com.  as  dep. 

shame,  disgrace)  pass,  to  he  ashamed. 

άμννω  (αμνν•)»  αμυνω,  ημυνα,       to     ward    off ;    mid. 

to     defend     ones 
self,  to  punish. 
€κ-κλίρω  [kXlV'),    κΚινω,    e/cXti^a, 

κίκλιμαι,    ίκλίθην,*    (κλίνω,  to    to  bend  out  of  line,  to 
bend,  to  incline)  giVC  Way, 


88  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

καίω  [καν-)  or  κάω,  καύσω,  etc.  reg.,  ίο  burn, 

μερω,  μ€ρω,  €μ€υι/α,  μεμένηκα,^  to  remain, 
σημαίνω  [σημαν-),  σημάνω,  βσημηνα, 

σεσημασμαυ,^  ίσημάνθην,  (<Γημα,  sign)  to  give  signal, 
τείνω  (rev-),  τενω,  ετευνα,  τετακα,  τετα- 

μαι^  ετάθην,^  to  stretch. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  Κί}/3θ9  οντε  άλλον  πέμπει  σημανονντα^  ο  τι 
^ρή  ποιεΐν  οντε  αύτος  φαίνεται.  2.  αίσ^χννονμεθα  καΐ 
θεονς  καΐ  άνθρώπονς^  ταύτα  ποιεΐν.  3.  καΐ  εντανθα 
έμειναν  οι  στρατιωται  ημέρας  πέντε.  4.  οτω  Βοκει 
ταντα,  άνατεινάτω  την  ^εΐρα,  5.  και  τονς  οπλίτας 
αντον^  εκέλενσε  jneii^at.  6.  και  ει  τι  παραγγείλαι 
γ^ρηζοιεν,  εν  ^/^tcrec  αν  ^ρόνω  αίσθάνοιτο  το  στρά- 
τενμα.  7.  εξήγγειλε  τοΐ<ζ  φίλοις  την  κρίσιν  ^^  ως 
(how)  εγενετο.      8.    ο  τι  δε  ποιήσει,   ον  StacrTy/xaret. 

II.  1.  σν  §€  πρώτος  άπόφηναι^^  γνώμην.  2.  εκ- 
κλινεΖν     φασι     τονς     βαρβάρονς     καΐ      φενζεσθαι, 

3.  εντανθα   λέγεται  ^"   Απόλλων'   εκΒεϊραι   Μαρσναν. 

4.  άΒικονντα  μεντοι  ^cicrtXea  πειρασόμεθα  σνν  το'ις 
θεοΐς  a/xwacr^at.  5.  επειδάζ^  δε  6  σαλπιγκτής  ση- 
μηνη  τω  κερατι,  σνσκενάζεσθε.  6.  όπως  δ'  άμννον- 
μεθα^^  επιμελονμεθα. 

III.  1.  Ι  will  announce  this.  2.  Cyrus  remained 
there  thirty  days.  3.  I  will  quickly  answer  you. 
4.  They  did  not  await  the  hoplites.  5.  He  says  ^^ 
he  will  quickly  give  them  ^^  answer. 


ν 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  89 

IV.  1.  Shall  I  announce  a  truce  or  war? 
2.  What  will  the  rest  answer  to  Cyrus  ?  3.  To  ^^ 
this  the  Greeks  made  reply.  4.  He  says  that  the 
barbarians  at  once  ga\^e  way.  5.  He  sent  men  to 
burn  ^  the  fodder. 

NOTES. 

'  Pages  90,  91.  Give  the  synopsis  of  each  tense  separately  by  moods 
across  the  page,  first  in  the  active  and  then  in  the  middle. 

*  Pages  106-109  inclusive.     See  further  note  3,  Lesson  XXXV. 

^  Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  the  future  and  first  aorist  active  and 
middle  of  <ΓΤ6λλω  through  all  the  moods. 

*  I  109,  6.  6  ^  109,  6,  N. 

5  I  109,  8.  '  See  Lesson  XL.,  I.  7. 

^  ^  158,  N.  2.  The  following  infinitive  is  a  secondary  object  of  the 
game  verb,  §  260,  1.  ^  An  adverb. 

*°  A  noun  which  properly  belongs  to  the  dependent  sentence  is  often 
transferred  (usually  with  change  of  case)  to  the  principal  sentence.  The 
object  is  to  give  it  a  more  emphatic  position.  We  might  have  had,  ώ$  η 
κρ(σ-ις  iy4v(To. 

»  §  199,  3.  '*  See  XL  2,  above. 

>2  See  note  1,  Lesson  XXXIX.  '=  Dative. 

'^  I  217.  '^  irpo's  with  the  accusative. 


I 


LESSON    XLII. 

Pronouns :  Demonstrative,  Interrogative,  Indefinite,  and  Relative. 

Grammar  :  §  83,  with  n.  1,  first  paragraph;  §  28,  n.  3; 
§148;  §  142,  4; ^  §  84,  1,  2  (with  the  first  half  of  n.  2), 
and  3;  §  149,  1  and  2;  §  150;   §  86,  with  n.  1 ;  §  151. 

Examples. 

§  149,  1 :  τίνας  ορω  ;  whom    do  I  see  ?     τίνο.%  άι>Βρας 
ορώ  ;   WHAT  me7i  do  I  see  ? 


90  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

§  149,  2  :  TL  βονΚ^ται ;  what  does  he  ivant  f  έρωτα  τι 
(or  ο  TL  ^)  βον\ξ.σθ€,  he  asks  what  you  want 

§  150 :  TovTo  Xeyet  τΐ9,  some  one  says  this  ;  άνθρωπος 
τΐ9,  SOME  man;  ορω  ανθρωπον  TLva,  I  see 
A  CERTAIN  man,  or  /  see  A  man. 

§  151 :  wapaSeLcros  θηρίων  πλήρης,  a  Κνρος  ίθη- 
pevev,  a  park  full  of  loild  beasts,  which 
Cyrus  used  to  hunt. 

Yocabulary. 

apyo^y  -09,  -ovy  (a- priv.  and  «ργον)     Without  wovk,  idle. 
γνώμη,  -ης,  η,  (γιγνώσ-κω,^  to  know)    judgment,    ^jurpose, 

opinion. 
Βοκ€ω     (So/c-*),      δο^ω,     eSofa, 

δβδογ/χαί,,  εΒόχ^θην,  to  seem,  to  think. 

4π-αίνεω,  αΐνεσω,  ηνβσα,  rjveKa, 

ηνημαι,  ηνίθην,^  (eiri,  intens.,  and 

αΙν£ω,  to  praise ;  cf.  aivos,  praise)  to  appVOVe,  to  praiSe. 

παις,  παώός,^  6  or  η,  a    child,    a    son,    a 

daughter. 

παΧτόν,   -OV,  τ6,  (ιτοίλλω,  to  Irandish)     a  javellU. 

τζκμηριον,  -ov,  το,  (τβ'κμαρ,  a  sure   a  suve  sign,  a  posi- 

sign)  tive  pvoof. 

τρόπος,  -ov,  6,  (τρέπω,  to  turn)  a    tum,    a   manner, 

(of  persons)    disposi- 
tion, character. 
Exercises. 

I.      1.    και   o^TOL^    μ€ν    €μ€νον,    ol   δ'    άλλοι  ^   έπο- 
pevovTO.     2.   ei  Δαρείου  έστΙ  παΙς,  €μος  δε  ά8ελφός, 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GHEEK.  91 

ovK  άμαχβΐ  ταντ  iyco  ληχ^ομαί.^  3,  el  Se  ης  άλλο 
opa  βίΚτιον,  λβξάτω,  4.  ^ύθύς  δε  ζκεΐρος  anekavuei 
τους  στρατίώτας.  5.  τί  πραχθησεται  ;  6.  έρωτα 
ούτος  ο  TL  ποιονμξν.  7.  αργοί  εζων  ovtol  οΐ  άνθρω- 
ποι. 8.  οΐ  δε  στρατίωται,  οϊ  re  αυτοί)  Ικτίνου  καΐ  οί 
άλλοι,  ταύτα  άκουσαντ€ς,  iwrjveaav, 

II.  1.  τούτο  αντοί  ίποι^ισθ^.  2.  οντος  δε  ό  αυ- 
τός κιελευει  ή/^ας  ττορεύ^σθαι.  3.  τις  ούτω  /Aat^Tat 
όστις  ου  βουλεταί  σοι  φίλος  eli^ai ;  4.  σ"ύ  ονν  συμ- 
βονλ^νσον  -ημίν,  6  τι  σοι  8οκ€Ϊ  άριστον  elvai,  5.  τά 
αυτά  ταύτα  βουλεύονται,  6.  Κυροι^  δε  ακοντίζει  τις 
τταλτω  νπο  τον  οφθαλμον  )8ιαιως.  7.  λεγονσι  δε 
τιι^ες  τάδε. 

III.  1.  And  he  commands  them  to  say  this. 
2.  What  Λνίΐΐ  the  rest  of^  the  soldiers  do?  3.  And 
these  did  so.^^  4.  He  speaks  as  follows."'  5.  I  pur- 
sued with  the  aid  of^^  these.  6.  But  there  was  a 
certain  Athenian  in  the  army. 

IV.  1.  He  collected  his  own  army  and  spoke 
as  follows.  2.  What  opinion  have  you?  3.  But 
another  army  was  collected  for  him  in  the  following 
manner. ^^  4.  But  the  following  (fact)  is  a  proof  of 
this. 


NOTES. 


^  See  the  example  in  Lesson  XIX. 
'■^  §  149,  2,  second  paragraph. 

'  The  stem  is  γνο-.     On  the  formation  of  the  present  from  this  simple 
stem,  see  μιμνησκω,  note  3,  Lesson  XXIX. 
4  I  108,  VII. 


92  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

^  Except  in  the  perfect  passive,  the  short  vowel  of  the  stem  is  re- 
tained, §  109,  1,  N.  2  h. 

6  I  25,  3,  N.  1.  9  Future  of  λαμβάνω. 

'  I  148,  N.  1.  '"  ού'τως. 

«  I  142,  2,  N.  3  a.  '»    Τ^^ίΛ  ίΛβ  aiii  ο/,  συν. 

'^  ^  160,  2,  where  the  first  example,  τούτον  τον  τρο'ιτον,  means  in  the 
PEECEDiiiu  manner. 


-*ο*- 


LESSON   XLIII. 

Verbs:  Perfect  Middle  Stem. 

Grammar:  §  92,  4,  IV.  a;  §  110,  IV.  a  entire;  §  111, 
IV.  a;  §  95,  1,  1.,^  IV.  a,  IL,^  IV.  a,  and  III.,^  IV.  a; 
§  96,  I.,  the  Perfect  and  Pluperfect  Middle*  and  Passive^ 
of  \νω  in  all  the  Moods;  §  97  entire;  §  16,  1,  2,  3,  and  4. 

Vocabulary. 

Sta- σπείρω     (σττερ-),     σπερω, 

έσπειρα,  εσπαρμαι,  (σ-π-€ίρω,  to    to  scatter  abroad ;  mid. 

soiu)  to  scatter^  intrans. 

ελέγχω,  ελεγζω,  ηλεγζα,  ελη- 

λεγμαί,  ηλεγχθην,  to  confute,  to  convict. 

εύνοια,  -ας,  -η,  (€v-vooe)  good-Will. 
κρίνω   (κριν-),    κρίνω,    έκρινα, 

κεκρικα,^  κεκριμαι,  εκρίθην,  to  separate,  to  judge. 

ου?/  ώτός,  το,  EAR. 

τηστότης,  -ητος,  η,  (mo-ro's)  fidelity, 

σκέλος,  -eos,  το,  α  leg. 

)(aλκωμa,-aτoς,τό,{\aλκόs,hronze)  α  bronze  utensil. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  93 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  πάντα  ημίν^  πεποίηται,  2.  ίσ^σθε  άνδρες 
άζιοι  τηζ  iXevOepCas  ης^  κέκτησθε.  3.  πόσοι  των 
στρατιωτών  νποΧεΧειμμενοι  €ΐσίν  ;  4.  τοντον<ζ  δ'  εφτι 
iyyv^  άΧληλων  έστρατοπε^ενσθαι.  5.  σφενδόνη  καλή 
τω  στρατηγώ  ^  πεπλεκται.  6.  καΐ  όστις  νμων  oiKaSe 
επιθυμεί  πορεύεσθαι,  μεμνησθω  ^^  άνηρ  αγαθοί  είναι, 
7.  rjkawev  ίπ\  τους  Μενωνος,  ωστ  εκείνους  εκπε- 
πΧη^θαι^^   καΐ  τρε^ειν  επι  τα  όπλα, 

II.  1,  ετετίμησο  γαρ  ύπο  ^acrtXeiw?  δι'  εΰνοιάν  τε 
και  πιστότητα.  2.  άμα  δ'  έδειξε  ^"^  συντετριμμένους 
ανθρώπους  και  σκέλη  ^^  καΐ  πλευράς.  3.  οΰτος  δε 
τεταγμένος  ετιτ/γανεν  ^^  επι  τω  εϋωνύμω  του  ιππικού 
άργων.  4.  και  νυν  ημάς  υπάγεται  μενειν  δια  το 
Βιεσπάρθαι  ^^  αύτω  το  στράτευμα.  5.  ού8ενα  κρίνω 
ύπο  πλειόνων  πεφιλησθαι.  6.  ήσαν  δε  και  γαλκώ- 
/ιιασι  παμπόλλοις  κατεσκευασμεναι  αί  οικίαι. 

III.  1.  You  possess  much  money.  2.  λΥο  have 
obeyed  our  commanders  in  all  respects. ^^  3.  He 
says  that  they  have  encamped  in  the  \nllages. 
4.  Do  you  not^^  remember?  5.  You  have  been 
enrolled  as  a  slinger.^^  6.  But  they  had  been  left 
behind  alone.     7.  He  had  been  convicted  of  theft. ^^ 

IV.  1.  He  has  had  his  ears^  bored.  2.  He  had 
been  sent  against  the  barbarians.  3.  He  said  the 
soldiers  had  plaited  themselves  slings.     4.  For  they 


94  FIRST    LESSONS   IN    GREEK. 

liad  been  armed.     5.  You  have  been  drawn  up  in 
line  of  battle.^^     6.  No  friend  has  been  left  to  us. 

NOTES. 

'  Pages  86,  87.  =*  Pages  90,  91. 

2  Pages  88,  89.  "  Pages  100,  101. 

^  See  remark  at  the  top  of  pages  102,  103,  above  the  paradigm. 

β  §  109,  6. 

'  g  60,  5,  24.  ^  §  153. 

«  §  197,  2.  ^^  §  200,  N.  6. 

"  The  perfect  infinitive,  when  not  in  indirect  discourse,  differs  from 
the  present  only  in  being  more  emphatic,  as  here,  thoroughly  frightened. 
For  the  infinitive  after  ωσ-η,  see  §  266,  1. 
'^  Aorist  of  δείκνυμι,  a  verb  in  μι,  §  93,  3. 
^^  I  197,  1,  N.  2,  last  example. 
"  Had  been  stationed,  as  it  happened,  ξ  279,  4. 
'^  I  262,  1. 

'6  In  respect  to  all  {thirigs),  g  160,  1.         '»  g  173,  2. 
"  g  282,  2.  '^^  See  II.  2. 

*®  Say  simply  ίο  s?m^,  ^  265.  '-^^  See  Lesson  XVI.,  11.  5. 


LESSON   XLIV. 

Verbs :  Perfect  Active  and  Future  Perfect  Stems. 

Grammar:  §  92,  4,  IV.  ό  and  c;  §  110,  IV.  ό  (with  1-5) 
and  c;  §  111,  IV.  h  and  c;  §  95,  1,  1.,^  IV.  h  and  IV.  c, 
IL,2  IV.  c,  and  III.,^  IV.  5;  §  96,  I.,  tlie  Perfect  and 
Pluperfect  Active  ^  and  Future  Perfect  ^  of  λυω  ^  in  all  the 
moods;  §  108,  VI.  and  VII. 

Vocabulary. 

αποΖιΖράσκω    (δρα-),    άποΒρά-     to  run  away,  to  es- 
σομαι,  awoSeSpaKa,  cape  unobserved, 

γήρας,  -αο9,   το,   (cf.  γβ'ρων,  an  old     old    age,    advancedj 

man)  agc. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  95 

Ιπιορκ4ω,    Ιπιορκιησω,    Ιπιώρκησα^    to  siuear  falsely, 

€πίώρΚΎ]Κα,  (eiri-opKos,  against  ones  oath)  to       jOTSWeaT 

ones  self. 
θάνατος,  -ου,  6,  (θνησ-κω,  to  die)  death. 

κατα-ττηΒάω,  πηΒήσομαί,   ίπηδησα, 

π€πη8ηκα,  (ττηΒάω,  to  hap)  to  leap  down, 

κοινός,  -η,  -όν,  common. 

ορμάω,  ορμήσω,  eic.  reg.,{6p^T^,  movement,    to  Set  171  motion  ; 

impulse)  mid.  to  Set  OUt. 

φάσκω  (φο.),  (cf.  φημί)  ίο  say,  ίο  allege. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.6  άνηρ  τοίαντα  μεν  πεποίηκε,  τοιαύτα  δέ 
Xeyet.  2.  ^ Αθηνησιν  eSeSovXevKei  6  ττελταστης. 
3.  eweiSr]  ττβπτωκότα  ορά  Κνρον,  κατεπηΒησεν  άπο 
τον  ϊππον.  4.  ώστε  φίλος  τιμίν  ουδείς  λελειψεται, 
άλλα  και  οι  πρόσθεν  όντες^  πολέμιοι  -ημΐν  έσονται. 
5.  τα  δε  άλλα  εΙς  το  πνρ  Ιρρίφαμ^ν.  β.  ot  δε 
πολέμιοι  επιωρκηκασί  τε  καΐ  τάς  σπόντας  καΐ  τους 
όρκους  λ^λνκασιν.  7.  ό  δ'  εφη  πολλάς  προφάσεις 
Κυρον  ^ύρηκέναι. 

II.  1.  μετά  ταντα  ούτε  ζωντα  ^Ορόνταν  οντε 
τεθνηκότα  ούδει?  ^  ορα.  2.  οπόσοι  δε  τον  θάνατον 
εγνώκασι  πάσι  κοινον  elvai,  ούτοι  εις  το  γήρας 
άφικνοννται.  3.  εφη  δ'  αντο  το  έργον  αύτοΐς  με- 
μαρτνρηκεναι.  4.  Κνρος  δε  έχων  ους  είρηκα  ^^ 
ώρμάτο  άπο  ^άρ8εων.  5.  Κνρος  δε  σνγκαλεσας 
τονς     στρατηγούς     ελεζεν     οτι     ουκ     άποΒεΒράκασι 


96  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GEEEK. 

Hei^tas  Koi  ΐΐασίωρ.  6.  νομίζβτ€  kv  TjjSe  rrj  ημζρα 
e/x€  re  κατακ€κόφε(τθαί  ^^  καΐ  νμας  ου  πολν  βμου 
ύστερον, 

III.  1.  He  alleged  that  he  had  been  a  slave  ^^  at 
Athens.  2.  He  had  already  called  an  assembly  of 
the  soldiers.  3.  The  army  will  be  instantly  ^^  cut 
to  pieces.     4.    If  the  king  has   fallen,   let   us   fly. 

5.  Cyrus  has  honored  him  on  account  of  his  courage. 

6.  You  have  robbed  these  soldiers  of  their  pay.^^ 

IV.  1.  I  do  not  praise  him,  if  he  has  done  this. 
2.  The  letter  will  have  been  written.  3.  Have^* 
you  commanded  him  to  proclaim  silence  ?  4.  He 
says  she  has  persuaded  her  husband  to  fight.  5.  If 
the  barbarians  have  broken  the  truce,  the  gods  will 
fight  on  our  side.^^ 

NOTES. 

>  Pages  86,  87.  "  Pages  96,  97. 

2  Pages  88,  89.  ^  p^ges  102,  103. 

3  Pages  90,  91. 

^  Cojijugate  in  the  same  manner  the  perfect  and  pluperfect  active  of 
Ίτροίσ-σ-ω,  φαίνω,  and  στέλλω,  and  the  future  perfect  of  λ€(ΐΓω  and  trpouTa-ia, 
through  all  the  moods. 
'  g  105,  1,  N.  2. 
«  Sc.  φΛοι. 
»  I  283,  9. 

^"  Serves  as  a  perfect  to  cIttov,  and  is  formed  on  a  stem  p€-.     For  the 
augment,  see  §  101,  1,  n. 

"  Instantly  cut  down,  ^  200,  n.  9. 

*^  φοίσ-κω,  like  φημί,  takes  the  infinitive,  g  260,  2,  with  N.  1. 

•^^  I  161. 

14  ^  232  2. 

^^  In  behalf  of  ua. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  97 

LESSON    XLY. 

Verbs !  Second  Perfect  and  Second  Aorist  Stems. 

Grammar  :  §  90,  2,  n.  1 ;  §  92,  2,  and  4,  IV.  d  and  V. ; 
§  110,  IV.  d  and  V.;  §  111,  IV.  d  and  V.;  §  95,  1,  ΙΙ.,ι 
IV.  d  and  V.,  and  III.,^  IV.  cZ;  §  96,  11.,^  the  Second  Per- 
fect and  Pluperfect  Active,  and  the  Second  Aorist  Active 
^  and  Middle  of  XetW  ^  in  all  the  Moods ;  §  108,  V.,  1,  2, 
3,  and  4. 

Tocabulary.^ 

'γίγνομαι  (ya^-^),  γξρησομαυ,  γεγβρη- 

μαυ ;   2  p.  γεγοι^α,  I  am,•  2  a.  iyepo- 

μην,  to  become, 

λείπω  (λιπ-),  λείψω,  λελβιμμαί,  ikei- 

φθηρ  ;  2  p.  λελοιττα  ;   2  a.  iXunov,      to  leave. 
μανθάνω  [μαθ-^),  μαθησομαυ,  μεμά- 

θηκα;  2  a.  ίμαθον»  to  learn, 

πάσχω    (παθ-,    περθ-^),    πεισο/χαι ; 

2  ρ.  πέπονθα  ;   2  a.  έπαθαν,  to  suffer, 

τηπτω  (ττετ-,   πτο-^),  πεσουμαυ,  πε- 

πτωκα;   2  a.  eneaov,  to  fall, 

πυνθάνομαι  [πυθ-"^),   πενσομαι,   πε- 

πνσμαι ;  ^°  2  a.  έπνθόμηι/,  to  ascertain. 

τνγγάνω     {τνχ-'^),    τβνζομαί,     τετν-    to  obtain,  to  hit, 

χηκα;  2  a.  €τυχορ,  to  happen, 

φζνγω    (^φνγ-^^),    φενζομαί    or   φεν- 

ζονμαί ;   2  ρ.  πεφενγα ;    2  a.  εφυ-    to   flee,    to  flee 

yovy  from. 


98  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

Exercises. 

i.  ovoei^  μεντοι  ovoe  οντος  eneTTOvueu 
2.  evda  Srj  πολύς  τάραχος  iyivero.  3.  eSo^ei/  αντω 
σκηπτο^  weaeLP  ^^  eh  την  ττατρωαν  οΐκίαν,  4.  οκτώ 
μόνους  κατίΧιπον.  5.  αλλά  πολλά?  προφάσεις; 
Κυ/309  ευρίσκζρ,  Ινα  νμας  τ€  άπαρασκευάστους  λάβοι 
/cat  T7i^^5  evuaoe  avayayoi.  Ό.  τ)  0€  KtAio"cra  εφυγεν 
εκ  της  αρμαμάζης  και  οΐ  εκ  της  αγοράς^""  καταλί- 
ττόντες  τά  ωνυα  εφνγον.  7.  αλλά  δεδοικα  μη,  αν 
άπαζ  μάθωμεν  άργοΙ  ζην,  επίλαθώμεθα  της  οΙκαΒε 
68ου. 

II.  1.  καΐ  ουκ  ην  τους  όνους  λαβείν.  2.  λελοι- 
ττώς  εστί^^  Χυεννεσυς  τά  άκρα.  3.  ούδ'  εΐ  πυστος 
γενοίμην,  σοι  y  αν  δό^αι/Λΐ.  4.  τους  στρατηγούς 
εκελευεν  οπλίτας  άγαγεΐν  •  οΐ  8ε  ταύτα  εποίησαν, 
άγαγόντες  ώς^^  τ/οισ^ιλιους  όπλιτας.  5.  η  Βε  γυνή 
πρότερα  ^^  Κύρου  πέντε  ημέρας  άψίκετο, 

III.  1.  And  first  learn  ^^  who  they  are.  2.  They 
have  not  escaped.  3.  And  he  ascertained  the  mat- 
ter. 4.  He  said  they  had  left  the  place  in  fiight.^*^ 
5.  But  he  himself  took^^  the  horsemen  and  pro- 
ceeded.    6.    A  shout  arose.^'^ 

IV.  1.  But  when^^  he  had  learned  ^^  this,  he 
commanded  them  to  set  the  houses  on  fire.  2.  And 
you  again  took  pledges  from^**  me.     3.   For  a  line 


h 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  99 

of  the  hoplites  chanced  ^^  to  be  following.^^  4.  He 
questioned  Cyrus  thus. ^®  5.  These  arrived  at  ^  Sar- 
dis. 

NOTES. 

'  Pages  88,  89.     For  peculiarities  in  accent  see  §  26,  n.  3. 

2  Pages  90,  91. 

3  Pages  104-107. 

*  Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  the  second  perfect  and  pluperfect 
active  of  ιτρασ-σ-ω  and  φαίνω  through  all  the  moods.  Take  each  tense 
of  λ€ίΐΓω  and  φαίνω  which  you  have  conjugated,  and  analyze  it,  pointing 
out  the  present  stem,  the  simple  stem,  augment,  tense  stem,  connecting 
vowels,  and  personal  endings. 

^  The  class  of  some  of  these  verbs  remains  to  be  more  fully  con- 
sidered hereafter :  γίγνομαι,  ττοίΐΓχω,  and  ιτίΐΓτω  belong  to  §  108,  VIII. ; 
λ€ί'ΤΓω  and  φ€ΰ-γω  to  ^  108,  II. 

^  The  present  stem  is  a  syncopated  and  reduplicated  form  of  the 
simple  stem,  §  109,  7,  b  and  c,  and  the  future  and  perfect  middle  add  €  to 
the  simple  stem,  §  109,  8. 

'  Mute  stems  which  assume  ν  on  αν  in  the  present  have  their  proper 
form  only  in  the  second  aorist;  except  in  the  present  and  second  aorist 
they  either  lengthen  the  short  vowel  (like  verbs  of  the  second  class, 
I  108,  II.)  or  add  €  (§  109,  8). 

^  ΐΓοίσχω  for  παθ-σ-κω,  |  16,  2 ;  ττ^ίσ-ομαι  for  ιτενθ-σ-ομαι,  §  16,  6,  Ν.  1. 

^  See  I  109,  7,  b  and  c;  ΐΓ€σ-οΰμαι  for  ΐΓ£τ-<Γ€ομαι,  |  110,  II.  2,  Ή.  2. 
6-ΐΓ€<Γ-ον  is  for  l-ir€T-oV|  which  is  in  fact  the  form  of  the  second  aorist  in 
Doric  Greek. 

'°  The  perfect  is  an  exception  to  the  principle  stated  in  note  7. 

"  For  φευξούμαι,  a  Doric  future,  see  §  110,  II.  2,  n.  2. 

»«  i  159,  N.  2.  >3  ^  283,  9. 

"  To  have  fallen.  8οκ£ω  in  the  sense  to  seem  takes  the  infinitive  in 
indirect  discourse,  usually  in  the  personal  construction.  See  note  1, 
Lesson  XXXIX. 

*^  Those  in  the  market-pL•ce,  §  191,  n.  6. 

»6  ^  118,  4.  '  17  About. 

*^  ξ  138,  Ν.  7.     For  the  following  genitive,  see  |  175,  1. 

^3  use  the  second  aorist.  ^  I  188,  1. 

*'  Greek  idiom,  having  taken  (aorist  participle)  the  horseman,  he  pro- 
ceeded. 

"^  Use  γίγνομαι.  ^*  ιταρά. 

23  ώ?.  '^  6ΤΓομ€νη,  ι  279,  4. 

'^  That  is,  as  follows.     Use  an  adverb. 

="   €ls. 


100  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

LESSON   XLYI. 

Verbs:  Pirst  Passive  Stem. 

Geammar:  §  92,  VL;  §  110,  VL;  §  111,  VI.  a  and 
h;  §  95,  1,^  I.,  VI.  a  and  b,  IL,  VL  a  and  b,  and  III., 
VI.  a;  §  96,  I.,^  the  Aorist  and  Future  Passive  of  \νω  ;  ^ 
§  108,  VIII.,  the  stems  and  principal  parts  *  of  αιρέω, 
Ύίγνομαι,  €χω,  πάσχω,  πίπτω,  and  τρέχω. 

Vocabulary. 

(άρίω  (eX-),  αίρησω,  Ύ)ρηκα,  ^ρημαυ,  to    tahe  ;     mid.   ίο 
Ύΐρέθην  ;   2  a.  d\ov,  choose. 

αμαρτάνω  (αμαρτ-^),  αμαρτησομαι, 

ημάρτηκα,  ημάρτημαυ,  ημαρτη-  to      err,      to      do 
θψ  ;  2  a.  ημαρτον,  wrong, 

ευρίσκω    {εν ρ-),    ευρησω,    εϋρηκα, 

ενρημαι,  ενρεθην  ;    2  a.  ενρον,  ίο  find. 

•η^ομαί,  ησθησομαι,  ησθηΐ',  ίο  he  pleased. 

λαμβάνω  [λαβ-^),  \ή\\}ομαι,  εΐληφα, 

είλημμαι,  εληφθην  ;  2  a.  εΚαβον,  ίο    ίαΙϋ€,    ίο    cap- 
ture. 

σφοδρός,  -ay  -άν,  vehemenί,  severe: 

neut.  pi.  with  change 
*  ofaccentasadv.σ■φo- 

Spa,  exireinely, 
τρέπω,    τρε\\ίω,    ετρεχ^α,    τετροφα^ 
or    τετραφα,     τετραμμαι,    έτρε- 
φθην;  2  a.  mid.  ετραπομην,  ίο  ίητη. 

ύπηρετψ,  -ου,  6,  an  underling,  as- 

sistani,  helper. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GKEEK.  101 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  τοντω  τω  τρόπω  ίπορεύθησαν  σταθμούς 
τετταρας,  2.  €πΙ  τω  €νωρνμω  τοζβνθηναί  τις  iXeyeTo. 
3.  κράτιστοι  δή  υπηρεται  τταντος  έργον  Κνρω  ελε'- 
-χθησαν  γεί'εσθαί.  4.  άνδρες,  εάν  μου  πεισθητε,  των 
άλλων  πλέον  προτυμηθησεσθε  στρατιωτών  νπο  Κνρον. 
5.  χρη  αντον  κριθεντα  της  8ίκης  τνχε'ίν.  6.  Κύρος 
ουκ  εζτιγθη  Βιώκειν.  7.  οι  δε  πολέμιοι  8είσαντες  μη 
άποκλεισθείησαν  εφευγον  άνα  κράτος, 

II.  1.6  δε  Κλεαρ-χος  εταράχθη  σφό8ρα.  2.  εκε- 
λενσε  δε  τovς''Έiλληvaς,  ώς  νομος^  αντοίς  εΙς  μάχην, 
οντω  ταγθηναί'  ετάχθησαν  ονν  επΙ  τεττάρων.  3.  τού- 
τοις ησθη  Κύρος.  4.  ικανά  γαρ  και  μικρά  άμαρτη- 
θεντα^  πάντα  συνεπιτρΊφαι.  5.  χρη*  εάν  ελεγχθώ  σι, 
τούτους  τιμωρηθηναι,  6.  οΐ  δτ)  στρατηγοί  οντω 
ληφθέντες  άνηχθησαν  ως  ^^αοτιλεα,  και  άποτμηθεντες 
τάς  κεφάλας^  ετελεντησαν, 

III.  1.  V/e  proceeded  to  the  river.  2.  But  on 
the  next  day  heralds  were  sent.  3.  I  was  com- 
pelled to  pursue.  4.  And  breast-plates  will  be  pro- 
cured for  them.  5.  But  the  men  were  arrested  ^° 
and  sent  to  the  king.  6.  A  few  were  left  about 
him.  7.  If  we  proceed  homeward,  will  the  king  be 
pleased  ? 

IV.  1 .  He  was  sent  down  by  his  father.  2.  But 
he  was  dragged  down  from  his  horse.     3.  This  will 


102  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

be  found.  4.    If  tliis  should  be  found,  he  would  be 

punished.  5.     The   soldiers   were   drawn   up^"   and 

forced  to  proceed.      6.    AVho  of  us  will  be   chosen 

general  ?  7.    The  Greek  cavalry  were  put  to  flight. 

NOTES. 

»  Pages  86-91  at  the  bottom.  '^  Pages  102,  103. 

^  Conjugate  in  the  same  manner  the  aorist  and  future  passive  of 
λ£ίπω  and  ττράιτσ-ω,  and  the  aorist  passive  of  φαίνω,  through  all  the 
moods. 

^  The  principal  parts  of  these  verbs  are  given  in  full  in  Lessons 
LA'I.-LAail. 

^  See  note  7,  Lesson  XLV. ;  and  for  the  augment  of  the  perfect,  ^  101, 

^  I  109,  3,  N.  2.  For  the  α  in  the  perfect  passive  and  second  aorist 
middle,  see  I  109,  4,  n.  1. 

'  Sc.  Vfv.  8  gc.  i^i.  9  I  197^  1^  N.  2,  last  example. 

^^  For  the  idiom,  see  II.  6,  above,  first  part. 


LESSON   XLYII. 

Verbs :   Second  Passive  Stem. 

Grammar:  §  92,  4,  VIL;  §  110,  VIL;  §  111,  VII.  a 
and  b;  §  95,  1,^  III,  VII.  α  and  δ;  §  96,  III.,^  the  Second 
Aorist  and  Second  Future  Passive  of  φαίνω  ;  ^  §  108,  IL, 
1  and  2. 

TocabuLiry. 

βοηθεω,  βο'ηθ'ησ'ω,  etc.  reg.,  (βοηθό?,  run- 
ning to  the  battle-shout,  aiding,  from  βοη  and 

θ6ω)  to  aid,  to  assist 

Ικ-πΚηττω  (πλαγ-,  Trkqy-)^  πληζω,  to  strike  out  of 
επΚηζα,  πεπΧηγμαι,  επΧηχθην ;  one's  senses,  to 
2  p.  πεπληγα ;   2  a.  pass,  έπληγηι^,"^  terrify,  I 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  103 

θάπτω    [θ  αφ-),     θάφω,    eOaxfja,  τ€- 

^α/1/ιαι ;   2  a.  ετάψτ^ι^/'  to  hwry, 

κατ-αλλάττω   (άλλαγ-),    αλλάζω,  etc. 

reg.;    2   a.   pass.   TjWoLyT^V,       (κατά  and 

άλλάττω^)  to  reconcile, 

πάρα- σκευάζω  [cTKevaS-),  σκευάσω, 

εσκζύασα,   εσκεύασμαι,   (τταρά  and    to  make  ready, 

σ-κίΰοςδ)  to  prepare, 

στρίφω,  στρίχ^ω,  έστρεψα,  ίστραμ- 

μαι,    ίστρεφθην ;    2    ρ.    εστροφα ; 

2  a.  pass,  ίστράφην,  to  tum. 

τήκω  {τακ-),  τήξω,  ετηζα,  ετηχθηι/ ; 

2  ρ.  Τβτηκα  (as  pass.)  ;  2  a.  pass.  Ιτάκην,     to  wAt. 
φαίνω  [φαν-),  φάνω,  εφηνα,  πίφαγκα, 

πεφασμαι,  βφάνθην;  2  ρ.  πέφηνα;    to  shoto ;  mid.  and 

2  a.  pass,  ίφάνην,  i^ass.to  appear. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  καΐ  ol  '^Έλληνες  στραφεντβς  παρεσκευά- 
ζοντο.  2.  τάφοζ  δε  ουδείς  πώποτε  ^Ορόντα  εφάνη. 
3.  /cat  εβουΧευόμεθα  συν  αύτοις  όπως  αν  ταφενησαν^ 
οΐ  νεκροί.  4.  φανιησονται  των  \ογαγων  άριστοι. 
5.  κατελήφθη  εκπλαγείς  τις.  6.  εφασαν  τους  λόγους 
κατακοπηναι  ύπο  των  Κιλίκων.  7.  οΐ  δε  στρατιωται 
συλλεγεντες  εβουλεύοντο, 

II.  1.  επιβουλεύει  Κΰρω,  και  (also)  πρόσθεν 
πολεμησας,  καταΧλαγεΙς  δε.  2.  ηνίκα  δε  Βείλη  εγί- 
γνετο,    έφάνη    κονυορτος,     3.    και   εκέλευσεν    ειπείν 


104  Fir.riT    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

avTov  που  επληγη.  4.  Ιάι^  8e  οντος  σφα\^,  ου 
σπανίσει  των  βοηθησόντων.  5.  ον  ποΧΧω  δε  ύστερον 
οΐ  \ο-)(αγοΙ  κατάκοπη σονται,  6.  έτάκη  δε  η  -χιών  δια 
ΤΎ)ν  κρηνην, 

III.  1.  The  enemy  did  not  appear  on  tlie  second 
day,  nor^  on  tlie  tliird.  2.  And  tlie  barbarians 
turned  ^  and  fled.  3.  If  be  should  march  against  the 
soldiers,  they  would  be  terrified.  4.  When^^  our 
dead  are  buried,  we  will  cross  the  river.  5.  We 
were  quickly  reconciled. 

lY.  1.  Show  yourselves  the  bravest  of  the  sol- 
diers. 2.  He  promised  that  the  dead  should  be 
buried.  3.  Mithridates  appeared  again  with  a  thou- 
sand horsemen.  4.  I  was  struck  violently  under  the 
eye.  5.  If  they  should  be  reconciled,  the  war  would 
stop. 

NOTES. 

»  Pages  90,  91. 

«  Pages  108-110. 

^  Conjugate  in  like  manner  the  second  aorist  and  second  future  pas- 
sive of  <ΓΤ€'λλω  through  all  the  moods. 

*  The  second  aorist  and  second  future  passive  in  compound  verba 
(as  here)  are  «ιτλάγην  and  ιτλαγησ-ομαι  (stem  ιτλαγ-). 

'  ?  17,  2,  Ν. 

^  For  the  derivation  in  full,  see  the  general  vocabulary. 

'  g  224  and  §  226,  2  b. 

^  See  note  9,  Lesson  XLVI. 

'"  eirckSov  with  the  subjunctive,  |  232,  3. 


FIEST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  105 

LESSON   XLTIII. 

Verbs :  rormation  of  the  Present  from  the  Simple  Stem. 
Grammar  :  §  107 ;  §  108  entire. 

"  Vocabulary. 

αισθάνομαι  {αίσθ-^)^  αίσθησομαι, 

τισθημαι ;   2  a.  'ησθόμην,  to  jper^ceive. 

ειπον^  (βπ-y  ip-),  ipco,  eiwa,  ειρ-ηκα, 

εΐρημαί,  ίρρηθην,  to  say. 

θνησκω  [θαι/-^),  θανονμαι,  τεθνηκα  ; 

2  a.  eOavoVj  to  die. 

κτείνω  (^κτεν-),  κτενω,  βκτβινα ;   2  ρ. 

€κτονα  ;  *  2  a.  ίκτανον,^  to  kill, 

λανθάνω  (λαθ-^),  λησω,  λελησμαυ ;      to      escape      the 

2  p.  λβληθα ;  2  a.  βλαθον,  notice  of:  mid. 

to  forget. 
Τ€μνω  (re/x-^),  τεμω,  τετμηκα,  τβτμη- 

μαί,     Ιτμηθην ;     2   a.    €τ€μον    ΟΓ 

€ταμον,  to  cut. 

τιτρώσκω  {τρο-''),  τρώσω,  έτρωσα, 

Τ€τρωμαί,  ετρώθην,  to  wound» 

ό)θέω  (ωθ-),   ώσ"ω,    Ιωοτα,^   εωσμαι, 

έώσθην,  to  push. 

Exercises. 

I.      1.    την    ^ιόϊ^α     εϊκαζον    τετηκεναι.       2.    ούτοι 
λίγονσιν   otl  Kvpos  τέθνηκεν,     3.    νμείς  8ofere  /ca- 


106  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

Kol  elvaL.  4.  ίκηρυζε  τοις  ^Ελλτ^ίτι  συσκενάζεσθαι. 
5.  €19  he  Ζύ)  elne  [advised)  στρατηγούς  ίλεσθαι  άλ- 
λους. 6.  σφεΐ'Βόΐ'ας  ττλεκειν  έθελβι.  7.  οί  δ'  ineC- 
θοντο,  πλην  et  ης  τι  εκλεψει^.^  δ.  Δαρείου  ^  καΐ 
ΙΙαρνσοίτίΒος  γίγνοντ αι  παίδες  δυο.  9.  ώστε  βασι- 
λεύς της  προς  εαυτόν  επίβουλης  ουκ  ησθάνετο. 

II.  1.  ταύτα  εΙπων  επαύσατο,  2.  νυν  γαρ  ίσως 
και  νμεις  τούτου  αυσσανεσσε.  ο.  εΚεςεν  α  εγιγνω- 
σκεν.  4.  ώς  δ'  ησθετο  Κυρον  πεπτωκότα,^  εφυγεν, 
5.    τα  δ'  άρματα  εφεροντο  δια  αυτών  των  πολεμίων. 

.  και  ος  ωυειται  αυτόν  εκ  της  ταςεως.  (.  άνευ 
γαρ  αργόντων  ου8εν  αν  οΰτε  καλόν  ούτε  αγαθόν  γέ- 
νοιτο. 8.  06  ιατροί  κάουσι  /cat  τεμνουσιν  επ  άγαθω, 
9.    (Γκεψασ^ε  ει  κρειττον^^  αυτόν  ηγεμόνα  εχειν. 

III.  1.  They  concealed  this.  2.  He  tried  to 
escape  the  notice  of  the  enemy.  3.  But  they  flee 
through  their  own  encampment.  4.  And  he  wounds 
him  througli  his  breastplate.  5.  Cyrus,  therefore, 
went  up  with  ^"^  three  hundred  hoplites.  6.  You  are 
not  willing  to  obey.  7.  And  being  pressed  by  his 
opponents  he  comes  to  Cyrus. 

IV.  1.  But  we  will  fight  with  ^' these.  2.  But 
I  am  exceedingly  fatigued.  3.  Let  him  remember  ^^ 
to  be  a  brave  man.  4,  They  killed  all  the  slaves. 
5.  But  I  will  choose  you.  6.  I  should  not  wonder, 
therefore,  if  the  enemy  followed  us.  7.  But  the 
soldiers  kept  knocking  at  the  gate. 


i^IRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  107 


NOTES. 

*  See  note  7,  Lesson  XLV. 

*  A  second  aorist,  the  present  and  imperfect  being  supplied  by  Xiyot 
and  ψημί.  ctirov  comes  from  e-Fc-Fcir-ov,  €-(ρ)€ΐΐΓ-ον,  a  reduplicated  sec- 
ond aorist.  Cf.  eiros,  fcttoSi  ivord.  ciira  is  a  first  aorist.  In  the  perfect, 
and  in  the  aorist  passive  the  stem  cp-  becomes  pt-,  ^  109,  7  a.  The  per- 
fect, further,  reduplicates  according  to  ^  101,  1,  n. 


3  g  109,  7  a. 

^  §  108,  \1 

4  ^  109,  3,  and  4,  n.  1. 

'  I  104. 

'  The  English  will  use  a  pluperfect. 

«  ^  169,  1. 

"  Sc.  Ιστί. 

^  That  Cyrus  had  fallen. 

12    » 

«χων. 

^°  §  151,  X.  3,  second  paragraph. 

'^  σ-υν. 

"  Use  the  perfect  imperative  middle. 

LESSON   XLIX. 

Verbs:  Eegular  in  MI,    Ιστημι, 

Grammar  :  §  123,  2,  the  inflection  of  ϊστημ,ι  througli- 
out ;  ^  §  121  entire  (and  read  the  preceding  remark) ; 
§  122,  1,  with  notes  2,  3,  and  4;  §  123,  1  (read  the  first 
and  second  paragraphs),  the  synopsis  of  Ιστημι  in  the 
Present  and  Second  Aorist  Systems,  and  3,  the  synopsis 
of  the  Indicative  of  ΐστημυ ;  ^  §  68,  the  declension  of 
terra?. 

Tocabulary. 

aya/xat,  ήγάσθην,  to  admire, 
βαίνω    (βα-,    βαν-^),    βησομαί,    βεβηκα; 

2  a.  εβην,  to  go. 

Swa/xat,  Βννησομαι,  ^εΒύνημαί,  ΐΖννιηΘην,^  to  be  able, 

έπίσταμαί,  έπυστήσομαί,  ήπίστηθην,  to    undeV' 
♦^  stand. 


108  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

οράω   (όπ-,    ιδ-),    οψο/ιαι,    ίώρακα^   or 

έόρακα,  ίώραμαυ  or  ωμμαι,   ωφθην ; 

2  a.  είδοϊ',  ίο  sec. 

'Π'ίμπλημί  (πλα-),  πλησω,  επΧησα,  ττί- 

ττληκα,  πέπΧησμαι,  €π\ησθηι^,  ίο  FILL. 

φθάνω  (φθα-),  φθάσω  and  φθησομαι^    ίο  gei  before, 

έφθασα  ;   2  a.  εφθην,*^  ίο    αηίίοί- 

paie. 
ώνεομαί,   ώνησομαι,  έώνημαυ,^  έωνηθην 

(classic  writers  use  εττρίαμΎΐν,  ξ  123,  1,  for  the 

later  ώνησάμην),  ίο  huy. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  ot  Se  πολέμιοι  ονκέτι  έστησαν.  2.  οι  μετά 
^Αριαίον  ουκετι  ίστανται,  άλλα  φενγονσιν.  3.  εάν 
τι  Βννωμαι,  ταύτα  ττοιησω.  4.  ον  γαρ  αν  Βύναιντο 
πορενθηναι.  5.  στητωσαν  οΐ  οττλΓται.  β.  το  δέ 
στράτευμα  6  σΐτος  επελυπε,  καΐ  ττρίασθαι  ουκ  ην. 
7.  ώ<ζ  δ*  άνεβησαν,  θνσαντες  καΐ  τρόπαιον  στησά- 
μενοι    κατεβησαν   εΙς    το   πεδίον.      8.    άνεστησαν   οΐ 

Ελληνες  και  ειπον  οτι  ωρα  ννκτοφνλακας  καθιστάναι. 
9.    προπνθόμενος  ταντα  εφθη  €ΐς  την  πόλιν  άπελθών,^ 

II.  1.  άλλα  μην  και  τοντό  γε  επίστασθε.  2.  Κύ- 
ρος δε,  φίλην  έχων  την  κεφαλήν,  εΙς  την  μάχην 
καθίστατο.  3.  άεΐ  εγωγε  ηγάμην  την  σην  φύσιν. 
4.  εκ  τούτου  αενοφων  άνίσταται  εσταλμενος  επι 
πόλεμον  ως  ε^ύνατο  κάλλιστα.^  5.  αλλ'  ευ  επιστά- 
σθωσαν  οτι  ουκ  άποπεφεύγασιν.  6.  εβουλεύοντο 
όπως  αν  κάλλιστα  δια^αΓε^'.      7.    καΐ  ούτε  άνελεσθαι 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  109 

ovre   edxjjaL    αντω   έΒννάμεθα,      8.    iau  8e   8ίαβωμ€ΐ/, 
-ημίν  τιμιην  οισ€ΐ  €t9  τον  eTretra  ^ονον, 

III.  1.  And  accordingly  Cyrus  went  up  on  the 
mountains.  2.  For  it  will  not  be  possible  to  pur- 
chase food.  3.  He  halted  the  soldiers.  4.  Cyrus 
lialted.  5.  They  kept  filling  the  skins  with  grass.-'*^ 
6.  On  seeing  this  he  mounted  his  horse  and  rode 
away. 

IV.  1.  He  was  not  able  to  sleep.  2.  You 
must^^  cross  the  river.  3.  He  collected  an  army  in 
order  to  be  able  to  defeat  the  king.  4.  And  they 
raised  them  up.  5.  But  then  these  cities  had  re- 
volted ^^  to  Cyrus.  6.  For  if  he  should  go  up  on  the 
mountains,  I  should  follow. 

NOTES. 

*  In  this  and  the  next  three  Lessons  analyze  with  care,  according  to 
the  directions  given  in  note  4,  Lesson  XLV,  In  this  connection,  see 
^  114,  N.  2.  and  |  115,  2  and  3.  For  the  accent  of  the  present  infinitive 
and  present  participle  active,  see  §  26,  n.  3.  For  the  division  of  verbs 
in  μι  into  two  independent  classes,  see  note  6,  Lesson  LVI. 

^  In  the  active  voice  the  second  aorist  €<Γτην,  /  stood,  perfect  €<Γτηκα, 
I  am  standing,  pluperfect  €<Γτηκ£ΐν,  /  was  standing,  and  future  perfect 
€<Γτηξω  (§  110,  IV.  c,  N.  2),  I  shall  stand,  are  intransitive.  This  is  true 
both  of  the  simple  verb  and  of  its  numerous  compounds. 

^  I  108,  v.,  N.  1.  The  perfect  and  aorist  passive,  β^βαμαι  and  «βοίθην, 
occur  only  in  composition. 

*  §  100,  2,  N.  2.  ^  1 104,  N.  1. 

^  Both  aorists  occur  in  Attic  Greek,  but  the  first  is  commoner  in 
Xenophon. 

'  I  104.  »  g  279,  4. 

^  Literally,  as  he  was  able  most  handsomely,  i.e.  as  handsomely  as 
possible.     This  is  the  origin  of  the  use  of  οτι  and  ώ$  explained  in  note 
4,  Lesson  XXXIV. 
*•  §  172,  2.  "  χρη.  1^  Pluperfect  active  of  άφ-ίστημι. 


110  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

LESSON  L. 

Verbs:    Eegular  in  MI   (continuecT),  τιθημι, 

Geammar  :  §  123,  2,  the  inflection  of  τίθημι  through- 
out ;i  §  121  entire;  §  122,  1,  with  notes  1  and  4;  §  123, 
1,  the  synopsis  of  τυθημί  in  the  Present  and  Second  Aorist 
Systems,  and  3,  the  synopsis  of  the  Indicative  of  τίθημι ;  ^ 
§  68,  the  declension  of  τίθείς. 


Vocabulary. 

βακτηρία,  -ας,  η,  [βαίνω) 

a  staff. 

γόνυ,  -ατός,  τ6, 

KNEE. 

δεω  and  8ί8ημί,  Βησω,  eSrjcra,  SeSe/ca, 

δεδε/χαί-,  ΐΒέθην, 

ίο  hind. 

Βίκη,  -ης,  η, 

right,  justice. 

penalty. 

κνων,^  κννός,  6  or  tj, 

a  dog. 

ζη ραίνω    (ζηραν-),    ζηρανω,     εζηρανα, 

ζζηρασ-μαυ,  εζηράνθην,  (Giro's,  dry)  to  dry, 

ττλεω  (πλν-'*),  πλενσομαι  or  πλενσονμαι, 

επλβνσα,  πεπλενκα,  πεπλβνσμαί,  to  sail. 

φόβος,  -ον,  6,  {φίβομαι,  to  flee  affrirjhted)  feav,  frigid. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  Ιπίθησεται  ημυν.  2.  καΐ  KeXevovaL  φνλάτ- 
τεσθαι,  μη  νμΐν  έπιθωνται  της  νυκτός^  οΐ  βάρβαρα. 
3.  την  Βίκην  -χρήζω  έπιθείναι  αντω.  4.  τούτους 
he  eKeXeve  θεσθαι  τα  όπλα  nepl  την  αύτου  σκηνήν» 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  Ill 

5.  ei^rav^a  ανετίθεσαν  βακτηρίας  καΐ  τα  αΐχ^μάλωτα 
γβρρα.  6.  τταρα  τους  θεονς  ημείς  την  φιΚίαν  συνθε- 
μένοι κατεθεμεθα.  7.  καΐ  οΐκίαν  ουΖεμίαν  εΧιπεν, 
όπως  φόβον  ενθείη  τοις  άλλοις.  8.  ονκετι  επετιθεντο 
οΐ  πολέμιοι  τοϊς  καταβαίνονσι,  8ε8οικότες  μη  άποτμη- 
θείησαν, 

II.  1.  καΐ  εν  τάζει  θεμενοι  τα  όπλα  σννηλθον  οι 
στρατηγοί  και  λογαγοΧ  πάρα  ^Αριαΐον.  2.  τους  μεν 
οπλίτας  αντου  εκελευσε  /xeti^at,  τας  ασπίδας  προς  τα 
γόνατα  θεντας.  3.  τους  γαρ  κύνας  τους  χαλεπούς 
τας  ημέρας  διδΙαοΊ.  4.  τας  8ε  βαλάνους  των  φοινί- 
κων ζηραίνοντες  τραγηματα  άπετίθεσαν.  5.  τοΓς 
τελευταίοι?  επεθεντο,  καΐ  άπεκτεινάν  τ  ίνας.  β.  καΧ 
εμβάντες  εΙς  πλοϊον,  καΐ  τα  πλείστου  afta  ενθεμένοι, 
απέπλευσαν, 

III.  1.  The  hoplites  stood  under  arms.  2.  They 
feared  that  the  Greeks  would  attack  them  during  the 
night.  3.  He  will  inflict  punishment  on  them. 
4.  They  are  about  to  attack  us.  5.  They  halted 
under  arms  near  the  general's  tent.  6.  They 
grounded  arms  beside  the  river. 

IV.  1.  I  fear  that  he  may  take^  me  and  inflict 
punishment  on  (me).  2.  They  set  before  them  on 
the  same  table  meats  of  all  kinds.  3.  The  army 
will  go  up®  on  the  hill  and  attack  the  enemy. 
4.    The  enemy  attacked  them  vigorously. 


112 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


NOTES. 

*  See  note  1,  Lesson  XLIX. 

2  See  §  110,  III.,  n.  1,  and  ^  17,  2,  n. 

3  ^  60,  5,  15. 

"  I  108,  II.  2.    On  the  second  form  of  the  future,  see  g  110,  II.  2,  n.  2. 

*  I  179,  1,  ^  Use  a  participle. 


LESSON   LI. 

Verbs:  Eegular  in  MI  (continued),  δίδω/Λΐ. 

Grammae  :  §  123,  2,  tlie  inflection  of  διδω/χι  through- 
out; §  121  entire;  §  122,  1,  with  notes  1  and  4;  §  123, 1, 
the  synopsis  of  διδω/χι  in  the  Present  and  Second  Aorist 
Systems,  and  3,  the  synopsis  of  the  Indicative  of  8ί8ωμι ;  ^ 
§  68,  N.,  the  declension  of  διδους. 

Vocabulary. 

αΚίσκομαι    (άλ-,     άλο-),     άλωσομαι, 
ηλωκα   or   ίάλωκα  ;    2  a.  τ^λω^^  ^  or 

γίγνώ(τκω  (yj/o-),  γναχτομαι,  εγνωκα, 

^γι/ωσμαι,  έγνωσθην;   2  a.  ^τγνων, 
βρωτάω,^  ερωτήσω,  etc.  reg., 
θυσία,  -ας,  η,  (θν'ω) 
πίπράσκω*  (πρα-),  πέπρακα,  ττ^πρα- 

μαί,  ^πράθιην, 
(ττερεω,  στεριησω,  etc.  rcg., 
σύνθημα,  -ατός,  τό,  (σ-υν-τίθημι) 

σώμα,  -ατός,  τ6. 


to  be  captured. 

ίο   KNOW. 

to  inquire, 
a  sacrifice. 

to  sell, 
to  deprive, 
an  agreement, 
a  pass2vord. 
the  body. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  11 


ο 


Exercises. 

I.  1.  δίδωοΊ  Se  αντω  Κνρος  μνρίονς  Βαρεικονς. 
2.  μετά  ταύτα  iSiSoTo  Xiyeiv  τω  βονΧομίνω.  3.  iv- 
τανθα  δε  μενονσιν,  iav  μη  τις  αντοΐς  χρήματα  δίδω. 

4.  ηρώτων   eKeivoi,    βΡ   holev    αν   τούτων   τα    πιστά. 

5.  καΐ  Sovvau  καΐ  λαβείν  πίστα  έθζλομεν,  6.  και 
νμεΐς  μη  4κΒωτ€  μ€.  7.  άναγνονς  την  έπίστολην 
άνακοίνονταυ  %ωκράτ€ί.  8.  καΐ  Ιπποι  ηλωσαν  eh  ^ 
€Ϊκοσι,   καΐ  η   σκηνή  εάλω. 

II.  1.  παραΒόντες  δ'  αν  τα  όπλα  καΐ  των  σωμά- 
των^ στερηθείημεν.  2.  ον  yap  εγωγ  ert  πρεσβύ- 
τερος εσομαι,  εαν  τημερον  προΖω  εμαντον  τοΓς  πολε- 
μίοις.  3.  ταύτα  καΐ  σεσωσται  Su  ν  μας  τη  στρατιά 
καΐ  παραΒί^ωμι  αντα  εγω  ύμΐν,  νμεϊς  δε  διαθεμένοι 
ΒιάΒοτε  τη  στρατιά.  4.  άκονσαντες  ταύτα,  καΐ 
δε^ιά?  Βόντες  καΐ  λαβόντες,  άπηλαννον.  δ.  εάν  τις 
άλω  ένδον  των  στρατιωτών,  πεπράσεται.^  6.  πρό- 
σθεν  αν  άποθάνοιμεν  η  τα  όπλα  παραδοίημεν, 

III.  1.  And  they  gave  the  village-chief  (liberty^) 
to  take  this.  2.  And  he  did  not  pay  them.^^  3.  And 
they  bound  the  guide  and  gave  (him)  over  to  them. 
4.  But  the  soldiers  knew  this.  5.  They  gave  the 
Greeks  a  barbarian  spear. 

IV.  1.  And  when  the  sacrifice  had  been  made/^ 
they  gave  over  the  hides  to  the  Spartan.  2.  And 
they  said  that  (it  was)  time^^  to  pass  along  the  watch- 


114  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

word.  3.  And  she  was  said  to  liave  given ^^  much 
money  to  Cyrus.  4.  They  proceeded  with^*  the 
ca^Dtured  man  (as)  guide. 

NOTES. 

'  g  110,  III.,  N.  1. 

*■*  The  second  aorist  is  inflected  like  that  of  γιγνοβσ-κω,  ^  125,  3,  n.  2. 
For  the  enlarging  of  the  simple  stem,  see  ^  109,  8,  n.,  and  observe,  fur- 
ther, that  άλίσ-κομαι  serves  as  a  passive  to  αίρ^'ω. 

^  The  aorist  generally  in  use  in  this  sense  in  Attic  is  ηρομην  from  €pop.au 

"*  The  Attic  uses  άττοδώσομαι  and  wTSo^r\v  in  the  future  and  aorist. 

^  ^  282,  4.  ^  Future  perfect  of  πιπράσ-κω. 

6  About.  9  Cf.  I.  2. 

'  ^  174.  "^  Greek  idiom,  did  not  give  them  pay. 

"    WTien . . .  had  been  made,  lirtiS-t\ . . .  lyiviro. 

'^  ώρα. 

"  Use  the  aorist  infinitive,  ^  260,  2,  and  see  note  1,  Lesson  XXXIX. 

'^  έ'χοντ€5. 


LESSON   LII• 

Verbs :  Eegular  in  MI  (continued),  οεικνυμι, 

Grammae  :  §  123,  2,  the  inflection  of  Βέίκννμυ  through- 
out; §  121  entire;  §  122,  2,  with  N.  5;  §  123,  1,  the 
synopsis  of  Βείκνυμι  in  the  Present  and  Second  Aorist 
Systems,  and  3,  the  synopsis  of  the  Indicative  of  heiKw^i ; 
§  G8,  the  declension  of  heiKvv'^. 

Yocabulary. 

άπ-όλλυ/χι  (ολ-^),  ολώ,  ώλεσ-α,  ολώ-      to     destroy    ut~ 
Xe/ca ;  2  p.  ολωλα,  to  be  undone;  2  a.  tevly,  to  lose' 

mid.  ώλό/ΧΤ^Γ,  mid.  to  peris/l. 

eTTo/xat  ((Τ€π-),  Ιψο/χαι,  ίσπόμηι^,'^  to  folloio. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


11 


;» 


I 


ζβνγννμι  (ζνγ-^),  ζενξω,  εζενξα, 
e^euy/xat,  έζενχ^θην  ;  2  a.  pass. 
Ιζνγην, 

κατα-8νω,  Βύαω,  etc.  reg. ;  2  a.  Ιδυι^/ 

ομννμι  (o/x-,  ομο-^),  ομονμαι, 
ωμοσα,  ομώμοκα,  ομώμοσμαι^ 
ώμόθιην  or  ώμόσθιην, 

ττήγνυμι   (παγ-^),    πήζω,    εττηζα ; 

2  ρ.   TreTTTJwa,    to  be  fixed;   2  a.  pass. 

en  ay  ην  y 
τΐνίω  (ttvv-\  TTvevcro μαι  or  Tjvev- 

σονμαί,^  invevaa,  πβτινβνκα, 
σνμ-μίγννμί  [μιγ-),  μίζω,  €μίζα, 

μεμίγμαι,    εμιγθΎΐν  ;    2   a.   pass. 

έμίγην, 

Exercises. 


to  YOKE,  to  join, 
to   make    to   sink 
doivn,  to  sink. 


to  sioear. 

to  fix  ^  to  freeze, 
to  hloiu,  to  breathe. 

to  MIX  ivith. 


I.  1.  άλλτ^λοις  συμμιγνυασιν.  2.  άλλοις  επι- 
heiKvvvTaL•.  3.  κοΧ  άνεμος  ivavTLo<;  eirvei  ττηγνυς 
τους  ανθρώπους.  4.  άπεΒείκννντο  οΐ  μάντεις  πάντες 
γνώμην.  5.  τοι^ς  άνδρας  αυτούς  οΐς  ώμνυτε  άπολω- 
Χεκατε.  6.  πολλά  των  υποζυγίων  άπώλλυτο  υπο 
\ιμου,  7.  hiKaiov^  γαρ  άπόΧΚυσθαι  τους  επιορ- 
κουντας.  8.  και  άποτεμόντες  τάς  κεφάλας  των 
νεκρών,  επε^είκνυσαν  τους  εαυτών  πολεμίους. 

II.  1.  καΐ  αυτόν  τε  άποκτιννύασι  και  τους  άλλους 
πάντας.     2.    το  υΖωρ,  ο   εφεροντο   επΙ  ^εΐττνον,  επψ 


116  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GKEEK. 

γνντο.  3.  τούτοις  τοις  Secr/xotg  e^ei/yz^uz^  τους  ασκούς 
προς  άΧΚηλονς.  4.  πα?  γαρ  ά(τκος  Svo  άνΒρας  i^€L 
του  μη  καταΒνναι.^  5.  οΐ  σνν^ττόμενοι  άπώ\λ.νντο. 
β.    ώσ"Τ€  ωρα^   καί  σοΙ  ^πιΖείκννσθαι  την  7rat8etar. 

III.  1.  They  show  the  soldiers  the  tracks  of  the 
horses.  2.  Hereupon  he  expresses  his  opinion. 
3.  They  showed  their  plan  to  the  soldiers.  4.  He 
wishes  to  show  justice.  5.  As  he  says  this,^  some- 
body sneezes.  6.  The  wind  is  freezing  the  beasts 
of  burden. 

IV.  1.     Let    some    one    express    his    opinion. 

2.  When  he  heard  this/*^  he  sank  down  in  shame." 

3.  After  this  (one)  another  arose,  pointing  out  the 
folly  of  the  man.  4.  For  the  seers  declare  that 
there  will  be  a  battle. 


NOTES. 

»  ?  108,  V.  4,  N.  2. 

*  For  an  original  σ6-σ(€)'ΐΓ-ομην  (a  reduplicated  second  aorist). 

'  This  verb  belongs  to  both  class  V,  and  class  II. 

^  There  are  two  forms  of  the  present,  8νω  and  8υνω,  the  first  transi- 
tive, the  second  intransitive.  All  the  forms  of  the  middle,  with  the  per- 
fect and  second  aorist  active,  are  also  intransitive,  to  sink  down. 

5  g  109,  8,  N. 

^  ξ  110,  II.  2,  Ν.  2.  The  perfect  in  Attic  Greek  occurs  only  in  com- 
position. 

'    SC.  €<Γτί. 

^  ^  263,  1,  last  example. 

»  §  278,  1. 
^"  g  277,  1. 
"  ύνό  with  the  genitive.    See  also  ^  141,  n.  1  δ. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  117 

LESSON    LIII. 

Verbs :   Second  Perfect  and  Pluperfect  of  tlie  ΛΙΙ-Form. 

Grammar  :  §  12-1  entire;  §  125,  4  (read  simply) ;  §  127, 
VII. 

Yocabularj. 

αγών,  -ωΐΌς,  6,  (άγω)  a7i  assembly,  games, 

a  contest. 

SevSpov,  -ov,  TO,  a  tree. 

8ι8άσκω  (βιΒαχ-^),  διδάξω,  etc.rcr;.,  ίο  teach. 

Βίκαίος,  -a  or  -09,  -01^,  (δίκη)  just,  right. 

ελευθερία,  -ας,  η,  (eXivGipos, /rce)  Jreedom,  liberty, 
θίγομαι,  οΙγηοΌμαι,  οίχωκα^  or 

ωχωκα,  to  he  gone. 

(Τνμμαγία,    -Ct9,  7^,  (σνμμαχοβ,  (τυμμα- 

χομαι)  an  alliance. 

νπισγνεομαι,^  ύποσγιησομαι,  νπε- 
(τχημαί ;  2  a.  mid.  νπεσ^ομηι/, 
(νίΓΟ  and  6χω)  to  promiSC. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  ού  yap  πω  τότε  αφεστασαν.  2.  τεθνεω- 
τας^  πολλούς  ενρησω.  3.  ουκ  Ιστε  ο  τι  ποιείτε. 
4.  εδεδισ'αΐ'  ΤΎ]ν  στρατιαν  οι  την  μισθοφοραν  νπε- 
σχημεροι.  5.  καΐ  νυν  δυο  καλώ  τε  κάγαθώ  αν^ρε 
τεθνατον.  6.  οι  πολέμιοι  ημών  ουκ  Ισασί  πω  την 
ημετεραν  συμμαγίαν.  7.  σύνοι^α  εμαυτω  πάντα 
έ^ευσμενος ""  αυτόν.      8.    /cat  άλλοι  δε  εφεστασαν  εζω 


118  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

των  ο^νορων  •    ου  yap  rqv  αίτψαλβς   ez^  τοις  o€vopoL<;      m 
Ιστάναι  πΚείον  ^  η  τον  iva  Χόχον,      9.    6  ζβναγος  τους 
ττρο^ίαβββώτας  λαβών  ω^ετο, 

1.  οπως  oe  /cat  €ίοητ€  et?  otoz'  ep^eatfe  αγωζ/α, 
εγώ  ύ/^ας  ειδώς  διδάξω.  2.  παρην  δε  ό  σατράττη^ 
βονλόμενος  elhevai  τι  πραχθησεται.  3.  ο  ν  yap  ^δε- 
(ταζ/  αντον  τεθνηκοτα?  4.  ort  μέντοι  άοικείσθαι 
νομίζει  νφ*  νμών  οΐδα.  5.  τω  δε  άζ^δρΐ  πείσομαι  Ινα 
eihrjT€  ΟΤΙ  και  αργεσθαι  έπίσταμαι.  6.  και  ζώντας 
τινας  αντων  προυθνμηθημεν  λαβείν  αντον  τοντον 
ένεκα,  όπως  ηγεμόσιν  εΙΒοσι  την  -χωράν  γρησαίμεθα, 

III.  1.     For    Ι    know    where  ^    tliey    are    gone.       , 

2.  Some^  are  dead,  and  the  rest  are  being  besieged.      1 

3.  He  wept  a  long^^  time  standing.  4.  But  he  at 
once  drives  awaj  those  standing  around."  5.  Cyrus 
kept  finding  many  pretexts,  as  you  also  well  know. 
6.    For  well  know  that  I  should  jorefer  freedom. 

IV.  1.  Know  this,  however.  2.  For  he  knew 
this.  3.  Whether,  then,  I  shall  do  what  is  just,^^ 
I  do  not  know.  4.  I  am  not  willing  to  go,  fearing  ^^ 
that  he  may  take  me  and  inflict  punishment  on  (me). 

NOTES. 

'  I  108,  VI.,  N.  3.  ^  Strengthened  from  ύπί'χομαι. 

*  ^  109,  8,  N.  *  I  (39,  N. 

"  That  I  have  deceived,  I  280,  with  n.  2. 

^  A  greater  {numher),  neuter  singular  accusative,  subject  of  eo-ravcu. 
'   That  he  had  died  (lit.  him  having  died). 
^  Οίτη.  ^^  TToXiis. 

^  'i  143,  1.  "  I  276,  2. 

'^   WJiat  is  just,  —  Greek  idiom,  just  {things). 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  119 

LESSON   LIV. 

Verbs:  Irregular  in  MI,  et/xi,  et/xt,  and  φημί. 

Grammar:  §  127,  with  L,  IL,  and  IV. ;i  §  27,  with  3; 
§  28  entire. 

Vocabulary. 

Βνσμη»  -ης,  η,  (δΰνω)  a  sinking,  a  setting, 

θόρυβος,  -ου,  ό,  a  noise,  an  uproar, 

θύρα,  -as,  η,  a   DOOR;   plur.  quar- 

ters, court, 
κραυγή,  -ης,  η,  (κράξω,  to  cry)  an  outcry,  a  shout. 

κρίσις,  -€ως,  η,  (κρίνω)  a  judgment,  a  trial. 

ληστεία,    -ας,   η,  (λχιστηδ,  α  robber; 

cf.  λχίζομαι,  λ€£α)  rohhcry . 

τραύμα,  -ατός,  τό,  (τιτρώσ-κω)  α  wound. 

φλυαρία,  -ας,  η,  {^\vap6s,  talkative)     silly  talk:  ^\m.  fool- 
eries, nonsense. 

Exercises. 

I.      1.    καΐ    πολλάκις    Ιοί'τες    βπΐ    τας    θύρας    τον 
μισθον  άπητουν.      2.    παρβστι  δ*  ημΐρ,  ^φη,  6  κηρυζ, 

3.  /cat  Xeyerai  ώς  καλοί  πλοΐ  elaiv  εΙς  την  Ελλάδα. 

4.  αλλ*  €γώ  φημι  ταύτα  φλυαρίας  elvau.  5.  ημείς, 
ην  σωφρονωμεν,  απυμεν  ^  εντεύθεν.  6.  ύμεΐς  δ€  ουκ 
ητε  εις  τηνοε  την  γωραν.  /.  αυτός  οε  ουκ  εφη  ιεναι. 
8.  ώς  δ*  ην  ηλως  επί  ^υατμαΐς,  άνεστησαν.  9.  εγω 
ουν  φημι  υμάς  -χ^ρηναυ  Βυαβηναι,  10.  φησί  8ε,  αρ 
προς  εκείνον  ίητε,  ευ  ποίήσειν  υμα%* 


120  FIRST    LESSONS   IN    GREEK. 

II.  1.  Koi  ΧαβείΡ  αύτος^  τρανμά  φησυν.  2.  ex 
etcretcrt,  (τνΧΚηφθησεταυ.  3.  \6γ€τω  τι  ecrrat  τοι^ 
στρατιώται<ζ.  4.  την  Ζίκην  εφη  -χβ^ζειν  έπίθζΐναί 
αντω.  5.  eSd/cei  γαρ  εις  την  ίπιονσαν  εω  ^  rj^eiv 
βασιΚία.  6.  τί<ζ  γαρ  αντω  ^  εστίν  οστυς  της  ^PXV'^ 
άντίΊΓΟιείται ;  7.  νυν  μεν  ονν  αττιτε,  καταΧιποντες 
TovSe  τον  avhpa  •  όταν  δ*  Ιγω  κελεύσω,  πάρεστε  ττρος 
την  κρίσιν, 

III.  1.  Tliey  come  on  witli  a  great  sliout."^ 
2.  Come  now  !  3.  Let  us  go  to  the  men.  4.  They 
denied  that  there  was^  another  road.  5.  Let  the 
hophtes  be  at  hand  with  their  arms.  6.  They 
desisted  ^  and  went  to  their  tents. 

IV.  1.  No  one  went  away  to  the  king.  2.  For 
what  herald  will  be  willing  to  go?  3.  You  got^^ 
your  living  by^^  robbery,  as  you  yourself  said. 
4.  They  refused  to  go.  5.  But  (while)  saying  this, 
he  heard  a  noise  going  through  the  ranks. 


NOTES. 

'  Note  the  simple  stem  of  each  verb  carefully. 

2  I  200,  N.  3  h. 

^  ουκ  έ'φη,  refused,  declined. 

^  For  the  case  of  avroS)  which  modifies  the  subject  of  λαβ€ΐν,  see 
\  138,  N.  8  a. 

'  ^  42,  2,  N.  1. 

^  To  be  construed  with  αντιποιείται.  See  ^  173,  1,  n.  2,  first  example, 
and  §  186,  n.  1. 

'  g  188,  1. 

8  Cf.  I.  7.  •"  Use  ξχω, 

^  Participle.  "  άιτο'. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  121 

LESSON   LY. 

Verbs :  Irregular  in  MI  {continued),  ιημυ,  rj^ai,  and  /cet/xat. 

Grammar:  §  127,  III.,  V.,  and  \l. 

Yocabulary. 

έρημος,  -η  or  -09,  -01/,  deserted ^  empty, 

μελζταω,     μελετήσω,     εμεΧε- 

τησα,  μεμελέτηκα,  (μελω,  to     ίο  care  for,   to  prac- 

be  an  object  of  care)  tlSe. 

μηνύω,  μηνύσω,  etc.  reg.,  to    disclose,    to    make 

known, 

νίκη,  -ης,  ή,  victory, 

νύζ,  νυκτός,  η,  NIGHT. 

οίκετης,  -ου,  6,  (oTkos)  α  domestic,  α  servant. 
σωφρονεω,  σωφρονησω,  εσω- 
φρόνησα,      σεσωφρόνηκα, 

(σώφρων,  sound-minded;   «rtos,  safe, 

sound,  and  φοη'ν)  to  he  WlSe, 

χιών,  -όνος,  η,  snoio. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  επι  του  άρματος  καθήμενος  την  πόρευαν 
εποιείτο.  2.  ως  είδε  τον  στρατηγον  δυελαύνοντα, 
ίησι  τη  αζίνη.  3.  τούτον  hi,  ην  σωφρονητε,  την 
νύκτα  μεν  δησετε,  την  δε  ημεραν  αφήσετε.  4.  καΐ 
οκτώ  0L  άριστοι  των  περί  αύτον  εκειντο  επ'  αύτώ. 
5.  ην  δε  το  τεϊχος  ωκοδομημενον  πλίνθοις  όπταίς  εν 
α.σφα\τ(ι)    κειμέναις.      6.    ευθύς    ίεντο    άνω    κατά   την 


122  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

φανβραι^  6S6v,  7.  ol  Se  ποΚίμιοι  ^είσαντες  ηκαν 
έαυτονς  κατά  της  ^ιόζ^ος  eU  την  ναπιην.  8.  ττρωτον 
τω  λ6)(ω  ίνος  των  Άρκά^ων  στρατηγών  απιόντι  ηοη 
eis  το   σνγκείμενον  ίττιτιθενται. 

II.  1.  levTOt  ωσπερ  αν  Ζράμοι  τι?  ττερι  νίκης. 
%  ονκ  yjOeke  τους  φεύγοντας  ττροέσθαι.  3.  Ιμ,εΚίτων 
τοζεύειν  ανω  τα  τοζενματα  ϋντες  μακράν.  4.  iv 
μ4σω  γαρ  ηΒη  κείται  ταντα  τα  άγα^α.  5,  at  δε 
βαλάνου  των  φοινίκων,  οίας  ev  τοΙς  ΈΧΚησιν  εστίν 
ΙΖεΙν,  τοΙς  οίκεταις  άπεκειντο.  6.  καΐ  επεί  ηρζαντο 
καταβαίνειν  ττρος  τους  άλλους  ένθα  τα  όπλα  εκείτο^ 
ίεντο  8η  οΐ  ττολεμιοι  ττολλω  Θορυβώ.  7.  ενταυθ 
εκάθηντο^  και  ουκ  εφασαν  πορεύεσθαι. 

III.  1.  Straiglitway  tliey  ruslied  into  the  boats. 
2.  And  many  were  lying  outstretched.  3.  But  they 
let  their  dogs  loose  by  night. ^  4.  Why  do  I  lie 
inactive?  ,5.  If  you  will  make  known  the  one  who 
let  the  ass  loose,^  you  shall  receive  a  reward.  6.  But 
Avhen  the  trumpet  sounded,  they  charged  upon  the 
enemy. 

IV.  1.  But  we  are  lying  inactive.  2.  Thence 
they  proceeded  to  a  large  deserted  fortress,  lying  near 
the  city.  3.  But  saying,*  "I  see  the  man,"  he 
rushed  at  him.  4.  He  sends  to  him  according  to 
agreement.^     5.    Let  him  be  seated  on  the  chariot. 


NOTES. 

3    ?,   9'7a     9 


1  g  105,  1,  N.  3.  Μ  27G, 

*  Tas  vvKTas,  g  161.  ''  Aorist. 

*  Greek  idiom,  according  to  the  (things)  agreed  upon. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  123 


LESSON    LYI. 

Verbs !  Principal  Parts  of  Important  Verbs  arranged  Alpha- 
betically. 

Grammar  :  §  32,  2,  with  n.  ;  §  92  entire ;  §  107;  §  108 ;  ^ 
§109;  §110;  §111. 

Give  the  principal  parts  of  the  verbs  that  follow,  explaining 
the  formation  of  the  present  from  the  simple  stem,  and  all 
other  modifications  of  the  stem  that  are  in  any  way  peculiar. 

άγγί'λλω  (άγγελ-),  announce,   ayyeXii),    ηγγίίΧα,   ηγγίΧκα,  ηγγ^Χμαι, 

ηγγ€λθψ.      (IV.)' 
άγω,  Icadf  άέω,  ηξα  (rare),  -^χα,^  riy^ai,  ηχθην ;  2  a.  ηγαγον. 
άΐρέω   («λ-),    take,    αίρήσω,    ^ρηκα,    ^ρημαι,    -βρέθην ;    2    a.    et\ov. 

(VIII.)_ 

αΙσ^άνομαι  (αισ^-),  perceive,   αίσθησομαι,  ^σθημαι;  2  a.   τ^σθόμην. 

(V-) 

άκουω  (ακου-  for  olkoF-^,   hear,  άκονσομαι,  ηκονσα,  ηκονσθην ;  2  p. 

ακ-ήκοα. 
άλίσ-κομαι  (άλ-,   αλο-),  be  captured^   άΧώσομαί,  ηΧωκα  or   ίάλωκα ; 

2  a.  ήλων  or  ίάλων.      (VI.) 
άλλάττω   (αλλαγ-),   change,   αλλάζω,  ^λλα^α,    -^λλαχα,    ηλλαγμαι, 

ηλλάχθψ;  2  a.  pass.  ηλΚάγην.      (IV.) 
αμαρτοίν»  (αμαρτ-),  err,  άμαρτήσομαί,   ημάρτηκα,   ηράρτημαί,   Ί/μαρ- 

τηθην  ;   2  a.  ημαρτον-      (V.) 
βαίνω  (/5α-,  βαν-\  go,   βησομαι,   βίβηκα,  -/?€/3ayu.at   (rare),  -Ιβάθην 

(rare)  ;  2  p.  {βφοχι) ;  ^  2  a.  Ιβψ.     (V.  IV.) 
βοίλλω  (βαλ-y  βλα-),   throw,   βάλω,  βίβληκα,  βίβλημαί,    Ιβληθην ; 

2  a.  Ιβαλον.      (IV.) 
γίγνομαι   (γεν-),   hecoine,   γενησομαι,   γ^γ^νημαί ;  2  ρ.  γίγονα,  am  ; 

2  a.  €•γ€ν6μην.      (VIII.) 
γι-γνώσ-κω   (γνο-),   Jcuow,    γνώσο/χαι,     εγνωκα,     ογνωσ/χαι,    έγνωσθην ; 

2  a.  ί-γνων,  perceived.     (VI.) 


124  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

γράψω,    write,    γράψω,    έγραψα,    -γ^γραφα,   γξγραμμαί ;    2    a.    pasS. 

ζ-γράφην. 
δείκνυμι  (δεικ-),  sIlOW,  Βά^ω,  eSct^a,  ^ζ^αχα,  SeSecy/xat,  ίΒζίχθην.     (2.)® 
-8ι8ράσ•κω   (δρα-),    ri6?Z    away,   -δράσο/xat,    -δεδρακα;    2    a.   -Ιδραν/ 

(VI.) 

δί8ωμι  (δο-),  i/we,  δώσω,  Ιδωκα,  δεδωκα,  δεδο/ι,αι,  εδο^τ^ν.      (Ι.) 
δοκί'ω  (δοκ-),   seem,   think,    δό^ω,    εδο^α,   δεδογ/χαι,    έΒόχθψ    (rare). 

(VII.)  _^        ^         ,         , 

coUi),  permit,  εάσω,  €ΐασα,  αακα,  eia/xat,  ^Ιάθην. 

€ΐμί  (εσ-),  6e,  ίσομαι,  imperf.  ξ»'. 

€Ϊμι  (ί-),  ^0,  imperf.  •^eii/  or  Ja. 

clirov  ®  (cTT-  for  F€7r-,  €/D-,  pe-),  sa/c/,  ερώ,  ειττα,  €Ϊρηκα,  ζΐρημαι,  ippy- 

θψ.     (VIII.) 

€λαννω  (ελα-),  drive,   Oliarch,   ελώ,  •;^λασα,  ελϊ/λακα,  ζληλαμαι,  ηλά- 

θψ.      (V.) 
4'ρχομαι  (ίλυ^-,  ελευ^-),  ρΌ,  come,  ΙΧίνσομαί^ ;   2  ρ.  ελτ^λυ^α;   2  a. 

?λ^ον.      (VIII.) 
€σθίω   (εδ-,   φαγ-),   ία?*,   Ιδορ,αι,    εδτ/δοκα,    εδϊ/δεσρ,αι,   η^έσθην;    2  a. 

Ιφαγον.      (VIIL) 
«νρίσκω  (εΰρ-),  j/?7Z(i,  ουρήσω,  €υρηκα,   ζνρημαί,   ^νρίθην ;  2  a.    cvpov. 

(VI.) 

NOTES. 

*  In  ^  108,  I  109,  and  §  110,  learn  the  larger  type,  but  merely  read 
the  notes  and  list  of  examples.  No  peculiarities  of  formation  explained 
in  these  paragraphs  are  again  referred  to  in  the  following  notes. 

^  The  numeral  in  parenthesis  designates  the  class  to  which  the  verb 
belongs.  When  no  such  numeral  occurs,  the  verb  (except  irregular  verbs 
in  μι)  belongs  to  class  I. 

^  A  hyphen  prefixed  to  a  form  indicates  that  it  occurs  only  in  com- 
position.    For  ήγαγον,  see  §  100,  2,  n.  4. 

4  For  άκ-ηκορ-α,  g  102. 

δ  For  the  2  p.,  see  ξ  125,  4 ;  for  the  2  a.,  ^  125,  3. 

^  Verbs  in  μι  are  divided  into  two  classes  (marked  here  respectively 
1  and  2).  Those  marked  2  are  a  subdivision  of  V.  of  the  general  classi- 
fication (see  ^  108,  V.  4).  All  other  regular  verbs  in  μι  (including  those 
with  reduplicated  present  stems,  §  121,  3)  are  marked  1,  and  constitute 
the  first  class  of  verbs  in  μι,  ^  See  note  2,  Lesson  XLVIH. 

'  g  125,  3,  N.  1.  »  I  200,  N.  3  b. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  125 

LESSON    LYII. 

Verbs :  Principal  Parts  of  Important  Verbs  {continued). 

(jRAMMAR:  §  32,  2,  with  n.;  §  92  entire;  §  107;  §  108; 
§109;  §  110;  §  111. 

Give  the  principal  parts  of  the  verbs  that  follow,  explaining 
the  formation  of  the  present  from  the  simple  stem,  and  all 
other  modifications  of  the  stem  that  are  in  any  way  peculiar. 

«X«  (^εχ-5  ο-χε-)'  have,  Ιξω^  or  σχησω,   ίσχηκα,   ^σχημαι,  Ισχίθψ; 

2  a.  Ισχον.     (VIII.) 

|€υγνυμι  {ζν-/-),  yoke,  ζευ^ω,  Ιζευξα,    e^evy/xat,   Ιζξ.νχθψ;  2  a.   pass. 

lζ{,yψ.      (II.  2.) 
θάτΓτω  (ταφ-  for   θαφ-),  bwy,    θάψω,    ίθαψα^   τίθαμμαί;   2   a.   pass. 

€τάφην.      (III.) 
θνησ-κω  (θαν-,   θνα-),   die,   θανονμαι,  τίθνηκα;  2  ρ.    (τέθναα) ;  2   a. 

ίθανον.      (VI.) 
ΐημι  (e-),  SOld,  ησω,  ήκα,  ciko,  et/xai,  ξχθην. 
Ικνεομαι  (ικ-),  COmc,  ΐξομαί,  Γγ/xat ;   2  a.  Ικόμην.      (V.) 
ϊστημι  (στα-),  set,  place,  στήσω,  ΐστησα,  Ιστηκα^  €σταμαί,  έστάθην; 

2  ρ.  (εσταα) ;   2  a.  Ιστην.      (ΐ.) 
κλίνω  (κλιι/-),  head,  incline,  κλίνω,  έκλινα,  κίκΧίμαι,   ΙκΧίθην ;  2  a. 

pass.  Ικλίνην.     (IV.) 
κόΐΓτω  (κοτΓ-),  cut,  κόψω,  ίκοψα,  -κ^κοφα,  κίκομμαι;  2  a.  pass.  Ικό- 

ττην.      (III.) 
κρίνω  (κριν-\  judge,  κρίνω,  ΐκρννα,  κίκρικα,  κ^κριμαχ,  Ικρίθην.    (IV.) 
κτείνω  {κτεν-),  Mil,  κτα'ω,  ίκτανα;  2  ρ.  (.κτονα;  2  a.  Ικτανον.    (IV.) 
λαμβάνω  (Χαβ-),   take,   Χ-ηψομαι^  ίϊληφα,   ^ΐΧημμαι,   ΙΧηφθην ;   2  a. 

ϋ,αβον.      (V.) 
λανθάνω  (λα^-),  lie  hid,  escape  the  notice  of,  (mid.  forget),  Χησω, 

ΧΐΧησμαι;  2  p.  ΧΐΧηθα ;  2  a.  ΐΧαθον.      (Υ.) 
λί'γω,  say,  Χίζω,  ελε^α,  AeAey/xat,  ΙΧζχθην, 


126  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

-λέγω,  gather,  arrange,   count,   λε^^ω,    eXe^a,   -elXo^a,   -ciXey/xai   or 

-λ^λζ-γμαί,  έλ^χθην ;   2  a.  pass.  -(Χί-γην. 
λείπω    (λιττ-),    leave,    λεΐί/^ω,    λελει/Α/χαι,    ίλζίφθην ;    2    ρ.    λελοιττα ; 

2  a.  e'AtTTOj/.     (II•) 

μ,ανθάνω  (/χα^-),  leam,  μαθησομαι,  μ^μάθηκα ;   2  a.  ίμαθον.      (V.) 
μί-γνυμι  (/χ-ΐγ-),   ??ΐώ,    μίζω,    €μίζα,    μέμίγμαί,    έμίχθην;    2    a.    pass. 

(.μί-γην.      (2.) 
μιμνησ-κω  (/χνα-),  renvhid  (mid.  remeniher^,  /χνϊ/σω,   ύμνησα,  μΐ- 

/Λΐ/ϊ^/λαι  {memini),  ^μνησθην  (as  mid.).     (VI.) 
οϊγνυμι  (οιγ-)  and  οϊγω,  opCTl,   οι^ω,   ω^α  ΟΓ  -€ω^α>   '^"i^X"?   -εωγ/^αι, 

€ωχθψ ;  2  ρ.  -€ωγα  (rare).     (2.) 
έ'λλυμι   (ολ-),    destroy,    lose,    6λώ,    ώλεσα,    -ολοίλεκα ;    2  ρ.    ολωλα, 

2')crish ;  2  a.  mid.  ώλόμψ,  pc7ished.     (2.) 
ό'μνυμι   and   όμνυω   (o/i--,   ό/ΛΟ-),    SWCar,    ομονμαί,    ωμοσα,    υμώμοκα^ 

όμώμοσμαι,  ωμόθην  or  ωμόσθην.      (2.) 
όράω  (θ7Γ-,  ιδ-),  see,  οψομαι,    ίώρακα   0V   ίόρακα,    ίώραμαι   or   ωμμαι^ 

ί^φθην;  2  a.  εΓδο^'.      (VIII.) 
Ίτάσ-χω  (τταθ-,  ττίνθ-),  suffer,  ττύσομαι ;   2  ρ.  ττίττονθα ;  2  a.  ΐτταθον. 

(VIII.) 

ΤΓίΙθω  (τΓΐ^-),  persuade^  ττεισω,  «ττεισα,  ττίττζίκα^  πίπίΐσμαι,  Ιττύσθην ; 
2  ρ.  ττετΓΟί^α,  i!riiSii.      (II.) 

NOTES. 

*  For  σ€ξω.  ^  For  σ-ε-σ-τηκα.  ^  See  note  7,  Lesson  XLV. 


LESSON   LVIII. 

Verbs :  Principal  Parts  of  Important  Verbs  {continued). 

Grammar  :  §  32,  2,  with  n.  ;  §  92  entire;  §  107;  §  108; 
§  109;  §  110;  §  111. 

Give  the  principal  parts  of  the  verbs  that  follow,  explaining 
the  formation  of  the  present  from  the  simple  stem,  and  all 
other  modifications  of  the  stem  that  are  in  any  way  peculiar. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  127 

ττίμιτω,  SCnd,  ττίμ,ψω,  €7Γ€/χι/^α,  ττετΓΟ/χφα,  πεπ^μμαι,  Ιττ^μφθην. 
ττίμιτλημι  (ττλα-),  fill,  ττλησω,  Ιττλν^σα,  τΓεττλϊ/κα,   ττ^πλησμαι,   ΙττΧη- 

σθψ.      (1.) 
ΊΓίτΓτω  (ttct-,  TTTO-^y  fall,  7Γ€σοί}/χαι,  ττετττωκα  ;   2  a.  εττεσοΓ.     (VIII.) 
Ίτληττω  (ττλαγ-,   ττλτ/γ-),   strike,   ττλη^ω,   ίττληζα,   -n-CTrXi^y/Aat,    εττλτ;- 

χ^τ^ν  (rare)  ;   2  ρ.  7Γ€7Γλη•γα  (rare)  ;  2  a.  pass.  Ιττληγην  or 

-CTrAciyr;»/.      (II.  IV.) 
ιτράττω  (τΓ/ΰαγ-),  c?o,  ττρά^ω,  ίττραέα,  τΓεττραχα,  ττίπραγμαι^  ΙτΓράγβ-ην ; 

2  ρ.  7Γ€7Γ/3αγα,  have  fared  {luell  or  i/Q.     (IV.) 
πυνθάνομαι  (ττνθ-),   hear,   enquire,  ττευσο/χαι,^  ττίττνσμχΐί ;   2  a.  eTru- 

θόμην.      (V.) 
ρίΐΓτω    (ριφ-),    throw^    ρίψω,    epptij/a,    ίρριφα^    ϊρριμμαι,    ζρρίφθην ; 

2  a.  pass.  Ιρρίφψ.     (III.) 
σπείρω  {σιτ€ρ-\  SOIV^  στηρω,  εσττειρα,  ίστταρμαι ;  2  a.  pass.  Ισττάρην. 

(IV.) 

στ€'λλω    (στελ-),    send,    στελώ,    έστειλα,    εσταλκα,    ΐσταΧμαί ;    2  a. 

pass.  ΙστόΧψ.     (IV.) 
στρέφω,  ^wr?^,  στρίψω,  εστρει/^α,  ΐστραμμαι,  ΙστρΙφθην;  2  ρ.  Ιστροφο. 

(rare)  ;   2  a.  pass.  Ιστράφψ. 
σφάττ»    and    σ-φάζω    (σφαγ-),    sZay,    σφά^ω,    έσφαζα,   εσφαγ/χα/:  ; 

2  a.  pass.  Ισφά-^ψ.     (IV.) 
τείνω  (τεν-),  stretch,  τενώ,  ετεινίχ,  τίτακα,  τίταμαι,  Ιτάθην.      (IV.) 
τε'μνω    (τε/χ-,   τ/λε-),    CM^,    τε/χώ,   τέτμηκα,  τ€τμημαι^  ζτμηθην ;   2  a. 

ίΤίμον  or  ΐταμον.      (V.) 
τήκω  (τακ-),  me/^ί,  Τϊ/^ω,  εττ/^α,  Ιτηχθην  (rare)  ;   2  ρ.  τίτηκα ;   2  a. 

pass.  Ιτάκψ.     (II.) 
τίθημι  (^ε-),  jOlii,  θησω,  ίθηκα,  tWukcl,  τίθεμαι,  ΙτΙθην.      (1.) 
τιτρ«ϋ(Γκω  (τρο-),  wound,  τρώσω,  έτρωσα,  τετρωρ,αι,  Ιτρώθην.      (VI.) 
τρε'ιτω,  ί'^ίτη,  τρίψω,  ετρει/^α,  τίτροφα  or  τίτραφα,  τίτραμμαι,   Ιτρί- 

φθην ;   2  a.  mid.  ίτραττόμην ;    2  a.  pass.  Ιτράττην. 
τρέφω    (τρίφ-    for    θρ^φ-),    nourish,    θρίψω,    ίθρ€ψα,    τ€τροφα,    τε- 

θραμμαί,  Ιθρίφθψ  (rare) ;  2  a.  pass.  Ιτράφψ. 
τρε'χω    (τρε;(-    for    ^ρεχ-,    8ραμ-)    run,    Βραμονμαι^    Wpe^a    (rare), 

-Βί^ράμηκα,  -Βώράμημαί ;  2  a.  ΙΒραμον,      (VIII.) 


128  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

τρίβω   (rpt/?-),   0-uh,   τρίψω,   erptij/a,    τετριφα,    τίτριμμαι,   Ιτρίφθην ; 

2  a.  pass,  έτρίβψ.     (II.) 
τυγχάνω  (τυχ-),   hit,   happen,   τενζομαί,  τ€τνχηκα  or  τίτ^νχα ;   2  a. 

€τνχον.      (V.  II.) 
φαίνω   (φαν-),  show,   φάνω,    ίφηνα,   ΤΓ€φαγκα,   ττίφασμαί,   ίφάνθην ; 

2  ρ.  ττίφψα ;  2  a.  pass.  Ιφάνψ.     (IV.) 
φ€'ρω  (οι-,  ev€K-,   ivcyK-   for   iv-eveK-),    bear,    οϊσω,   ην^γκα,   €νηνοχα, 

ivrjViyjxaL,  ηνεχθην  ;    2  a.  ηνεγκον.      (VIII.) 
φ€υγω  (φυγ-),  flee,   φ^νζομαί  ΟΓ  φ^νζονμαί ;   2  ρ.   ττεφευγα ;    2  a. 

€φνγον.      (II') 
ώ?£ω  (ωθ-),  push,  ώσω,  έ'ωσα,  ΐωσμαί,  Ιώσθην.      (VII.) 

ΝΟΤΕ. 

^  See  note  7,  Lesson  XLV. 


LESSON    LIX. 

rormation  of  Words. 

Grammar  :  §  128  and  §  129,  1-10,  entire,  committing 
all  the  Examples  to  memory. 

Exercises. 

I.    Give  tlie  meaning  of  the  following  words  and  show  their 
formation :  — 

1.  Ίτληγη  (ιτληττω,  st.  ττληγ-).  2.  μίμησ-is  (μιμίομαι,  imitate). 
3.  τταχυτηδ  (τΓαχν<ζ,  thich).  4.  ΑΙνίΐάδη?.  5.  ίύΒαιμονία.  6.  φυ-  1 
λακή.  7.  γ6ν€σΐ8^  (γιγνο/χ,αι,  st.  ycr-,  to  he  horn).  8.  λογισμο8 
(λογίζομαι,  st.  λογιδ-,  calculate).  9.  aoiSos  (α^ίΒω,  sing).  10.  το- 
ξότη?. 11.  όνομασ-ία  (ονομάζω,  7Kmie).  12.  γράμμα.  13.  Ιτητών. 
14.  αΙγί(ΓΚ05  (at^,  st.  αΐγ-,  goat).  15.  νησυ'Βριον  (νησο';). 
1G.    βραδυτη?  (βρα^ν%   slow).      17.    Φωκαΐ€ν5   (Φώκαια,   Fkocaea), 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  129 

18.  βαοτανιαττηριον  (βασανίζω^  cr OSS- question,  torture).  19.  (ΠΓονδη 
(σττει^δω).  20.  μαθητρί9  ^  (/-ιαι^^άνω).  21.  οίναίν  (οΤι/ος).  22.  φο- 
βθ5  (φζβομαί,  flee  affrighted).  23.  πυ'σ-τι?,  st.  ττυστι-  (ττυνθάνομαι, 
st.  ττνθ-).  24.  κτήμα  (κτάο/χαι).  25.  γραμματ€ΰ5.  26.  χαρά 
(χαίρω,  st,  χαρ-,  rejoice).  27.  ΐΓηγ<ί5ιον  (ττ-η-^η).  28.  Ίταλιώτη? 
(Ίταλια,  Italy).  29.  δ€ΐΐΓνητηριον  (δίίττι/εω,  dine).  30.  δρομεΰς 
(st.  δρα/Λ-  in  €8ραμον,  ran).  31.  4'ργον.  32.  ψάλτρια  (ψάλλω,  st. 
;/^αλ-,  ^^«3/  ^^^^  harp).  33.  άνδρία.  34.  άκοντιστηρ  (ακοντίζω, 
Λΐί?'/  the  javelin).  35.  πολίτίδ.  36.  αϊσ-θησ-ι?.  37.  κτίστωρ 
(κτίζω,  found).  38.  σκητΓτρον  (σκηιττω,  prop,  support). 
39.    αριταγη.       40.    oIkcv's.       41.    μνήστι?,   st.   μνηστι-   (μιμνήσκω). 

42.   άπλοτη?  (άττλόο?,   simple).  43.    Πανθοίδη?  (Πάι/^οο?,  Pern- 

thous).       44.      κυνάριον    (κυων).  45.     νομίΰδ    (νομός,    pasture). 

46.    <>δυρμο$  (οδύρομαι,  hewail).  47.    τταρθίνών  (τταρθά/ος.  Virgin). 

48.    aXerpis  (άλεω,  grind).      49.  €υρο5.      50.    ξδνΰλλιον  (^eVos). 

II.   Form  words  with  the  following  meanings  :  — 

1.  Smith 2  (χαλκός;  2^  a).  2.  Setting  (δυω;  3,2^). 
3.  Hide,  skin  (δερω,  flay ;  4,  i).  4.  Place  for  prayer  ^ 
(άρίομαι,  pray ;  6,1).  5.  Pursuit  (οιωκω ;  3,4).  6.  Mani- 
kin^ (άνθρωπος;  8,  6).  7.  AcTION  (ττράττω,  st.  ττραγ- ;  3,  2). 
8.   Child  (τίκτω,  st.   τεκ-,  δπη^  /ο?•?ίΛ ;  4,  2).      9.   Women's 

APARTMENT   (γυΐ'ΐ},  st.  γοναικ- ;   6,  3).      10.    ArCHERESS   (τόξον ; 

2  ό,  7).  11.  Messenger  (άγγελλω,  st.  άγγελ-;  1, 1).  12.  Fe- 
male  FLUTE-PLAYER^    (αύλεω ;  2  δ,  6).      13.    SoN    OF    TaNTA- 

Lvs  (Τάνταλος,  Tantalus).  14.  Aeginetan  ^  (Atyti/o,  ^er/ma  ; 
10,  2).      15.    Yoke   (ζ^νγννμι,  st.  ζνγ- ;   1,  1).      16.    Citizen 

(ττόλις  ;  2  b,  3).  17.  INSTRUMENT  FOR  STRIKING  (ττλητ- 
τω;  5).  18.  SmITHY^  (χαλκό?;  6,2).  19.  LiTTLE  SHIELD 
(άσττίς,  st.  άσττιδ- ;  8,  1).      20.    PlATAEAN  ^  (Πλάταια,  Plataea  ; 

10,1).    21.  Friendship  2  (</)aos ;  7,  3).    22.  Injury  (^^λάτττω, 

st.  βλαβ-  ;  1,  2).  23.  ACCOMPLISHER  (ττράσσω  ;  2  b,  2). 
24.    AViLDNESS    (άγριος;    7,  l).        25.     GiVER    (8ί8ωμί,    st.    So-; 

2  6,  1).     26.  Depth  (βαθνς;  7,  4).    27.  Son  of  Cronos  (Κρό- 


130  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

ϊ/ος;  9),     28.   Violence  (λαβρός,  violent;  7,2).     29.  Daugh- 
TEE  OF  Tantalus.     30.   Female  leader^  (ηγίομαι;  2  b,  4). 

NOTES. 

»  On  the  principle  of  ^  109,  8. 
^  Drop  the  final  vowel  of  the  stem,  |  128,  3,  f.  3. 
^  The  reference  is  to  the  sections  of  |  129. 

"*  The  smaller  numeral  refers  to  the  suffix  (first,  second,  third,  etc.,  in 
order),  as  here  to  <ris. 

^  Lengthen  the  final  vowel  of  the  stem,  ξ  128,  3,  ν.  4. 


LESSON   LX. 

Pormation  of  "Words  (continued). 

Grammar:  §  129,  11-18;  §  130;  §  131;  §  132.  Take 
these  Sections  entire,  and  commit  all  the  Examples  to 
memory. 

Exercises. 

I.  Give  the  meaning  of  the  following  words  and  show  their 
formation :  — 

1.  δηλημων  (βηλίομαι,  hurt).  2.  αναγκάζω.  3.  χαλκούς. 
4.  σ-κυτινοδ  (σκντοζ,  tanned  hide).  5.  δηλοω.  6.  ατιμάζω. 
7.  φίλος.  8.  αγοραίος  (αγορά).  9.  σωματικός  (σώ/ΛΟ,  st.  σωματ-, 
hody).  10.  Κ(ράτινος  (κψας,  st.  κ€ρατ-,  horn).  11.  αμιτίλο'ίΐς 
(α/Αττελος,  vine).  V2.  €λ£€ω  (eXeos,  pity).  13.  έλίημων.  14.  χθβ- 
σ-ινο'ς  (χθίς,  adv.,  yesterday).  15.  θηράω  (θηρ,  ivild  beast). 
16.  θηράσ-ιμος.  17.  άγ«λη$ον  (αγέλη,  hoxl).  18.  ΐΓον€ω.  19.  το- 
ξίυω.  20.  στρατη-γιάω  (στρατηγός).  21.  κλαγγη8ο'ν  (κλαγγη, 
clang,  din).  22.  αργύρους.  23.  Τ6λ6υτάω.  24.  «νθν'νω  (ζνθνς, 
straight).  25.  ναυμαχησ-ίίω  (νανμαχίω,  fight  at  SCa).  26.  βασ-ι- 
λ€Ϊ05  (βασίλΐνς).  27.  ήμ€ρινο'ς  (ήμίρα,  day).  28.  «χθρο'ς  (^χθος, 
hatred).     29.  λ^υκαίνω  (λ^νκός,  white).    30.  δουλικο'ς. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  131 

II.  Form  words  with  the  folloAving  meanings  :  — 

1.     Wooden    ($νλον,    wood;    14,  l).      2.    To   gild    (χρυσός; 

§130,3).  3.  Deceitful,  WILY  (δολο9,  «mnmy;  15).  4.  Hos- 
tile^ (ττόλζμος ;  12).  5.  To  SPEAK  Greek  ("Έλλψ,  a  Greek; 
§  130,  6).  6.  Beautiful  (st.  καλ-;  11).  7.  To  be  angry 
(χαλ€7Γθ5,  o.ngry ;  §  130,  7).  8.  Revered^  (σ-ίβομω.,  revere ; 
17,1).      9.    Of   corn  (σίτος;   13  6).      10.    WlLD^  {ayp6^,  fx:ld ; 

12).     11.   ToLovE(<^aos;  §130,  2).     12.   To  want  το  laugh 

(γελάω;  §  130,  Ν.  1,  l).  13.  HoT  {θψω,  heat;  17,  4).  14.  To 
SHAME  (αίσχος,  shame;  §  130,  8).  15.  HuRTFUL  (βλάτΓτω, 
St.  βλαβ-;  13  a,  2).      16.    To  SPEAK    THE    TRUTH  (αληθής;  §  130, 

4).  17.  Like  a  barbarian  (βαρβαρίζω,  behave  like  a  barba- 
rian; 18  c).  18.  To  ARM  (οττλον;  §  130,  6).  19.  In  summer 
(Θίρος,  summer;  14,  x.).     20.  To  conquer  (νίκη;  §  130,  1). 

III.  Analyze  the  following  compound  words,  considering 
the  first  part,  the  last  part,  and  the  meaning :  — 

1.  ovSpiavTOiroios,  ο  (άνδριάς,  statue;  ττοίεω).  2.  ναυιτηγοξ,  ό 
(νανς;  ττη-γννμι^  st.  τταγ-,  build).  3.  όμοτροττοδ,  -ον  (ομός,  like; 
τρόπος,  character).  4.  λοχαγο5|  ο.  5.  άβατο?,  -ον  (βαίνω). 
6.  δυσ-πορ€υτο5,  -ον.  7.  πριυτοτοκο?,  -ον  (ττρωτος,  first;  τίκτω,  st. 
Τ€Κ-,  bear).  8.  κωμάρχης.  9.  dvapouns  (βαίνω).  10.  ψρουροε, 
6  (ττρό;  οράω).  11.  φρούραρχο?,  ό.  12.  άσ-φαλη?,  -£5  (σφάλλω, 
trip  up).  13.  cvvovs,  -ow.  14.  €γκρατη5,  -eg  (κράτος,  J^OWe?'). 
15.  <ΓΎρατοτπΖ€νω.  16.  ναύαρχο?,  6.  17.  ημίζωο?,  -ον  (ζωη,  life). 
18.  ύίΓοψία.  19.  νικηφο'ρο?,  -ον.  20.  lo-o'irXcvpos,  -ον  (ίσος,  equal ; 
Ίτλευρά,  rib,  side).  21.  κ€νοτοίφιον  (κενός,  empty ;  τάφος,  tomb). 
22.  χρυσοχοίλινο?,  -ον  {χαλινός,  bridle).  23.  οίκονο'μος,  ό  {νίμω, 
dispense,  rnanar/e).  24.  φίλιιπΓο?,  -ον.  25.  κυναγο'?,  ό  (κνων ; 
αγω).  26.  μισ-θοφο'ρο?,  -ον.  27.  (>μολογ€ω.  28.  χ€ΐροτον€ω  (χύρ ; 
τύνω).     29.  <)8ηγο'5.    30.  ν€0€ΐδη5,  -U  (veos,  youthful ;  ίΧ^ος, forvi) . 


NOTES. 


*  Drop  the  final  vowel  of  the  stem,  \  128,  3,  Έ.  3. 

^  Change  the  β  to  μ  before  ν  on  a  parallel  principle  to  ^  16,  3. 


SYNTAX. 


Learn  in  the  Grammar  only  the  matter  in  the  two  largest 
sizes  of  type,  unless  other  sections  are  specified.  Study  all  the 
examples  there  given,  and  read  any  remark  in  smaller  type 
that  is  immediately  added  to  the  two  largest  sizes  of  type  or 
to  the  examples. 

There  are  four  sizes  of  type  used  in  the  Syntax  of  the  Gram- 
mar. The  Notes  are  printed  in  the  third  of  these  sizes  (bour- 
geois), and  are  not  to  be  committed  to  memory  unless  specially 
mentioned. 


LESSON   LXI. 

Subject    and    Predicate.  —  Apposition.  —  Agreement   of    Adjec- 
tives.—The  Article. 

Grammar:  §§  133-143.  Add  §  142,  1,  n.,  but  omit 
§  140  and  §  143,  2. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  rjv  ϊχι^Ύ)  ανθρώπων.  2.  καί  εχευ  την  ^Ορόν- 
τα  SvvafjLLVy  τον^  την  βασυλ^ως  θυγατέρα  έχοντος. 
3.  ώ(7Τ€  το  στράτευμα  πάμπολυ  έφάνη.  4.  του 
ορους^  η  κορυφή  υπέρ  αυτού  του  στρατεύματος  ην. 
5.  θ(τα  δι^  ev  τη  άναβάσ^ί  τη  μετά  Έ^ύρου  οι  ΈΧΧη- 
νες  έπραξαν  μέχρι  της  μάχης,  iv  τω  πρόσθεν  λόγω 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  133 

δεδτ/λωται.  6.  TjjSe  γαρ  rfj  ημ,βρα  ^  μνριονς  oxfjeaOe 
ανθ^  ίνος  Κλβαρ^ου?.  7.  τους  p.€u  αυτών  άπβκτβίνε, 
τους  δ'  βζββαλεν.  8.  ακούω  Se  κώμας  elpaL  καλας  ου 
ττλβον  είκοσι  σταΖίων^  άπεγονσα^.  9.  Τίαρνσατι<ζ 
δτ)  Ύ)  μητηρ  έφίλει  τον  Κνρον  μάλλον  fj  τον  βασι- 
λεύοντα ^Αρταζβρζην,  10.  εντεύθεν  εζελαύνει  εΙς 
1\.ελαινας,  πόλιν  οικονμένην,  μεγαλην  και  εν^αίμονα. 
11.  αγαθός  6  άνηρ.  12.  εκηρνζε^  δε  τοΐς  'Έλλησι 
σνσκενάζεσθαι.^  13.  κσΧ  είΖον  τους  λόφους  ασμε- 
voiJ  14.  εν  τ)7  πρόσθεν  προσβολτ)  ολίγους  εχων^ 
επαθεν  ού^εν.  Ιδ.  *  Αθηναίων  το  πλήθος  'Ίππαργον 
οιονται  τύραννον  οντά  άποθανεΐν.  16.  το  S'  απλούν 
και  το  αληθές  ενόμιζε  το  αύτο  τω  ηλιθίω^  εΐί^αι. 
17.  και  το  βασιλειον  σημεΐον  οραν  εφασαν,  άετόν  τ/,ζ^α 
'χρυσούν.      18.    προς  σκηνην  ηεσαν  την  Ξενοφώντος, 

Η.  1.  And  the  gods  are  judges  of  tlie  contest. 
2.  I  will  carry  you  o\^er,  if  you  will  bestow  upon 
me^^  a  talent  (as)  pay.  3.  But  the  enemy  on  ^^  the 
hill  observed  their  march  to^^  the  summit.  4.  In 
this  pursuit   many  of  the    foot-soldiers  were    slain. 

5.  And    some    proceeded    and     others    followed. 

6.  And  he  ^^  said  ^^  the  expedition  was  against  the 
Pisidians.  7.  All  urged  Xenophon  to  go.  8.  And 
she  gave  him  much  money.  9.  The  commanders 
(are)  safe.  10.  Many  of  the  barbarians  were  upon  " 
this  pyramid.  11.  And  there  were  many  other  vil- 
lages on^^  this  plain.  12.  He  tried  to  restore  the 
exiles.       13.     The   general,    accordingly,    ga\^e    the 


3  §  189. 

'  ι  175, 

1. 

'  ι  134, 

ΪΓ. 

Id. 

6  ι  134, 

3, 

second 

parag; 

rapli. 

'  g  138, 

Ν. 

7. 

«  §  277, 

5. 

κ 

134  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

satrap  a  four-horse  cliariot.      14.     There  is  in   this 
place  a  palace  of  the  ^^  great  king. 

NOTES. 

*  Him  who  has,  etc.  ^  ^  186. 

2  Partitive  genitive,  g  142,  2,  n.  2.    ^^  |  184,  1. 

"  €πί  with  the  genitive. 

^^  tiri  with  the  accusative. 

'3  I  143,  1,  N.  2. 

'*  φημί  with  the  infinitive. 

''  iv. 

'^  See  note  1,  Lesson  XXI. 


LESSON    LXII. 

Pronouns. 
Geammar  :  §§  144-154.    Omit  §  144,  2  h. 

Exercises.  , 

1 .  ovK  €ς  Lcrov,  ω  α^νοψων,  ecfJiev  •  crv  μα/ 
γαρ  εφ*  ϊππον  οχεΓ,  βγω  Se  χαλεπώς  κα/Α^ω  7171^ 
άστΓίδα  φέρων.  2.  'Κβιρίσοφον  δε  /ceXeuet  οί  σνμπεμ- 
xfjaL    άπο    τον    στόματος    άνδρας.       3.    άπορονμενοις 

αιτοις  προσηΚ(76  τις  ανηρ.  4.  αιτος  οεςιας  οους 
συνέλαβε  τους  στρατηγούς.  5.  '^t^  ow  αντων  επι- 
σκε\\ίώμεθα  τίνες  πεττανται  σφενΒόνας,  καί  τούτω  οω- 
μεν  αντων  ^  άργύρυον,  ίσως  τίνες  φανοννταυ  ίκανοι  ημάς 
ώφεΧεϊν.  6.  λοιπόν  "^  μοι  εΙπεΐν  όπερ  καΐ  μεγιστον 
νομίζω  είναι.  7.  άλλου  τίνος  ^  δει  προς  τούτοις  οίς 
λέγει.  8.  οι  στρατηγοί,  οΐ  δια  πίστεως  τοΙς  βαρβα- 
ροις  εαντονς  ενεχείρισαν,  πολλά  και  κακά  πεπόνθασιν. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK,  135 

9.  προς  δε  βασι\4α  π4μττων  ηζίον  αδελφό?  ωρ  ^'  αντον 
Βοθηραι  oV  ταύτας  τας  πόλεις.  10.  Αεζιπποί'  δε 
κελεύουσι  8ια<τώσαντα  αντοΐς^  τα  πρόβατα,  τα  p.eu 
αντον  ^  λαβείν,  τα  δε  σφίσυν  άπο^ονναυ,  11.  ούν 
ωρα   εστίν    αμεΚειν   'ημών   αντων.  ι  Δ.    ει   yap    τα 

σα  καλώς  ε^οι.^^  13.  τεκμηριον  δε  τούτον  και 
τόδε/^  14.  σν  τε  γαρ  '^Έλλην  εΐ  καΐ  ημείς  το- 
σοντοι^^  οντες  οσονς  σν  οράς.  Ιδ.  ονς  ονν  εώρα 
εθελοντας  κιν^ννενειν,  τοντονς  αργοντας  εποίει  ης 
κατεστρεφετο  χώρας.^""  16.  καΐ  Βεΐται  σον  τημερον 
τοντον  τον  οινον  εκπιεΐν  σνν  οίς  ^^'  μάλιστα  φιλεΐς. 
17.  τίνα  γνώμην  ^χ^ις  περί  της  πορείας;  18.  εΐ 
ονν  ννν  άποοειχθείη  τίνα  χρη  ^^  ηγεΐσθαι,  ονκ  αν, 
οπότε  οι  πολέμιοι  ελθοιεν,^^  βονλενεσθαι  ημάς  Βεοι.^^ 

II.  1.  /  am  Avilling  to  transport  you.  2.  For 
they  are  now  themselves  burning  the  king's  country. 
3.  But  once  the  king's  army  ^^  invaded  their  coun- 
try.^^  4.  And  beside  these  he  had  (those)  whom^^ 
the  king  gave  him.  5.  But  if  any  one  sees  another 
better  ^^  (plan),  let  him  spealv.  6.  And  he  commanded 
what  soldiers  he  himself  had  to  follow.  7.  Having 
persuaded  his  own  city,^^  he  sailed  away.  8.  But 
they  attempted  to  induce  him  to  return.  9.  Where- 
fore the  king  did  not  perceive  the  plot  against^* 
himself.  10.  You  neither  love  them^^  nor  (do) 
they  ^^  (love)  you.  11.  But  with  these  arms  we  will 
fight  even  for^^  your  possessions.  12.  He  thinks 
the  general  sent  back  to  him'^^  what  army  he  had. 


136 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


13.  Cyrus  set  out  with^^  (those)  whom  I  have  men- 
tioned. 14.  He  designated  the  same  man  (as) 
general.  15.  They  planned  these  same  (things), 
16.    Who  wounded  Cyrus,  the  son^  of  Darius? 


NOTES. 


^  The  preceding  pause  prevents  the  recession  of  the  accent. 

^5  I  154,  N. 


'  §  277,  5. 
^  For  them. 

4    So.  €(Γτί. 

^  Something  else.     See  ^  172,  1. 

^  I  277,  2. 

"^  Accented  when  emphatic. 

«  ^  184,  3. 

'  I  145,  1. 
»<'  ^  171,  2. 
^^  Sc.  πράγματα. 
»2  §  251,  1. 
»3  §  148,  N.  1. 
»^  I  87,  1. 

^  Accusative  of  the  reflexive  with  irpo's. 
^  έχων.  ^  U41,  ϊ.  4. 


'6  I  153,  Έ.  1. 

^7  i  134,  K.  2. 

^«  I  224,  and  ^  232,  with  4. 

"  ^  ro?/ai  army. 

^  Threw  {itself)  in  upon  (ds)  them. 

^1  Use  o<ros. 

^^  Neuter  singular. 

2^   27te  of  himself  city,  |  142,  4,  n.  3. 

24  ' 

irpos. 
^  Use  €Κ€Ϊνο$. 
^  irepL 


LESSON   LXIII. 

ITominative,  Accusative,  and  Vocative  Oases. 

Geammae  :  §§  157-166.     Eead  the  Eemarks  preceding 
§§  157,  158,  but  omit  §  162. 


Exercises. 

I.      1.    και  inoCovv  όντως  ovroi. 
rare     άνθρωπε,    avye     ovSe 
άκονωρ    μέμνησαι.      3.     αλλ*    οράτε,    ω    οίνΒρες,    τηρ 
^ασΊ,λεως   ίπιορκίαν    κοΧ    άσέβειαν.      4.    πορενόμει^οι 


2.     ώ  θανμααηώ- 
6  ρ  ων    γίγρώσκ€ίς    ovSe 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  137 

Se  δια  ταντΎ)^  της  )(ωρας  άφικρουνταυ  inl  top  Μάσκας 
ΤΓΟταμόν,  το  evpos  Trkeepiaiov.  5.  μ.€ίναντ€ς  δί  ταύ- 
την  την  ημέραν  τη  άλλη  ^  inopevovTO.  β.  άλλα  /χα 
τους  θβονς  ουκ  €γωγ€  αντους  διώ^ω.  7.  το(τοντονς 
γαρ  ητη(Τ€  τον  σατραπην.  8.  τοιαύτα  τους  βόθρους 
ημών  οΐ  θεοί  ττοιησονσιν.  9.  δεΓ  τοι^  στρατιώτην 
φοβείσθαι  μάλλον  τον  άρχοντα  η  τους  πολεμίους,  ei 
μέλλει  φύλακας  φνλάζειν.  10.  κράτιστον,  ω  Xet- 
ρίσοφε,    ημΐν    ίεσθαι     ώς     τάχιστα    επΙ    το     άκρον. 

11.  ώστε  καΐ  -χρήματα  σννεβάλλοντο  αντω  εΙς 
την    τροφην    των    στρατιωτών    at     πόλεις    εκονσαι.^ 

12.  το  δε  λοιπόν^  πειρασόμεθα  ταύτης  της  τάζεως} 

13.  άπείγον     της    χαράδρας    όσον    οκτώ     σταΒίονς. 

14.  ^Αριαΐος  δε,  ον  ημείς  ηθελομεν  ^ασιλε^α  καθιστα- 
ϊ^αι,  ημάς  κακώς^  ποιεΐν  πειράται.  15.  Κλέαρχε  καΐ 
ΤΙρόζενε,  καΐ  οι  άλλοι  οι  παρόντες  '^Έιλληνες,  ουκ  ιστέ 
ο  τι  ποιείτε.  16.  ήσαν  δε  νη  Δια  καΐ  ημών  ot 
Ιδείίται/. 

II.  1.  And  another  army  was  collected  for  him 
in  the  following^  manner.  2.  For  these  have  sworn 
falsely  by'^  the  gods.  3.  We  will  ask^  the  general 
whether  he  has  garrisons  in  the  cities.  4.  Why 
do  you  ask  me  for  boats?  5.  And  thence  they 
proceeded  one  stage,  four  parasangs.  6.  They 
wished  to  rob  them  of  their  land.  7.  The  general 
has  committed  a  great  error. ^  8.  In  the  following 
manner, ^^  therefore,  he  made  ^^  his  levy.  9.  But  the 
Greeks  proceeded  safely  for  the  rest  ^^  of  the  day. 


138  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

10.  And  tte  foundation  was  iiftj  feet  ^^  in  lieiglit. 

11.  They  remained  there  seven  days.  12.  Through 
the  middle  of  the  city  ^*  there  flows  a  river,  which  is 
called  the  Cydnus,^^  two  plethra  in  width.  13.  He 
was  chosen  general. ^*^  14.  This  man  became  king. 
15.    What  opinion  have  you  expressed,  Socrates  ? 

NOTES. 

1  ?  189.     Sc.  ιί|ΐ€'ρα.  "  ^  171,  1 

2  I  138,  N.  7.  ^  ^  165,  N.  1. 

3  TO  λοιίΓον,  henceforth,  ^  160,  2.       ^  ^  ^gQ,  2,  and  |  148,  n.  1. 
7  §  158,  N.  2. 

^  Observe  that  as^  here  means  inquire  of. 

s  ^  159,  N.  2.  ^2  ^  160,  2,  ninth  example. 

10  (S8€.  "  i  169,  3,  first  example. 

»  Middle.  i*  ^  142,  4,  n.  4. 

^*   Which  is  called  the  Cydnus,  i.e.  Cydnus  in  name. 
'6  §  166,  N.  4. 


LESSON   LXIY. 

G-enitive  Case. 

G-rammar:    §§  167-172.    Bead  the  Kemark  preceding 
§167. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  im  ταΐς  βασί\€ω^  θυραυς  ήσαν.  2.  ο/χως 
Se  οί  πολλοί  Sl  αίσ^ννην  και  αλλήλων  καΐ  Ιίνρον 
σννη κόλον θησαν.  3.  καυγάρ^  νομαΐ  πολλαΐ  βοσκή- 
μάτων  κατελήφθησαν.  4.  κρηπίς  δ'  νπην  λίθινη  το 
υψθ9  είκοσι  πο^ων.  5.  καΐ  των  οιαβαινόντων  τον 
ττοταμον  ουδείς  εβρεγθη  ανωτέρω  των  μαστών  ^  νπο 
τον  ττοταμον.      6.    των  μεν  γαρ  νικώντων  το   κατακαι- 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  139 

veLV,  των  Se  -ηττωμίνων  το  άποθνησκβίν  εστί.  7.  /cat 
ζντανθα  πολλή  κραυγή  ην  τον  στρατεύματος.  8.  καΐ 
εταζεν  αυτούς  λαβόντας  του  βαρβαρικού  στρατού 
συνεκβιβάζειν  τας  άμάζας.  9.  των  δε  περιττών 
μετε^ίδοσαν  άΧληλους.^  10.  ύμεΐς  γαρ  Βόζετε  αίτιοι 
είναι  αρζαντες  του  Βιαβαινειν.^  11.  πρώτον  μεν 
κατακαύσωμεν  τας  άμάζας  ας  εγομεν,  ϊνα  μτ)  τα 
ζεύγη  ημών  στρατηγη.  12.  βούλεται  οΰν  καΐ  σε 
τούτων  yeucracr^at.  13.  ταύτα  8ε  συνενηνεγμένα  ην^ 
τω  σατραπεύοντι  της  -χωράς.  14.  καΐ  των  στρατιω- 
τών οι  συνεπόμενοι  άπωλώλεσαν.  15.  εζαπίνης  οΐ 
μεν  αύτων  ετόζευον  και  ιππείς  και  πεζοί,  οι  δ'  εσφεν- 
Βόνων.  16.  καΐ  ει  τις  Βε^  -χρημάτων  επιθυμεί,  κρα- 
τείν  πειράσθω.  17.  Βιφθερας  ας  είχον  σκεπάσματα 
επίμπλασαν  χόρτου  κούφου.  18.  πάντες  γαρ  κοινής 
σωτηρίας  Βεόμεθα.  19.  οι  δε  στρατιωται  αύτοΙ  επι- 
σιτισμού Ζεόμενοι  δια  τούτο  άθυμούσιν.  20.  γράφε 
με  των  Ιππεύειν  επιθυμούντων, 

II.  1.  But  ive  resolutely  refrained  on  account  of 
our  oaths  (sworn  in  the  name)  of  the  gods.  2.  And 
underneath  there  was  a  foundation  of  polished  stone. 
3.  And  upon  this  foundation  a  brick  fort  a  hundred 
feet  in  height  had  been  built.  4.  So  the  great  (part) 
of  the  Greek  (army)  was  in  this  way  persuaded. 
5.  Many  of  the  beasts  of  burden  perished  of  ^  hun- 
ger. 6.  He  marched  on  to  the  river,  which  was  ^  a 
plethrum^  in  width.  7.  The  water  did  not  touch 
the  hay.     8.    It  is  right  to  obtain  this.     9.    No  one 


140  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

tasted  food.  10.  And  he  commanded  Clearchus  to 
lead  the  right  \ving.  11.  Many  of  the  barbarians 
had  fled  from  the  villages.  12.  For  the  cities  were 
the  satrap's.  13.  They  did  not  consider  him  (one) 
of  the  soldiers.^^     14.    And  no  one  missed  (his)  man. 

15.  And  he  gave  attention  also  to  the  barbarians. 

16.  There    is    need    of     slingers     and     horsemen. 

17.  But  some  of  the  soldiers  heard  the  man's  voice, 
and  opened  the  gate. 

NOTES. 

^  And  {this  was  the  case)  for.  ^  But  {Si)  further  (καί). 

^  I  175,  1.  '  ΰίΓο  with  the  genitive. 

3  g  184,  2.  8  όντα,  ^  276,  1. 

4  I  262,  2.  3  g  169,  3. 

5  I  118,  4.  ^^  I  169,  2. 


LESSON   LXT. 

Genitive  Case  {continued). 

Grammar  :  §§  173-183.     Omit  §  176,  2,  and  §  179,  2. 

Exercises. 

1.  1.  (pev  τον  ανορο<ζ.  Δ.  τα  ο  άρματα  Εψβρετο 
κενά  'ηνιόγων.  3.  τούτου  ere  ζηλω.  4.  αλλ'  ούδβ 
τοντωι/  (ττερησονται.  5.  μακρότβρον  γαρ  οΐ  'Ρόδιοι 
των  ΐίερσων  έσφενοορων.  6.  οντω  ^  TrepiyeuoiTO  αν 
των  άντιστασιωτων.  7.  και  πολεμίου  ού^ενος  κατε- 
γελα.  8.  τά  Se  επιτηΒεια  πότερον^  ώνεΐσθαυ  κρειτ- 
τον  εκ  τη'ζ  αγοράς  'ζ?  οΰτοί  παρείγον,  μίκρα  μετρα^ 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  141 

ΤΓοΧΧον  αργυρίου,  η  αυτούς*  λαμβάνειν;  9.  διώ^βι 
γαρ  ere  ασεβείας.  10.  ό  δε  ύπιετ'χνείταυ  Βώσευν  αντί 
^αρείκου  τρία  ημίοαρεικα  του  μηνός  τω  στρατιώτη. 
11.  καΐ  6  σατράπης  μάλα  τα-χεως  εζω  βελών  άπε- 
-χώρει.  12.  Κύρος  δ'  οϋν  άνεβη  επί  τα  ορη  ούΒενος 
κωΧύοντος.^  13.  κακώς  γαρ  τών  ημέτερων  εγόντων^' 
πάντες  ουτοί  ους  οράτε  βάρβαροι  ποΧεμιώτεροι  ημίν 
έσονται  τών  παρά  βασιλεΐ  όντων.  14.  πολλάκις  δ' 
ην  18ειν  παρά  τάς  στειβομενας  68ους  και  ποΒών 
και  χειρών  κοί  οφθαλμών  στερομενους  ανθρώπους. 
15.  τών  εις  τον  πόλεμον  έργων,  τοζικης  τε  και 
άκοντίσεως,  φιλομαθέστατος  ην.  16.  ομολογουμέ- 
νως εκ^  πάντων  τών  εμπείρως  αυτού  εχόντων  εΒοζε 
yez/eV^at  ^  άνηρ  πολεμικός,  17.  ήσαν  γαρ  οι  λοχα- 
γοί πλησίον  αλλήλων.      18,    ταύτα  τεύζεσθε  Κύρου, 

II.  1.  The  soldier  was  convicted  of  treason. 
2.  He  admired  the  citizens  for  their  virtue.  3.  0 
Zeus !  what  luck  !  4.  But  lue,  though  we  saw  ^ 
many  good  (things),  resolutely  refrained  from  them. 
5.  For  these  are  still  more  cowardly  than  those  who 
have  been  defeated  ^^  by  us.  6.  And  they  over- 
came the  light-armed  soldiers.  7.  But  the  Greeks 
were  about  ^^  eight  stadia  distant  from  the  ra\^ine. 
8.  He  sold  the  horse  for  fifty  darics.  9.  The  king 
will  not  fight  within  ten  days.  10.  And  the  plain 
abounded  in^^  trees  of  every  sort,  and  in  i^ines. 
11.  For  these  rivers  are  impassable  at  a  distance 
from  their  sources.     12.    These  (things)  took  place 


142  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

wliile  the  Greeks  were  going  away.^^  13.  And  for 
some  time  ^*  the  barbarians  delayed  their  march. 
14.  For  this  general  was  at  the  head  of  ^^  the  mer- 
cenary (force)  in  the  cities.^^  15.  The  horse  was 
sacred  to  the  Sun.  16.  But  all  this  (is)  har(?  (to 
do)  by  night  and  when  there  is  an  uproar.^^ 

NOTES. 

^  ^  226,  1.  2  ^OTcpov . . .  η,  ?  282,  5. 

^  In  apposition  to  τα  6•ΐΓΐτη8€ΐα. 

*  Modifies  ημά?  understood,  the  subject  of  λαμβάν€ΐν,  §  145,  1. 

δ  §  278,  1,  and  ^  277,  2.     Compare  g  278,  1,  with  §  183. 

e  g  278,  1,  and  §  277,  4. 

'  As  was  agreed  by,  etc.  ''^  TFas  very  full  of. 

«  To  Aave  sAtm;w  himself  §  260,  2.    "  ξ  278,  1,  and  277,  1. 

9  ?  277,  5.  *4  §  161. 

»o  I  276,  2.  »^  Pluperfect  of  Ίτροΐσ-τημι. 

"  ό'σον.  ^^  g  141,  N.  3,  and  §  142,  1. 


LESSON   LXVI. 

Dative  Case. 

Geammar:  §§184-189.  Eead  the  Remark  preceding 
§184. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  €σ"ημην€^  τοΓς  "Κλλησυ  rrj  σάλπιγγι,  καϊ 
ενθυς  iOeov  ομόσε  οΐς  είρητο,"  2.  δοκβΓ  μου  βοιηθείν 
iwl  τους  κάοι/τας,  3.  το  Se  στράτευμα  αντω  άνα,τε- 
ταραγμενον  επορενετο.  4.  όνομα  he  rjv  Tjj  πόλει 
Μεσπιλα.  5.  πάντες  γαρ  ποταμοί  προϊονσι^  προς 
τάς  πηγας  διαβατοί  ylyvovTai.  β.  νπογείριοι  hk 
μηΒεποτε  γενώμεθα  ζώντες  τοΐς  ποΧεμίοίς.      7.    τα  όε 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  143 

Kpia  των  αΚισκομ4νων  tjv  παραπΧησυα  τοΐς  ίΚαφεί- 
019,  άπαλώτβρα  Se.  8.  ον  γαρ  κραυγγ},  αλλά  (Τίγη, 
TTpoaffeaav.  9.  €νθυ<ζ  επειδή  άνηγ€ρθη,  έννοια  αντω 
εμπίπτει,  τι  κατακειμαι ;  10.  γέφυρα  δε  επην  εζευ- 
γμένη  πλοίοις  επτά.  11.  τ^  δε  avTjj  ημέρα  ηλθεν 
€πΙ  την  Βίάβασιν  τον  ποταμού,  12.  οσω  αν  Θαττον 
έλθω,^  τοσοντω  άπαρασκενοτέρω  ;8α(Τί.λει  ^  μα^ουμαι. 
13.  τούτους  ησθη  Κ,νρος.  14.  οΐ  γαρ  Ιπποι  αντοϊς 
SeSevTai.^  15.  πάντη  γαρ  πάντα  τοΐς  θεοις  νπογα. 
16.  άναγνους  την  επιστολην  άνακοινονται  ^ωκράτει 
τω  ^Κθηναίω  περί  της  πορείας,  17.  πράγματα  πα- 
ρέγονσι  ταύτα  τα  έθνη  τη  χωρά.  18.  ον  σννεπόμεθα 
αντω,  19.  τί  καλόν  επέπρακτο  νμίν ;  20.  εάν  Γωσι, 
μισθοφορά  έσται  τοις  στρατιώταις» 

II.     1.    They  shouted  to  one  another  not''  to  run. 

2.  But  the  soldiers  were  angry  with  their  generals, 

3.  And  many  of  their  arms  were  being  carried  for 
the  soldiers  on  wagons.  4.  And  on  the  third  (day) 
he  called  an  assembly.  5.  There  Cyrus  had  a  pal- 
ace. 6.  It  is  safer  for  them  to  flee  than  for  us. 
7.  /,  fellow  Greeks,  both  was  faithful  to  Cyrus,  and 
(am)  now  well-disposed  to  you.  8.  He  kept  warring 
\vith^  the  satrap.  9.  They  feared  that  the  enemy 
might  attack  them.  10.  He  hurls  his  axe  (at  him).^ 
11.  This  Λνΐηο  is  much  sweeter.  12.  But  on  the 
fourth  day  they  descend  into  the  plain.  13.  He  will 
sink  us  with  our  very  triremes.^  14.  For  he  did  not 
envy  those  who  were  ricli.^^     15.   Shall  we  trust  this 


144  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

guide  ?  16.  The  arro\vs  were  useful  to  tlie  soldiers. 
17.  On  this  account  ^^  let  him  pay  nothing  either  ^^ 
to  me  or^^  to  any  ^^  other  (person).  18.  And  he  says  to 
him,  "  Do  not  do  this."  19.  The  soldiers  must  pro- 
ceed to  the  city  at  once. 

NOTES. 

1  ?  134,  N.  1  cZ.      . 

^  The  subject  is  indefinite,  not  an  infrequent  construction  in  the  per- 
fect and  pluperfect  passive.     See  ξ  134,  ν.  1  c. 
^   To  those  who  go  forward  (or  up-stream). 
4  §  223,  and  §  232,  with  3.  ^  ^  i84,  3,  N.  4. 

δ  I  186,  N.  1.  '  ?  283,  3. 

^  He  sends  {at  him)  with  his  axe.     Use  iryii. 
^   With  the  triremes  themselves.  ^^  On  account  of  this. 

10  ^  276,  2.  ^2  g  283,  9. 


LESSON    LXYII. 

Prepositions  and  Adverbs. 

Geammar  :  §§  191-194.  In  §  191,  commit  thv^  general 
meaning  or  meanings  of  each  Preposition  to  memory,  and 
make  special  study  of  the  Examples. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  avTov  Se  ακοντίζει  ης  παλτώ  νπο  top 
οφθαλμός  βιαίως.  2.  καΙ  συνεπεμιρερ  αύττ)  στρατιώ- 
τας  €15  τριακόσιους.  3.  ταύτα  δε  rjyyeWov  προς 
Ιίνρον  οι  αντομοΧησαντβς  εκ  των  πολεμίων  πάρα 
βασιΚεως  προ  της  μά^ς,  καΐ  μετά  την  μάγιην  άλλοι 
ταύτα  ηγγελλον.      4.     καΐ  πιεζόμενος  νπο  των  οίκοι 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  145 

άρτιστασίωτωΐ'  άρχεται  προς  τον  Κυρον.  5.  Hei^ta? 
προ€ίστηκ€ί  τον  iv  ταΓ?  πόΧεσι  ζβνυκον.  6.  ϊβρτο 
ωσπερ  αν  ^ράμου  τυς  πβρί  νίκης  καΐ  /χαλά  ^  κατά  πρα- 
νούς γηλόφον.  7.  Κνρος  Se  μετά  των  άλλων  εζβλαν- 
ueL  δια  ταύτης  της  -χ^ωρας  προς  πόλιν  μεγάλην  και 
ενΖαίμονα.  8.  ει^ον  δε  στρεπτονς  περί  τοΐς  τρα^η- 
λοις  και  ψελια  περ\  τοις  \ερσίν,  9.  έντανθα  ην 
παράδεισος  πάνυ  μέγας  κοΧ  καλός.  10.  εστί  δε 
βασίλεια  εν  Κελαΐϊ^αις  ερυμνά  επΙ  ταΐς  πηγαΐς  τον 
Μαρσνον  ποταμον  νπο  τη  άκροπόλει  •  ρεϊ  δε  καΐ 
οντος  δια  της  πόλεως  καΐ  εμβάλλει  εις  τον  ΜαίανΒ ρον. 

11.  ταντα    σοι   τιμήν   οισει   εις   τον    έπειτα   -χρόνον. 

12.  ώστε  τη  νστεραία  Κνρος  επορενετο  ήμελημενως 
μάλλον.  13.  ενθνς  εκ  παίδων  κλεπτειν  μελετωσιν  οι 
Λακεδαιμόνιοι.  14.  μετά  τοντο  επορενθησαν  επτά 
σταθμούς,  άνα  πέντε  παρασάγγας  της  ημέρας,  παρά 
τον  Φασ-ί,ι^  ποταμόν.  Ιδ.  οι  δε  εφασαν  άποΒώσειν 
εφ*  ω  μη  κάειν^  τάς  οικίας.  16.  εν  πόνοις  ων  καΐ 
κινδύνοις  φως  μέγα  εκ  Αιος  είδει^.  17.  άμφΐ  ων 
εΐ)(ον  διεφεροντο.  18.  και  νπερ  της  'Ελλάδος  ετιμω- 
ρούμην  μεθ*  νμων,  εκ  της  -χωράς  αντονς  εζελαύνων, 

II.  1 .  Cyrus  leaped  down  ^  from  liis  cliariot  and 
mounted*  his  horse.  2.  After  this  (man)  another 
got  up.  3.  Both  were  carried  down  from  the  rocks. 
4.  Men  are  not  able  to  live  there  on  account  of  the 
heat.  5.  For  it  was  not  safe  to  stand  among  the 
trees.  6.  He  will  make  war  by  aid  of  the  exiles. 
7.    We  wiU  do  this  to  the  extent  of  our  power. 


146  PIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

8.  He  sent  for  Cyrus  ^  from  his  province.  9.  Cyrus 
promised  to  give  eacli^  soldier  three  lialf-darics  in- 
stead of  a  daric  each^  month/  10.  He  said  he  was 
going  off^  towards  Ionia.  11.  And  they  said^  that 
these  dwelt  up  along  the  mountains.  12.  He  looked 
out  for  the  barbarians  near  himself.  13.  But  with 
aid  of  these  we  will  fight  even  about  your  possessions. 
14.  The  general  led  down  the  road.  15.  About 
dark  he  arrived  at  a  village,  and  found  girls  from  the 
village  at  the  spring  fetching  water.  16.  If  we 
should  go  away/^  we  should  utterly  perish  of^^ 
hunger. 

NOTES. 

^  Construe  with  πρανούς.  '  ^  l'i'9,  1. 

2  ^,  267.  8  ^  200,  F.  3  h. 

^  Use  a  compound  verb.  ®  Use  ψημύ 

*  Literally  went  up  on.  ^^  |  277,  4. 

^  §  193.  **  Literally  under,  hy. 

^  Use  the  article  for  each. 


LESSON   LXYIII. 

Voices.  —  Tenses.  —  Causal  Sentences. — Imperative  and  Subjunc- 
tive in  Oommands,  Exhortations,  and  Prohibitions. 

Grammar:   §§  195-199;   §§  200,  201,  with  §  90,  2; 
§  250;  §§  252-254,  and  §  202,  with  1. 

Exercises. 

I.      1.     Ύ)μ€Ϊς    eKeivov    ονκετί     στραηωταί   icrfjuev,^ 
ineL   ye    ου    σ-νρβπόμβθα    αντω.      2.    αλλά    καλώς   ye 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  147 

αποθνησκωμα^^  υποχείριοι  δε  μηΒεποτε  γα/ώμεθα 
ζώντες  τοις  πολέμιους.  3.  et  δε  μη  σοΙ  τους  στρα- 
τιωτας  συγκαλείς  δο/fet,  Xeye  και  8ίΒασκε.  4.  ayere^ 
Βειπνησατε.  5.  παρώμεν  ουν  ωσπερ  Κύρος  κελεύει. 
β.  χαλεπά  εστί  τα  παρόντα,  οπότε  στρατηγών  στε- 
ρόμεθα.  7.  κοί  μηΒεΙς  υπολάβη  με  βούλεσθαι 
λαθεΐν.  8.  ύμεΐς,  ώ  άνδρες  στρατηγοί,  τούτοις  άπο- 
κρα^ασθε.       9.     κρατεί    τών    μη  ^    καλών    επιθυμιών, 

10.  μη8εΙς  οιεσθω  με  τούτο  λέγειν.  11.  μη  Θησθε 
νόμον  μη8ενα,^  άλλα  τους  βλάπτοντας  υμάς  λύσατε. 
12.  ακούσατε  τους  λόγους  μου.  13.  μη  μοι  άντι- 
λεζης.  14.  μη  πολεμείτε  άΒικον  πόλεμον.  15.  κο- 
λασθητωσαν  δε  νυν  άζίως  της  άΖικίας.^  16.  ει  δε 
τις  ύμων  άθυμεΐ  ότι  ημΐν  μεν  ουκ  εισίν  ιππείς  τοΐς 
δε  πολεμίοις  ποΧλοΙ  πάρεισιν,  ενθυμηθητε  ότι  οί 
μύριοι  ιππείς  ούοεν  άλλο  η  μύριοι  εισιΐ'  άνθρωποι. 
17.  ότω^  ουν  ταύτα  Βοκεΐ  καλώς  εχειν,  άνατεινάτω 
την  -χείρα,  άνετειναν  άπαντες.  18.  λέγω  γαρ  τους 
πολέμους  τους  επΙ  Θησέως  πολεμηθεντας. 

II.  1.  Let  us  not  leave  tlie  discussion  unfinished. 
2.  Tell  us  this  first.  3.  But  he  "^  is  angry,  because 
Proxenus  speaks  of  his  ^  ill-treatment  lightly.  4.  Let 
us  see  this  horse.  5.  Let  him  come.  6.  Do  not  be 
dispirited  on  this  account.^  7.  Let  us  conquer  those 
who  have  been  drawn  up  before  the  king.  8.  But 
now,  since  the  struggle  is  for^^  deliverance,  be  much 
braver.       9.    Do    not    lie.       10.     Open    the    door. 

11.  Do  not  despise  yourself.      12.    Provide  your- 


148  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

selves  with  arms.      13.     Let  us    ivrite    a   letter    to 
the  king.      14.     Let  us    go    up    on    the    mountain. 

15.  Fear    the    gods     and     honor     your     parents. ^^ 

16.  Let    the    orator    be    honored    by    his    fellow- 
citizens. 

Ν  OTES. 

»  I  195,  K.  1,  first  sentoncG.  '  g  143,  1,  n.  2. 

2  I  253,  N.  8  g  i^Q 

^  ^  283,  5.  ^  On  account  of  this. 

"  I  283,  9.  '"  ir€pi. 

5  I  182,  1,  and  ^  178,  n.  "  See  note  10,  Lesson  XIX. 

^  a  86. 


LESSON   LXIX. 

Interrogative  Subjunctive,  and  Subjunctive  and  Future  Indica- 
tive with  ov  /xi^.— Verbals. 

Grammar  :  §§  256,  257 ;  §  281  entire. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  σκβπτίον  ^στίν  όπως  ασφαΚεσιι^τα  μβνου- 
μεν.  2.  μη^  τοντο  ποιώ  μεν  ;  3.  βουλει  ονν  επι- 
σκοπώ μεν  ;  4.  ου  μτι  σε  κρνφω  προς  οντινα 
βονλομαι  άφικεσθαί.^  5.  πολλά  γαρ  ενορώ  ^  Si  α 
εμοί  τοντο  ου  πουητεον.  6.  rjv  γαρ  απα^  Svo  *  η 
τριών  ημερών  68ον  άπόσχωμεν,  ονκετι  μη  8ννηταυ 
βασιλεύς  ημάς  καταΚαβειν.  7.  Ικανός  δε  και  εστίν 
εμποιησαι  τοις  παρονσιν^  ως  πειστεον  εστί  Κλ€- 
άργω,^  8.  /χτ^δ'  ερωμαι  οπόσον  πωλεί  ;  9.  ου  προ 
της  άλ7^^€ΐα§  τιμητεος  άνηρ,      10.    αλλ'  όπως  μη  επ' 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  149 

ίκείνω  Ύενησόμεθα  πάντα  ποίητ€θρ7  11.  μισθω- 
σώμεθα  ουν  κήρυκα,  η  αυτός  άρείπω  ;  12.  κατα- 
βατέον  ονν  iv  μέρει  εκαστον/'  13.  ειπώ  ουν  σοι  το 
αίτιον ;  14.  επιθνμητεον  εστί  τοις  άνθρώποις  της 
αρετής.  Ιδ.  εν  tcr^t  οτι  ου  μη  σοι  ζνγχωρησω. 
16.  ποΐ  φύγωμερ  ;  1/.  μιμητεον  εστίν  ημΐν  τους 
αγαθούς.  18.  πότερον^  τούτο  βίαν  φωμεν  η  μη 
φ  ω  μεν  eti^at  ; 

II.  1.  The  general  must  pursue  the  enemy. 
2.  What  shall  I  say  ?  3.  They  will  7iot  await  the 
enemy.  4.  We  must  make  war  on  the  barbari- 
ans.^^ 5.  For  you  will  7iever  make  the  vicious 
better.  6.  We  must  not  be  dispirited.  7.  AVill 
you  recei\^e "  him,  or  shall  we  go  away  ?  8.  They 
λγ'ύΐ  not  be  able  to  go  up  on  the  mountain.  9.  We 
must  not  surrender  these  soldiers  to  the  king. 
10.  We  must  make  every  effort  ^^  never  to  get  in 
the  power  of  the  barbarians.  11.  With  what  ^^ 
shall   I   begin?      12.     You   must   cultivate   virtue. 

13.  Shall  I  proceed  \vith^^the  army  into  the  city? 

14.  Fellow-soldiers,  we  must  make  our  journey  on 
foot.  15.  And  may  I  not  ^"^  answer,  if  some  young 
(man)  questions  me?  16.  The  general  must  pro- 
vide chariots  and  march  against  the  enemy.  17.  We 
must  never  do  the  state  harm,  but  obey  (her). 

NOTES. 

*  I  282,  2,  at  the  end  of  the  examples. 

*  The  indirect  question  {I  14:9,  2,  second  paragraph)  is  the  second 
object  of  κρύψω,  I  164. 


ΙδΟ  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


'  See  in  {this  undertaking).  ^  ττάρ^ιμι,  ^  127,  I.,  N.  1. 

*  Here  indeclinable.  ^  See  note  9,  Lesson  XXXIV. 

''   We  must  make  every  effort,  etc.,  ^  217. 

^  Accusative  of  the  agent.  ^^  Use  the  personal  construction. 

»  ξ  282,  5.  "   With  what,  i.e.  whe^ice. 

'»  ^  186,  N.  1.  1*  έ'χων. 

"  Future  indicative. 
^^  J.71C?  not,  μη$€.     See  also  note  1,  above. 


LESSON    LXX. 

Conditional  Sentences  ι  Present  and  Past  Conditions. 

Grammar  :  §  219  entire ;  §  220,  through  I.  a,  2 ;  §§  221, 

222. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  el  νμ^ί'ζ  iOeXeTE  εζορμαν,  βπεσθαι  νμΐν  βον- 
λο/xat.  2.  el  ταύτα  iwenpa^ei,  καλώς  αν  ea^ev. 
3.  καχ  ημΐρ  γ*  αν  οιδ*  otl  τρυσασμενος^  ταντ  inoiei, 
el  ίώρα  ημάς  μeveiv  πapaσκevaζo μένους.  4.  etnep 
έμος   αδελφό?   ecm,    ουκ   άμa^el  ταυτ    εγώ   ληφομαυ, 

5.  et    ίώρων    άπορουντας    νμας,    τοντ     αν   έσκόπονν. 

6.  άλλα,  et  fiovXeL,  μeve  inl  τω  στpaτeύμaτL,  eyco  δ' 
ίθ4\.ω  iropeveaOaL•  •  et  δε  ^yζeLς,  nopevov  επι  το 
ορός,  εγώ  δε  μevώ  αντον.  7.  κ^αι  αν  ταντ  εττοιεί,  ει 
Ιώρα  Ύ)μας.  8.  αλλ'  ει  βov\.eσΘe  crvvanievaL,  rjKeiv 
κελεύει  νμας  της  ννκτός.  9.  el  γαρ  eβp6vτησe,  και 
ηστραχ^εν.  10.  ει  δε  τι  άλλο  βέΧτιον,^  τολμάτω  καΐ 
Ο  ιοίωτης  OLOacTKeLv.  11.  ei  ην  ο  υανατος  τον  παν- 
τός άτταΧλαγη,  ^ρμαίον  αν  ην  τοΙς  κακοΐς.  12.  ει 
μέντοι    TOTe    πλeίovς    σvve\eγησav,    eKivBvvevaev    αν 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  151 

ζιαφθαρηναι  πολύ  τον  στρατεύματος.  13.  el  τοντο 
πεποίηκας,  επαινείσθαι  άζιος  et.  14.  ονκ  αν  των 
νήσων  4κράτ€ί,  ei  μη  τι  ναντικον  ειγβ.  15.  ή  '^ολις 
ττασα  Βίβφθάρη  αν,  el  άνεμος  επεγενετο.  16.  ευ  ϊσθ* 
ΟΤΙ  εΐ  τι  ^  εμού  εκηΒον,  άζιώματος  ^  και  τιμής  μη  ^ 
άποστερειν  με  εφνλάττον  αν. 

II.  1.  But  if  any  one  sees  a  better  (plan),  let  him 
speak.  2.  If  he  had  restrained  himself,  he  would 
now  be  king.  3.  And  if  you  had  not  come,  we 
should  have  proceeded  against  the  king.  4.  If  you 
have  the  money,  pay  it  to  the  soldiers.  5.  If  he 
(is)  a  god,  he  is  wise.  6.  If  the  general  had  wished 
to  go,  the  soldiers  would  have  followed  (him).  7.  If 
he  went  into  the  city,  he  received  the  gold.  8.  He 
would  not  have  done  this,  if  I  had  not  bid  him. 
9.  If  you  say  this,  you  are  deceived.  10.  If  he 
wrote  the  letter,  he  did  well.  11.  If  he  had  done 
this,  he  would  have  injured  me  greatly.®  12.  If  this 
i-s  so,  I  will  go  away  at  once.  13.  If  the  citizens 
had  been  wise,  they  would  then  have  put  this  tyrant 
to  death.  14.  If  you  have  not  done  wrong,  why 
are  you  about  to  flee  ?  15.  It  would  be  much  more 
wonderful,  if  they  were  honored. 

NOTES. 

»  ξ  138,  Ν.  7.  Μ  164,  Ν.  2. 

2  Better  (plan).     Sc.  «στί,  *  Not  to  be  translated,  §  283,  6. 

3  §  160,  2.  «  ^  159,  N.  2,  and  n.  4. 


152  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

LESSON   LXXI. 

Conditional  Sentences :  Puture  Conditions. 

Gkammar  :  §  220,  I.  h,  1  and  2;  §§  223,  224;  §  207, 
1  and  2. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  καν  μίν  Tj  e/cet,  Trjv  Ζίκιην  έπίθησομα'  αντω, 
r)v  δε  φνγΎ),  rjjJi^^^^  i^ei  προς  ταντα  βου\€νσ6μ€θα. 
2.  el  ονν  ορωηρ  νμας  σωτιηριον  tl  βουΧενομενουζ, 
ζλθοιμι  αν  προς  νμας.  3.  οϋτω^  γαρ  αν  νμεΐς  άπο- 
Χελνμενοί  της  αιτίας  ζϊητ€.^  4.  εγώ  θβλω,  ω  ανορες, 
8ίαβίβάσαί  νμας,  αν  έμοί  ων  Βεομαυ  νπηρβτησητε  και 
τάλαντον  μισθον  πορίσητε.  5.  ννν  αν,  el  βονλοω, 
συ  τ€  ημάς  ονησαις  κοί  ημείς  σε  μεγαν  ποιησαιμεν. 
6.  καίτοι  ει  α/Αα  τ  ελεύθερος  ειης  και  πλούσιος 
γενοιο,  τίνος  αν  Seoto  ;  7.  ην  δε  τις  ημάς  της  όδου 
άποκωλύη,  ΒιαποΧεμησομεν  τούτω.  8.  ει  δε  ά^λα 
προτιθείη  τις,  πο\ν  αν  πλείονς  δια  τοντο  εμπορεύ- 
οιντο.  9.  ούδ'  ει  πάντες  ελθοιεν  ΐίερσαι,  πληθει  γε 
ονχ^  νπερβαλοίμεθ'  αν  τους  πολεμίους.  10.  αν  δε 
τις  ai^^tcTTT^Tat,  συν  υμίν  πειρασόμεθα  -χειρουσθαι. 
11.  ούδε  γαρ  αν  με  6  ^αστιλευς  επαινοίη,  ει  εζβλαύ^ 
νοιμι  τους  εύεργετας.  12.  ην  ουν  σωφρονητε,  τού- 
τον τάζ^αι^τια  ποιήσετε  η  τους  κύνας  ποιουσι  •  τους 
μεν  γαρ  κύνας  τους  χαλεπούς  τας  μεν  ημέρας  διδεασ"ΐ, 
rets  δε  νύκτας  άφιασι,  τούτον  δε,  ην  σωφρονητε,  την 
νύκτα  μεν  Βησετε,  την  δε  ήμεραν  αφήσετε. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  153 

IT.  1.  For  if  we  take  tKis  height,  those  (who  are) 
above  ^  the  road  will  not  be  able  to  remain.  2.  He 
Avoulcl  gladly  give  them  guides,  if  they  should  wish 
to  go  away.  3.  For  if  they  see  you  dispirited,  they 
will  all  be  cowardly.  4.  What  shall  we  suffer,  if  wo 
yield  and  get  in  the  power  of  the  king?  5.  If  they 
should  receive  pledges,  they  would  come.  6.  If  the 
king  shall  fight  within  ten  days,  I  will  give  you  ten 
talents.  7,  For  if  we  should  besiege  this  city,  we 
should  take  it.  8.  And  we  shall  not  be  able  to  pass 
by,  unless  we  cut  off  the  enemy.  9.  If  the  horse- 
men arrive  before  the  battle,  we  shall  be  \^ictorious. 
10.  If^  I  should  escape  the  notice  of  these  (men), 
I  should  be  saved  ;  but  if  I  should  be  taken,  I  should 
suffer  death.  11.  If  therefore  we  make  the  peace, 
we  shall  dwell  in  the  city  in  ^  great  safety.  12.  If  ^ 
therefore  λΥβ  should  have  arms,  we  should  make  use 
also  of  our  valor ;  but  if  we  should  surrender  these, 
we  should  lose  our  Uves  "^  also. 

NOTES. 

*  l7i  this  way,  representing  the  protasis.     See  §  226,  1,  with  the  last 
example. 

^   Would  be  freed  from,  Tperiect  optative  passive,  ^  118,  1.     See  also 
^  202,  2. 

^  Not  even  if  all,  etc.,  not  even  then,  etc. 

*  ol  vTTtp  TTJs  οδού,  I  141,  N.  3,  second  paragraph. 
°  See  note  10,  Lesson  XIX. 

^  μ€τα  with  the  genitive. 

^  Lose  our  lives,  lit.  be  robbed  of  our  bodies. 


154  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


LESSON   LXXII. 

Conditional  Sentences:  Present  and  Past  General  Suppositions. — 
Expression  of  a  "Wish.  —  Gnomic  and  Iterative  Tenses. 

Gkammar:  §  220,  11. ;  §  225;  §  251,  1  and  2;  §§  205, 
1  and  2,  and  206. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  ol  Oeoi  ικανοί  elcn  τους  μικρούς,  καν  ev 
δειι^οΓς  ωοτι,  σώζειν  €νπ€τως.  2.  τούτου  ev€Ka  μητ€ 
ποΧεμείτε  Αακε^αιμονίους,  σώζοισθέ  re  ^  ασφαλώς 
οποί  OeXeL  έκαστος.  3.  rjv  επικού  ρήμα  των  ττοδω^», 
ει  τις  την  νύκτα  νπολύοιτο.  4.  ην  τι^  περί  ημάς 
άμαρτάνωσι,  περί  τας  εαντων  χ^υχ^ας  αμαρτάνουσι. 
5.  ημείς  yap  αν  τοιαύτα  πάθοιμεν,^  οία  τους  εχθρούς 
οι  θεοί  ποιησειαν.^  6.  καΐ  ει  τις  αντω  Ζοκοίη  των 
προς  τοντο  τεταγμένων  βΧακενειν,  εκλεγόμενος  τον 
επιτηοειον  επακτ^ϊ^  αν.  (.  τας  οε  ωτιοας,  αν  τις 
ταχύ  άνιστη,  εστί  λαμβάνειν.  8.  ει  hi  τίνα  ορωη 
^εινον  οντά  οικονόμον,  ονΖενα  αν  πώποτε  άφείλετο.^ 
9.  διατελεί  μισών, ^  ουκ  ην  τις  τι^  αντον  aSiKjj,  αλλ* 
εάν  τίνα  νποπτεύση  βελτιονα  εαυτόν  eti^at.  10.  εΐ 
δτ7  ποτέ  πορεύοιτο,  προσκαλών  τους  φίλους  εσπου- 
^αιολογεΊ,το.  11.  ει  τίνες  ϊΒοιεν  πη  τους  σφετερους 
επικρατουντας,  άνεθάρσησαν  αν  Ι'  12.  τη  ^ια  προσ- 
etcrtl•'  εγθραι  και  κίνδυνοι.  13.  τας  των  φαύλων 
συνουσίας  ολίγος  χρόνος  ^ιελυσεν.  14.  άι^αλα/Α^α- 
νων   αύτων  τα   ποιήματα  8ιηρώτων  αν.      15.    εΐ  εςε- 


1 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  155 

XavvoL  Αστυάγης,  Ιφ^  Ιππου  γ^ρυσογσΧίνου  περυηγβ 
TOP  Κυροι/.  16.  €106  σοι,  ω  ΐίβρίκλείς,  τότε  συνεγε- 
νόμην. 

II.  1.  But  may  the  gods  take  vengeance  on 
these  traitors.  2.  If  any  one  ever  stole,  he  was 
punished.  3.  Beware  of  slanders,^  even  if  they  are 
false.  4.  0  that  you  may  prove  yourselves  ^  brave  ! 
5.  If  they  found  anything  (upon  them),  they  took 
it  away  from  them.  6.  But  it  was  a  protection, 
if  one  journeyed  with  something  black  before  his 
eyes.  7.  0  that  I  had  not  fought  with  the  king ! 
8.  Virtue  is  praiseworthy.^^  9.  If  we  ever  attacked 
the  enemy,  they  escaped  with  ease.  10.  If  the 
soldiers  march  in  good  order,  he  praises  them. 
11.  If  any  one  perjures  himself,  they  impose  ^^  a 
penalty  on  him.  12.  He  used  to  beat^  his  sol- 
diers. 13.  If  he  suspected  that  any  one  was  plot- 
ting against  him,  he  put  him  to  death. 


NOTES. 

*  An  imperative  followed  by  an  optative  in  a  wish,  the  two  being 
correlated  by  μητ€  . . .  τ€,  both  .  .  .  not, .  . .  and. 

«  I  159,  N.  2. 

'  I  226,  2  b. 

*  A  wish. 

*  Iterative. 

*  ^  279,  1. 

'  ^  159,  ii.  4. 

*  Use  the  article. 

®  Prove  yourselves,  —  use  the  aorist  of  γίγνομαχ. 
^0  ^  138,  N.  2  c. 
η  ^  205,  2. 


156  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

LESSON   LXXIII. 

Eelative  and  Temporal  Sentences:   Conditional  Eelative. 
Grammar  :  §§  229-233.    Add  §  231,  n. 

Exercises. 

I.  1.  οτω  SoKei  ταύτα,  άνατ^ινάτω  την  -^eipa, 
2.  το  δε  \οιπον  ττειρώμενοι  ταντη<ζ  τηζ  τάζεως,  βον- 
Χευσόμ^θα  6  τι  αν  αεί  κράτιστον  hoKTj  eivai.  3.  βγω 
yap  οκνοίην  αν  et9  τα  πλοΓα  Ιρυβαίνειν  α  ημίν  οοίη. 

4.  τω   δε  ηγβμόνυ   πιστενσομεν   ον    αν    Κυρο?   δίδω. 

5.  και  οι  ovoL,  inei  τις  Βιώκοι,  προ^ραμόντες  εστα 
σαν.  6.  τονς  πλείστους  ενθαπερ  επεσον  έκαστους 
ε^αψαι^•  ον?  δε  μη  εΰρισκον,  κενοτάφιον  αύτοΐς  εποίη- 
σαν. 7.  τω  θεω  τούτω  θύσομεν  σωτήρια  οπού  αν 
πρώτον  εΙς  φιΧίαν  ^ώραν  άφικώμεθα.  8.  διαπο- 
ρευσόμεθα  την  ^ώραν  ως  αν  8υνωμεθα  άσινεστα- 
τα.  9.  οί  δ'  επει  τα  άρματα  πρόϊΖοιεν,  Ζιίσταντο. 
10.  οτω  οϋν  ταύτα  δοκ^εΓ  καΧως  ε)(ειν,  επικυρωσάτω 
ως  τάχιστα,  ιν  έργω  περαινηται.  11.  και  συν  υμιν 
ο  τι  αν  8εη  πείσομαι.  12.  οπού  στρατηγός  σώος 
εϊη,  τον  στρατηγον  παρεκάΧουν.  13.  ot  δε  άνδρες 
είσΐν  οι  ποιουντες  ο  τι  αν  εν  ταΐς  /^α^αις  γιγνηται. 
14.  εις  τά  πΧοΐα  τους  τε  άσθενουντας  ε^^ε^δι^ασ-αι^ 
καΐ  των  σκευών  δσα  μη  ανάγκη  ην  ε^ειν.  Ιδ.  ος  αν 
ταύτα  μήνυση,  λτ^ψεται  τάΧαντον.  16.  έπεμπε  γαρ 
βίκους  οίνου,  οπότε  πάνυ  η8ύν  Χάβοι.      17.    ημείς  δε 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  157 

πο\ν  μ€Ί/  Ισχυρ6τ€ρον  παίσοιίζν,  ην  τις  ττροσί-η,  πολύ 
δε  μάλλον  ότου  αν  βονλώμεθα  τ^νζ6μζ.θα. 

11.  1.  But  we  must  suffer  whatever  seems  best 
to  the  gods.  2.  And  I  should  fear  to  follow  the 
guide  wdiom  he  might  give  us.  3.  But  if  any  one 
hinder  us  from  our  journey,  we  shall  fight  it  out  with 
him  ^  as  bravely  as  possible.^  4.  He  (is)  a  worthy 
friend,  to  whomsoever  he  is  a  friend.  5.  But  I 
grant  you,  said  he,  whichever  you  wish  to  choose. 
6.  And  in  company  with  you  I  shall  be  in  honor 
wherever  I  shall  be.  7.  He  hunted  on  horseback, 
wheneΛ'er  he  wished  to  exercise  himself.  8.  \Vhen- 
ever  any  one  wishes  to  go  away,  he  permits  him.^ 
9.  And  whenever  it  was  necessary  *  to  cross  a  bridge, 
each  ^  company  hastened.  10.  He  would  not  have 
done  what  he  had  not  agreed  to  do.  11.  And 
again,  when  the  horses  approached,  they  did  the 
same  (thing).  12.  (Those)  who^  were  not  able  to 
escape  perished.  13.  As  many  arrows  as^  were 
taken  were  useful  to  the  archers.  14.  Whenever 
it  shall  be  (the)  proper  time,  I  will  come. 

NOTES. 

*  Use  ovTOs.     For  the  case,  see  §  186,  n.  1. 

'  Literally,  most  bravely  (κράτκττα)  as  we  shall  he  able,  putting  the 
adverb  last. 

^  avTovs,  because  the  indefinite  tIs,  though  singular,  covers  the  entire 
class. 

'•  I  98,  N.  1.     Use  8€t.  ^  §  142,  4,  n.  2.  ^  o'<rou 

'  {So  many)  of  the  arrows  as,  §  87,  1,  but  put  the  genitive  in  the  rela- 
tive clause. 


158  FIEST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


LESSON    LXXIY. 

Eelative  and  Temporal  Sentences:  Eelative  Clauses  expressing 
Purpose,  Kesult,  or  Cause,  and  Temporal  Particles  signifying 
Until  and  Before  that. 

Grammar  :  §§  236-240. 

Exercises. 

I.  \.  ol  yap  τΓοΚέμιοι  ου  Trporepov  προς  ημάς  τον 
ττόΧεμον  ίζύφηναν  πριν  ενόμισαν  καλώς  τα  ίαντων 
παρεσκενάοτθαυ.  2.  και  η  μητηρ  σννέπραττεν  αντω 
ταύτα  •  ώστε  βασυΧενς  την  προς  ίαυτον  έπίβουΧην 
ουκ  ^σθάνβτο.  3,  ούΒαμόθεν  άφιεοΌν  πριν  παρα- 
θείεν  άριστον,  4.  αττασι^»  έσονται  σπον^αί,  μέχρι 
αν  βασιλεΐ  τα  παρ"  νμων  ΒιαγγεΧθΎ).  5.  εαν  δε  μη 
δίδω  ταύτα,  ηγεμόνα  αΐτησομεν  Κ,νρον,  όστις  δια 
φιλίας  της  χώρας  άπάζει.  6.  εως  οι  πΧειστοι  γνώ- 
μην  άπεφηναντο,  ησνχίαν  αν  ηγον.  7.  καΐ  εαν  εγω 
φαίνωμαι  ά^ικεΐν,  ου  χρη  με  ενθεν8ε  άπεΧθεΙν  πρΙν 
αν  δώ  Ζίκην.  8.  καΐ  γίγνεται  τοσούτον  μεταζυ  των 
στρατευμάτων  ώστε  τη  υστεραία  ουκ  εφάνησαν  οΐ 
πολέμιοι.  9.  ε8οζε  τω  ^ημω  τριάκοντα  άνΒρας  ελε~ 
(T^at  ot  νόμους  ζυγγράφουσι.  10.  αλλά  διατ^3ΐψω 
εστ  αν  όκνησωσιν  οι  άγγελοι  μη  άπο8όζη  ημίν  τάς 
σπόντας  ποιησασθαι.  11.  άτοπα  λέγεις  /cat  ούδα- 
μώς  προς  σου,  ός  γε  κελεύεις  εμε  καθηγείσθαι. 
12.  άνορΧ  εκάστω  ^ώσει  πέντε  αργυρίου  μνάς  επην 
εις  Ί^αβυλώνα  ηκωσι,  και  τον  μισθον  εντελή  μέχρι  αν 
καταστηση  τους  '^Έλληνας  εΙς  *1ωνίαν  πάλιν.     13.    πα- 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  159 

Xtt»  Se  οπότε  άπίοιεν  ττρος  το  άλλο  στράτευμα  ταύτα 
επασγον,  καΐ  επΙ  τον  οεντερον  γηλόφον  ταύτα  εγ[- 
γνετο,  ώστε  άπο  του  τρίτου  γηλόφου  εΖοζεν  αύτοΐς  μτ) 
κίρείι/  τους  στρατίωτας  πριν  άττο  της  δεξιάς  πλευράς 
τον  πλαισίου  άι^ηγαγοτ^  πεΧταστας  προς  το  ορός, 

II.  1.  They  waited  until  the  men  left  the  city. 
2.  They  are  getting  arms  together  with  which  to 
defend  themselves.  3.  Let  the  truce  be  in  force 
until  I  come.  4.  He  had  not  come ;  so  that  the 
Grreeks  Avere  anxious.  5.  I  should  continue  to  war-^ 
(with  them)  until  they  should  surrender  the  ships. 
6.  They  command  the  heralds  to  wait  until  the  gen- 
eral shall  be  at  leisure.  7.  But  the  rest  of  the 
soldiers  struck  ^  and  stoned  and  reviled  the  man  until 
they  compelled  (him)  to  take^  his  shield  and  proceed. 

8.  Generals  have  come  to•  collect  an  army  for  Cyrus. 

9.  We  waited  each  time  until  the  king  rode  by. 

10.  He  will  not  stop  fighting  against  his  opponents 
until  he  has  consulted  with  you.  11.  You  are  hap- 
py, since  you  have  ancestral  gods.  12.  They  never 
make  the  attack  until  the  Λvatchword  has  passed 
along.^  13.  I  shall  delay  in  Sardis  until  the  gene- 
ral arrives.  14.  If  I  had  known  this,  I  should  haΛ'e 
Avaited  until  the  general  had  arrived.  15.  AVe  will 
go  forward  until  we  join  Cyrus. 


NOTES. 


>  §  279,  1  3  Use  the  participle. 

'  §  200,  N.  1.  ■*  Use  the  aorist  subjunctive. 


160  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK 


LESSON    LXXY. 

Indirect  Discourse :   Simple  Sentences  after  on  and  ώ^  and  in 

Indirect  Questions. 

Grammar  :  §  241 ;  §§  243-245. 

Exercises. 

1.  επ^θξ.ικρυσαν  oia  βίη  η  απορία  apev  τής 
Κ,νρον  γρώμης  και  μίνειν  και  aTTteVat.  2.  και  ον- 
ττοτε  ip€L  ουδείς  ως  €γω  ττροΒον'ζ  νμας  την  των  βαρ- 
βάρων φιΚιαν  €ΐ\6μην.  3.  εγνω  οτι  ου  SvvijcreTaL 
τους  στρατίώτας  βίάσασθαυ  levau.  4.  καυ  μάλα 
Ύΐθνμησάν  τυνβς,  εννοουμένου  μη  τα  Ιπιτη^εια^  ουκ 
eyoiev  οπόθεν  Χαμβάνουεν.  5.  αλλά  οΐ  ποΧβμιου 
έθεωντο  οπού  ποτέ  TpixpovTaL  οΐ  '^ΈΧΧηνε<;  καΐ  τί  εν  νω 
εγοιεν.  β.  εΧεζεν  ώ?  γείτων  τε  εΐη  της  Ελλάδος  καΐ 
περί  πΧειστου  αν  ποιησαιτο  σωσαι  ημάς.  7.  άκου- 
σας δε  αενοφων  ελεγεν  οτι  ορθώς  tjticovto  και  αυτό 
το  έργον  αυτοΐς  μαρτυροίη.  8.  εΐ'θα  Srj  οί  '^ΕΧΧηνες 
έγνωσαν  οτι  πΧαίσιον  ΙσόπΧευρον  πονηρά  τάζις  ειη. 
9.  ό  δε  Χεγει  οτι  ουκ  εΖόκει  αυτω  έρημα  καταΧιπειν 
τα  οπισυεν.  ί\).  ελεςεν  οτι  ούτω  σωτήριας  αν  τυ- 
'χοιεν.  11.  οϋτοι  εΧεγον  οτι  Κύρος  μεν  τεθνηκεν, 
Άριαΐος  δε  πεφευγως  έν  τω  σταθμω  ειη  καΐ  Χεγοι  οτι 
περιμεινειεν  αν  αυτούς.  12.  αποκρίνεται  οτι  ταυτ 
αν  εποιησεν  ημάς  ιοων.  Ιο.  εΚεγον  οτι  ουπωποο 
ούτος  6  ποταμός  διάβατος  γένοιτο  πεζή.  14.  εβου- 
Χεύοντο  ει^  τα  σκευοφόρα  ενταύθα  άγοιντο  i]  άπίοιεν 


i 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  161 

inl  TO  (ττρατόπεοον.      15.    "ηρώτων  el  hoiev  av  τούτων 
τά  πιστά. 

11.*^  1.  And  Cyrus  said  tliat  tlie  expedition  would 
be  against  the  great  king.  2.  But  lie  answered  that 
he  had  deliberated  with  respect  to  this.  3.  For  they 
now  knew  that  he  was  leading  (them)  against  his 
brother.  4.  And  he  shouted  that  the  king  was  com- 
ing on  with  a  great  army.  5.  For  the  satrap  said 
that  Cyrus  had  plotted  against  the  king.  6.  But 
they  deliberated  how  "^  they  should  drive  the  men 
away  from  the  hill.  7.  He  asked  whither^  he 
should  turn.  8.  They  knew  that  their  fear  was 
groundless.  9.  He  said  that  he  would  arrest  him 
and  put  (him)  to  death.  10.  But  he  did  not  indi- 
cate what  he  would  do.  11.  But  he  was  deliber- 
ating whether^  they  should  send  some,  or  should  all 
go  to  the  camp.  12.  And  (on)  being  asked  Avhat^ 
he  needed,  he  said,  "I  shall  need  two  thousand  leath- 
ern bags."  13.  They  were  at  a  loss  \vhat^  t^i^y 
should  call  this.  14.  For  they  perceived  that  the 
enemy  Λvere  among  the  baggage.^  15.  I  said  that 
we  liad^*^  many  fair^^  hopes  of  safety.  16.  There- 
upon he  accordingly  answered  that  they  would  ^^  die 
sooner  than  give  up  their  arms. 


NOTES. 


^  In  each  case  let  the  student  give  the  verb  of  the  quoted  sentence  in 
its  original  form  before  quotation,  and  also  all  of  its  possible  forms  after 
being  quoted. 

^  An  indirect  question  may  be  introduced  by  the  simple  interrogative 


162  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

\in  this  case  iroCa),  the  general  relative  (oirota),  or  even,  as  here,  the 
simple  relative  (ο'ία).  See  |  149,  2,  with  note,  §  282,  1,  and  §  87,  1. 
For  the  syntax  of  μ€ν£ΐν,  see  ^  261,  1, 

^  Object  of  λαμβάνουν.  The  original  question  was,  iroOcv  τα  έιτιτη- 
Ssia  λαμβάνωμβν;     See  §  25G. 

*  ^  277,  4.  5  g  282,  4. 

^  In  translating  these  sentences  into  Greek,  determine  first  what  the 
quoted  sentence  would  be  in  the  direct  form  in  English,  so  as  to  get  the 
original  tense,  which  in  Greek,  it  must  be  carefully  remembered,  does  not 
cliange  when  the  sentence  is  indirectly  quoted.  In  English  after  sec- 
ondary tenses  a  change  of  tense  is  the  rule.  This  makes  it  often  doubt- 
ful what  the  original  form  of  the  sentence  was.  In  such  a  case  the 
student  must  determine  which  seems  the  most  natural,  and  take  that. 

'  iroiJs.     But  see  note  2,  above. 

8   Whether...  or,  ίΐ.,.ή',  I  282,  5, 

®  Plural  of  σ-κ€υοψορον. 
'"  I  184,  4. 

^^  Greek  idiom,  many  and  fair. 
^^  Tlie  original  afiirmation  was,  we  shoidd  die,  etc. 


LESSON   LXXYI. 

Indirect  Discourse:  Infinitive  and  Participle  in  Indirect 

Quotations. 

Grammar  :  §  246,  with  n.  ;  §  260,  with  2  (and  n.  1) 
§  280,  with  notes  1  and  2. 

Exercises. 

I.^  1.  αι/δρες,  vvp  im  την  Ελλάδα  νομιζ€Τ€  άμιΚ- 
λασ^αι.  2.  οΐμαι  γαρ  αν  ημα'ζ  τοιαύτα  τταθ^ιν  οία 
τους  έχ^θρονς  οί  θβοί  ποιησ^ιαν.^  3.  μ.έμνημαι  avro^J 
τοντο  ποίησαντα.  4.  Κύρος  δ'  inel  ^σθετο  τους 
στρατίώτας   ^ιαβεβηκότα'ζ,   ησθη.      5.    σνροιΒα   γαρ 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  163 

€μαντω  πάντα  €^€υσμ€Ρος  αντον.  6.  νττισ^είται 
αντοΐς  μη  πρόσθεν  ττανσεσθαί  ττρίν  αν  αντονς  κατα- 
yayrj  oiKahe,  7.  hrjko^  ην  Kvpos  σπενΒων  ττασαν 
την  6h6v.  8.  ακούω  Ο  eivau^  iv  τω  στρατενματι 
ημών  'Ροδίου•?,  ων  τους  πο\\ού<ζ  φασιν  ίπίστασθαι  ^ 
σφενΒοναν.  9.  inetSr)  δε  σαφώς  τους  βαρβάρους 
άπιοντας  ηΒη  ίώρων  οΐ  Ελληνες,  επορεύοντο  καΐ 
avTOL.  I  υ.  αναρ-χ^ία  ο  αν  και  αταςια  ενομιί^ον  ημάς 
άπολεσθαι.  11.  ως  εthε  τον  Κνρον  ^ασιλεα^  οντά, 
ενθυς  εφνγεν.  12.  δει^ω  τούτον  εγθρον  οντά. 
13.  άλλως  8ε  πως  πορίζεσθ αι  τα  επιτήδεια  όρκους 
κατεγοντας  ημάς  ηΒειν.  14.  σκοπούμενος  ουν  εύ- 
ρισκον     ούΒαμως     αν    άλλως    τούτο    Οιαπραζάμενος, 

15.  εώρα    δε     προκατείΚημμενην     την     άκρωνυ^ίαν, 

16.  ει  ουν  ορωην  υμάς  σωτηριον  τι  βουλευο μένους, 
ελθοιμι  αν  προς  υμάς.  17.  επιβουλεύων  ημΐν  φανε- 
ρός εστί.  18.  ύπώπτευον  γαρ  επΙ  ^δαοτιλεα  Ιεναυ  • 
μισθωθηναι  δε  ουκ  επΙ  τούτω  εφασαν.  19.  τούτους 
δε  εφασαν  οίκεϊν  άνά  τα  όρη  και  πολεμικούς  είναι, 
και  ^δασιλε^ως  ουκ  ^  άκούειν,  άλλα  και  εμβαλεΐν  ποτέ 
εις  αυτούς  βασιλικην  στρατιάν  •  τούτων  δ'  ού^ενα 
άπονοστησαι. 

II.  1.  For  he  heard  "^  that  Cyrus  was  in  CiHcia. 
2.  And  he  promised  that  he  would  dehver  over  the 
Greeks  to  him.  3.  He  thinks  that  he  has  been 
WTonged  by  me.  4.  And  it  was  evident  that  he  was 
troubled.  5.  The  wife  of  the  king  is  said  to  have 
taken  refuge  there.      6.    For  I  know  that  pledges 


164  FIKST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

have  been  given.  7.  For  I  knew  tliat  tlie  soldiers 
had  provisions.     8.    Remember  that  you  are  mortal. 

9.  And  the  great  king  dug^  this  trench  when  he 
learned    that    Cyrus    was    marching    against    (him). 

10.  I  was  the  first  to  announce^  to  him  that  Cyrus 
Avas  making  an  expedition  against  (him).  11.  I  saw 
that  you  were  suffering  harm^^  and  were  not*^  able  to 
retaliate.  12.  For  they  did  not  know  that  he  was 
dead.  13.  They  therefore  announce  that  in  that 
case  the  Greeks  would  retreat.  14.  And  the 
Greeks  knew  the  enemy  wished  to  go  away,  and 
that  (they)  were  passing  the  word  to  one  another. 
15.  They  acknowledge  that  this  general  was  a  brave 
(man).  16.  Let  it  not  yet  be  manifest  that  Λνο  have 
set  out  for  home.  17.  He  accordingly  showed  that 
the  satrap  had  broken  the  truce.  18.  He  is  con- 
scious to  himself  that  he  has  violated  his  oatli.-^^ 

NOTES. 

*  See  note  1,  Lesson  LXXV. 

2  ^  251,  1. 

3  I  280,  N.  3.  ' 

'*  With  the  infinitive  =  hnoiv  how,  like  οϊδα,  ^  280,  n. 

5  §  136,  N.  2. 

6  ^  283,  3,  and  §  242,  4. 

'  Be  careful  to  use  the  participle  in  translating  this   exercise  into 
Greek  wherever  the  principal  verb  is  one  of  the  list  mentioned  in  ^  280. 
See  also  note  6,  Lesson  LXXV. 
"  Made. 

^  I  first  (^  138,  N.  7)  announced. 
^"^  See  note  10,  Lesson  XIX. 

"  Use  the  plural.     For  the  case  (if  τταραμΛίω  is  used  for  the  verb  to 
violate),  see  §  171,  2. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  165 


LESSON   LXXYII. 

Indirect  Discourse :  Indirect  Quotation  of  Compound  Sentences. 

Grammar:  §  247.  Acid  the  General  P^ules  for  Indi- 
rect Quotations  and  Questions  in  §  242. 

Exercises. 

I.^  1.  Kol  OVK  ίφασαν  leuai,'^  iav  μη  τις  αντοΐς 
-χρήματα  δίδω.  2.  οΰτος  ο  einev  otl  φλυαροίη 
οστι<ζ  \iyoL•  άλλως  πως  σωτήριας  αν  τνγείν  η  βααί- 
λβα  πείσας.  3.  καΐ  ευζαντο  Tjj  Άρτίτ/ί-ΐδι,  οπόσονς 
κο,τακάνοιεν  των  πολεμίων,  τοσαντας  χίμαιρας  κατά- 
θνσειν  ΤΎ)  θεω.  4.  ενόμιζε  γόίρ,  οσω  θαττον  ελ- 
θου,  τοσοντω  άπαρασκενοτερω  βασιΚεΙ  μαχεΐσθαυ, 
5.  νπεσχετο,  αν  τούτους  τους  στρατιώτας  Χαβη, 
τταρα^ωσειν  αντω  τους  '^Ελληνας.  6.  οί  ο  εαΧω- 
κότες  έλεγαν  οτι  τα  προς  μεσημβρίαν^  της^  επΙ 
Βα/5υλωί/α  ειη,  δι'  ησπερ  ηκοιεν.  7.  τούτο  δτ)  δει 
λέγειν,  πως  αν  πορευοίμεθα  τε  ως  ασφαλέστατα  και, 
ει  μάχεσθαί  δεοί,/  ως  κράτιστα  μαχοίμεθα.^  8.  οΐ 
δ*  ελεγον  otl  περί  σπονδών  ηκοιεν,  άν8ρες  οιτινες 
ΙκανοΧ  έσονται  τα  πάρα  των  Ελλήνων  βασιλει 
άπαγγείλαι.  9.  οΓδα  αυτούς  τούτο  αν  ποιουντας^  ει 
εξην,  Ιϋ.  ουο  ερει  ουοεις  ως  εγω  εως  μεν  αν  παρτ) 
τις  χρωμαί,  επειΒαν  8ε  άπιεναι  βούληταυ,  συλλάβων 
καΐ^  αυτούς  κακώς  ποιώ  καΐ^  τα  χρήματα  αποσυλω. 
αλλά  Ιόντων,  ε&ότες  ότι  κακίους  εισΐ  ^  περί  ημάς  η 
ημεΤς  περί  εκείνους,      11.    ευζαντο   σωτήρια    θύσειν. 


166  FIRST    LESSONS    IN   GREEK. 

οπον  πρώτον  et?  φιΚιαν  yrjv  αφικοιντο.  12.  eXeyov 
on  rjKoiev  ηγεμόνας  έχοντες,  ot  αντονς,  iav  σπονΒαΙ 
γβνωνταυ,  αζονσιν  evOev  εζονσι  τα  επιττ^δεια. 

11.^^  1.  And  he  promised  liim,  if  he  should  come, 
that  he  would  make  him  a  friend  to  Cyrus.  2.  He 
said  that,  if  there  was  no  objection, ^^  he  wished  to 
converse  with  them.  3.  He  said  that  if  they  should 
see  you  dispirited,  they  would  all  be  cowardly. 
4.  And  he  told  (him)  that  just  as  soon  as^^  the  expe- 
dition should  come  to  an  end,  he  would  immediately 
send  him  home.  5.  He  announced  that  if  we  had 
not  come,  they  would  be  proceeding  against  the  king. 
6.  He  said  that  he  should  delay  until  the  king 
arrived.  7.  But  he  said  that  he  did  not  commend 
the  man  if  he  had  done  this.  8.  And  they  said  that 
the  enemy  were  within  in  great  numbers, ^^  and  that 
they^*  were  striking  our  men.  9.  And  they  said 
that  they  would  burst  open  the  gates,  if  they  did  not 
open  (them)  of  their  own  accord.  10.  It  was  evi- 
dent that  they  would  elect  him,  if  any  one  should 
put  it  to  vote.  11.  But  he  said  he  should  dread  to 
embark  in  the  boats  which  Cyrus  should  give  them. 
12.  He  accordingly  then  asked  who^^  those  were 
who  (always)  did^^  whatever  took  place  in  battle.^^ 


NOTES. 


*  See  note  1,  Lesson  LXXV.  In  this  Lesson  observe  the  directions 
there  given  with  particular  care  in  case  of  the  verb  of  the  subordinate 
clause. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  167 

«  They  said  ουκ  ϊμ€ν,  |  200,  ν.  3  ό.      *  g  247,  ir.  3. 

^   The  country  toward  the  south,  etc.      *  ^212,4. 

*  Sc.  oSov,  and  see  §  169,  1. 

'  In  the  direct  discourse  τοΰτο  άν  i-iroiovv,  |  204,  s".  1. 

^  καΐ . . .  KaL     Indignity  to  their  persons  (avrovs)  is  added  to  the  rob- 
bery of  their  property.     On  avrovs,  see  note  3,  Lesson  LXXIII. 

9  ^  280,  N.  3.  "  g  142,  3. 

^°  See  note  6,  Lesson  LXXV.  "  And  that  they,  i.  e.  who. 

"  If  not  anything  hindered.  ^^  See  note  2,  Lesson  LXXV. 

*^  /wsi  as  soow  as,  eireiSov  τάχκττα.     ^^  Those  who  did,  §  276,  2. 
"  Jn  battle.     Use  the  plural  with  the  article. 


LESSON    LXXYIII. 

Pinal  and  Object  Clauses. 
Grammar  :  §§  215-218  (with  §  215,  Eemark,  and  n.  1). 

Exercises. 

i.  τω  0€  avopi  ov  av  εΚ-ησυ^  πείσομαι,  Lva 
elZrfTe  on  καΧ  άρχεσθαυ  έπίσταμαι.  2.  el  re  ηΒη 
SoKu  άπιό^αι,  σκεπτβον  ίστίν  οττως  ασφαλέστατα 
άπίμα/,^  και  όπως  τα  imTTJSeLa  βζομεί'.  3.  την  δε 
Ελληνίκηΐ'  Βνραμίν  ηθροίζερ  ως  μάλιστα  iSvvaTO 
Ιπικρνπτόμ€ΐ/ος,^  όπως  οτι^  ατταρασκενότατον  λάβοι 
pacrtAea.  4.  όπως  oe  και  νμεις  e/xe  επαινέσετε,  εμοι 
μελ-ησει}  5.  κοΧ  περί  τούτων  εμνησθην,  ίνα  μ^η 
ταντα  πάθητε,  6.  ώστε  ου  τούτο  8ε8οίκα,  μη  ουκ 
εγω^  6  τι  δω^  εκάστω  των  φίλων.  7.  τους  οε  άπο- 
θανόντας  αντοκελενστοι  οΐ  '^Ελληνες  ηκίσαντο,  ως  οτι 
φοβερώτατον  τοις  πολεμίους  εΐη.  8.  όπως  δ'  άμυ- 
νονμεθα    ουδείς    επιμελείται,      9.    αλλά    δeδot/cα    μη. 


168  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

at^  απα^  μάθωμα^  αργοί  ζην,  αχτπβρ  οΐ  Χωτοφάγοί 
επιΧαθωμεθα  της  οϊκαΒε  oSov.  10.  φίλος  εβούλετο 
είναυ  τοις  μεγυστα  ΖνναμεΐΌΐς,  ϊνα  άδικων  μη  Βώοίη 
Ζίκην.  11,  και  6  Σωκράτης  νπώπτενσε  μη  τι  προς 
της     πόλεως    επαίτιον    ειη    Κυρω     φίλον    γενέσθαι? 

12.  καί   σε    ουκ   ηγειρον,    ινα   ως   ηΒυστα   καθεύΒης, 

13.  εΐ  γαρ  οίοί  τε  ησαν^  οΐ  πολλοί  τα  μεγυστα 
κακά  εζεργάζεσθαί,  ϊρα  οίοι  τε  ήσαν  αυ  καί  άγα^ά 
τα  μεγυστα  •    καί  καλώς  αν  εΐ^εν, 

II.  1.  We  must  go,  therefore,  and  ask  Cyrus  for 
boats,  that  we  may  sail  away.  2.  See  to  this,  that 
we  shall  remain  here  in  greatest  safety.  3.  For 
they  feared  that  the  enemy  would  attack  them  while 
going  through^  the  ravine.  4.  He  thought  that  he 
needed    friends,    that    he    might    have    co-workers. 

5.  For  they  feared  that  they  would  be  cut  off  and 
the    enemy   would    get   on   both    sides    of    them.^^ 

6.  And  they  were  apprehensive  that,  if  they  should 
burn^^  the  villages,  they  might  not  have  provisions. 

7.  Let  us  therefore  burn  up  the  \vagons  which  λΥβ 
have,    that    our    teams    may   not  be  our  generals. ■'^ 

8.  But  no  one  of  us  is  in  return  taking  any^^ 
thought,  how  we  shall  contend  (with  them)  as  suc- 
cessfully as  possible.  9.  They  fear  that  the  Greeks 
will  attack  them  during  the  night. ^"^  10.  I  immed- 
iately proceeded  to  the  city,  that  I  might  aid  him. 
11.  Would  that  the  general  had  died,  that  he  might 
never  have  been  so  outraged  !     12.   See  to  (it),  then, 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  169 

that  you  be  men  worthy  of  the  freedom  which  ^^ 
you  possess !  13.  I  did  this,  that  it  might  not  be 
apparent  that  we  had  set  out  for  home. 

NOTES. 

»  ^  200,  X.  3  h. 

^  As  secretly  as  possible.     Literally,  concealing  himself  (middle)  as 
most  he  was  able. 

^  See  note  4,  Lesson  XXXIV. 

*  I  134,  F.  2. 

*  Subjunctive. 

^  ^  256,  and  |  244.     If  this  were  a  conditional  relative  sentence,  ο  τι 
ΛνουΗ  have  άν  joined  to  it,  §  207,  2,  and  ^  231,  ϊγ. 

"^  Subject  of  6ΐη,  of  which  eirairiov  is  the  predicate.    For  τ^  see  \  160, 2. 

8  I  251,  2.  1*•^  May  not  lead  (<Γτρατηγ€ω)  us,  I  171,  3. 

^  I  277,  1.  ^'^  ovSe'v,  I  159,  n.  2,  and  §  283,  9. 

10  I  182,  2.  '*  §  179,  1. 

"  I  277,  4.  »^  ^  153. 


LESSOR    LXXIX. 

The  Infinitive, 

Grammar  :  §§  258-262  (with  §  260, 1,  n.  1,  and  2,  n.  1, 
and  §  261,  1,  n.  1);  §§  265-267  (omitting  §  266,  2); 
§  274. 

Exercises.  1 

I.  1.  αίσγβον  δ'  ov^ev  4πΙ  ταΓς  βασυΚεως  Θύραις 
ουτ  ακονσαι  οντ  loeiv  ecmv.  Δ.  rivpo^  ονν  όντως 
ireXevryaei',  άρηρ  ων  αργειν  αζιώτατος.  3.  ηρζατε 
τον  8ίαβαίΡ€ίν.  4.  καί  τοΐς  Ιππενσιν  ευρητο  θαρ- 
ρονσι'^  hicuKeiv.  δ.  και  cl  τις  πολέμιος  iyeveTo, 
σπεισαμένον    Κυρου    έπίστενζ    μη^€ν    αν    τταρα    τάς 


170  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

σπονΒας  τταθειν.  6.  \οιπ6ν^  μοί  enreLV  οπβρ  και 
μίγιστον  νομίζω  eivai.  7.  ενόμιζον  γαρ  Ικανούς 
eivau  ημάς  ττερίγεν^σθαί  τω  πολβ/χω.  8.  ert  δ' 
€χομ€ν  σώματα  Ικανωτερα  τοντων  πόνους  φβρειν. 
9.  (τννωφζΧον(η  δ'  ούΒ^ν  οϋτβ  ^  βίς  το  μά'χ^εσθαυ  οντ 
εΙς  το  τα  Ιπιτη^^ια  ζ.γειν.  10.  κράτιστον^  ημϊν 
ί€σθαι  ως  τάγιστα  επί  το  άκρον.  11.  αλλά  ταύτα 
Trepaiveiv  η^η  ωρα.  12.  η  βασιλέως  αργτ]  ην  τω 
οΐ€σπάσθαι^  τας  Βυνάμ€ίς  άσθζνης.  13.  ovtol  ίκανοί 
ήσαν  τάς  άκροπόΧζ,ις  φυλάττείν.  14.  SeKa  Bk  των 
νέων  ττρονπεμχραν  εΙς  τον  μεγαν  Χυμένα  κατασκεχ^α- 
σθαί.  15.  €Keivai^  γαρ  δια  το  ^ειροπ\ηθ4σι  τοΖς 
Χίθοις  σφενΒοναν  έπΙ  βρα^ν  ίζικνοννται,  16.  Me- 
νων  oe  πρΙν  SrjXov  elvai  τι  ποιησονσιν  οΐ  άλλοι, 
σννεΧεζζ  το  αντον  στράτευμα.  17.  εχω  γαρ  τριή- 
ρεις ωστε  εΧευν  το  εκείνων  ττΧοιον.  18.  πριν  καταΧυ- 
crat  το  στράτευμ,α  ^βασιλεύς  εφάνη.  19.  ηυρίσκετο 
δε  εν  ταΐς  κώμαις  μόΧυβ^ος,  ωστε  ^rjcr^at  εις  τάς 
σφεντόνας.  20.  ειπεν  οτι  σπείσασθαι  βούΧοιτο  εφ' 
ω  μητε  αύτος  τους  '^Έ^ΧΧηνας  άΒικεΙν  μήτε  εκείνους 
καιειν  τας  οικίας.  21.  πρΙν  δε  τόζευμα  εζικνεΐσθαι, 
εκκΧίνουσιν  61  βάρβαροι  και  φεύγουσιν. 

II.  1.  It  seemed  best  to  tliem  to  go  away. 
2.  And  the  station  was  near,  where  he  Avas  about  to 
halt.^  3.  It  is  not,  therefore,  a  time  for  us  to  be 
sleeping.  4.  But  it  was  a  most  fearful  (thing)  to 
see.  5.  They  rush  in  pursuit.^  6.  They  intrust 
their  children  to  them  to  be  educated.^^     7.    It  was 


PIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  171 

manifest,  therefore,  that  Menon  desired  to  be  rich. 
8.  But  the  peltasts  must  pursue.  9.  The  fairest 
equipment  befits  victory .^^  10.  He  accompHshed 
this  by^"•^  being  severe. ^^  11.  We  asked  for  the 
galley  for  the  purpose  of  collecting  boats.  12.  For 
I  should  be  able  in  this  way  to  benefit  my  friends. 

13.  And  they  said  they  would  give  up  the  dead  on 
condition    that    they    would    not   burn    the    houses. 

14.  It  is  safer  for  them  to  flee  than  for  us.  15.  But 
when^*  it  was  now  evening,  it  was  time  for  the 
enemy  to  go  away.  16.  For  we  have  come  to 
save  you.  17.  The  whole  army  crossed  before  the 
enemy  appeared.     18.    For  he  was  stern  in  aspect.^'' 

19.  And  they  crossed  before  the  rest  gave  answer. 

20.  And  I  so  ^^  brought  (it)  about  that  it  seemed 
best  to    this  (man)  to   cease  warring  ^^  against   me. 

21.  And  he  sacrificed  before  speaking  to  any  one. 

22.  He  was  chosen  to    reconcile    and   restore  you. 

23.  And  they  made  so^^  great  a  noise  that  even  the 
enemy  heard  (them). 

NOTES. 

^  Review  the  exercises  of  Lessons  XXXI.  and  LXXVI. 

2  ξ  2S3,  9.  3  g  28,  N.  1,  at  the  end. 

*  Dative  plural  of  the  participle  modifying  the  subject  of  Simkciv,  but 
assimilated  m  case  to  linrcvViv,  §  138,  N.  8,  a  and  b. 

^  Sc.  i<rrL 

^  A  dative  of  cause.  The  following  tos  8υνάμ€ΐ5  is  the  subject  of  the 
infinitive. 

'  Sc.  αί  (Γψ€ν5οναι.  The  subject  of  the  following  infinitive  is  a  pro- 
noun referring  to  the  slingers. 

»  I  202,  3,  N. 

»  Use  the  infinitive  of  διώκω  after  els,  ^  262,  1. 


172  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

'°  Put  the  infinitive  in  the  active  voice. 

"  The  infinitive  of  νικάω,  ^  262,  2.     For  the  case,  see  g  184,  2. 

12  €K.  ^*  ήνίκα. 

"  Nominative,  ^  136,  n.  3  a.  ^^  Literally,  ster7i  to  see. 

'^  There  is  to  be  no  separate  word  for  so  in  the  Greek  sentence,  where 
so  that  is  expressed  by  one  word. 
■     "  Genitive  of  the  infinitive,  ^  174. 


LESSON   LXXX. 

Participles. 

Grammar  :  §§  275-280  (with  §  280,  notes  1  and  2). 

Exercises.  1 

I.  1.  eyo)  ow  ονποτε  επανόιχην  βασιΚεα  μακαρι- 
ζων,  Βίαθεώμενος  οσην  γωραν  εχοι.  2.  6  πρεσβύ- 
τερος πάρων  ετνγχανεν.  3.  μετά  τούτον  άλλος 
ανέστη,  επί^είκννς^  την  ενηθειαν  τον  τα  πλοία  αΐ- 
τεΖν  κελενοντος.  4.  καί  Βιετελουν  -χωμένου  τους  των 
πολεμίων  τοζενμασι.  5.  βονλοίμην  δ'  αν  άκοντος^ 
άπυων  Jivpov  λαθειν  αντον  άπελθων^  6.  οί  οε  βάρ- 
βαροι Ιππεϊς  καΐ  φενγοντες  a/j,a  ετιτρωσκον  εις 
τονπισθεν  τοζεύοντες  άπο  των  ίππων.  7.  παρήγ- 
γειλε τοΓς  φρονράργοις  λαμβάνειν  άνδρας  δτι  πλεί- 
στους ώς^  επιβονλεύοντος  Τισσαφέρνους  ταις  πολεσι. 
8.  πεμπωμεν  Se  προκαταλη\\ίομενους^  τα  άκρα,  όπως 
μη  φθάσωσι  οι  Κίλικες  καταλαβόντες.  9.  και 
κατεκοχράν  τινας  των  εσκε^ασμενων  εν  τω  πεοίω. 
10.  ϊσθι  ανόητος  ων.  11.  ούκετι  πεpι6x|Jετaι  ύμας 
8εομενους     των     επιτηδείων.       12.    μετά    ταύτα    ηοη 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  173 

ηλίου  ^νΐΌΡΤος  eXefe  rotaSeJ  13.  και  τοις  ίππευ- 
σιν  ζϊρητο  θαρρουσι  SicoKetp  ώς  ^  Εφεχρομερης  Ικανής 
δυνάμεως.  14.  τα  δ*  Ικείνων^  ου  wepLelSe  κακώς 
έχοντα.  15.  οϋτος  Se,  εζοί'  μεν  elprjvrjv  e^eiv,  alpei- 
ται  ποΚεμείν,  ίξον  δ€  ραθνμα,ν,  βονΧεται  πονείν. 
16.  έκοντες^  πένονται  οι  "ΈΧΚιηνες,  εζον  αντοίς  τους 
νυν  OLKOL  άκΧηρους  ττοΧιτεύοντας  ενθα^ε  κομισαμέ- 
νους^^  πλουσίους  οραν.  17.  ταύτα  όε  λέγων  θορύβου 
-ηκουσ-ε  δια  των  τάζεων  Ιόντος.^^  18.  oijtol  8ε  προσελ- 
θόντες  καΐ  καλεσαντες  τους  αρ-χοντας  λεγουσιν  οτί 
βασιλεύς  κελεύει  αυτούς,  επει  νικών  τυγγάνει,  παρά- 
γοντας τα  οττλα  ιοι^τα?  επι  τας  βασιλέως  θύρας 
εύρίσκεσθαι,   αν  τι  δυζ^ωι^αι   άγα^οί/. 

II.  1.  But  these  got  above  the  enemy  (who  were) 
foUowing.^^  2.  For  those  who  had  been  wounded 
were  many.  3.  And  another  army  was  secretly 
supported  ^^  for  him  in  Thrace.  4.  For  they  ha\^e 
ceased  to  war  with  one  another.  5.  He  happened 
to  have  money.  6.  We  came  and  encamped  near 
him.  7.  Will  you  allow  me  to  be  without  honor 
among  the  soldiers  ?  8.  A  square  is  a  bad  arrange- 
ment when  enemies  are  following.  9.  We  attacked 
them  while  (they  were)  crossing  the  ravine.  10.  He 
went  up  upon  the  heights  without  opposition. ^^ 
11.  But  why,  then,  when  it  was  possible  to  slay  you, 
did  we  not  proceed  to  do  it?^^  12.  When  this  had 
been  said  they  arose.  13.  I  therefore  never  ceased 
to  pity  you.      14.    Let  us  therefore  attack  those  who 


174  FIRST    LESSONS   IN    GREEK. 

are  burning  the  sliips.  15.  And  tliey  got  upon  the 
summit  before  the  enemy.  16.  He  immediately 
crossed  the  river  with  his  soldiers.  17.  The  enemy 
appeared  while  the  Greeks  were  crossing  the  river. 
18.  They  then  announced  that  the  generals  had  all 
suffered  death.  19.  Though  he  continues  to  send 
for  me,  I  am  not  willing  to  go.  20.  And  they 
made  ready  to  receive  the  enemy.  21.  We  are  con- 
scious^^ that  we  have  done  the  citizens  wrong. 
22.  He  suffered  no  injury,^^  though  he  had  (only)  a 
few  soldiers  (with  him). 

NOTES. 

»  Review  the  exercises  of  Lessons  XXXIL,  XXXIIL,  and  LXXVI. 
2  §  276,  1.  3  g(.   «y^o5^ 

*  Modifies  the  subject  understood  of  λαθύν.     For  the  case,  see  §  138, 
N.  8. 

^  g  277,  x.  2  a,  and  I  278,  1,  small  print. 

^  ^  277,  3.     Sc.  {Γτρατιώταδ  as  object  to  ΐΓ^μπωμεν. 

'  g  148,  N.  1. 

**  Sc.  Ίτράγματα,  their  affairs. 

»  ^  138,  N.  7. 

^^  Modifies  the  subject  understood  of  opdv.     We  might  have  had  the 
dative,  ^  138,  n.  8  h, 

"  Not  in  indirect  discourse,  |  279,  2. 
*-^  Put  the  participle  in  the  attributive  (|  142,  1)  position. 
*'^  Literally,  was  escaping  notice  being  supported. 
'*  No  one  opposing. 
:  ^^  Did  we  not  come  to  (eirC)  this  f 
^^  In  Greek,  conscious  to  ourselves. 
"  Suffered  nothing,  ovSeVi  §  159,  n.  2. 


ADDITIONAL  EXEECISES  ON  FORMS. 


I.    Nouns:  Pirst  Declension  uncontracted.     (IV.)^ 

I.  1.  η '^  τέγνη  τον  τεχνίτην  τρέφει.  2.  οΙ  KeX- 
ται  τας  θύρας  των  οικιών^  ουδέποτε  κΚείονσιν.  3.  τω 
veavia.^  πρέπει  ύ)  εγκράτεια,^  4.  άκροαταίς^  καΐ 
^εαταΓς  προσήκει^  ησν^ίαν  α-γειν,  5.  ύ]  λνρα  τας 
μέριμνας  λνει,  β.  η  μέριμνα  την  καρδιαν  εσθίει. 
7.  hiKJ)  Βίκην  τίκτει  καΐ  βλάβη  βλάβην.  8.  η  τνγιη 
πολλάκις  μεταβολάς  έχει.  9.  την  νεανιον  άδο- 
λεσχίαν  χρέγομεν.  10.  ^παρτιαται  Βόζης  καΐ  τιμής 
ερασταί  εισιν?  11.  at  κωμαι  πνλας  ονκ^  έγονσιν. 
12.  σπένΒομεν  ταΐς  Μονσαις.^  13.  η  κακία  λνττην 
επάγει.  14.  άκονομεν,  ω  Ζέσποτα.^  15.  ω  z^eai^ta, 
φέρεις  το  βιβλίον  (book)  ;  16.  η  εγκράτεια  (τωφρο- 
σννην  εν  τη  "^νχη  τίκτει.  17.  φιλεΐ^^  την  τταιδβι- 
αν,  την  σωφροσννην,  την  άληθειαν,  την  ενσέβειαν. 
18.  η  παιδεία  ττηγη^^  της  σοφίας  έστίν.^^  19.  η 
Θεοσέβεια  εστίν  άργτ)  της  σοφίας.  20.  έπι  κορνόη 
της  άκρας  οικία  εστίν. 


176  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

II.  1.  Luxury  begets  injustice  and  covetousness. 
2.  Good  behavior  befits  a  citizen.'*  3.  The  nightin- 
gales are  singing.  4.  He  bears  his^  poverty  easily. 
5.  The  soldiers  have  short  swords.  6.  The  citi- 
zens' ^^  houses  have  doors.  7.  They  are  setting 
the  house  on  fire.      8.    Uprightness  befits  a  judge. 

9.  They  find  daggers  in^^  the  houses  of  the  village. 

10.  The   young  men  admire  the    satrap's    courage. 

11.  The  soldiers,  0  citizens,  command  the  satrap  to 
destroy  the  bridge.  12.  The  (two)  soldiers  ha\^e 
daggers.  13.  The  soldiers  are  setting  the  citizens' 
houses  on  fire.  14.  AVe  admire  the  (two)  citizens 
on  account  of  ^^  their  friendship.  15.  He  commands 
the  citizens  and  the  hoplites  to  guard  the  bridge  and 
the  villages. 

NOTES. 

*  The  numeral  (IV.)  signifies  that  this  set  of  Exercises  is  to  be  taken 
after  Lesson  IV.     So  the  next  set  is  to  be  taken  after  Lesson  VIII.,  etc. 

«  ^  141,  N.  2. 

3  I  142,  1,  and  n.,  and  g  142,  2,  n.  2,  at  the  end. 

*  'i  184,  2.  δ  ^  141^  jj_  ι  j^ 
^  It  becomes.     See  ^  134,  n.  2. 

'  Are,   third  person  plural   of  the  present  indicative  of  ίΐμί,  to  be. 
The  form  is  an  enclitic,  ξ  27,  with  3,  and  §  28,  with  1. 
«  g  29,  and  ξ  13,  2. 

^  The  recession  of  the  accent  in  the  vocative  of  δίοητοτης  is  irregular. 
*°  The  contracted  form  of  φιλ€6ΐ,  third  singular  of  φιλίω. 
"  When  in  a  sentence  of  this  kind  whose  verb  is  the  copula  there  are 
two  nominatives,  the  one  with  the  article  is  generally  the  subject.     See 
^  141,  N.  8. 

*2  Third  singular  of  £ΐμ(.     For  the  accent,  see  g  28,  3.     For  the  accent 
in  the  next  sentence,  see  §  28,  2. 
''  I  142,  1,  with  N. 
^*  €v  (^  29),  with  the  dative. 
'^  διό,  with  the  accusative. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  177 

II.    Nouns :  Second  Declension  Uncontracted.     (VIII.) 

I.  1.     Aloi^vctoj/    της     αμπέλου    ευρετην    eXeyov} 

2.  at    νήσοι    oivov    και    σίτον    και     iXauov     εφερον. 

3.  τον  των  θέων  σΙτον  Χέγονσιν  οι  ποιηταί  άμβρο- 
(Γίαν,  4.  σννεγονσι  τον  των  ^  ανθρώπων  βίον  ev- 
epyeaia  κοΧ  τιμή  και  τιμωρία.  5.  κρίνει  φίλους  6 
καιρός.  β.  ό  ύπνος  της  νόσου  φάρμακόν  εστίν. 
7.  6  άετος  λαγως  θηρεύει.  8.  ύπνος  καΐ  θάνατος 
είσιν  άΖελφώ.  9.  ό  κυναγος  τον  λαγών  νεφέλη  ^ 
τεθηρακεν.  10.  61  θεοί  των  ανθρώπων^  φροντίζου- 
σιν.  11.  τους  θεούς  θεραπεύσομεν.  12.  φερειν,  ώ 
Βουλε,  τον  οίνον  τω  i^eaz^ta  ^  εκελευσα.  13.  ό  οίνος 
ελελύκει  τας  των  ανθρώπων  μερίμνας,  14.  ό  θάνατος 
τους  ανθρώπους  απέλυσε  πόνων. ^  15.  σιγή  τοΙς 
άνθρώποις  τιμήν  φέρει.  16.  ό  κακος^  τρις  θεοΖς  και 
τοις  άνθρώποις  εγθρός  εστίν.  17.  τω  ταω^  πτερά 
εστίν. ^  18.  εν  τοις  των  θεών  νεως  στηλαι  ησαν.^^ 
19.  τεθύκασι  τοις  θεοΐς.  20.  6  άΒελφος  βιβλίον 
εγραφεν, 

II.  1.   The  (two)  bulls  draw  the  wagon.     2.    Dan- 
ger is  a  test  of  courage. ^^    3.  AVe  chased  ^^  the  wolves. 

4.  The  speech  delighted  the  men.  5.  The  enemy 
were  pursuing  from•^^  the  river.  6.  The  philosophers 
wrote  books  about ^*  wisdom.  7.  The  house  has 
halls.  8.  He  is  leading  the  bull.  9.  The  soldiers 
find  treasures  in  the  temples.  10.  The  Egyptians 
consider  the  sun  and  the  moon  gods.•^     11.   They  are 


178  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

setting  the  (two)  temples  on  fire.  12.  Wine  gladdens 
the  souls  of  men.  13.  They  closed  the  hall-door.^^ 
14.  The  men  trusted  the  satrap's  soldiers."^*^  15.  Tlie 
Samians  keep  peacocks  in  honor  of  Hera.^^ 

NOTES. 

>  §  166. 

^  When  a  noun  in  Greek  is  used  of  a  whole  class  of  objects,  it  has  tho 
article.  This  is  called  the  generic  article,  and  often  cannot  be  translated 
into  English. 

3  g  188,  1.  '  I  139,  1. 

*  I  171,  2.  »  I  184,  4. 

»  ^  184,  1.  »  I  135,  2. 

6  I  174. 

^^   Were,  third  person  plural  imperfect  indicative  of  €ΐμ£,  to  he. 
"  I  141,  N.  1  0. 

^  €8ι.ο)ξαμεν,  i.  e.  Ιδιωκ-σ-αμεν,  ^  16,  2. 

^  oiro.  '*  ircpi,  with  the  genitive. 

**  TAe  cioor  (plural  of  θνρα)  of  the  hall,  |  142,  1,  with  n. 
16  g  184,  2. 
"  In  honor  of  Hera,  in  Greek  simply,  — for  Hera,  ^  184,  3. 


III.    Verbs:  Indicative  Active.    (X.) 

I.      1.    ore  έπλησίάζομει^,  τ6τ€  ol  βάρβαροι  άττέ- 
φενγοι/.       2.    6  8e   Ιατρός  τον  άνθρωπον  OepanevaeL. 

3.  6τ€    ήλιος    KaTeSeSvKeL,    οΐ    ττολέιχιοι    έπλησίαζον. 

4.  ανζμος  γαρ  ον  Kivrjaei  ττνρτγον.  5.  avvrjKoXov- 
θησαν  δε  των  στρατιωτών  ττζντηκοντα.  6.  τα  των 
ΐίερσων  lepa  καΐ  οι  ΜηΒοι  τετιμηκασιν.  7.  οί  ποι- 
7)ταΙ  την  των  ^Αθηναίων  άρετην  μεμηνύκασιν.  8.  οι 
οπλΐται  ηγοραζον  οίνον.  9.  τόζα  γαρ  καΐ  σφεντό- 
νας ei^eTe}  10.  τους  νεως  εκεκοσμηκεσαν.  11.  οι 
στρατιωται     των     πολεμίων     τριάκοντα     πεφονευκα- 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  179 

OTLV.  12.  πως  πράττει  6  άΒεΧφός  ;  13.  πεινησονσι 
και    OL^ijcrovcrL    και   ριγώσονοΊ    κοΧ    aypvTrPTJcrovcrLi/. 

14.  'AXefaz/SyDo?    ίκατον     ταλαζ/τα     Ζωρον     en€p.\\jeu. 

15.  €ΐτα  τα?  διφθέρας  σννηγον,'^  16.  τοζοτης  Ιτν- 
φΧω(Τ€  τον  Φι\ιπτΓον.  1  / .  Ιγειροτόνησαν  οΐ  πολΐται 
στρατηγούς,  18.  τους  δε  ανθρώπους  τα  πλοΐα^  άπ€- 
στερηκβυτε.  19.  τους  ποΧίτας  ώφεΚ-ηκειν.  20.  eVe- 
τβλεντηκευ  6  στρατιώτης.  * 

II.  1.  The  young  man  had  written  the  letter. 
2.  You  have  educated  your  children  well.  3.  You 
sacrificed  to  the  Muses.  4.  He  led  the  army  for- 
ward.^ 5.  I  have  often  hunted  hares.  6.  We 
found*  gold  in  the  tents.  7.  We  have  called  an 
assembly  of  the  soldiers.  8.  But  he  banished^  the 
citizens.  9.  The  citizens  embraced^  their  children. 
10.  The  general  collected^  his  soldiers  together  in 
the  plain.  11.  We  shall  command  the  bowmen  to 
shoot.  12.  For  they  tried  *^  to  surround  the  villages. 
13.  He  will  write  a  letter  to"^  the  general.  14.  He 
has  asked  the  satrap  for  pay.^  15.  We  sent  both 
targeteers  and  bowmen  upon^  the  hill. 


NOTES. 

*  See  note  1,  Lesson  Ν . 

2  \  26,  N.  1. 

3  I  164. 

*  Use  the  imperfect,  and  see  \  103,  N. 

*  Imperfect. 
^  Aorist. 

'  TrapcL,  with  the  accusative. 
«  eVi. 


180  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

IV.    Adjectives :  Pirst  and  Second  Declension  Uncontracted. 

(XII.) 

I.  1.  καλόν  φύονοΊ  καρπον  ol  σεμ,νοι  τρόποι, 
2.  6  νομός  επαίνου  ^  ίστίν  άζίος,  ος  κωλύευ  κακώς 
ayopeveiv  τους  νεκρούς.  3.  ovol  αγρίου  iv  τω  πε- 
διω  eTpe^ov.  4.  άγαθγ)  η  ά8€λφών  κοινωνία  εστίν, 
5.  ^ Αθήναις^  Θεία  £6ζα  εστίν.  β.  εκ  των  σπονδών 
είρην-ην  /^eySatal•'  εγομεν.  7.  α[  των  άγα^ωζ^  ανθρώ- 
πων φιΚίαι  /Se73ata6  είσιν,  8.  καλην  coSrjv  άδει. 
9.  παρ'  εσθλών^  εσθλα  μανθάνεις.  10.  πιστός 
εταίρος  τών  ά^α^ωι^  *  τε  καΐ  των  κακών  μετέχει, 
11.  οι  άνορειοι  άγηρων  επαινον  Χαμβάνονσιν.  12.  ό 
θηρευτής  φιλόθηρος  ην  καΐ  φίλιππος.  13.  καΐ  νυν 
δυο  καλώ  τε  κάγαθώ  ^  στρατιώτα  τετελευτηκατον. 
14.  εύζωνοι  γαρ  ήσαν.  15.  οι  θεοί  το'ις  άγαθοΐς^ 
ίλεω  εΙσιν.  16.  καΐ  εσκηνησαν  εν  οΐκίαις  καλαΐς 
μεσταΐς    σίτου.      17.    οι    θεοί   τα   λοιπά   επετελεσαν, 

18.  Κ,υρος  γαρ  βασιλικός  τε  καΐ   αργειν^  άζιος  ην, 

19.  ύπερ  γαρ  της  κώμης  γηλοφος   κάλος  ην.      20.    ό 
μεν    κύκνος  λευκός,  6  8ε  ταώς  ποικίλος  εστίν, 

II.  1.  The  valor  of  the  Spartans^  was  wonderful. 
2.  The  road  was  impassable.  3.  The  villages  were 
close  together.  4.  The  land  was  fertile.  5.  The 
lioplites  have  beautiful  arms.  6.  The  gods  were 
propitious.  7.  (There)  is  another  road.  8.  The  sol- 
diers were  without  breakfast.  9.  The  gods  are  both 
free  from  old  age  and  immortal.      10.    The  young 


i 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  181 

man  was  fond  of  danger.  11.  White  clouds  were 
hiding  the  sun.  12.  You  were  criminal  and  unjust. 
13.  The  road  was  long,  but  nevertheless  passable  by- 
wagons.  14.  The  citizens  were  faithful  and  constant. 
15.    They  are  singing  beautiful  songs  in  the  theatre. 

NOTES. 

'  ^  178,  IT.  «  §  185,  and  ^  184,  2. 

2  ^  184,  4.  7  I  261,  1,  with  n. 

3  I  139,  1.  «  See  note  10,  Lesson  XIX. 
*  §  170,  2.  ^  g  142,  1,  with  n. 

°  καΐ  άγαθώ,  |  11,  1,  with  a. 


V.    HOims  and  Adjectives :    Contracts  of  tlie  First  and  Second 
Declensions.    (XIV.) 

I.  1.  OL  Ileyocrat  θύονσιν  ήλιω  και  yfi  καΧ  σβΧηντ]. 
2.  vevpa  και  οστά  6  άνθρωπος  9(^^•  ^•  ^^  τταρ- 
Oeuoi  iv  κανοΐς  τους  καρπον<ζ  φ4ρονσίν.  4.  οΐ 
αγαθοί  ττοΥίται  τους  οίνους  8ηιχαγωγονς  φβυγονσίΐ'. 
5.  0L  όμοιοι  τοις  ομοιοις  ευνοί  είσιν,  6.  άπλονς  6 
της  α\'ηθεία<ζ  \6yo'^  ίστίν.  7.  ό  αοιδός  γ^ρνσονν 
σκηπτρον  φβρζΐ.  8.  λβνκα  ν€κρων  οστά  Ιστιν  ^  eV 
τω  αντρω.  9.  αΐ  των  θέων  a^aafat  αργυρούς  τρο-)(ούς 
ίγονσιν,  10.  οί  πλούσιοι  €κ  γρνσων  κνπέΧΚων 
σπβρΒονσιν.  11.  evvoi  φίλοι  τους  κιν^ύι/ους  ά/χυ-' 
νουσι  Tji  πρόνοια.^  12.  οι  αγαθοί  φίλοι  ττιστον  νουν 
ίγουσιν.  13.  ό  πλους  έστιν  άδηλος  τοις  ναύταις. 
14.  ό  ο'χλος  ουκ  e^ei  νουν.  Ιδ.  ουκ  Ιρίζομ^ν  τοΙς 
άνοις,^     16.    αι  θβράπαιναι  εν  κανοίς  τον  άρτον  προσ- 


182  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

φβρονσίΡ.      17.    6  γαρ  θάνατος  ίστι  γαΚκονς  νπνος. 
18.    πΧοντος  av€v  νου  ομοίως  eariv  άχρηστος,  ωσπερ 
ϊππος  άνευ  ^(αΧινον.      19.    vevpa  καΐ  οστά  ανθρώπων 
φθαρτά  Ιστιν}      20.    6  μεν  ηλίος  σφαίρα  χρυσή,  η 
8e  σελήνη  αργυρά  είναι  ^  φαίνεταυ, 

II.     1.  They  are  carrying  golden  fruit  ^  in  a  sil- 
ver basket.     2.   The  bones  of  Orestes  were  at  Tegea. 

3.  The    gods    afforded    the   sailors  "^   a  fair  voyage. 

4.  The  goblet  is  of  silver.  5.  A  kindly  word  light- 
ens pain.  6.  We  have  friends  (that  are)  well  dis- 
posed. 7.  Xenias  was  well  disposed  to  Cyrus. 
8.  The  man's  speech  was  simple.  9.,  The  young 
man  was  admiring  the  golden  goblet.  "  10.  Shall 
the  soldiers  trust  the  senseless  general?  11.  We 
will  not  obey  a  senseless  man.^  12.  The  voyage 
was  down^  stream.  13.  There  are  stones  in  the 
current  of  the  river.  14.  Senseless  (men)  give  way 
to  their  desires.^  15.  We  admire  the  skill  of 
Hermes. 

NOTES. 

'  ξ  135,  2.  6  Plural. 

2  ^  188,  1.  7  Dative,  ?  184,  1. 

3  ξ  186,  Ν.  1.  8  I  184,  2. 

*  ^  136.  *  κατά,  with  the  accusative. 

*  2b  &e,  present  infinitive  of  6ΐμ.£. 


VI.    Verbs :  Indicative  Middle.    (XV.) 

I.      1.    ουκ  εττείθετο,     2.    περί  των  κοινών  εβουΧεύ- 
οντο.      3.    6   φιλόσοφος   μέθης  ^   και   λαλιάς  πάμπαν 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  183 

nn€L)(eTO.  4.  ol  ττοΧεμιοι  inl  \\θηρας  ττορζύσονται, 
5.  π€ρί  της  των  πολυτων  σωτηρίας  βονλ^νσόμεθα. 
G.  €πΙ  τους  ΐίβρσας  πεπόρβνρταί.  7.  ό  ποιητής 
\oyov  πεποιηται  nepl  άρ€της.  8.  οί  ττοΚίται  σίτον 
σννάζονσιν,  ω  "^  θρέφονται  iv  τη  πολιορκία.  9.  οι 
πολιται  τοΐς  νόμοις  πείσονται.  10.  τα  δ'  έτερα  πάρα 
Οεων  ητησάμην,      11.    τας  της  οικίας  θύρας  εκεκλειτο. 

12.  εποιησασθε   τους   κωμητας  τω   σατράπη   εννονς, 

13.  σννετάξαντο^     οι     στρατιωται     ως     εΙς    μάχην. 

14.  στρατηγούς  αίρησονται  άλλους,  εΐ  μη  βονλεται 
Κλεαρ-χος  άπάγειν.  15.  την  /3ασιλ€ΐαζ/  ό  ^ημος 
ελελντο.  16.  eV  εργασίαν  τρέφομαι.  17.  οι  Se 
δούλοι  ελονσαντο.  18.  επεποίητο  πόλεμον  επΙ  τον 
σατραπην  συν  τοΐς  στρο,τιώταις.  19.  οι  πολιται 
τους  ζ^εαι^ια?  επαώενσαντο.'^  20.  οΐ  στρατιωται  εν 
τω  πεΒίω  διασπείρονται. 

II.  1 .  We  will  deliberate  about  the  safety  of  the 
citizens.  2.  He  did  not  obey  ^  the  Thirty.  3.  The 
philosophers  exhorted  the  citizens  to  ^  self-control. 
4.  We  \vill  obey  God  rather  than  men.  5.  Cyrus 
enslaved"^  the  Medes.  6.  We  had  deliberated  with- 
out anger.  7.  The  soldiers  bathed  in  the  river. 
8.  They  procured^  themselves  arms  from  the  neigh- 
boring villages.  9.  The  villagers  are  warding  off 
danger  from  themselves.  10.  The  men  will  guard  ^ 
themselves  against  their  enemies.  11.  The  hoplites 
accordingly  were  arming  themselves  for  battle. 
12.    A  cloud  of  dust  is  seen^  in  the  plain.     13.  We 


184  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

immediately  sent  for  boats  and  arms,  14.  The 
army  had  ah^eady  proceeded  to  the  villages  above  the 
river.  15.  The  villagers,  therefore,  are  deliberating 
hoAV  they  shall  persuade  the  satrap. 


NOTES. 

'"^  ^  188,  1.     For  the  following  verb,  sec  τρί'φω. 

^  Aorist  middle  of  «τυντάττω. 

*  I  199,  N.  2.  '  Aorist. 

'°  Imperfect.  **  The  future  of  φυλάττω  is  ψυλοίξω. 

^  irpo's.  ^  Is  seen,  i.  e.  appears. 


VII.    Nouns:   Mute  or  Liquid  Stems  of  the  Third  Declension. 

(XVII.) 

I.  1.  ol  μΟ'^  γνπ€ζ  νεοττεύονσιν  ini  πετραις 
άπροσβάτους,  οί  δε  ορτυγες  καΙ  περδίκβς  επί  της 
γη<ζ.  2.  7}  ^IpSlkyj  χωρά  e^et  φλέβας  καταγβίονς 
παντο^α,ττων  μετά\\ων.  3.  τα  άστρα  τας  ώρας  της 
νυκτός  cμ.φaviζeL.  4.  at  πονηραΐ  ελπίδες,  ωσπερ 
οι     κακοί     οδηγοί,     επί     τα     αμαρτήματα     ayovaiv, 

5.  τα  /χα^τ^/χατα  τους  νεονς  αποτρέπει  αμαρτημάτων. 

6.  γαλεπαΐ  φροντίδες  είσί  λυπηροί  τη  ψνχ^.  7.  τοΙς 
γερουσιν  επείθοντο  οί  i^eat^tat.  8.  δίκαιον  εστίν 
υπέρ  της  πατρίδος  στρατεύεσθαι.  9.  ''Ήψακττος  τω 
πόδε^  χωλθ9  ην.  10.  εΐκότως  την  άγαριστίαν  ηγε- 
μόνα επί  τα  αίσγ^ρά  λεγουσιν.  11.  αί  ασπίδες 
μικραι  ήσαν.  12.  οι  λέοντες  αρπαζουσι  την  αγραν 
τοις  όνυζι^  και  τοΖς  κρατεροίς  οδουσιν.  13.  της 
ημέρας  ^    οι    άλλοι    όρνιθες    την     γλαυκά    τίλλουσιν. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  185 

14.  χεΙρ  χεΓρα  ΐ'ίζβί.  15.  το  γβνσίον  ev  πνρΐ  βα- 
σαρ[ζομ€ν.  16.  άπο  της  νήσου  et9  Κιβυην  πλους 
άστιν  ημέρας^  καΐ  νυκτός.  17.  οΐ  ποιμένες  τας 
των    αΙγων    άγελας    εΙς    τους    Χειμώνας    εΚαύνουσιν. 

18.  6   κηρυζ  τους  'Έλληνας  εκελευ(τε  στρατεύεσθαι. 

19.  οτε  ο  κηρυζ  επλησίαζεν,  οί  φυγάδες  άπεφευγον. 

20.  οΐ  παΙΒες  τα  σώματα  γυμνάζουσιν  συν  πόνοίς 
και  ISpcoTL. 

II.  1.  The  boys  play.  2.  The  shepherd  is  driv- 
ing the  goats.  3.  They  driΛ^e  their  horses  with  whips. 
4.  We  will  not  honor  flatterers.  5.  An  ant's  life  is 
full  of  toil.  6.  Cyrus  leaped  down  from  his  chariot. 
7.  Favor  begets  favor,  strife  (begets)  strife.  8.  The 
orator  refrains  from  unseemly  strife.  9.  (There)  was 
a  fight  once  of  the  giants^  against  the  gods.  10.  The 
king  is  come  with  his  army.  11.  In  difficult  .affairs 
few  companions  are  faithful.-  12.  The  Greeks  pour 
out  bowls  of  milk  to  the  gods  as  offerings.  13.  The 
shepherds  wonder  at  the  armies.  14.  The  boys  will 
taste  the  milk."^  15.  (There)  were  both  quail  and 
cock  fights^  among  the  Athenians. 


NOTES. 


'  See  note  10,  Lesson  XIX.  ^  |  107,  5. 

''  I  160,  1.  6  I  181,  4. 

'^  I  188,  1.  '  I  171,  2. 

*  §  179,  1.  ^  Contests  of  quails  and  of  cocks. 


186  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

Yin.    Verbs :  Indicative  Passive.    (XVIII.) 

I.  1.  ωρομάζβτο  σωτηρ  της  πατρίδος,  2.  οΐ 
XrjcrraL•  ττζφόρβυρται  νπο  των  ττοΧίτων.  3.  Βνο 
αδελφώ  υπό  τον  αντον  ^  διδασκάλου  ττεπαί^ευσθον. 
4.  T01S  θεοί<ζ  νπο  των  Αθηναίων  ττολλοί  νεω  ISpvv- 
ται.  5.  αενοφώντος  νίω  έπεπαίδενσθην  iv  Ί^πόφτη. 
6.  αι  ττνΧαι  κεκΚείσονται,  7.  at  ^ημοκρατίαυ  νπο 
των  τνραννων  κατεΚνθησαν.  8.  ό  \ηστη<ζ  φονεν- 
θησεται.  9.  οΐ  στρατιωται  προς  τονς  ποΧεμυονς 
πορενβσθαυ  εκεΧεύσθησαν.  10.  Σπάρτη  ποτέ  νπο 
σευσμον  ^είνως  εσείσθη.  11.  ό  πόλεμος  κατεπαν- 
σθη.      12.    η  σννθηκη  νπο  των  βαρβάρων  \ε\νταί, 

13.  ονο    καλώ    ϊππω    εις    την     κώμην     ηλαννεσθην. 

14.  ως  (Κοιυ)  οΐ  "ΈΧληνες  επορενθησαν,  εν  τω  έμ- 
προσθεν λόγω  8ε8ηλωται.  15.  ταύτα  νπο  των  πολε- 
μίων επεπρακτοΡ'  16.  Μιλτίάδτ^?  ωνομάζετο  σωτηρ 
της  Ελλάδο9.  17.  το  σώμα  τον  κροκο8είλον  ^αυ/χα- 
στως  ώγνρωται.  18.  εν  πολεμώ  άποκεκίνδννενσεται 
τα  τε  χρήματα  καΐ  αΐ  φνχ^αί.  19.  Κνρος  επαυΒενετο 
σνν  τοις  άλλους  παίσίν.  20.  το  στράτενμα  όντως  \ 
επεισθη  •  Ήίενων  δε  σννελεζε  το  εαντον  ^  στράτενμα 
χωρίς  των  άλλων,  καΐ  ελεζε  τάδε.^ 

II.  1.  The  treaty  had  been  broken  by  the  Greeks. 
2.  For  we  have  been  persuaded  by  our  commanders 
to  proceed.  3.  The  royal  authority  had  been  abol- 
ished by  the  people.  4.  Guides,  therefore,  will  be 
sent  to  the  Greeks  at  daybreak.     5.    They  were  sent  ' 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  187 

into  the  camp  by  the  enemy.  6.  The  judges  were 
completely  deceived  by  the  accuser.  7.  The  ranks 
will  be  deserted  by  the  soldiers.  8.  The  democracy 
has  been  overthrown  by  the  tyrant.  9.  The  tem- 
ples of  the  gods  have  been  adorned  with  Phrygian 
spoils.*^  10.  The  property  has  been  stolen^  by 
thieves.  1 1 .  He  will  be  vexed  ^  because  the  money 
was  not  sent.  12.  The  boys  had  been  well  educated. 
13.  Socrates  was  called  a  wise  man  {ανήρ)  by  the 
Athenians.  14.  The  army  was  brought  in  safety^ 
to  Greece  by  the  generals.  15.  The  \allages  had 
been  plundered  by  the  satrap's  army. 

NOTES. 

»  Same,  ^  79,  2.  ^  ^  16,  1. 

^  Pluperfect  passive  of  ιτράττω.  *  Of  himself,  §  80. 

^  As  follows,  literally,  these  (things),  neuter  plural  of  oSc,  ^  83. 

β  ^  188,  1.  8  Use  the  future  middle. 

'  κεκλ^πται.  '  Imperfect. 


IX.    Nouns :   Third  Declension  (continued).    (XXI.) 

I.      1.    θάρατός    ίστι   λνσίς   ψν^^τ^ς   από    σώματος. 

2.  τοΓς   τταισί    γ^ρη    αιδώ,^   ου   γβνσίον,   καταλβίπβιν. 

3.  το  'χωρίον  Κεραμεικος  όνομα  e^et  από  ηρωο^^ 
Κεράμου.  4.  η  γλαυζ  θηρεύει  μυ<ζ.^  5.  αΧίσκονται 
μάλιστα  οΐ  Ιγθύε^;  προ  ηλίου  ανατολής  καΐ  μετά 
^ύσίν.  6.  την  φρόνησιν  της  χ^υχης  Ισχυν  ενόμιζον.^ 
ί.  0L  οφείς  εσθίουσιν  ορνίθυα.  8.  τα  -χβηματα  εν 
ταΐς   πόλεσί    στάσεις   εγείρει,      9.    πόλεων  μεν   λαμ- 


188  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

πρότητας  Θανμάζομ^ν,  τάς  ok  ττατριΒας  arepyofxev. 
10.  ^v  TTj  %vpLa  τα  πρόβατα  τας  ονρας  e^ei  το 
ττλάτος^  πηχ€ω<ζ.  11.  οΐ  σνμ.μαγοι  νανσίν  els  Άθη- 
vas  π\4ονσιν.  12.  κοινός  χώρος  αττασι,^  περησί  re 
καί  βασιΚευσιν.  13.  το  Γ?  Αθηναίους  πλήθος  τριη- 
ρών ην.  14.  at  τυμαί  των  γονέων  τοΐς  εκγονοις  είσι 
κάλος  θησαυρός.  15.  άλλα  καί  αίγας  /cat  βονς 
τρέφει.  16.  εστί  των  νέων  καΐ  τοΐς  γερονσι  και 
ταΐς  γρανσΐν  άζίας  τιμάς  άπονεμειν.  17.  τα  μακρά 
τείχη  τα  προς  τον  ΙΙειραια^  τετταρακοντα  σταδίων 
ήσαν.  18.  αποβάλλει  η  ελαφος  τα  κέρα  εν  τόποις 
χαλεποϊς  καΐ  δνσεζευρετοις.  19.  ό  θάνατος  των  εν 
γηρα  κακών  φάρμακόν  εστίν.  20.  το  γένος  των 
ανθρώπων  ου  μόνον  τοΐς  της  γης  φντοις,  άλλα  και 
των  βοσκή μάτων  γάλακτι  καΐ  τνρω  καΐ  κρεασι  τρέ- 
φεται, 

II.  1.  Tlie  \vise  (man)  scrutinizes  tlie  end  of 
every  ^  undertaking  before  lie  begins  it.^*^  2.  The 
singers  are  worthy  ^^  of  honor  and  respect.  3.  Man 
surpasses  in  understanding'^  the  rest  of'^  animals.'* 
4.  The  soldiers  sailed  aΛvay  to  the  island  in'^  the 
triremes.  5.  Those  in  the  city'^  admire  the  poet's 
wisdom.  6.  (There)  were  in'^  the  ships  the  old 
women  and  the  children  and  tlie  cattle.  7.  Man  has 
five  senses,  touch,  sight,  hearing,  taste,  (and)  smelling. 
8.  The  horsemen  were  being  drawn  up  before  the 
king.  9.  The  river  contains  all'"^  kinds  of  fish. 
10.     Clcarchus  holds  the    right  wing  of  the    army. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  189 

11.  The  city  has  two  beautiful  harbors.  12.  Her 
walls  afforded  this  city  safety.  13.  He  drove ^'^  his 
chariot  through  the  ranks  of  the  Greeks.  14.  (Men) 
call  old  age  the  winter  of  life.  15.  If  one^^  has  a 
beautiful  body  and  a  corrupt  heart,  he  has  a  good^° 
ship  and  a  bad  pilot. 

NOTES. 

'  I  55,  N.  1.  5  I  160,  1. 

^  ^  δδ,  Ν,  1,  second  paragraph.        ^  §  185. 

Μ  9,  5.  Μ  53,  3,  Ν.  3.  ■ 

*  §  166.  8  I  188,  1. 

^  ΊΓίίσηξ,  genitive  singular  feminine  of  irds,  ^  67. 
^^  Literally,  before  the  beginning. 

"  I  178,  K.  ^^  ξ  141,  X.  3,  second  paragraph. 

^  I  188,  1,  N.  1.  ^"  iravToios. 

^  i  142,  2,  N.  3.  ^^  Imperfect. 

>4  I  17δ,  2.  "  Tis,  an  enclitic,  ^  84,  and  §  27,  2. 

^  eiri,  with  the  genitive.  ^^  koXo's. 


X.  Verbs:   Subjunctive.    (XXIII.) 

I.  1.  κυνας  τρέφομ^ν,  Ινα  τονς  λύκους  άπο  των 
προβάτων  άπερύκωσιν.  2.  μτ)  φβνγωμζν,  άλλα  κα- 
λώς άποθνησκωμεν  virep  της  πατρίδος.  3.  οΐ  φαύ- 
λου ev  λεγονσίν.  Ινα  την  Ζόζαν  της  άρετης  λαμβάνω - 
σιν,  4.  ανδρείως  μα^ωμεθα,  ώ  στρατιωται,  όπως 
μη  έπΙ  τούτους  ω  μεν.  5.  άναπαυσώμεθα,  ώ  φίλοι, 
τούτον  του  πολέμου.  6.  αύτη  προφασις  εσται  του 
πολέμου,  ην  μη  άκούσωσυν.  7.  μη  ποιησητε  ο  πολ- 
λάκις υμάς  εβλα\\}ε  8eSot/ca.  8.  εάν  τούτους  τους 
πολίτας  αίσθανώμεθα  εναντίους  τη  ολιγαργια,  εκπο- 
δών    ποιησόμεθα.      9.    εάν    τοιούτος     την     πολιτειαν 


190  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

€πιτη^€νΎ),  καΧως  e^et.  10.  iav  μη  ταύτα  άσκηστ), 
ά^ίκησει.  11.  φόβος  του<;  πολιτας  ^χ^ι,  μη  at  σνρ- 
θηκαι  νπο  των  ποΧεμίων  Χνθωσιν.  12.  πάντα 
πράττε  μ€τα  προνοίας,  μη  άμαρτάνης.  13.  οντος  6 
Θώραζ  όντως  βίργασται  ^  ως  μη  κωλνη  έπίκυπτειν.  J 
14.  ου  πβφόβηταυ  ούδε  SeSoLKe  μη  So^av  πονηρίας 
^χη.  15.  οΐ  γαρ  πολέμιου  βίς  τα  ορη  φβνζονταυ, 
ioLV  πορευθώμεν.  16.  καΐ  εγω,  εάνπερ  βουλή,  περί 
των  θείων  8ιηγησομαί.  17.  ό  δε  μάντις  SeSot/ce  μη 
καταμενη  η  στρατιά.  18,  αν  εκπλεητε,  μισθοφοράν 
παρεζω  κνζικηνον  εκάστω  τον  μηνός!^  19.  κοί  εάν 
εγώ  φαίνωμαι  άδικο?  είναι,  ον  φιλήσετε,  20.  ώρα 
εστί  βονλενεσθαι  μη  κακοί  τε  κοί  αισχροί  άποφαι- 
νώμεθα. 

II.  1.  Let  us  deliberate  about  tbe  safety  of  the 
city.  2.  If  you  make^  this  man  a  friend,*  he 
will  aid  (you).  3.  The  boy  brings  the  book  to  his 
teacher  that  he  may  read  (it).  4.  Let  us  remain  at 
home.  5.  Let  us  shun  the  unseemly  and  aspire  after ^ 
the  beautiful.  6.  If  these  soldiers  fight  courageously, 
they  will  be  honored.  7.  For  if  you  put  these  her- 
alds to  death,  there  will  be  war.  8.  They  fear  that 
the  robbers  will  slay  the  i^illagers.  9.  Let  us  fight 
nobly  for  our  country.  10.  If  you  work,  you  will 
fare  well.  11.  The  citizens  fear  that  the  treaties  will 
be  broken.  12.  If  you  educate  these  children  well, 
they  will  honor  (you).  13.  Let  us  rest,  Soldiers,  and 
deliberate.     14.    If  he  says  that,  he  will  speak  the 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  191 

trutli.     15.   They  fear  that  the  soldiers  will  in  this 
way  be  persuaded. 

NOTES. 

*  Perfect  passive,  in  passive  sense,  of  εργάζομαι. 

'^  Π79,  1.  3  Aorist.  "        -•  ^  IGG. 

^  <>ρ€γομαι  with  the  genitive,  ^  171,  1.     Use  \Uv . . .  Si. 


XL   Adjectives:  Third  Declension,  and  Pirst  and  Third  Declen- 
sions Combined.    (XXIV.) 

I.  1.  άνθρωπος  άτν'χΎ]ς  σώζεται  νπ  βλπιδος. 
2.  ττι<ζ  τταιδεια^  at  μεν  ρίζαι  etcrt  πικραί,  γλυκείς  δε 
0L  καρποί.  3.  το  των  βοών  γένος  τοις  ανθρώποις 
μάλιστα  λυσιτελές  εστίν.  4.  δό^α  καΐ  πλούτος  άνευ 
συνέσεως  ουκ  άσφαλη  κτήματα,  δ.  πάσα  επιστήμη 
'χωρίς  δικαιοσύνης  πανουργία,  ου  σοφία  φαίνεται. 
6.  λέγωμεν  άεΐ  τα  άληθη,  ώ  παίδες.  7.  Ηρακλής 
τοις  άτυγέσι  σωτηρίαν  παρειγεν.  8.  πέπονες  οι 
βότρυες  πορφυροί  καΐ  γλυκείς  etcrti^.  9.  δ/,ά  την 
των  χρημάτων  κτησιν  πάντες  οι  πόλεμοι  τοΐς  άνθρω- 
ποις  είσίν.  10.  η  λίμνη  παντοίους  έχει  ιχθύς,  ων 
η8εΐά  εστίν  η  σάρζ.  11.  των  κύκνων  οι  μεν^  λευκοί, 
οι  δε  μέλανες  εΙσιν.  12.  ευδαίμονές  είσιν  οι  άνθρω- 
ποι, οΊ  ϊλεως  έχουσι  τους  θεούς.  13.  οι  ακρατείς 
αίσχράν  Βουλείαν  ^  Βουλεύουσιν.  14.  ου  πάσι  τοΐς 
πλουσίοις  έζεστιν  εύδαίμοσιν^  eti^at.  15.  πάντες  οι 
σύμμαχοι  κοινωνοί  ήσαν  της  λείας.  16.  ώ  τάλαινα 
αδελφή,    η    παντοΐαί    εισι    μέριμναι.      17.    μνήμονες 


192  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

των  τον  σοφον  λόγων ^  ecr/xeV.  18.  ^apievra  -χορον"^ 
kv  τω  θ^άτρω  ^opevovaiv  οι  γορενταί.  19.  Set  τον 
evvevrj  ον  μόνον  yeveL  ^  αλλά  καΐ  βθβσι  και  πράγμα- 
σιν  elvaL  Ικπρεπη.  20.  Σωκράτης  kv  ττ)  διαιττ; 
εγκρατής  ην  καί  καρτβρυκος  προ<;  \Ι)υχος  και  -χει- 
μώνα, προς  θέρος  και  ήλων,  προς  πάντας  πόνους  και 
κινδύνους. 

II.  1.  The  robbers  plunder  everything.  2.  Men 
are  delighted  by  pleasing  songs. "^  3.  HopefuP  (men) 
bear  their  ills  easily.  4.  God^  is  a  punisher  of  the 
too  hig-h-minded.  5.  All  men  have  not  the  same^^ 
mind.  6.  The  fruit"  is  sweet.  7.  The  bridges 
were  broad  ^^' and  the  river  was  deep.  8.  All  hate  a 
loquacious  person.  9.  The  gifts  of  the  satrap  were 
pleasing.  10.  Pleasure  is  sweet/^  but  pain  sharp. 
,  11.  All  the  Libyans  were  black.  12.  He  trusted 
the  prudent  general. ^^  13.  The  citizens  were  unfor- 
tunate^^ but  well-born.  14.  The  words  of  the  sooth- 
sayer are  clear.  15.  All  the  soldiers  had  black 
shields. 

NOTES. 

^  I  143,  1.  «  I  06,  N.  3. 

3  I  159.  ^  Use  the  article. 

•     3  g  138,  N.  8  a.  ^"  ^  79,  2. 

<  ^  180,  1,  and  ^  170,  2.                       "  Plural. 

^  \  180,  1,  and  \  171,  2.                       '^  Ug^  μ^  ^  ^  ^  ^^ 

«  I  188,  1,  N.  1.  ^^  §  184,  2. 

'  g  188,  1. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  193 

XII.    Verbs:  Optative.    (XXVI.) 

I.  1.  άρα  ovK^  av  άρ4σκοι  ο  άνθρωπος  τοΙς 
θεοίς,^  el  πείθοιτο  αντοις  ;  2.  τις  αν  Trtcrreucrete 
xfjevcrrrj,  καΐ  el  άληθενσείεν ;  3.  et  ούτω<;  ^χοι, 
άνολβος  οΰτΓοτ  αν  ειης.  4.  Κ.νρω  φίλοι  eivai  wepl 
παντός  αν  ποίησαίμεθα.^  5.  των  στρατηγών  κατη- 
γόρησεν,  ίνα  αυτός  ττερυσωθείτ).  6.  el  τους  ΜηΒονς 
ασθενείς  πουησαιμι,  πάντων  ye  αν  των  περιζ^  ραΒίως 
άρζαιμί.  7.  ό  τταΓς  τω  παί^οτρίβγ)  ρό8ον  εφερεν. 
Ινα  γαίροι.  8.  εΐ  άμα  ελεύθερος  τ  ευης  και  πλούσιος, 
τίνος  ^  αν  ετυ  Βεοιο  ;  9.  οί  στρατιωται  εΙς  την  πολε- 
μίαν  γην  επορεύθησαν,  Ινα  Βιαρπάζοιντο.  10.  eSe- 
Βοίκειν  μη  η  γεφνρα  λνθείη.  11.  εΐ  ταντα  πράττοις, 
Υίυρον  αν  ώφελησειας.  12.  ει  εχοιμεν  γρηματα, 
φίλους  ραδίως  αν  ποιοίμεθα.^  13.  εΐ  εντεύθεν  εΙς  την 
Ελλάδα   πορενεσθαι  βονλοιντο,    ουκ   αν   ηγησαιμην. 

14.  ουκ  αν  θαυμάζοιμι,  εΐ  κολάζοι  τους  κακούργους. 

15.  ταύτα  δ'  επραζεν,  Ινα  τους  στρατιώτας  εζαπατη- 
σειεν.  16.  πώς  αν  ουν  εγω  ^tacrat/xTyl•'  τούτους  πο- 
ρεύεσθαι,  εΐ  μη  βούλοιντο  ;  17.  ούτος  γαρ  εοεισε 
μη  αδίκως  Ζώρων^  Βιώκοιμεν.  18.  αλλ*  όπως  οί 
στρατιωται  εκπλεύσειαν  επΙ  των  τριηρών,  δια  ταύτα 
συνεβούλευεν.  19.  εβοηθησαν  ούν  τοΐς  στρατιώ- 
ταις,  όπως  συν  εκείνοις  μάγοιντο  και  μη  μονοί  κιν- 
Βυνεύοιεν.  20.  παρεπεμφε  δε  καΐ  των  γυμνητων 
ανθρώπους  εύζώνους  εΙς  τα  άκρα,  όπως  σημαίνοιεν. 

II.  1.  He  would  perhaps  hire  these  mercenaries, 
if  they  should  proceed  into  his  province.     2.    They 


194  FIRST    LESSONS    IN   GREEK. 

feared  that  we  sliould  all  fare  ill.  3.  I  was  there  to 
fight.  ^  4.  The  king  feared  that  the  satrap  would 
plot  against  the  cities.  5.  If  he  should  do  this,  he 
would  harm  the  city.  6.  He  was  apprehensive  that 
his  enemies  would  be  honored.  7.  He  feared  that 
the  soldiers  would  not  fight  bravely.  8.  You  would 
not  be  happy,  even  if^  we  should  gratify  (you)  in 
this.  9.  And  then  they  brought  the  young  man  into 
the  city,  that  he  might  be  chastised  for  his  deeds."^ 
10.  If  the  general  should  send  for  the  ships,  he 
Avould  do  wrong.  11.  I  wrote  the  king  this  letter, 
that  the  whole  affair  might  be  made  clear  (to  him). 

12.  If,  therefore,  we  sliould  slaughter  the  cattle,  we 
should    in    this    way    procure    ourselves    provisions. 

13.  He  therefore  feared  that  the  army  might  not 
arrive ^^  in  time.  14.  But  we  asked  for  arms  with 
which  to  defend  ourselves. -^^  15.  Not  even  if  I 
should  send  for  the  ships,  would  you  follow  me.^^ 

NOTES. 

1  g  282,  2. 

'  §  184,  2. 

3  ^  226,  2,  with  h. 

*  I  141,  N.  3.     For  the  case,  see  §  171,  3. 

^   What,   genitive  singular  of  the  interrogative  pronoun  ris,  §   84. 
For  the  case,  see  §  172,  1. 

Μ  9,  4. 

'  I  173,  2. 

^   Tliat  I  might  fight. 

^  Not  even  if,  ovS'  d,  at  the  beginning  of  the  sentence. 
^"^  ποίρειμι. 

*'  See  the  third  English  sentence  above. 
^'  ^  184,  2. 


FIKST    LESSONS    IN    GREiEK.  195 


XIII.   Verbs:  Imperative.    (XXIX.) 

I.  1.  enov  θεω  καί  τοΓς  νόμοι^;  πύθου.  2.  ονκονν 
Ιασάτω  jxe  καί  SoKelv  καί  eivaL  κα\6ν  re  καγαθόν. 
3.  τα  άφανη  τοΙ<ζ  φανεροί^^  τεκμαίρον.  4.  άντρων 
φαύλων  ορκον  eh  ύδωρ  γράφε.  5.  άνεσττάσΘω  ^  το 
άγκύριον,  6.  ύ]  γλωσσά  σον  μη  προτρβ'χετω  του 
νου.  7.  fXTj  φεύγετε  τους  πόνους,  αλλ  εθελονται 
υπομένετε.  8.  άνθρωπος  ων^  μεμνησο  της  κοινής 
τύ'χΎ)ς.  9.  μη  λύπησον  τον  πάτερα.  10.  άνηρ  αχά- 
ριστος μη  νομιζεσθω  φίλος.  11.  προ  του  έργου  ευ 
βεβούλευσο.  12.  οΐ  νέοι  παι^ευεσθωσαν.  13.  πα- 
τήρ τε  καΐ  μητηρ  πρόνοιαν  εγετων  της  των  τέκνων 
τταιδειας.  14.  άκουσον  μου,  ω  φίλε.  15.  δυο  άν^ρε 
μάγεσθον.  16.  τω  άδελφώ  επεσθων.  17.  ό  θώραζ 
ούτως  είργάσθω,  ως  μη  κωλύη  καθίζειν.  18.  μη 
χΡευσθης  καλαις  ελπίσιν,  άλλα  πειράθητι  α  δυνατά 
εστίν.  19.  6  δε  Ιερόσυλος  ύπο  της  Ιίιμαιρας  δια- 
σπασθητω.  20.  εννοήσατε  οτι  επΙ  ταϊς  θύραις  της 
*Ελλάδο9  εσμεν. 

Π.  1.  Refrain,  tlierefore,  from  disgraceful  ac- 
tions. 2.  At  daybreak  pray  to  the  gods.  3.  Send 
for  the  ships.  4.  Let  the  door  be  closed  once  for 
all.^  5.  Do  not  blame  this  poor  man.  6.  Let  a 
comrade  trust  a  comrade.  7.  Work,  if  you  wish 
to  fare  well.  8.  Let  not  the  bad  (man)  occupy  the 
place  of  the  good  (one).  9.  Hear  the  witnesses, 
Judores !      10.    Receive    me,   0   Sea!     11.    Let   the 


196  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK, 

citizens  guard  the  laws.  12.  Proceed,  tlierefore,  at 
once,  tliat  you  may  encamp  near  us.  13.  Let  tlie 
old  men  remain  in  the  village.  14.  Hold  fast  the 
beautiful,*  Athenians  !  15.  Let  them  send  the  scout 
upon  the  mountains  at  daybreak. 

NOTES. 

'  ^  188,  1.  ^  Being,  the  present  participle  of  €ΐμί 

2  I  202,  2,  N.  1.  '»  ^  139,  2. 


XIV.    Syncopated  Nouns  of  the  Third  Declension,  —  Irregular 
Adjectives.    (XXX.) 

I.  1.  αρ^ων  αγαθός  ούδε^»^  Ζιαφ4ρει  πατρο<ζ  αγα- 
θού. 2.  σώφρων  μ^ν  νώς  ευφραίνει  τον  πάτερα, 
άφρων  8e  υιός  λνπβί  την  μητέρα.  3.  Ανσαν8 ρος 
μεγάλων  τιμών  ηζιώθη.  4.  εΙκ6τω<ζ  την  Ζικαιοσύνην 
μητέρα  των  άλλων  αρετών  λεγονσιν.  5.  υτττΌ?  ττο- 
λνς  οντε  τοΙς  σώμασιν  οντε  rat?  ψυ^αΓς  αρμοττει, 
6.  άνηρ  dvhpa  καΐ  ττολις  άώζει  ττόλιν.  7.  κάκου 
ανδρός  Βώρα  ονησιν  ουκ  εχευ.  8.  άνΖράσι  τοΐζ 
αγαθοί<ζ  έπεται  γνώμη  τε  καΐ  αιδώς.  9.  ^ωκράτη<; 
ου)(^  Ικετευσε  τους  Βικαστας  μετά  πολλών  Βακρύων, 
10.  τα  μεγάλα  δώρα  της  τύ^ς  εγει  φόβον.  11.  πα- 
ρακελεύονται  οΐ  πατέρες  τοΙς  υΐεσιν^  ευσεβείς  κοΧ 
εύπειθεΐς  είναι.  12.  τον  Κυρον  οι  ΤΙερσαι  πάτερα 
προσηγόρευον.  13.  τοις  αγαθοΐς  άνΒράσι  λαμπρά 
οόςα  €7Γ€ται.  14.  η  αρετή  καλόν  άθλόν  εστίν  dvBpl 
σοφω,       15.     ύπερ    των    πάτερων    καΐ    των    μητέρων 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  197 

Ύ€ΐ/ναιω<;  μαχ^ωμ^θα»  16.  ουκ  del  ol  τταιδες  όμοιοι 
elai  τω  πατρί.  17.  άγαθωι^  μ-ητέρων  και  αγα^αι 
θυγατ€ρ€ς,  Θνγατράσι  γαρ  η  μητηρ  πασών  αρετών 
Βι^ά(τκαλός  Ιστιν,  18.  ακονσα^  'η  θνγάτηρ  τη 
μητρί  την  λβυκην  ίσθητα  φέρει,  19.  μέγας  φόβος 
τους  πολιτας  e^et,  μη  at  σννθηκαι  νπο  των  πολεμίων 
λνθωσιν.  20.  οι  'ΈΧληνες  πολλών  καΐ  μεγάλων 
πόλεων  οικισται  ήσαν. 

II.  1.  Brave  men  are  admired.  2.  The  shep- 
herd's daughter  is  singing.  3.  The  deeds  of  the 
good  man  are  always  noble.  4.  Good  sons  obey 
their  fathers  and  their  mothers.  5.  The  words  of 
the  just  have  great  power.  6.  For  this  man  has 
wisdom  in  place  of  great  wealth.  7.  The  daughter 
brings  her  father  the  torch.  8.  We  did  not  accom- 
plisli  these  undertakings  Avithout  great  dangers. 
9.  Of  great  toils  the  glory  is  also  great.  10.  These 
men    are    being    concealed    in    the    orator's    house. 

11.  In  Egypt  (there)  is  a  great  abundance  of  grain. 

12.  The  good  daughter  obeys    her    mother    gladly. 

13.  Many  men  strive  after  wealth.  14.  The  tongue 
is  the  cause  of  many  great  evils.  15.  The  great 
king  had  a  large  army  and  much  wealth. 

NOTES. 

'  In  no  respect,  literally,  ήι  respect  to  nothing,  neuter  singular  accusa- 
tive of  ovSeis  used  adverbially,  §  77,  1,  n.  2,  and  ^  IGO,  2. 
■■  I  60,  5,  30. 
•»  From  άκων.     See  I  138,  n.  7. 


198  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


XV.   Verbs:  Infinitive.    (XXXI.) 

I.  1.  καΚόν  ecrrt  το  iv  ττολε/χω  άποΘνησκ^ιν. 
2.  SipSpov  τταλαώρ  μ€ταφντ€ν6ίρ  ^ύσκοΧον.  3.  νό- 
μοις  iweaOau  κα\6ν.  4.  el  βούΧει  αγαθός  γίγνε- 
σθαι, πρώτον  πίστβν€,  οτι  κακός  el.  5.  τεθνκέναι 
τούτους  φησίν  τοΐς  θεοϊς.  6.  την  πολύν  φασί  κιν- 
hvvevaai.  7.  εΙς  την  πολβμίαν  γην  πορενθηναι 
λέγονται.  8.  εάν  τις  λεγη,  οτι  βασυλεΐ  εζεστι  μη 
πείθεσθαι  τοΙς  νόμους,  οντος  λεγέσθω  κολάζ  είναυ. 
9.  πάντας  -χρη  ταύτα  μανθάνειν.  10.  ου  πασνν 
εθελουσι  συμβουλεύειν  οι  θεοί.  11.  ελπίζομεν  αϋ- 
ριόν  σε  γράφειν,  πως  πράττει  6  αδελφός.  12.  πεί- 
θεσθαι τους  παιδας  τοις  γονευσιν  εκελευεν.  13.  της 
Αγησιλάου  αρετής  τε  και  Βόζης  άζιον  επαινον  γρά- 
xfjai  ου  paSiov  εστίν.  14.  ^ωκράτην  πεπεικεναι  τους 
νέους  ^Ιαυτω  ^  μάλλον  η  τοΓ?  γονευσι  πείθεσθαι  εφα- 
σαν.  15.  άρα^  οϊεσθε  τους  στρατηγούς  την  Έ/\λάδα 
σώσειν  ;  16.  αύτος  εφη  ηγησεσθαι  την  ούναμιν  και 
τα  υποζύγια  πορεύεσθαι.^  17.  δ  μέλλεις  πράττειν, 
μη  πρόλεγε.  18.  τους  'χ^ρηστούς  των  ανθρώπων  ευ 
πράττειν  εστί  δίκαιον.  19.  ΆΧεζαν8ρος  επεθύμησεν 
εν  Kυδ^'ω  λούσασθαι.  20.  το  γαρ  πόλεις  μεγάλας 
τον  στρατηγον  είληφεναι"^  καΐ  γωραν  πολλην  ύφ 
εαυτω  πεποιησθαι  επαίνου   άζιόν  εστίν. 

II.  1.  The  king  commanded  the  generals  to 
march.  2.  The  father  said  he  had  been  honored  by 
his  son.     3.    To  execute^  is  hard,  but  to  command 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  199 

easy.  4.  He  compels  us  to  delay  in  the  market- 
place. 5.  He  commanded  him  to  say  ^  that  the 
general  had  taken  the  city.  6.  He  wished  the  boy 
not  to  appear  foolish.  7.  Do  you  not  ^  think  that 
the  gods  will  care  for  you  ?  8.  He  commanded  the 
god  to  serve  a  man^  for  hire  for  a  year.^  9.  They 
say  that  the  seer  was  made  blind  by  the  gods. 
10.  The  soldiers  are  not  willing  to  proceed,  but 
affirm  that  they  will  remain  here.  11.  It  is  right 
(for)  the  son  to  obey  his  father.  12.  The  bridge 
was  said  ^  to  have  been  destroyed  by  the  Greeks. 
13.  He  says  that  the  hoplites  will  proceed  at  day- 
break to  the  river.  14.  All  robbers  of  temples  ought 
to  be  put  to  death.  15.  He  said  that  this  stranger 
wished  to  take  part  in  the  expedition  with  us. 

NOTES. 

*  Himself,  dative  singular  of  the  reflexive  pronoun  «αυτοΰ,  g  80. 
«  ^  282,  2. 

^  Note  carefully  that  the  tenses  of  the  infinitives  are  diiferent. 

*  Perfect  infinitive  of  λαμβάνω.  '  g  184,  2. 
"  Use  μ€ν  . . .  δ€,                                     8  §  161. 

^  ψάναι,  present  infinitive  of  φημί.     ^  See  note  1,  Lesson  XXXIX. 


XVI.    Verbs:  Participles.    (XXXIII.) 

I.  1.  ου  πάνυ  ήδαά  έστιν  η  αΧηθεια  τοΊ'ζ  ακον- 
ovcTLv.  2.  φενγβ  r^hovrjv  varepov  φ4ρουσαν  β\αβην. 
3.  φίλους  ζ,γων  νόμιζζ.  θησαυρούς  εχευν.  4.  τοι/ 
^ovcrou  έκ  πολΚου  βάθον<;  οΐ  /xeraXXcuoi^res  άνορντ' 


200  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

τονσιν,  5.  Χωκράτης  ^ίαλβγόμει^ος  wpoerpenero 
τους  σννόντα^  μάλιστα  προς  ίγκράτειαν.  6.  τάς 
προσπίπτουσας  τνγας  γειπ/αίως  φέρετε.  7.  6  μάρ- 
τυς τά  μέλλοντα  καλώς  πεπροφητενκεν.  8.  ΜηΒευα 
τα  τέκνα  πεφονενκνΐα  ε^αιρεν.  9.  άναπανσαμενος 
πορενσεται,  10.  οΐ  περί  ΚεωνίΖαν  τριακόσιοι  γεν- 
ναίως μαγόμενοι  ετελεντησαν.  11.  ό  δε  ηλαννε  προς 
την  πόλιν,  όπως  εγγύς  στρατοπε^ενσάμενος  τους  φεύ- 
γοντας νπολαμβάνοι.  12.  συνεκάλεσαν  τους  πρέσ- 
βεις άπο  των  πόλεων  άκονσομενονς  της  επιστολής. 
13.  οντος  γαρ  τιμηθείς  νπο  τον  Βημον  την  Βημοκρα- 
τίαν  καταλνειν  πεπείραται.  14.  οι  πολέμιοι  διώκον- 
σιν  εις  τον  ποταμον  το  στράτευμα  το  Ζιαβαΐνον.^ 
15.  ως  τον  άρζοντα  δεΓ  πρότερον  μανθάνειν  άρ^ε- 
cr^at,  νυν  λεζω.  16.  ιππέας  πεμπωμεν  επΙ  τον  λόφον 
σκεφομενους  που  etcrtz^  οι  πολέμιοι.  17.  νομίσασα 
η  πολις  άνεπικλητότερον  eii^at  Άγησιλαον  καΐ  τω 
γένει     και     τη     άρετη,    τούτον     εποιησατο    /SacrtXea. 

18.  άμα  τη  ήμερα  προσευζάμενοι  τοΓς  θεοΐς  καΐ 
συνταζάμενοι  ως  εΙς  μά^ην  επορεύοντο   οι  '^Ελληνες. 

19.  οι   '^Έλληνες     τεθυκότες     εζενιζον    τους     φίλους. 

20.  οι  δε  παρηλαυνον  τεταγμένοι  κατ  ϊλας  καΐ  κατά 
τάζεις. 

II.  1.  Regard  liim  that  has  diecP  happy.  2.  He 
Λνίΐΐ  move  both  stones  and  trees  (by  his)  singing. 
3.  The  generals  had  come  with  triremes  to  besiege 
the  island.  4.  I  am  pleased  (at)  having  been  hon- 
ored by  you.     5.    He  was  not  willing  to  converse^ 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  201 

with  those  who  had  nof^  property.  6.  To  you  Λvho 
have  stirred  up  the  city  we  shall  oppose  ourselves. 
7.  We  will  send  men  to  do  this.  8.  lie  will  col- 
lect^ an  army  and  besiege  the  city.  9.  When  they 
had  done  this,  they  withdrew  to  the  camp.  10.  He 
intends  to  come  with  boats  and  triremes.  11.  He 
called  the  captains  together^  and  spoke  as  follows. 
12.  He  blinded  me  Λνΐήΐο  sleeping.  13.  ISTot  only 
punish  those  who  transgress,  but  also  hinder  those 
Avho  intend  (to  do  so).  14.  Since  you  are  mortal, 
remember,  young  men,  the  common  lot.^  15.  For 
these  (two)  men,  if  they  should  be  trusted  by  the 
people,  Avould  overthrow  the  democracy. 

NOTES. 

»  g  26,  N.  2.  "  ^  186,  with  n.  1.  * 

""  Use  τελβυτάω.  "  |  283,  4. 

*  Greek   idiom,  having  collected  (aorist   participle)  an  army  he  will 
besiege,  etc. 

6  Cf.  II.  8,  above.  '  §  171,  2. 


XVn.    Comparison  of  Adjectives,— Verbals.  — Adverbs  and  their 
Comparison.  —  Numerals.    (XXXVI.) 

I.  1.  iv  τοις  1\4φασιν  ol  αρρβνβς  πολν  αμεινους 
ζΐσίν.  2.  δίκαιον  Ιστι  τους  κρβίττονς  των  -ηττονων 
αργειν.  3.  σνμβούλ€ν€  μη  τα  η^ίστα,  άλλα  τα 
άριστα.  4.  κολαστβον  τον  τταΓδα,  el  μβλλβί  ^νοαιμων 
elvat.  5.  ίγθρός,  ος  τα  άληθη  λέγει,  αΙρ€τώτ€ρο<; 
Ιστι  φίλου,  OS  προς  -χάριν  κολακεύει,      β.    πλεονεξία 


202  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

μβγιστον  ανθρώπους  κακόν.  7.  σαφβίττβρον  καί 
άκριββστβρον  \4.ye  τας  έντοΧάς.  8.  σωφροσυνην 
μ€ν  ^ιωκτέον  καί  άσκιητίον,  ακοΧασίαν  δβ  φενκτβον. 
9.  Κρυηας  μεν  των  iv  rrj  ολιγαρχία  πάντων  βιαιότα- 
TOS  ην,  ΆλκιβίάΒης  8e  των  iv  Tjj  δημοκρατία  πάντων 
άκρατέστατος  καΐ  υβριστότατος.  10.  πάντων  άδι- 
κώτατον  πράγμα  φθόνος  ίστίν.  11.  μ^ίζονς  ηΒονάς 
ουκ  εχονσυν  ου  γονβυς,  η  σώφρονας  εγειν  τταιδας. 
12.  ον  μην  ΒονλεντΕον  τοΙς  ye  νουν  ε^ζονσι  τοις  οντω 
κακώς  φρονονσυν}      13.    η  ωδτ)  πάνυ  γαριεντως  er^^i} 

14.  οΐ    κόρακες    μεΧάντατοι    elcn     πάντων     ορνίθων. 

15.  εν  Άθηναυς  άντΙ  της  πάλαι  δημοκρατίας  ολι- 
γαρχία ην  η  των  τριάκοντα  τυράννων.  16.  πολλάκις 
εκ  /Λία?  αμαρτίας  μνρίαι  γίγνονται  άλγηδόνες.  17.  ό 
στρατηγός  την  στρατιάν  εις  τάς  εγγντάτω  ^  κώμας 
άγει.  18.  τον  ySacrtXeo)?  στρατεύματος  ήσαν  άρχον- 
τες τετταρες,  τριάκοντα  μυριάδων  έκαστος.  19.  θέ- 
ρους^ μεν  -φυχροτερω,  χειμωνος  δε  θερμοτερω  υδατι 
λούεσθαι  χαριεστερον  εστίν.  20.  λέγονται  οι  ΤΙερ- 
(ται   άμφλ  τάς  δώδεκα  μυριάδας  εΤναι. 

II.  1.  The  Horns  of  the  stag  are  much  greater 
than^  those  of  the  gazelle.^  2.  Traitors'''  are  much 
more  hateful  than  the  enemy.  3.  It  is  very^  hard 
to  be  ruled  by  an  inferior.  4.  It  is  most  truly  said 
that  Cyrus  ruled  justly.  5.  The  oracle  at  Delphi 
Λvas  most  in  repute.  6.  Children  have  no^  greater 
benefactors  than  their  parents.  7.  We  must  not 
flatter  the  commander,  but  obey  (him)  most  zealously. 


FIEST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  203 

8.  He  was  the  son  of  a  most  prudent  man.  9.  Tlic 
easiest  road  for  an  army  is  the  quickest.  10.  He 
has  come  with  a  thousand  soldiers  and  twenty  tri- 
remes to  besiege  the  city.  11.  We  shall  fight  more 
bravely,  if  Cyrus  himself  lead  (us).  12.  The  servant 
is  both  \^ery  fond  of  money  and  very  idle.  13.  The 
captain  must  lead  a  hundred  and  fifty  ^'^  hoplites  as 
quickly  as  possible  into  the  nearest  village.  14.  It 
is  fifteen  stadia  from  this  river  to  Thermopylce. 
15.    Sophocles  composed  a  hundred  dramas. 

NOTES. 

^  I  184,  2.  *  ^  179,  1. 

^  See  note  8,  Lesson  XXV.  ^  ή. 

3  ^  75,  Ν.  1,  and  ^  141,  n.  3.  ^   Than  the  {horns)  of  the  gazelle. 
'  Use  the  article. 

^  Very  is  sometimes  translated  by  putting  the  word  which  it  modifies 
in  the  superlative. 

»  Not.  »o  I  77,  2,  N.  2  a. 


XVIII.  Verbs:  Contract.    (XXXVIII.) 

I.  1 .  ραστον  Ιστιν  αττάντων  kavrov  ^  Ιζαττα,ταν. 
2.  Όΐ  νομάδες  των  Κιβυων  ον  ταΓ?  ημεραυς,  αλλά  ταΐς 
ννζίν  άρίθμονσι  τον  ^)(ρ6νον.  3.  πληρωμεν  τας  ρανς 
καΐ  ττΧεωμεν^  ίττι  τους  πολεμίους.  4.  νομίζω  άεΐ 
τους  θβονς  γβλαν  ορώντας  την  των  ανθρώπων  κενο- 
σπονΖίαν.  5.  μηΒεΙς  φοβείσθω  θάνατον,  άπόλυσιν 
κακών.  β.  πανταχού  οί  προ^όται  θανάτω  ζ-ημιονν- 
ται.  7.  οι  μεν  άλλοι  ζώσιν  Ινα  εσθίωα-υν,  αύτος  ^ 
δε  εσθίω   Ινα  ζω.      8.    άπαντα  6  τον  ζητονντος  πόνος 


204  FIRST    LESSONS   IN   GREEK. 

evpL(TK€L•.  9.  αλλά  1787^  Β^ωμεί'  την  των  βαρβάρων 
yrjv.  10.  οΐ  'Ρόδιοι  μακρότερον  έσφενΒόνων  των 
πλείστων  τοςοτων.  11.  Set  τάς  πόλεις  κοσμεΐν  ταίς 
των  οίκονντων  άρεταυς.  12.  €ΐ  τις  την  των  σωμάτων 
φνσίν  άκριβοίη,  Ιωτο  αν  πάσας  νόσους  ;  13.  μη^ε- 
ποτε  πεψω  Svo  φίλων  ειι^αι  κριτής,  14.  άριστ  αν 
αί  τΓολεις  οίκοίντο,  εΐ  οι  αργοντες  τοίς  νόμοις  πεί- 
θοιντο.  15.  'Σωκράτης  έλεγε  τους  μεν  άλλους  αν- 
θρώπους ζην,*  ϊνα  εσθίουεν,  αύτον^  8ε  εσθίειν,  Ινα 
ζωη.  16.  μη  μέγα  φρονεί,  ίνα  μη  ταπεινοί.  17.  μη 
φθόνει  τοις  ευτυγουσι,  μη  Ζοκης  είναι  κακός,  18.  μη 
ζυγγωρει    τοΙς    της    φυγτ^ς    πάθεσιν    αλλ'    ενάντιου. 

19.  'ϊ^ικελία  η    νήσος   πρότερον  Ύρινακρία  εκαλεΐτο. 

20.  €1  νόμος  κελεύοι  μη  εσθίοντας  ^  μη  πεινην  ^  καΧ 
μη  πίνοντας  μη  Sixjjrjv  μη^ε  ριγών  ^  του  γειμωνος  ^ 
μηΖε  θάλπεσθαι  του  Θέρους,  τις  αν  πείθοιτο  των 
ανθρώπων ; 

II.  1.  Either  be  silent,  or  speak  more  fitly.^ 
2.  Socrates  did  not  neglect  liis  body/^  and  did  not 
approve  those  who  neglected  (theirs).  3.  They  ap- 
proached, that  they  might  free  the  captives.  4.  It 
is  fated  (for)  all  men  to  die.  5.  Those  who  love 
are  loved,  but  those  who  hate  are  hated.  6.  The 
soldiers  were  enslaved  by  the  barbarians.  7.  Let  us 
rush  on  courageously,  Soldiers,  against  the  enemy. 
8.  The  citizens  feared  that  the  city  would  be 
besieged.  9.  Those  who  oppose  themselves  to  the 
good  are  Avorthy  of  being  punished.^^     10.    All  (men) 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  205 

are  pleased  wlien  tliey  are  honored.^^  11.  Let  us 
either  conquer  or  die.  12.  Let  us  free  our  friends, 
but  get  in  hand  our  enemies.  13.  He  was  greatly 
loved  and  honored  by  the  Athenians.  14.  Let  not 
him  who  is  most  ^^  fortunate  be  high-minded. 
15.  Imitate  the  actions  (of  those) ^"^  whose  reputations 
you  envy. 


NOTES. 

'  Ones  self,  g  80. 

'  I  179,  1. 

'  ^  98,  N.  1. 

^  Say  better  (things). 

3  Myself,  |  145,  1. 

'«  g  171,  2. 

*  1  98,  ϊί.  2. 

"  I  261,  1. 

δ  Himself  I  145,  1. 

''  I  277,  1. 

«  I  277,  5. 

"  μοίλκΓτα. 

'  g  98,  N.  3. 

"  k  152. 

XIX.   Verbs:  Present,  Future,  and  Pirst  Aorist  St&ms.    (XLI.) 

I.  1.  τα  παρ'  ΰ/χωζ/  άπαγγελοΰ^^,ει^  τω  /^acrtXet. 
2.  ού  τάληθη  άποκρν\Ι^6μ€θα.  3.  Ισ)(νρως  Ομηροι/ 
4Θανμαζ€ν  ^ΑλεζανΒρος.  4.  Κί}ρο9  ovhkva  έπεμπε 
σιημανονντα  ο  τι  ^ή  Troteti^.  5.  έλπιζε  τιμών  τον'; 
γονέας  πράζειν  καλώς.  6.  εΙρηνης  ούσης  ^  ot  άνθρω- 
ποι σπερονσιν,  ο  δε  πόλεμος  πάντα  Βίαφθερεΐ.  7.  ot 
πατέρες  ημών  πολλά  καΙ  καλά  έργα  άπεφηναντο  εΙς 
πάντας  ανθρώπους,  δ.  ουκ  επετρε\\}ε  τω  ^ημω  παρά 
τους  νόμους  \\)ηφίσασθαι.  9.  και  εκ  πολέμου  σώ- 
σουσι     την    πόλιν     καΐ     ευΒαίμονα     Βιαφυλάζουσιν. 

10.  άργοντος    πανουργία    την    πάσαν    πόλιν   /xtaz-et. 

11.  τάληθη  άπόκριναι,  εσθλος  γάρ   άνηρ  ου  ψευδέ- 


206  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

rat.  12.  iav  φράσω  τάληθες,  ονγι  ere  ευφράνω, 
13.  Θεμιστοκλής  καί  ^ Αριστείδης  έστασιαζετην  ετι 
iraiSe  οντε?  14.  \6γισαι  προ  του  έργου.  15.  οϋτε 
πυρ  Ιματίω  περιστείΧαι  Ζυνατον  ούτε  αίσγ^ρον  αμάρ- 
τημα γ^ρόνω.  16.  εφηφίσαντο  ol  ^Αθηναίοι  τους 
πολίτας  αποσφαζαι.  17.  συ  μεν  παρ*  εμοί  εμεινας, 
οΐ  δ'  αλλο6  άπηραν  ο'ίκαΒε.  18.  οΐ  '^Ελληνες  πάντες 
ηλάλαζαν.  19.  καΐ  6  άναισθητότατος  αίσ^υνειται 
τον  ευεργετην  εν^εα  \είπενν,  20.  ό  φόβος  εϋπειθε- 
στερους  τους  ανθρώπους  ποιεί  •  τεκμηραιο  δ'  αν  τούτο 
καΐ  άπο  των  εν  τοις  ναυσίν,^ 

II.  1.  They  will  announce  this  to  the  generals  at 
daybreak.  2.  The  gods  have  dealt  out*  misfortunes 
to  many  good  (men).  3.  They  will  leave  the  weak 
behind  on^  the  road.  4.  AVe  beseech  you  to  de- 
fend* us.  5.  We  fully  armed  all  the  citizens. 
6.  He  will  arrange  the  soldiers  four  deep.^  7.  Af- 
ter she  had  killed^  her  son  she  leaped  into  the  sea. 

8.  They  will  all   lament  their    unfortunate    friend. 

9.  (The  herald)^  made  proclamation  to  the  Greeks 
to  collect  their  baggage.  10.  They  thought  the 
enemy  would  appear^  on  the  next  day.  11.  Do  not 
expose  these  secrets  of  your  friend.  12.  The  citi- 
zens held  up  their  hands.  13.  They  expected  to 
arrive  at  the  villages  at  sunset.^^  14.  They  will  arm 
themselves  with  shields  and  breastplates.  15.  Milo, 
the  athlete,  lifted  a  bull  and  bore  (it)  through  the 
stadium. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  207 


NOTES. 

*  In  time  of  peace,  there  being  peace,  ^  183.     For  oi'onis,  see  |  127,  I. 

*  Present  participle  in  the  dual  masculine  of  «ίμί. 

^  ^  141,  N.  3,  second  paragraph.  ^  €irl  τίττοίρων. 

■*  Aorist.  '  ^  277,  1. 

^  6V.  8  I  134,  N.  1  d. 

^  Their  thought  was,  the  enemy  will  appear,  etc.     Use  the  infinitive 
in  quoting. 

"^  At  the  same  time  with  the  sun  setting. 


XX.    Pronouns.    (XLII.) 

I.  1.  ουτός  ianv  6  σος  αδελφός.  2.  6  St/cato? 
oif  μόνοι'  τοΓς  άλλοις  ωφέλιμος  Ιστιν,  αλλά  πολύ 
μάλιστα  αντος  αύτω.  3.  ταντην  την  γνώμιην  €γω 
ζτγωγε.  4.  rt  γαρ  πατρώας  ημιν  φιλτερον  -χθονός ; 
5.  και  ημείς  τους  υμετέρους  ζενους  ζενίζομεν.  6.  μη- 
Ζεποτε  ^ου\ον  ηδονής  σαυτον  ποίει.  7.  νομίζεις  μη 
είναυ  θεούς,  επεί  αυτούς  ουγ^  ορώμεν,  αλλ'  ούδε  την 
σαυτου  συ  γε  χΐίυχην  οράς,  η  του  σώματος  κυρία 
εστίν.  8.  οϋτε  δια  ψύχους  μαΧΚόν  του  evZov  μενειν, 
ούτε  δια  θάλπους  μά'χεσθαί  τω  περί  σκιάς,  Σωκρά- 
τους ην  6  τρόπος.  9.  ουκ  εννοείτε,  τίνων  καΐ,  οίων 
και     όσων     ευεργεσιών    οι    θεοί    ημίν     αίτιοι    είσιν ; 

10.  δεΓ  ημάς   εις  το   της  πόλεως    ωφέλημα   βλεπειν. 

11.  ού8εν  οΰτως  ημετερόν  εστίν,  ώς  ημείς  ημΐν  αύ- 
Γοις.  ιΖ.  καγω,  ει  υμεις  τα  οικαια  ποιειν  εσελετε, 
εττεοΓ^αι  ύμίν  βούλομαι.  13.  οι  άνθρωποι  αυτοί 
eto-tl•'  εαυτοΐς  πολέμιοι.  14.  μάγονται  οι  ελέφαντες 
σόο^ρως    προς    αλλήλους.      15.    τά    μέλλοντα    προ- 


208  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

γιγνώσκειν  ov  της  ημετέρας  φνσεώς  εστίν.  16.  εγώ 
σον  πΧονσίώτερός  et/xt,  η  εμη  αρα  κτησις  της  σης 
κρείττων.  17.  οντος  δο/cet  μοι  άριστος  είναι  οίκος, 
ετι/  ω  τοιούτος  εστίν  6  Βεσπότης  δι'  αυτόν,  οίος  εζω 
δια  τον  νόμον.  18.  Ζιαφερονσιν  οι  ελέφαντες  τη 
ανδρεία  θανμαστως  άΚΧηλων.  19.  όστις  ΒιαβοΧαις 
τα)(ν  πείθεται,  πονηρός  αυτός  εστί  τους  τρόπους. 
20.  τί  γαρ  το  φιλοκερ^ες,^  τι  ποτέ  εστί  καΐ  τίνες  οι 
φιλοκερδείς  ; 

II.  1.  The  lion  and  the  jackal  are  at  war  with 
one  another.^  2.  The  general  was  hostile  to  us,  but 
friendly  to  you.  3.  The  commander  called  them 
together  into  his  own  tent.  4.  He  bids  us  say  these 
same  things  to  you  also.  5.  These  men  are  your 
benefactors.  6.  These  messengers  whom  you  see  are 
friendly  to  us.  7.  Tell  me  Λvhat  opinion  you  have 
about  this.  8.  The  good  trust  one  another.  9.  We 
love  our  own  children.  10.  My  son  is  virtuous,^  but 
yours  (is)  idle.  11.  Is  there  any  person  in  the 
house?  12.  This  kino;  was  himself  tlie  commander 
of  his  own  army.  13.  The  bad  injure  one  another. 
14.  Who  is  that  woman  ?  15.  A  philosopher  hav- 
ing been  asked  by  some  one,  What  is  hostile  to 
men  ?  said,   Themselves  to  themselves. 


NOTES. 


»  I  1S4,  4.  '  §  185. 

2  ^  139,  2.  ■»  <nrov8aios. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  209 


XXI.    Verbs:  Perfect  Middle,  Perfect  Active,  and  Puture  Per- 
fect Stems.    (XLIV.) 

I.  1.  ό  δε  τάληθη  άποκεκρυπταί.  2.  el  ταύτα 
πεπρα-χ^ας,  ουδείς  σε  βλάφεί  ονοεποτε}  3.  6  ποιητής 
λόγον  πεποίηταί  περί  αρετής.  4.  πρώτος  των  στρα- 
τηγών κεκρίσθω  ^Αλεζαν8 ρος.  5.  καταγωνισάμενος 
τον  άδελφον  απεσταΚκει  τον  σατράπην  καταστρε\\}6- 
μενον  πάσας  τας  επΙ  θαΧάττΎ]  πόΧευς.  6.  την 
Νίόβην  εΙς  λίθον  μεταβεβλησθαί  φασιν.  7.  το 
τον  άδεΧφον  σώμα  τεθάχρεται.  8.  Κρέων  Αντίγονην 
τάφω  ζωσαν  εγκεκρνπταί.  9.  άει  προστετάζεται 
τοις  γεραιτεροις  των  νεωτέρων  αργειν.  10.  ταντην 
την  πόλιν  άθλιωτάτην  κεκρίκαμεν.  11.  εΐ  τάς  *  Αθή- 
νας κατεστραμμένοι  είσί,  ραοίως  των  άλλων  ^Κλληνων 
άρζονσιν.  12.  επιμελώς  οι  θεοί,  ων  οί  άνθρωποι 
δέονται,  κατεσκενακασιν.  13.  άνεμος  τα  σκάφη 
συντετριφε  καΐ  την  δι;ι^α/ιΐϊ^  Αιονυσίον  την  ναυτικην 
ηφάνικεν.  14.  οί  Αακεδαιμονιοι  εστεφανωμενοι  εμά- 
γοντο.  15.  εάν  ταύτα  πράξης,  μέγιστος  της  πόλεως 
ευεργέτης  άναγεγράχΡη.  16.  άριστος  των  στρατιω- 
τών άναγεγράφθω.  17.  τοΙς  νόμοις,  εν  οίς  τεθραφθε, 
8εΐ  πείθεσθαι.  18.  τους  τετελεντηκότας  μη  κατηλό- 
γει.  19.  ε\\βηφισμενοι  είσΧν  οι  ^Αθηναίοι  πάνταζ 
ηβηδον  άποσφάζαι.  20.  δόζα  μεγάλη  εστί  τοΐς 
νενικηκόσιν. 

II.  Death  has  freed  him  from  his  ills.  2.  These 
cities    had    been    utterly   destroyed    by   the    tyrant. 


210  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK, 

3.  God    has    concealed    the    future^    from    nien.^ 

4.  The  soldiers  will  have  been  drawn  up  in   line. 

5.  They  say  he  has   been  concealed  in  the  house. 

6.  His  father  has  disinherited  him  on  account  of  his 
wrong-doings.  7.  The  enemy  have  been  cut  to 
pieces  in  great  numbers.  8.  He  has  plundered  our 
cities.      9.     A  city  has  been    founded    in    Phrygia. 

10.  The    Athenians    have    always    been    admired. 

11.  We  have  always  admired  Homer.  12.  The 
Athenians  had  besieged  the  city.  13.  Those  that 
have  been  educated  differ  from  the  uneducated. 
14.  This  property  will  have  been  put  to  great  haz- 
ard. 15.  The  soldiers  have  procured  themselves 
provisions  in  the  following  manner. 

NOTES. 

»  §  283,  9. 

^   What  is  about  to  be,  το  μΐλλον,  ^  276,  2. 

3  ^  184,  3. 


XXII.  Verbs :  Second  Perfect,  Second  Aorist,  First  Passive,  and 
Second  Passive  Stems.    (XLVII.) 

I.  1.  δια  τηρ  άσεβευαν  εκοΧάσθη  •  Ζευς  γαρ  την 
κτισθεισαν  νπ  αντον  πόΧιν  τιφάνισεν.  2.  61  οε 
7τ\ονσιοι  της  εΙς  τον  ττόλεμον  8αποίνη<ζ  άπαλλαγη- 
σονται.  3.  οΐ  Κρητες  τταρ'  αντοΐς  τραφηναυ  τούτον 
τον  θεόν  φασίν.  4.  καΧ  συ,  φίλε,  πείσθητι•  το  yap 
πείθεσθαι    άμείνον,      5.    χθες    άνηγάγοντο    οί    φίλοι. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  211 

δια,  δε  τον  -χειμώνα  πάλιν  κατηγάγοντο  βίς  τον  λιμένα. 
6.  χοΧεπόν  εστί  λύπην  εκφνγεΐν.  7.  ό  ταώς  λέγεται 
εκ  βαρβάρων  εις  'Έλληνας  κομισθηναι.  8.  εζεπλάγη 
ySacrtXeus  τη  εφοδω  τον  Κύρου  στρατενμ.ατος.  9.  τη 
τον  θεμιστοκλεονς  βονλη  και  γνώμη  πεποιΘότες  οΐ 
Αθηναίοι  την  πόλιν  κατελελοίπεσαν  κσΐ  εις  τάς  νανς 
άπεπεφενγεσαν.  10.  οι  Tlipcrai,  Ινα  μ-η  αντοίς  οι 
ίπποι  εν  τω  πολεμώ  καταπλαγωσι,  \\}6φοις  αντονς  και 
ηχοις  χαλκοίς  προσεθίζονσιν.  11.  αύται  αί  eVi- 
στολαι  νπο  τον  σατραπον  εγράφησαν.  12.  μη  λέγε 
εκφνγών  Θάνατον,  οτι  καΐ  φενζη  πάλιν  •  ως  γαρ 
πεφενγας,  προσΖόκα  κα\  μη  φνγεΐν.  13.  δ  μέλλεις 
πράττειν,   μη    πρόλεγε  •    άποτνχων  γαρ  γελασθηση. 

14.  άλλα     ^ιετράφησαν     τοΙς     κτηνεσιν,     α     είχον. 

15.  επι    κεφαλήν   εις   το   πέλαγος   ενεπεσει/  '^Ικαρος. 

16.  οι  ΐίερσαι  εΙς  φνγην  ετράπησαν.  17.  εφοβεϊτο 
μη  εφ*  άρπαγην  τράποιτο  το  στράτενμα.  18.  την 
^loj^a  εϊκαζον  οι  68οιπ6ροι  τετηκεναι,  καΐ  ετετηκει  δια 
κρηνην     τινά,    η    πλησίον     ην    άτμίζονσα    εν    νάπη. 

19.  εφηφίσαντο  τοντονς  τονς  άνδρας  άναγραφησε- 
σ^αι    ενεργετας  της  πόλεως  εΙς  τον   άπαντα   γβόνον. 

20.  άπολελοίπασιν  ημάς  οντοι  οι  στρατηγοί  •  αλλ* 
ονκ  άποπεφενγασιν. 

II.  1.  If  you  should  liear^  a  beautiful  melody, 
you  would  be  delighted.  2.  The  enemy  had  left 
their  women  and  their  children  behind  in  the  vil- 
lages. 3.  Who  have  fled?  4.  He  who  led  the 
vast  army  against  Troy  is  famous.     5.    The  soldiers 


212  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

left  tlieir  ranks  and  fled.  6.  The  prudent  ratlier 
than  the  strong  may^  trust  themselves.  7.  The 
barbarians  turned  and  fled  to  their  ships.  8.  Tell 
me  by  whom  you  were  struck.  9.  We  shall  be  worn 
out^  by  this  war.  10.  Much*  has  been  done,  and 
much  will  be  done.  11.  The  number  of  those  who 
have  fled  to  Athens  is  very  great.  12.  He  was 
greatly  terrified  by  the  tumult.  13.  Though  we 
before  warred^  with  them,  let  us  now  try  to  be 
reconciled.^  14.  Two  companies  of  soldiers  are  said 
to  have  been  cut  in  pieces^  by  the  enemy.  15.  We 
should  put  to  sea,  if  the  allies  should  abandon  (us). 

NOTES. 

»  ^  277,  4.  *  Plural.     Use  μ6ν. . .  δ€. 

2  4V-U  '  ^  277,  5. 

^  Second  future.  ^  Aorist. 


XXIII.    Verbs:  Eegular  in  MI.    (LII.) 

I.  1.  τηΐ'  creavTov  σωφροσνρηρ  τοΓς  άλλοις  πα- 
ρά8€υγμα  καθιστή.  2.  ταντΎ)  rrj  γνώμ^τ)  και  ημεΐς 
ττροστίθεμεθα,  3.  6  τταΓς  yrei  τι  τον  άλλον,  και 
επει  αντω  ουκ  iStSov,  enaiev.  4.  γαλεπον,  μη  τταρα- 
^βίγμασυ  γβώμενον,  heiKvyvai  την  άρετην.  5.  iav  θ€ 
τις  άνθυστηταυ,  πευρασόμεθα  -χειρονσθαι.  6.  πολν 
διαφέρει,  εΐ  οΐ  αργοντε^  εν  η  κακώς  ^υατιθεασυ  τους 
άργομενους.  7.  η8εως  αν  διδοιτ^τε,  ευ  τι  λαμβανοιτε. 
8.    επεί  τροφην  ουκ  είχον  οΐ   στρατιωται,  συνισταντο 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  213 

αΧΧηλοις  και  σννετιθερτο,  ως  ^  inl  \eiav  Ικπορενσό^ 
μενοί.  9.  πότερον  άποδίΒοσΘαι  η  πρίασθαι  βουλε- 
σθβ  ;  10.  Κ.νρο<;  έκελευβ  τους  οπλίτας  θέσθαί  τα 
όπλα  περί  ttjv  αντου  σκηνήν,  11.  τα  περισσά 
άπο^ί^όσθων  οι  στρατιωται.  12.  εννοιαν  έκαστος 
ενΖεικνύ μένος  των  Xo^aycov  επειθεν  τον  Άενοφωντα 
νποστηναι  την  αρ^ην,  13.  άναστας  εκελευσε  τον 
κατηγορησαντα  αντου  λέγειν,  που  καΐ  επληγη. 
14.  κατεκανσαν  τας  κώμας  παντελώς,  ϊνα  φόβον 
ενθεΐεν  τοις  βαρβάροις.  Ιδ.  αίσγιστόν  εστίν  "ΈΧ- 
ληνι  άπο8όσθαι  '^Ελληνας,  καίτοι  άπε8οτο  Άρισταρ- 
■χος  των  Κνρειων  στρατιωτών  νπολελειμμενων  ουκ 
ελαττους  τετρακοσίων.  16.  άει  τους  βέλτιστους  εις 
τας  άρ^ζ^ας  καθιστώμεν.  17.  οι  πολιται  τα  αναθή- 
ματα εις  την  άκρόπολιν  άναφερουσιν,  ίνα  ^ Αθήνα 
ανατιθώσιν  αυτά.      18.    δίκην  δότωσαν  οΐ  κακούργοι. 

19.  Βεικνύωμεν  τοις   ο^οιπόροις  την  ταγίστ-ην  ohov. 

20.  6  των  φιλάργυρων  πλούτος  ώσπερ  6  ήλιος  κατα- 
8υς  εΙς  την  γήν  ούΒενα  των  ζώντων  ευφραίνει. 

II.  1.  The  allies,  therefore,  revolted  from  the 
Athenians.  2.  Wealth  often  changes  the  disposition 
of  men.      3.    0  blessed  gods,  grant  me   happiness. 

4.  Show  to  (but)  few  Λvhat  is  within^  your  heart. 

5.  Stand  by  the  unfortunate.  6.  Let  us  inspire  in 
the  young  the  desire  of  wisdom.  7.  It  is  befitting 
for  the  rich  to  give  to  the  poor.  8.  The  judges  pub- 
lished the  decrees.  9.  He  thereupon  bought  the 
horses    and    gave    them    to    those    who    were    sick. 


214  FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 

10.  We  most  admire  him  who  made  laws  for  the 
Lacedemonians.  11.  If  you  betray  your  country,  you 
will  be  worthy  of  the  heaviest^  penalty.  12.  When 
he  had  put  on*  his  tunic,  he  mounted^  his  horse. 
13.  Let  us  attack  the  enemy  at  daybreak.  14.  The 
gods  put  sweat  before  virtue.  15.  For  we  feared 
that  those  unprincipled  (men)  might  betray  the  state. 

NOTES. 

1  ^  277,  N.  2.  4  ^  277,  1. 

^  The  (things)  within,  etc.  ^  In  Greek,  mounted  u2)on,  etc. 

^  Greatest. 


XXIV.    Verbs :  Regular  in  MI  (continued),     (LII). 

I.      1.    rou9  κρατήρας  oivov  καΐ  ύδατος  Ίτιμπλησιν} 

2.  αλλ'    ευ    τοντο     επίστω,    οτι    ere    ημωρησόμεθα, 

3.  ΐΙρακΧης  ττεριθείς  την  χείρα  τω  τραχηλο)  του 
λέοντος  κατεσχεν  αγχών,  εως  επνιζεν.  4.  τταρηγ- 
γελθη  "  τα  ττνρα  κατασβενννναι  πάντα.  5.  ο1  άρκτοι 
δια  τγιν  Ισχνν  και  τοις  τανροις  εττιτι^βζ^ται.  6.  οι 
Αθηναίοι  τον  ΤΙειραια  εμπόριον  εν  μέσω  της  Ελλά- 
δος κατέστη ααντο.  7.  είσί  τίνες,  ot  ληζομενοι  ζωσι 
καΐ  οντ^  επίστανται  εργάζεσθαι  οντ  αν  ονναιντο, 
είθισμενοι  άπο  πολέμου  βιοτεύειν.  8.  εκλώπευον  οι 
εγχώριοι  τους  άποσκε^αννυμενους  των  στρατιωτών. 
9.  ομοίως  επισφαλές,  μαινομενω  Sodvai  μάχαιραν 
και  πονηρω  δυι^α/χΐϊ^.  10.  άπαν  8ι8όμενον  Scopov 
μεγιστόν  εστι  μετ  ευνοίας  8ώόμενον,     11.   το  ^ίκαιορ 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  215 

/Lteya  ονινησι  τους  ανθρώπους.  12.  ev  έπίστασθβ, 
OTL  τοις  καλοΐς  κάγαθοίς  ί\εω  είσιν  οΐ  θβοί.  13.  πό- 
νοι μάλίστα  την  νβριν  σβενννασιν.  14,  το  ivhvvai 
τα  όπλα  έκάλονν  οί  παλαιοί  ζώσασθαι,  15.  τας 
μεταβολας  της  τνχης  ίπίστασαι  γενναίως  φερειν. 
16.  συμμιγνυασι  κατά  το  πεΒίον  αΐ  φάλαγγες  καΐ 
άπόλλννται  πολλοί.  17.  δ  μη  κατεθον,  μη  λάμβανε. 
18.  όστις  ομνύντι  μη  πείθεται,  αντος  επιορκεΐν  επί- 
crrarat.  19.  η  γεωργία  πολν  αν  επι8οίη  ει  τις 
άθλα  προτιθείη  τοΙς  κάλλιστα  την  γην  εργαζομενοις. 
20.    ουκ  εζεστιν  avhpX  θηβαίω  εκθειναι  παώίον. 

II.  1.  The  trophy  of  Miltiades  aroused  Themis- 
tocles  from  his  sleep.^  2.  It  is  not  ea.sy  to  change 
one's*  nature.      3.    The  people  enacted   good   laws. 

4.  The   soldiers   posted  themselves   in  great  haste. 

5.  Let   the    sportsmen    set    snares    for    the    birds. 

6.  The  teacher  said,  "  Give  me  the  book."  7.  The 
gods  give  us  everything.  8.  AVine  exhibits  the 
(real)  natures  of  men.  9.  Let  the  judges  express 
their  opinions.  10.  Oligarchies  were  established  in 
most  (of  the)  cities.  11.  The  lines  immediately  sep- 
arated. 12.  We  are  not  able  to  attack  the  enemy 
now.  13.  Wine  strengthens  our  bodies.  14.  They 
arose  at  daybreak  that  they  might  attack  us.  15.  It 
is  disgraceful  to  betray  one's  friends,  and  yet  you 
have  betrayed  us. 

NOTES. 

»  U72,  2.  3  Plural. 

*  The  command  was  passed  along,  §  134,  n.  1  c.       ^  ^  141,  n.  2. 


216  FIP.ST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK. 


XXY.   Verbs:  Second  Perfect  and  Pluperfect  of  the  MI-Form, 
and  Irregular  in  MI.    (LV.) 

I.  1.  Tovs  '^ΕΧληνας  αντόγθονα^  εφη  eivai,  2.  ot 
μ€ΐ/  anaiSevTOL  TralSeg  τα  γράμματα,  ol  Se  απαίδευτοι 
civSpes  τα  πράγματα  ου  (τνΊ/ίασυν,  3.  εγωγε  μετά 
φίλου  εταίρου  καν  δια  πυρός  Ιοίην.  4.  ερ  καιρώ  επι- 
όντων  τοις  ποΧεμίοις  οΐ  όττλιται  κατά  τα  συγκείμενα. 
5.  τεθνάναι  ποΧυ  βεΧτιον  η  δι'  άκρασίαν  την  \\}υγΎ)ν 
άμαυρωσαι,  β.  μετά  την  μάγιην  άφείθη  κατά  πόλεις 
το  άλλο  στράτευμα.  7.  χαλεπον  ην  καΐ  μενειν  και 
άπίεναί,  καΐ  η  νυζ  φοβερά  ην  επιουσα.  8.  ει  οϋν  ως 
εις  μά^ην  παρασκευασμένοι  ιοιμεν,  ίσως  αν  τά  ιερά 
μάλλον  προγωροίη  ημΐν.  9.  ούδε  πόρρω  οοκουμεν 
μοι  βασιλέως  καθησθαι.  10.  μη  παίδι  μάγαιραν, 
η  παροιμία  φησίν  •  ε-^ώ  δε  φαίην  αν,  μη  παίδι  πλου- 
τον  μη^ε  avSpl  άπαώεύτω  δ^α/χιι/.  11.  Αημητηρ 
ζητούσα  την  θυγατέρα  άρπασθεΐσαν  περιηει.  12.  η 
ούκ^  οισθα,  οτι  φιλότιμον  είναι  ονεώος  λεγεταί  τε 
καΐ  εστίν ;  13.  εγώ  φημι,  τον  θεον  προει8εναι  το 
μέλλον.  14.  ώς^  προθυμοτάτοις  ουσιν  ημΐν  χάριν 
εϊσεται  καΐ  αποδώσει.  15.  άριστώντι  Αιογενει  εν 
τη  άγορα  οι  περιεστωτες  συνεχές  ελεγον  •  κύον,  κύον  • 
6  δε,  ύμεΐς,  ειπεν,  εστε  κΰνες,  οι  με  άριστωντα  περι- 
εστηκατε.  16.  οι  μάντεις  λέγονται  άλλοις  μεν  προα- 
γορεύειν  το  μέλλον,  εαυτοΐς  δε  μη  προοράν  το  επιόν. 
17.  Γ^ι  δτ^,  εφη,  εζετάσωμεν  τά  έργα  εκατερου  αυτών, 
ίνα  ε&ωμεν,  πότερον  τά  αυτά  έστιν,  η  Βιαφερει  τι. 


FIRST    LESSONS    IN    GREEK.  217 

18.  ωσπερ  τα  τόξα,  οντω  καΐ  τας  χΡυχας  -χ^ρη  τοτβ 
μεν  εντΕΐνειν,  τότε  δε  az/terat.  19.  το  μη^ει/  άμαρ- 
τάνειν  εξω  της  ανθρωττίνιης  φύσεως  κείται.  20.  ηρετο 
6  ^ίκαστης  •  rj  ^  κίκλοφας  ;  εφη  6  άνθρωπος,  είτα 
€πηρετο  •    ?^  καΐ  πεφόνενκας  ;     σννεφιη  καΐ  τοντο. 

II.  1.  Already  the  evening  is  coming  on.  2.  A 
certain  barbarian  also  is  present,  wishing  to  know 
what  will  be  done.  3.  "  Who  are  you  ?  "  said  the 
man,  when  he  had  heard  this.  4.  Let  us  go  into 
the  house.  5.  This  unfortunate  man  stood  for  a 
long  time  and  wept.^  6.  The  majority  of  these  citi- 
zens long  after  virtue.  7.  Many  men  know  your 
evil  deeds.  8.  Many  men  aim  at  wealth.  9.  The 
Nile  empties  into  the  sea  through  seven  mouths.* 
10.  Youth  and  old  age  are  both  beautiful.^  11.  He 
says  that  the  man  is  dead.  12.  This  place  lies  be- 
tween Athens  and  the  sea.  13.  We  shall  go,^  if  he 
sends  (us)  chariots.  14.  Do  not  say  who  you  were 
before,  but  who  you  are  now.  15.  He  who  should 
know**^  the  whole,  would  know  also  the  part. 


NOTES. 

»  §  282,  2.  ^  ?  138,  N.  2  a. 

*  I  277,  N.  2.  «  §  200,  N.  2. 

'   Wept  a  long  time  standing.  ""  §  276,  2.      __ 

*  I  188,  1. 


ABBEEYIATIONS. 


a.,  aor.,  aorist. 

abs.,  absol.,  absolutely. 

ace,  Α.,  accusative. 

act.,  active,  -ly. 

ad  fin.,  ad  finem,  at  the  end. 

adj.,  adjec,  adjective,  -ly. 

adv.,  adverb,  -ial,  -ially. 

apos.,  apost.,  apostrophe, 

art.,  article. 

Att,  Attic. 

augm.,  augment. 

c,  comparative. 

of.,  confer,  compare. 

ch.,  chiefly. 

comm.,  commonly. 

comp.,  compound,  composition. 

conj.,  conjunction. 

constr.,  construction. 

cont.,  contr.,  contracted. 

cop.,  copulative. 

d.,  dat.,  D.,  dative. 

dem.,  demon.,  demonstrative. 

dep.,  deponent. 

dim.,  diminutive. 

disc,  discourse. 

end.,  enclitic. 

Eng.,  English. 

etc.,  et  cetera. 

fem.,  feminine. 

fr.,  from. 

f.,  fut.,  future. 

gen.,  G.,  genitive. 

Gk.,  Greek. 

Hom.,  Homeric. 

i.  e.,  id  est,  that  is. 

imp.,  imperf.,  imperfect. 

impers.,  impersonal. 

improp.,  improper. 

indef.,  indefinite. 

indir.,  indirect. 

inf ,  infinitive. 

infer.,  inferential. 


intens.,  intensive. 

interj.,  interjection. 

inter.,  interrog.,  interrogative. 

intr.,  intrans.,  intransitive,  -ly. 

lit.,  literally. 

masc,  masculine. 

mid.,  middle. 

neg.,  negative,  -ly. 

neut.,  neuter. 

N.,  note. 

obs.,  obsolete. 

p.,  pass.,  passive,  -ly. 

p.,  pf.,  perf.,  perfect. 

pers.,  person,  -al. 

pi.,  plur.,  plural. 

poet.,  poetic. 

poss.,  possessive. 

pip.,  pluperfect. 

post-posit.,  post-positive. 

pres.,  present. 

prep.,  preposition. 

priv.,  privative. 

pron.,  pronoun,  pronominal. 

prop.,  properly. 

pt.,  part.,  participle. 

q.  v.,  quod  vide,  which  see. 

ref.,  reference. 

reflex.,  reflexive,  -ly. 

reg.,  regular,  -ly. 

rel.,  relative. 

s.,  sup.,  superlative. 

sc,  scilicet,  namely,  understand. 

sec,  second. 

sq.,  seq.,  scquens,  and  the  following. 

signif.,  signification. 

sing.,  singular. 

subj.,  subjunctive. 

tr.,  trans.,  transitive,  -ly. 

usu.,  usually. 

Voc,  Vocabulary. 

voc,  vocative. 

w.,  with. 


YOCABULAEIES. 


I.  GREEK-EXGLISH  VOCABULAEY. 


In  the  following  Vocabulary  the  simple  stem  of  each  verh,  when  this  does  not  appear  In 
the  present,  i.  e.  unless  the  verb  Ls  of  the  first  class  (i  108,  I.),  is  given  in  (  )  directly  after 
the  present  indicative. 

Ί  lie  capital  Koman  numeral  given  immediately  after  the  parts  of  a  verb  designates  the 
class  to  which  the  verb  belongs.  See  §  108.  When  no  such  numeral  occurs,  the  verb 
(except  irregular  verbs  in  μΟ  belongs  to  class  I.  Λ^erbs  in  μι  are  marked  1  and  2.  Those 
marked  2  are  a  subdivision  of  V.  of  the  general  classification.  See  §  IDS,  Y.  4.  All  other 
regidar  verbs  in  μι  are  marked  1.  See  notes  2  and  6,  Lesson  hYl.  Compound  Λ-erbs  are  not 
classified,  nor  are  their  principal  parts  given,  if  the  simple  verb  occurs  elsewhere  in  the 
A'ocabulary.  For  fuller  inforruatiou  concerning  irregular  verbs,  see  the  Appendix  to  the 
Grannnar.  For  futures  in  ιω,  ιονμαι,  see  §  110,  II.  2,  ν.  1  c.  Deponents  that  are  regular 
liaAe  the  aorist  middle  unless  it  is  otherwise  stilted.  The  case  refiuired  by  the  Λ•erb  is  often 
designated  by  the  letters  a.,  d.,  or  c,  immeiliately  added  to  the  definition  of  its  meaning. 

The  gender  of  nouns  of  the  first  declension  is  not  given  because  obvious.  Nouns  whose 
geniti\e  is  not  given  are  of  the  second  declension,  except  neuters  in  ος,  which  are  of  tlie 
third  and  are  inflected  like  γένος,  §  .52,  2. 

The  parts  of  compound  words  are  separated  by  h>^hens.  The  single  dagger  prefixed  to 
a  Λvord  pointing  dowii  (+)  or  up  (+),  or  the  double  dagger  pointing  in  bolli  directions  (X), 
points  to  some  related  word  or  words  containing  the  common  stem  or  root.  When  this 
device  is  not  possible,  the  related  word  that  shows  best  the  stem  or  root  follows  in  paren- 
thesis. 

The  quantity  of  a,  t,  and  v,  when  naturally  long,  is  consistently  marked  throughout, 
except  where  such  natural  quantity  is  already  indicated  by  the  circumflex  accent,  as  in 
ά9\ος.    These  vowels,  when  not  marked,  are  to  be  pronounced  short. 

Words  are  to  be  sought  for  under  their  themes,  though  diificult  forms,  especially  of 
verbs,  Avill  often  be  fouml  in  the  alphabetical  list.  The  old-style  numerals  refer  to  the 
Lessons.  English  words  in  small  capitals  are  cognate  Avith  the  Greek  words,  those  in  black 
letter  are  borrowed  from  them. 


a-,  a-  priv.  or  cop.,  ^  131,  4,  w. 
N.  2.     Un-. 

a,  «i-ircp,  see  oc,  όσ-ττεμ. 

ά-βατο5,  ov  (^βαίνω),  impassable, 
71  ot  fordahle. 

άγάγω,  etc.,  see  αγω, 

άγαθο5|  V,  όν,  ι  73,  1,  good,  brave, 
virtuous;  αγαθόν,  ro,  a  good  thing, 
good,  advantage,  benefit,  pi.  posses- 
sions.    14. 

άγαμαι,  ψ/άσΟην,  1,  to  admire.    49. 


L  αγ€ΐρω 

άγαν,  very,  much,  too. 

άγατΓοίω,  αγαττησω,  etc.,  to  show  by 
outward  signs  that  one  regards,  to 
love,  be  contented. 

άγγ€λλω  (άγγελ-),  ά-}^/ελώ,  ι]-)'^/ειλα, 

ί^γγελκα,   /)γγελμαι,  ηγγέλβτ/ν,  IV.,  to 

bring  a  message,  announce,  a.  d.    41 . 

4άγγ6λθ5,    ό,    ή,  a    messenger.     6. 

Angel, 

άγείρω  (αγερ-),  ίρ/εφα,  τ/γέρΗ^μ>, 
ΙΥ.,  to  bring  together,  collect. 


άγί'λη 


220 


αΐκίξω 


άγβ'λη,  ης  {αγω),  α  herd. 
ά-γηρωδ,  (^ν  {ϊνρ(^ζ),  free  from  old 
age,  undying. 

'Α"γησ-ί-λαθ5)  ο,  Agesilaus. 
άγκυριον,    70    (dim.    in    form    of 
αγκΐρα^  an  anchor),  an  anchor. 

άγορα,  άς  (άγείμω)^  an  assembly, 
place  of  assembly,  market-place,  mar- 
ket; ayofici  7τ7ιΐ)βουσα,  the  time  of  full 
inarhet,  forenoon.     32. 

Ιάγορά^ω  {Ιιγυραό-),    άγυ(>άσω,    etc., 
IV.,  to  buy. 

Ιάγοραΐοδ,     ov,    belonging    to    the 
ά}ο[>ά. 

4•άγορεΰ«,    αγορεύσω,     etc.,    to    ha- 
rangue, speak  of. 

άγρα,  ας,  booty,  prey. 
faYpios,  a,  ov,  living  in  the  fields, 
wild.      12. 
Ιάγριοτηξ,  Τ'^ζ,  V,  wildness. 
άγρο'δ,  ό,  afield.    Acre. 
άγρυ•7Γν€ω,    αγρυπνήσω    (^άγρυτΐνος, 
slecjAess),  to  be  sleepless. 

άγχω,  αγξω,  -ηγξα^  to  strangle. 
άγω,  αξω,  ηξα  (rare),  -ηχα,  ηγμηι, 
r/χΗην,  2  a.  ηγαγον,  to  lead,  conduct, 
bring,  carry,  draw,  weigh ;  ήσνχίαν 
άγω,  to  keep>  quiet;  αγε  {ογ  άγετε)  δί/, 
come  now !     10. 

Ιάγών,  ωνος,  ύ,  an  assembly ;  hence, 
a  co)itcst,  games.    53.    Agony. 

^αγωνίζομαι    [αγω^ίό-)^    αγωνιονμαι, 
etc.,  IV.,  to  contend.    Agonize. 

4άγωνο-θ€'τη5,  ov  (τί()//μί),  a  jjresi- 

dent  in  the  games,  judge  of  a  contest. 

a-Sciirvos,  ov  [όείττνον),  supp)erless. 

|ά-5£λφη,  ής.1  fern,  of  seq.,  a  sister. 
ά-δ€λψος,  voc.  ά(ίελ</)ε,  ό  {a-  cop., 
ί^ελψί'Γ,   the  matrix),  a  brother.     7. 
Phil-adelphia. 

ά-δηλο§,  ov,  unknown,  uncertain. 
|ά-δικ€ω,  ύόικησω,  etc.,  to  do  ivro7ig, 
wrong,  injure;  pros,  often  with  perf. 
signif.    39. 


ta-8iK£d,  ας,  wrong-doing. 
ά-δικος,  ov  {oiKTj),  unjust. 
|ά-δίκω5,   unjustly. 
άδολ€<Γχίά,  άς  {αδολεσχης,  a  prat- 
ing fellow),  prating,  loquacity. 

ά-δυνατος,  ov,  im2'>ossible,  imprac- 
ticable. 

αδω,  φσομαι,  ?}σα,  ίισβην,  Attic  for 
(ΐείδω,  άείσω,  etc.,  to  sing. 

aii,  always,  from  time  to  time. 
cUto's,  a,  an  eagle.     14. 
άτθάνατος,  ov,  immortal. 
ά-Ocos,   ci',  godless,   impious.     30. 
Atheist. 

'Αθηνά,  «ζ•,  Athena,  identified  by 
the  Romans  with  Minerva. 
|*Αθηναζ€,  §  61,  to  Athens. 
'Αθήναι,  ων  [Άβηνα),  Athens. 
4.'Αθηναιο8,  ό,  an  Athenian. 
ΐ'Αθήνησ-ι,  |  61,  Ν.  2,  at  Athens. 
|άθλητη$,  ov  {άβλεω,  to  contend  for 
a  prize),  a  prize-fighter,  athlete. 

foBXios,    ος    or    a,    ov,    struggling, 
wretched. 
Ιάθλον,  TO,  the  prize  of  contest,  a 
prize.     14. 

άθλος,  ό,  a  contest. 
|ά-θροίζω    (άθροιδ-),   αθροίσω,    etc., 
IV.,  to  press  close  together,  assem- 
ble, collect,  viuster.'    35. 

ά-θρόο?,  a-,  ov  (a-  cop.,  θρόος,  7ioisc), 
close  together,  in  a  body. 
Ιά-θϋ,αε'ω,  αβΖψησω,  to  be  dispirited. 
ά-0ϋμο8,    ov,    dispirited,    discour- 
aged.    30. 

Αϊγϊνα,  7]ς,  Aeglna,  an  island  in 
the  Saronic  Gulf. 
^.ΑΙγϊνήτη?,  ov,  an  Acginetan. 
ΐΑΙγΰίΓΓίο?,  (i,  ov,  Egyptian;  masc, 
as  noun,  an  Egyptian. 
ΑϊγυΐΓΤΟδ,  /),  Egypt 
αΙδώς,  όος,  η,  ^  ο5,  Ν.  1,  reverence. 
αΐκίζω  (αΐκίδ-),  comm.  dep.  αΐκίζο- 
μαι,  αικίονμαι,  etc.,  IV.  {α'ικΐα,  abuse), 
to  insult,  outrage,  mangle. 


ΑΙν€ΐοίδη$ 


221 


άληθ€ΐα 


t  ΑΙνίΐοίδης,  W,  α  son  of  Aeneas. 
Alvei'ds,  ου,   Aeneas,   the    Trojan 
liero. 

|αΙν€ω,  ηινίσο),  yveaa,  -τ/νεκα,  ^νη- 
/mi,  ijvtihiv,  ^  109,  1,  N.  2,  to  praise. 
αίνος,  ό,  praise. 

αϊ|,  αίγός,  ό,  ?/,  a  goat.    Aegis. 

falpcTo's,^,  όν, chosen;  c. preferable. 

αίρεω  (ίλ-),  αφήσω,  ijpTjKa,  ΐψημαι, 

ήρεβην,  2  a.  είλον  (^  104),  VIII.,  ίο 

to^e;  mid.  to  choose,  elect,  prefer.  46. 

Heresy. 

αίρω,  αρώ,  ^ρα,  ^p/ca,  ήμμαι^  Vpf^W, 
Attic  for  άε/ρω  (άερ-),  etc.,  IV.,  ίο 
raise,  camj  off.  * 

αΙ(Γθάνομαι  [αίσβ-),  αίσθήσομαι^  ^ΰβΐ^- 

μαί,  2  a.  ψβόμτμ>,  V.,  become  aware 

of,  to  perceive,  learn,  hear,  g.  or  A. 

48.    Aesthetic. 

4αϊσθησΐ8,  ειος,  η,  perception,  sense. 

αΐσ-χο5,  TO,  disgrace,  shame. 
|al<rxpos,  g,  όι>,  shameful,  disgrace- 
ful, base,  unseemly.    30. 
4.αΙ(Γχυνη,  ης,  disgrace,  shame. 
φαΐσχΰνω  {αισχνν-),  αίσχυνώ,  ^σχν- 
να,  ^σχνμμαι,  ^σχννβην,  IV.,  ίο  dis- 
grace, shame;  mid.  ίο  be  ashamed, 
stand  in  awe  of.    41. 

αΙτ€ω,  αιτήσω,  etc.,  to  ask  some  one 
/or  something,  demand.    34. 

αιτία,  «C,  cause,  ground,  occasion ; 
a  fault,  reproach,  censure ;  αΐτίαν 
έχω,  to  be  blamed. 
^.αΐτιάομαι,  αΐτιάσομαι,  etc.,  to  blame. 
jai'Ttos,  a,  ov,  causing,  guilty; 
αΐτώς  elut,  to  be  the  cause ;  ό  αΐτως, 
the  author ;  το  αΐτιυν,  the  cause. 

αίχμ-οίλωτοξ,  οι;  (αιχμή,  a  spear, 
ά?ύσκομαή,  taken  in  war,  captured, 
captive. 

άκϊνάκης,  ov,  a  short  sivord. 
α-κληρο$,  ov  (κλτ/ρος,  lot,  portion), 
portionless,  needy,  in  poverty. 

άκοη,  τ/ς  [ΰκονω),  hearing,  the  sense 
of  hearing. 


ά-κολασ(ά,  ας  (κοίάζω),  intemper- 

(incc. 

ά-κολουθί'ω,  ακολονθήαω  {α-κ.όλον- 
θος,  following,  a-  cop.  and  κΓΑενβης, 
a  road),  to  folloxo,  d.  An-acolu- 
thon. 

ακοντίζω  {(ΐκοντιδ-),  άκοντιώ  [άκων, 
a  javelin),  to  hurl  a  javelin,  shoot,  hit. 
lOKo'vTwris,    εως,    ή,    throwing    the 
javelin. 

άκουω  [ακον-  for  clkoF-),  ακοίσομαι, 
ήκονσα,  ήκονσβην,  2  p.  ακήκοα,  to  hear, 
heed,  g.  of  the  source,  a.  of  the  thing, 
^  171,  2,  and  n.  1.    20.    Acoustic. 

oKpcL,  ας  (άκρος),  a  peak,  citadel. 
fa-Kpacria,  ας,  licentiousness. 

ά-κρατη8,  ές  (κράτυς),  j^oiverless, 
intemperate. 

α-κρατος,  ov  (κεράνννμι),  unmixed. 

άκριβη5»  ^C,  exaxt,  accurate. 
^άκρϊβο'ω,  άκρΐβώσω,  etc.,  to  under- 
stand thoroughly. 

άκpooίoμαι,ά^'po(Zσo//αί,etc.,  to  hear, 
listen  to,  G.  of  the  person,  a.  of  the 
thing. 
^άκροάτηριον,  τό,  an  auditorium. 
|άκροάτη5,  ov,  a  hearer,  listener. 
|άκρο'-ΐΓθλΐ5,  εως,  ή  (ττό/.ίς),  a  cita- 
del, acropolis. 

άκρος,  a,  ov,  at  the  point,  topmost; 
TO  άκρον,  height,  .sumynit,  eminence; 
τα  άκρα,  the  heights.    Acrobat. 

Ιάκρ-ωνυχία,  ης  (οννξ),  the  tip  of  the 
nail;  hence  tlie  top  of  a  mountoAn. 

ακτωρ,  ορός,  ό  (άγω),  a  leader. 

άκων,  ονσα,  ov,  |  66,  Ν.  1  (α-,  εκών), 
unwilling. 

αλαλάζω  (αλα/.αγ-),  α/Μλάξομαι, 
ήλάλαξα,  IV.  (άλαλ?/,  the  war-cry), 
to  raise  the  war-cry. 

άλγηδών,  όνος,  ή  {ά?.γέω,  to  feel 
2)ain,  ά/.γης,  poAn),  j^ain. 

άΧίκτρυών,  όνος,  ό,  a  cock. 

Άλε'ζ-ανδρος,  ό,  Alexander. 
|α-ληθ€ΐα,  ας,  truth. 


αληθεύω 


222 


ανα-γιγνίοα-κω 


|ά-ληθ£υω,  αληβενσω,  ψ.ηΒενσα^  to 
speak  tJtc  truth.     2. 

ά-ληθη5,  εζ  {λανθάνοή,  unconcealed, 
true  ;  το  αλ^ιΟέςοχ  τα  (ύιηβή^  the  truth. 

άλ.ί(ΓΚομαι.  (άλ-,  όλο-),  άλώσομαι, 
if/MHd  or  έά/ιίύκα,  2  a.  ήλων  or  έάλων, 
VI.,  to  he  taken,  captured,  or  con- 
victed.   5 1 . 

*Αλκι-βιάδη5,  ov,  Alcibiades. 

άλκιμο5,  '>v  [αΤίκή,  prowess),  valiant. 

αλλά,  conj.  (neut.  plur.  of  άλλος 
with  changed  accent),  properly  other- 
wise ;  hence,  but,  yet. 

άλλάττω  (άλλαγ-),  άλ?Μξω,  etc.,  \v. 
2  a.  pass.  Ίΐλ^Μ-γην,  IV.  {άλλος),  to 
mahe  other  than  it  is,  change. 

άλλη  (dat.  of  άλλος,  so.  όδώ),  in 
another  way,  otherwise. 

αλλήλων  {άλ?Μς),  §  81,  of  one  an- 
other.   Par-allel. 

άλλομαι  (άλ-),  ά/Μυμαι,  ίιλάμην,  2  a. 
ιβόμην  (rare),  IV.,  to  leap. 

άλλος,  ?/,  ο,  another,  other,  else  ; 
ό  άλλος,  ξ  142,  2,  Ν.  3  ;  ry  άλ?ιΐ),  sc. 
ήμερα,  the  next  day. 

Ιάλλως,  otherwise;  άλλως  πως  ?/,  in 
any  other  way  than;  άλ7.ως  έχειν,  to 
be  otherwise. 

ά-λογκΓΤθ5,  ov  (λογίζομαι),  incon- 
siderate, devoid  of  reason.     14. 

άμα,  at  the  same  time,  at  the  same 
time  with;  άμα  ry  ήμερα,  at  day- 
break ;  άμα  ήλ'ιω  άνατέλλοντί,  at  sun- 
rise. 

|άμ-α|α,  ης  [άγω),  a  wagon,  a  wagon- 
Inad.    5. 

|άμα|-ιτο9,  όν  (εΙμι),  passable  by 
wagons.     12. 

άμαρτάνω  (αμαρτ-),  άμαρτήσομαι, 
ήμάρτΊΐκα,  ήμάρτημαι,  ήμαρτί/βην,  2  a. 
ήμαρτον,  V^.,  to  miss,  a. ;  then,  to  do 
wrong,  err,  transgress.    46. 

|άμοίρτημα,  ('.τυς,  τύ,  failure,  vjrong- 
doing,  fault,  sin. 
|άμαρτία,  ΰς,  fault,  sin. 


άμαυροω,  αμαυρώσω  (άμavpός,dark)^ 
to  make  dark,  impair. 

o.-)i.a.)(jii{  μάχομαι),  without  β  ghting. 

άμ-βρθ(Γία,  ας  [άμ-βρόσιος  and  άμ- 
βροτος,  immortal,  from  a-  and  βροτός, 
a  mortal),  ambrosia,  the  food  of  the 
gods. 

άμ€ίνων,  ov,  better.     See  αγαθός. 
|ά-μελ€ΐα,  ας,  neglect,  indifference. 
f  ά-μελ€'ω,  αμελήσω,  to  be  careless,  to 
slight,  neglect,  g. 

ά-μίλήδ,  ες  (μέλω),  careless. 

άμιλλάομαι,  άμιλ?ίήσομαι,  etc.  {άμιλ-^ 
λα,  α  contest),  to  contend;  w.  επί,  to 
strive  fm•  or  strive  to  reach. 

άμΐΓ€λθ5,  ή,  a  vine. 
Ισμττελών,  ώνος,  ό,  a  vineyard.  m 

άμυνω  (άμυν),  αμυνώ,  ήμϋνα,  IV., 
to  -ward  off,  defend;  mid.  to  defend 
ones  self,  avenge  one's  self  on,  pun- 
ish.   41, 

άμψί,  prep,  (akin  to  άμφω),  on 
both  sides  of,  about.  (1)  "With  G. 
(rare  in  prose),  about,  concerning. 
(2)  With  Α.,  about,  near,  of  place, 
time,  number,  etc. ;  oi  άμψΙ  Kvpov, 
Cyrus  and  those  with  him.  In  comp., 
about,  on  both  sides.  Amphi-. 
|άμφοτΰρο5,  a,  ov,  both. 
ίάμφοτ£'ρωθ£ν,  on  both  sides. 

άμψω,  both. 

άν,  post-posit,  particle,  ^  207. 

dv,  conj.,  contr.  from  εάν,  q.  v.,  if. 

άνά,  prep.,  in  prose  w.  A.  only, 
up,  up  along,  over,  through,  among, 
by,  at  the  rate  of,  of  place  and  time 
and  in  distributive  expressions  ;  ανά 
κράτος,  iip  to  one's  strength,  at  full 
speed.  In  comp.,  up,  back,  again,  and 
sometimes  simply  intens.    On,  ana-. 

άνα-βαίνω,  to  go  up,  mount. 
|άνά-βασ-ΐ8,  ^ωζ-,  //,  an  ascent,  march 
inlaitd.      21. 

άνα-γιγνώ(Γκω,  to  know  again,  rec- 
ognize, read. 


άναγκοίζω 


223 


ανόητο? 


fά.vayκά^ω{cιvaγκaδ-),  αναγκάσω,  etc., 
Ι\'.,  (ο  covip el,  force,  constrain.    31. 

αναΎκη,  ης,  necessity,  constraint; 
ανάγκη  εστίν,  it  is  necessary  or  una- 
voidable.    31. 

άνα-γνουδ,  see  άνα-γιγνώσκω. 

άνα-'γρ<ίψω,  to  engrave  and  set  np^ 
as  a  tablet,  to  record. 

άν-άγω,  to  lead  up;  mid.  to  put  to 
sea,  set  sail. 

άνα-θαρρ€ω  or  ανα-θαρσέω,  to  regain 
courage. 

άνά-θημα,  ατός,  τό  (τίθημι),  that 
which  is  set  up,  a  votive  offering. 
Anathema. 

αν-αιρ€ω,  to  take  up ;  mid.  to  take 
up  one's  own,  as  the  dead  for  burial. 

όν-αί(Γθητο5,  ov  [α'ισβάνομαι),  with- 
out feeling.     Anaesthetic. 

άνα-κοινοω  {κοινόω,  κηινώσω,  etc., 
to  make  common,  from  κοινός),  to 
make  common,  communicate;  mid.  to 
consult  u-ith,  d.    ^S. 

άνα-κρά^ω,  to  cry  aloud,  shout. 

ονα-λαμβάνω,  to  take  up,  rescue. 

άνα-μενω,  to  remain,  wait  for. 

άνα-Ίταυω,  to  stop,  trans. ;  mid.  to 
desist,  rest. 

άνα-τΓίίθω,  to  persuade.     31, 

ov-apio-Tos,  ov  {άριστον'),  without 
breakfast. 

άν-αρχίά,  άς  {άρχη),  anarchy. 

άνα-σ-ττάω,  to  draw  up. 

άνα-στάδ,  όνα-ίττηναι,  see  άν-Ίστη- 
μι. 

άνα-<Γτρ€ψω,  to  turn  back,  retreat, 
retire.     Anastrophe. 

άνα-ταράττω,  to  confuse;  ανατετα- 
ραγμένος,  in  disorder. 

άνα-τ€ίνω,  to  stretch  or  hold  up, 
raise. 

ανα-τελλω  (τέ?./Μ,  stem  τελ-,  έτει- 
λη,  -τέταλμαι,  IV.,  to  raise),  to  rise. 

άνα-τίθημι,,  to  put  or  set  up,  conse- 
crate. 


άνα-τολτ],  ήζ  {ανα-τέ?,λω),  a  rising. 

άνα-φί'ρω,  to  carry  up.  Anaphora. 

άνα-χωρέ'ω,  to  go  back,  withdraw. 

avSpiid,  ας  (άνήρ),  courage. 

άνδράος,  α,  ov  {άνήρ),  manly,  brave. 
Ιάνδρίίωδ,  like  men,  bravely. 
tavSpiavTo-iroio'si  ό  (ποιέω),  a  sculp- 
tor. 

avSptas,  άντος,  ό  (άνήρ),  a  statue. 

ανδρών,  ώνος,  ό  {άνήρ),  the  men's 
apartment. 

άν•εΎ£ίρω,  to  wake  up,  arouse. 

άν-inreiv  {είτυν),  to  proclaim,  an- 
nou7ice. 

αν€μο9,  ό,  wind. 

άν-ίττί-κλητοξ,  ov  {έ-ί-κ7.ητος,  sian- 
moned,  accused,  from  ί-ι-κα/.έω,  to 
summon),  unblamed. 

άν-εστην,  see  άν-ίστημι. 

άνευ,  improper  prep.  w.  G.,  with- 
out. 

άν-η'γαγον,  see  άν-άγω. 

άν-ηγε'ρθην,  see  άν-εγείρω. 

άνη'ρ,  άνόρός,  6,  §  57,  2,  Lat.  vir,  a 
man,  as  distinguished  from  a  woman, 
while  άνθρωτΐος,  Lat.  homo,  is  man  as 
opposed  to  god  or  beast;  hence  a 
husband,  soldier.  Often  joined  with 
another  noun  as  a  term  of  respect, 
especially  in  address,  as  άνδρες  στρα- 
τιώται. 

άνθ*,  by  apostr.  for  αντί,  before  an 
aspirate. 

άνθ-ί<Γτημι,  to  set  against;  mid.  to 
withstand,  resist. 
ΙάνθρώτΓίνοδ,  V,  o^,  human. 

άνθρωΐΓ0$,  0,  aman,j)crson,  human 
being.     See  άνήρ.     Phil-anthropy. 

άνΐοίω,  άνϊΓισω,  ήνίάσα,  ήνΐό,βην  {αν- 
ία, grief),  to  ρ>αιη,  grieve,  trouble. 

(ίv-tημι,  to  let  go,  unloose,  unstring. 

άν-ίσ-τημι,  to  set  up,  raise,  arouse, 
start  up  ;  mid.  w.  pf.  and  2  a.  act., 
to  get  up,  rise. 

ά•νοητο5,  ov  (voiiS),  demented. 


άτοίγΜ 


224 


άττλοος 


άν-ο£γω,  and  άν-ο£γνϋμι,  2,  ανοίξω, 
ανεωξα,  άνέωχα,  άνέωγμαι,  άνεωχβτμ:, 
2  ρ.  άνεωγα  (rare),  ^  104,  ν.  1  {οΙγω, 
ίο  open),  to  open. 

άν-ολβθ5,  ον,  unhappy,  wretched. 

όί-νοος,  ον,  senseless. 

άν-ορυττω,  (ορΰττω,  stem  ορνγ-,  ορν- 
ξω,  ώρυξα,  -ορωρυχα,  ορώρνγμαι,  ωρν- 
χ(^ηι\  IV.,  to  dig),  to  dig  up. 

άντ-ίπιμελεομαι,  to  take  thought  in 
return. 

αντί,  prep.  w.  G.,  in  place  of,  in- 
stead of,  for ;  original  meaning,  over 
against,  against.  In  comp.,  against, 
in  opposition,  in  return,  instead. 
Anti-. 

'Αντιγόνη,  νζ,  Antigone,  one  of 
tliG  daughters  of  Oedipus. 

άντι-λί'γω,  to  speak  against,  op- 
pose, D.,  §  184,  2. 

άντι-'ΐΓαρασκ€υά^ομαι,  to  prepare 
one's  self  in  turn. 

άντι-τταρα-τάττομαι,  to  draw  one's 
self  up  against  or  opposite. 

άντι-7Γ0ΐ€ω,  to  retaliate;  mid.  to 
contend  with  one  for  something,  d.,  g. 

άντι-σ"τα(Γΐώτη5,  ov  (στασιώτης,  a 
partisan,  from  στάσις),  an  opjyo- 
nent.    33. 

άντρον,  τό,  a  cave. 

άνω  {ανά),  ^  75,  Ν.  1,  ujy,  high  up, 
above,  into  the  air. 
|άνώ-γ€ων,  TO  {yfj),  §  42,  2,  a  hall. 

αξία,  ΰς  (αξως),  value,  desert,  due. 

ά;ΐνη,  νζ,  an  AXE. 
|ά|ι.0-θα\5μα<ΓΤ08,  ov,  worthy  of  ad- 
miration. 
|ά|ιο-λογο5,  ov,  worth  -mentioning. 

a^ios,  «,  ov  (άγω),  weighing  as 
much,  of  equal  value,  worth,  worthy, 
d.-.serving. 

jijio'w,  αξιώσω,  etc.,  to  deem  worthy 
ovjit:  hence,  to  ask,  demand,  claim, 
a<  jit.     3S. 
4άξίωμα,  (i~oc,  τύ,  dignify.     Axiom. 


|σ|ι'ω5,  worthily,  in  a  manner  wor- 

άξω,  see  αγω. 

aoiSo's,  <J  {άε'κ^ω),  a  hard,  singer. 

άΐΓ-αγγελλω,  to  bring  or  carry  bach 
word,  to  re-port,  announce. 

άΐΓ-αΎορ€υο>,  to  renounce,  give  up, 
become  exhausted. 

άπ-άγω,  to  conduct  or  lead  away  or 
back. 

a-iraiSevTOs,  ov  {τΐαιδευώ],  unedu- 
cated. 

άΐΓ-αίρω,  io  lift  off;  hence,  to  sail 
away,  depart. 

άτΓ-αιτ€'ω,  to  ask  from,  demand. 
|άΐΓ-αλλαγη,  ής,  release. 

ά-ΐΓ-αλλάττω,  to  set  free,  deliver 
from  ;  mid.  be  freed  from,  g. 

άπαλο'ς,  ή,  όν,  soft,  tender. 

άτταξ,  once,  once  for  all. 

ά-τταρα-σκίυασ-τοδ  or  ά-παρά- 
(TKCVOS)  ov  {τταρα-σκενάζω,  σκενυς),  itn- 
prepared.     39. 

a-TTOS,  (Loa,  av,  (a-  cop.,  πάς),  all 
together,  all,  the  whole. 

Ιάπατάω,  απατήσω,  etc.,  to  outwit, 
deceive. 

άττάτη,  ?/ί•,  cunning,  deceit. 

ά•ΐΓ-€ΐμι  {ί'ί,αί),  to  be  away  or  absent. 

άτΓ-ίίμι  (f'/^<),  to  go  away. 

άΐΓ-£Ϊ)ςον,  see  άπ-έχω. 

άπ-ελαΰνω,  to  dnve  off,  to  ride  or 
march  away. 

άτΓ-€λβών,  see  αττ-έρχομαι. 

άΐΓ-€ρΰκω  (ερΌκω,  ερΐξω,  ηρνξα,  to 
keep  off),  to  keep  off. 

ά•ίΓ-€'ρχομαι,  to  go  away,  withdraw. 

άπ•-€χω,  to  hold  off,  intrans.  to  be 
distant;  mid.  to  refrain  or  abstain 
from,  G. 

άτΓ-ήλθον,  see  άπ-έρχυμαι. 

άτΓ-ηρα,  see  άπ-α'φω. 

άΐΓ-ie'vai,  άττ-ιμεν,  άττ-ίοιμι,  άιτ-ιών, 
see  ("ιττ-ε/ηι. 

άτΓλοΌ?,  '/,  ον,  §  65,  si/nplc. 


αιτλοος 


225 


αΐΓοχ^ωρ€ω 


a-irXoos,  οι/,  contr.  άπΛουζ-,  mrv 
(πλέω),  not  sailing,  unseaxvorthy . 

άίΓο,  prep.  w.  G.,  from,  off  from, 
axuay  from,,  of  place,  time,  and  cause ; 
originally  (as  opposed  to  έ/»),  sepa- 
rated from.  In  comp., /rom,  away, 
off,  in  return,  sometimes  simply  in- 
tens.,  and  sometimes  almost  nega- 
tive.    Off,  of. 

άπΌ-βείλλω,  to  throxv  axuay,  lose. 

άίΓο-βιβά^ω,  to  discxnhark. 

άΐΓ0-8£(κνϋμι,  to  point  out,  show, 
publish,  appoint,  designate;  mid.  to 
declare  or  express  ones  opinion,  etc. 

άπ-ο-8ι8ρα(Γκω  ('V^a-),  άποόράσομαι, 
ά-οόίόρΰκη,  2  a.  άπίόραν,  VI.,  ^^  108, 
VI.,  Ν.  1,  to  run  away,  escape  un- 
observed.    44• 

άΐΓο-δί$ωμι,  to  give  bach  or  xipi,  re- 
store, render  xvhat  is  due ;  mid.  to 
sell.    Apodosis. 

άπο-δοκ€Ϊ  (ί5ο/νέω),  it  does  not  seem 
expedient. 

άίΓΟ-δυ'ω,  to  strip  off,  spoil. 

άΐΓθ-θνη<Γκω,  to  die  off,  die,  sxiffer 
death,  be  slain. 

άΐΓο-Κ€ΐμαι,  to  be  laid  axvay,  to  be 
reserved. 

άπΌ-κηρυττω,  to  renoxmce publicly, 
disinherit. 

άπ-ο-κινδϋν€υω,  to  make  a  bold  at- 
tempt; pass,  tobepxit  to  great  hazard. 

άι:ο-κλ(ίω,  to  shut  off,  intercept.  26. 

άτΓΟ-κοΊΓτω,  to  cut  off. 

άτΓο-κρ^νομαι,  to  reply,  answer. 

άίΓο-κρΰΐΓτω,  to  hide  from,  conceal. 

άττο-κπίνω,  to  kill  off,  slay,  p>ut  to 
death. 

άίΓΟ-κτίννϋμι,  2,  =  αποκτείνω. 

άπΌ-κωλνω,  to  hinder  from. 

άπΌ-λίΐ'-ίΓω,  to  leave  behind,  desert. 

άΐΓ-ολλϋμι,  to  destroy  xdterly,  slay, 
lose;  mid.  to  perish;  2  p.  απ-οΆω/.α, 
to  be  undone.     52. 

'ΑτΓολλων,  ωνος,  ό,  Apollo. 


tairo-Xvcris,  fcjf,  ή,  release. 

άτΓΟ-λυω,  to  free  from. 

άτΓ-ολώλ€κα,  see  άπ-ό?ιλνμι, 

ά•π•ο'-μαχο5,  ov  (μάχομαι),  disabled, 
out  of  the  ranks.     ;^2^. 

άπΌ-νεμω,  to  piortion  oxd,  pay,  give. 

α'π•ο-νοσ^€'ω  {νοστίω,  νυστήσω,  to 
return  home,  from  νόστος,  a  return 
home),  to  return  home. 

άτΓο-ΐΓ€μΐΓω,  to  sexul  hack,  away,  or 
home,  remit;  mid.  dismiss. 

άττο-ιτλίω,  to  sail  off  or  avjaxj. 
ta-iropc'ft»,  άττορήσω,  etc.,  to  be  at  a 
loss  or  in  doubt. 
fa-iropid,  ΰς,  perplexity,   difficulty. 

ά-iropos,  ov,  xoithoxd  resoxtrces,  dif- 
ficult, impassable.     25. 

α•7Γ0-<ΓΚίδάννϋμι,  to  scatter  abroad. 

άτΓΟ-σ-πάω,  to  draw  off,  withdraxu. 

απ"ο-<ΓΤ€'λλω,  to  send  away.  Apos- 
tie. 

airo-cTTcpe'w,  to  rob,  defraud.     27. 

ατΓο-σ-τρί'φω,  to  turn  back,  ixiduce 
to  return.     Apostrophe. 

άίΓΟ-σϋλοίω  (σν/ιάω,  συλήσω,  etc.  to 
strq^  off"),  to  rob. 

αίΓΟ-σ-φάττω,  to  slay. 

άτΓΟ-σ-ώζω,  to  lead  back  in  safety. 

άπ•ο-Τ€ΐχίζω  {τείχίζω,  stem  ret  χα)- ^ 
τειχιώ,  ίτείχισα,  τετείχικα,  IV.,  to 
xvall,  from  τείχος),  to  wall  off,  to 
build  a  xvall  to  cut  an  army  off. 

ά•ΐΓ0-τ€'μνω,  to  cut  off. 

άτΓο-τίθημι,  to  pxit  away,  store  vp. 

άτΓο-τίνω  [τίνω,  stem  τι-,  τίσω, 
ετίσα,  τέτίκα,  -τέτισμαι,  -ετ'ισβην,  V., 
to  pay),  to  pay  back;  mid.  to  lake 
vengeaxice  on. 

άττο-τρίττω,  to  turn  ("^or  back. 

άίΓο-τυγχάνω,  to  fail  to  hit,  to  fail. 

άπο-ψαίνω,  to  show  off;  mid.  to 
appear,  display,  declare. 

ά•π•ο-φ€υγω,  to  flee  axoaxj,  escape. 

ά7Γ0-χωρ€ω,  to  go  back,  retreat. 


άπρο<Γβατο$ 


226 


(«ΓτρατΓτω 


ά-Ίτροίτ-βατο?,  ον  [βαίνω),  inacces- 
sible. 

άΐΓτω  {αφ-),  άψω,  ήψα,  ημμαι,  ήψθ}μ\ 
Ί\1.,  to  fasten,  kindle;  mid.  to  fasten 
ones  self  to,  touch,  g.    40. 

όίρα,  post-posit,  particle  of  infer- 
ence, therefore,  accordingly. 

άρα,  an  interrog.  particle,  ξ  282,  2. 

'Αραβία,  ας,  Arabia. 

ap-yo's,  όι^  {a-,  έργον),  without  work, 
idle.     42. 
|άργυρ£θ5, «,  ov,  ξ  65,  of  silver,  silver. 
Ιάργυριον,    τό,    α   piece   of  silver, 
jnoney.    9. 

άργυρο?,  ό  (αργός,  white),  silver. 

άρε<Γκω  (άρε-),  αρέσω,  ιφεσα,  ηρε- 
αβι/ν,  VI.,  to  jDlease,  satisfy,  d. 

άρετη,  ής,  goodness,  virtue,  cour- 
age.   39. 

"Αρηε,  εος,  ό,  acc.  Άρη  or  Άρην, 
Arcs,  the  god  of  war. 

'Apiaios,  0,  Ariaeus,  commander 
of  the  barbarian  troops  of  Cyrus 
tlie  Younger. 

Ιάριθμεω,  αριθμήσω,  etc.,  to  estimate, 
count,  number.     Arithmetic. 

αριθμός,  ό,  number,  numbering,  ex- 
tent. 

Άρίαττ-αρχος,  ό,  Aristarchus. 

dpicrraw,  ΰριστήσω,  etc.  (άριστον), 
to  breakfast.     40. 

ΆρκΓτείδη?,  ov,  Aristldes. 

apicTTOv,  TO  [fipi,  early),  breakfast. 

apwTTOs,  7],  ov,  best,  bravest.  See 
aydtloc.     Aristo-crat. 

'Αρκάς,  άι^ος,  ο,  an  Arcadian. 

άρκέ'ω,  αρκέσω,  ί/ρκεσα,  to  suffice,  D. 

άρκτος,  >'/,  a  bear.     Arctic. 

άρμα,  ατός,  τό,  a  two-wheeled  war- 
chariot,  a  chariot. 
|άρμ-ά;χαξα,  ye,  a  covered  carriage. 

'Αρμένιος,  a,  ov,  Armenian. 

άρμο'ττω  (άρμοό-),  αρμόσω,  etc.,  to  fit 
together;  intrans.  to  be  fit  or  good  for. 
taporpov,  τό,  a  ijlougli. 


άρο'ω,  ήροσα,  ηρόθην,  to  j^lough. 
fapira^r,  ής,  jnllaging,  plunder. 

αρπάζω  (άρπαό-),  άρπάσο)  and  άρττά• 
σομαι,  etc.,  IV.,  to  snatch  up,  seize, 
carry  off,  pillage,  plunder,  tear.    Rob. 

άρρην  or  άρσην,  άρρεν,  male. 

'Αρταξέρξης,  ov,  Artaxerxes,  esp. 
Artaxerxes  II.,  son  of  Darius  II.  and 
brother  of  Cyrus  the  Younger. 

Άρταττάτης,  ov,  Artapates,  a  per- 
sonal attendant  of  Cyrus  theYounger. 

"Αρτεμις,  >.όος,  ή,  Artemis,  identi- 
fied by  the  Romans  with  Diana. 

άρτος,  ό,  bread. 
Ιάρχαΐος,  ά,  ov,   original,  old;  rb 
αρχαιον^  formerly.     Archaic. 

Ιάρχη,    νζ,    beginning,    command^ 
rule,  province,  empire,  realm.     13. 
Ιάρχικος,  f'/,  ov,  fit  to  command. 

άρχω,  αρξω,  ήρξα,  ήρχα,  ήργμαι, 
νρχθην,  to  be  first;  in  point  of  time, 
to  begin  (comm.  mid.  in  this  sense) ; 
in  point  of  station,  to  command, 
govern,  rule,  G.  15.  Arch-,  -arch. 
Ιάρχων,  οντος,  6,  a  commander,  part, 
of  preceding  ;  for  voc.  sing.,  see  |  48, 
2  b.    16. 

ά-σ-ε'βεια,  ας  [α-σεβής,  impious,  σέ- 
βομαι, to  revere).!  impiety. 

|ά-σθενε'ω,  ασθενήσω,  to  be  feeble  or 
sick. 

ά-σθενη'ς,  ές [σθένος,  strength),  weak, 

ά-σ•ινώς,    s.    άσινέστατα     {ci-σινής, 
harmless,  σίνομαι,  to  harm),  without 
depredation. 
,  ά-σ-ϊτος,  ov,  without  eating. 

σσ-κε'ω,  ασκήσω,  ίο  2)ractise,  culti- 
vate. 
|ά<ΓκητεΌς,  α,  ov,  to  be  practised. 

άσ-κο'ς,  ό,  a  leatherii  bag. 

άσ-μενος,  //,  ov  (ήόομαι),  well  pleased, 
glad. 

άοΓ-ιτίς,  U^or,  ή,  a  shield.    23- 

άσ-τράΐΓτω  [coTpa-:?-),  ί,-στραψα,  III., 
to  lighten,  gleam. 


CMTTpOV 


227 


βάλανος 


άστρον,  "ό,  α  8ΤΑπ  ;  comm.  ρ1.  the 
STARS.    Astro-nomy,  astro-logy. 

όί(Γτυ,  εος,  ro,  |  53,  1,  α  city.  See 
τζό/.ις. 

*Α<Γτυ-άγη§,  f  of,  ό,  Asfyages,  grand- 
father of  Cyrus  the  Elder. 
ΙάΓίΓφοίλίκι,  ας,  safety. 

ά-σφαλη'δ,  ες  (σ^άλΖω),  not  liable 
to  be  tripped  up,  firm,  safe.    30. 

άσφαλτο?,  ή,  bitumen,  asphalt. 

ά-(ΓφαΛ.ώς  (άσφα?.ής),  with  or  in 
safety,  safely.    23. 

ά-τακτο5,  ov  (τάττω),  in  disorder. 

ά-ταξία,  ας  (τάττω),  want  of  disci- 
pline. 

fa-TcXcia,  ας,  exemption;  α7.'λη  τις 
ατέλεια,  exemption  from  some  other 
service. 

ά-Τ€λη5,  ες  (τέΤίος),  unfinished,  ex- 
empt from  service. 

άτερ,  improper  prep.  w.  G.,  without. 
|ά-τϊμάζω    (ατίμαδ-),   άτΙμάσω,   etc., 
ΙΛ^.,  to  dishonor,  disgrace.    33. 

ά-τϊμος,  ov  (τιμή),  dishonored,  with- 
out honor. 

ατμίξω  {ατμιδ-),  άτμίσω,  IV.  {ατμός, 
vapor),  to  steam. 

a-TOiros,  ov,  out  of  place,  absurd. 

ά-τυχη5,  ες  (τνχη),  unfortunate. 

αυ,  again,  moreover,  on  the  other 
hand. 

αύλ£ω,  av/J/σω  (αυλός,  a  fiute),  to 
p)lay  the  fiute. 

αΰ'ριον,  to-morrow. 

αύτ-άρκης,  ες  (α\)τός,  αρκέω),  suf- 
ficient in  one's  self,  independent. 

αυτή,  ανται,  see  οντος. 
favTiKa,  at  the  very  instant,  at  once. 
favTO-KeXivoTOS,    ov  (κε/χνω),  self- 
bidden,  of  ones  own  accord. 

Ιαντο-μολί'ω,  αντομο/.ήσω  (from  a 
stern  μολ-,  go),  to  desert. 

avrds,  Vt  ό,  self,  ^  79,  1,  f.  1 ; 
him,  her,  it,  i§  79,  1 ;  tlie  same,  ^  79, 
2.     Auto-. 


javrov,  here,  there. 

αυτού,  pee  έ-αντον. 

αύτο-χθων,  ov  (αντός,  χθων),  sprung 
from  the  land  itself. 

άφ',  see  ά~ό. 

άφ-aipcw,  to  take  away;  mid.  to 
rob,  dcpjrive. 

ά-φανη?,  ες  (φαίνω),  unseen,  out  of 
sight,  little  known.    24. 

|ά-φανίζω  (άφανίδ-),  ά(^ανΐ('.),  IV.,  to 
make  unseen,  destroy,  annihilate. 

άφη,  ης  (άητομαή,  the  sense  of  touch. 

ά-φθονία,  ας  (α-ψβονος,  ungrudging, 
(ρβόνος),  abundance. 

άφ-ίημι,  to  send  away,  back,  or  off, 
to  set  free,  let  loose  or  go. 

άφ-ικνεομαΐ|  to  come  from  some 
place,  arrive. 

άφ-ΐΊΠΓίυω    (Ιπττενω,    'ητ-είσω,     to 
ride,  fr.  Ι-ττενς),  to  ride  off  or  back. 

άφ-ίσ-τημι,  to  remove;  mid.  w.  2  a. 
act.,  to  revolt.     Apostate. 

ά-φρων,  ov  (φρήν),  senseless. 

ά-φυλακτο9«     ov    (όνλάττω),     un- 
guo.rded.     34. 
ta-xapwrrid,  ας,  thanklessness. 

ά-χάριστο5,  ov  (χαρίζομαι),  th<ink- 
less,  ungrateful,  unrewarded. 
Ιά-χαρίστω?,  vnthout  gratitude.  25. 

ά-χρησ-ros,  ov  (χράομαι),  useless. 

άχρι,   improp.   prep.   w.   G.    and 
conj.,  until. 


B. 


Βαβυλών,  ώνος,  η,  Babylon. 
tβάθoς,  τό,  depth.     Bathos. 
βαθυ$,  εΐα,  ν,  deep.     24. 
βαίνο  (/3α-,  βαν-),  βήσομαι,  βέβ?/κα. 
-βεβαμαι  (rare),  -εβάΒην  (rare),  2  ρ. 
(βεβαα),   2  a.  εβτρ;,  V.,  IV.,   to  go. 
49•     Come. 
I  βακτηρία,  ας,  a  staff.     50. 
βάλανος,  ή,  a  nut  ov  fruit,  such  as 
the  acorn,  date,  etc. 


βάλλω 


228 


γάμ.ο$ 


βάλλω  (/?αλ-,  /?λ«-),  βάλω,  βέβληκα, 
βίβλημαι^  έβληθην,  2  a.  εβαΐον^  IV., 
io  throw,  throw  at,  hit,  stone. 
.    Ιβαρβαρικοδι     7,     όν,     barbarian, 
barbaric. 

|βαρβαρικώ$,  in  barbarian,  in  Per- 
sia)i. 

βάρβαρο5,  ov,  barbarian,  barbar- 
ous.   25. 
f  βάρο$,  TO,  weight. 

βαρύς,  εϊα,  ν,  heavy. 
f  βαίτανίζω  [βασανιδ-),  βασανιώ,  IV., 
to  test. 

βάσ-ανος,  ή,  the  touchstone,  a  test. 
fβασιλ€ίc^  ας,  kingdom,  royal  au- 
thority οτ  power. 

f  βασίλ€ΐοςι  ος  or  α,  ov,  kingly,  roy- 
al; neut.  sing,  or  pi.,  sc.  δώμα,  δώ- 
ματα, a  palaxe.    14. 

βα(Γΐλ€ΰς)  έ(^ς,  ό,  ^  53,  3,  a  king, 
esp.  the  king  of  Persia,  when  comm. 
the  art.  is  omitted.    Basilisk. 

ΙβασΊλενω,  βασιλεύσω,  to  be  king, 
rule.    2. 

|βouΓιλικos,  V,  ov,  royal,  the  kings. 
Basilica.    25. 

βέβαιος,  ος  or  «,  ov  {βαίνω),  abid- 
ing, constant,  firm. 

βέλος,  TO  (βάλλω),  a  missile. 
βελτίων,  βέλτιστος,  see  αγαθός. 
βία,  ας,  force. 
^βιάζομαι  {βιαδ-),  βιάσυμαι,  etc.,  IV., 
to  force. 
Ιβίαιος,  a,  ov,  violent. 
I  βιαίως,  violently. 
βιβάζω  {βιβαδ^),  βφάσω  or  βιβώ, 
ίβίβασα,  IV.,  g  110,  11.  2  b  (causa- 
tive of  βαίνω),  to  make  go. 

βιβλίον,  TO  (βίβλος,  papyrus-bark), 
a  book.     Bible. 

βίκος,  6,  a  wine-jar,  jar. 
βίος,  ό,  life,  a  living.    Quick,  bio- 
graphy. 
Ιβιοτεΰω,  βωτενσω,  to  live. 
βλςίβη,  ης  (βλάπτω),  injury. 


βλ6ϋ€€νω,  βλάκενσω  (βλΛξ,  lazy),  to 

be  lazy. 

βλάΐΓΤω  (βλαβ-),  βλάψω,  etc.,  III., 
to  injure,  harm,  hurt. 

βλειτω,  βλέιρομαι,  έβλεψα,  to  look, 
see.    28. 

Ιβοάω,  βοτ/σομαι,  εβόησα,  to  call  or 
shoiit  out,  D.     37. 

βοη,  ης,  a  loud  cry. 
|βοη-θ€ΐα,  ης,  aid,  assistance.    4. 
Ιβοη-θί'ω,  βοηθήσω,  ε  βοήθησα,  βεβοψ 
θήκη,  βεβοήθημαι,   to  aid,  go  to  aid, 
bring  aid,  assist,  d.     47. 

Ιβοη-θος,  όν,  for  βοη-θοος,  ov  (θέω), 
running  to  the  battle-shout,  aiding, 
helping. 

Βορράς,  a,  or  Βορεάς,  ου,  Boreas, 
the  north-wind. 

βο'οΓκημα,  ατός,  τό  (βόσκω,  to  feed), 
pi.  fatted  cattle. 

βο'τρυς,  νος,  δ,  a  bunch  of  grapes. 

Ιβουλευω,  βονλενσω,  etc.,   to  ptan^ 

plot ;  mid.   to  i^lan  with  one^s  selj, 

deliberate,  concert,  devise,  meditate.  7. 

f  βουλή,  τ/ς,  a  plan,  counsel. 

βοΰλομαι,  βυν?ι7'/σοααι,  βεβονλ.ημαι, 
εβονΑήθην,  |  100,  Ν.  2,  to  will,  be  will- 
ing, wish.  βον?Μμαΰ  expres-'^es  will- 
ingness, i.  e.  mere  wish  or  inclination 
towards,  έθέλω  will,  i.e.  choice  and 
purpose,  but  this  distinction  is  often 
ignored.     18.     Will. 

βους,  βοός,  ό,  ή,  ξ  54,  α  bullock,  οχ, 
or  cow  ;  pi.  cattle. 

βραχύς,  εϊα,  ν,  short;  ε~ϊ  βραχύ,  α 
short  distance.     35• 

βρέχω,  έβρεξα,  βέβρεγμαι,  έβρέ- 
χθΐ/ν,  to  wet.     36•    Rain. 

βροντάω,  βροντήσω  (βροντή,  thun- 
der), to  thunder. 

Γ. 

γάλα,    γάλακτος,  τό,  milk. 
γάμος,  ό,   marriage.     27.    Poly• 
gamy. 


γαρ 


229 


SapciKos 


γαρ,  ίΐ  post-posit,  causal  conj.,/or,• 
και  γάρ,  etenim,  and  {this  is  or  was, 
etc.,  the  case),  for. 

yi,  a  post-posit,  enclitic  particle 
of  emphasis,  quidem,  at  least,  any- 
how, indeed,  certainly,  even,  too. 

γ€ίτων,  όνος,  ό,  ή  (γή),  α  landsman, 
neighbor. 

γελάω,  γε/Λσημαι,  εγελαΰα,  εγελά- 
σβην,  to  laugh,  laugh  at.    -^τ,. 
Ιγελωξ,  ιοτυς,  δ,  laughter.     17. 
γ€ν-,    the   stem    of   γίγνομαι    and 
source  of  many  other  words. 
4γ€ν€0-θαι,  see  γίγνομαι. 
4γενναίθ8,    α,    ov    (γέννα,    descent), 
high-born,  noble. 
|γ€νναίω8,  nobly. 
Ιγενοίμην,  see  γίγνομαι. 
|γ€νο5,   τό,   race,   offspring,   kind. 
Kin. 

γεραιο'δ,  ά,  όν  (γήρας),  c.  γεραίτερος, 
s.  γεραίτατος,  old. 

γερρον,  τό,  α  wicker- shield  coyer ed 
Avith  ox-hide. 

γέρων,  οντος,  ό,  OM  old  man.    16. 
γευω,  γενσω,  εγενσα,  γέγενμαι,  to  give 
a  taste  of;  mid.  to  taste,  g.   Choose. 
γε'ψυρα,  ας,  a  bridge,  whether  sta- 
tionary or  pontoon.     5. 
ίγ€-ωργία,  ας  (έργον),  agriculture. 
tγε-ωpγos,  ό  (έργον),  a  husbandman. 
George. 

γή,  γης  (contr.  from  γέα),  pi.  rare, 
earth,  land.     9.     Geo-logy,     geo- 
graphy, etc. 
|γη-λοφο5,  ό,  a  hill. 
γήρας,  αος,  ως,  τό,  §  56,  1,  old  age. 

44• 

γίγας,  αντος,  ό,  ^  50,  α  giant. 

γίγνομαι  (>'fv-),  γενησομαι,  γεγένη- 
μαι,  2  ρ.  γέγονα,  am,  2  a.  εγενόμην, 
VIII.,  to  be  born,  become,  be,  occur, 
come  out,  prove  one's  self,  arise,  ac- 
crue, get.    45. 

γιγνωσ-κω  (yvo-),  γνώσομαι,  έγνωκα, 


έγνωσμαι,  εγνωσΟην,  2  a.  έ}'νων,  λ^Ι., 
to  perceive,  know.    51.    Can. 

γλαΰ|,  κός,  ή  (γ?.ανκός,  gleaming), 
the  ovjl,  so  called  from  its  glaring  eyes. 

γλυκιίς,  εϊα,  ν,  sweet. 

γλώσ-σα,  ης,  the  tongue.  Glossary. 

γνώμη,  7/ζ•  (γιγνώσκω,  st.  γ^'ο-), 
judgment,  piirj^ose,  opinion,  knowl- 
edge.   42.    Gnomic. 

γονετίς,  έως,  ό  (γεν-),  a  father ;  pi. 
parents. 

γο'νυ,  ατός,  τό,  the  knee.    50. 

γράμμα,  ατός,  τό  (γράφω),  α  letter; 
ρ1.  letters,  literature.     Grammar. 

γραΰς,  γρΰός,  ή,  ^  54,  an  old  woman. 

γράψω,  γράιρω,  etc.,  w.  2  a.  p.  έγρά~ 
ψην,  to  GRAVE,  write,  compose.  2. 
Graphic. 

Ιγυμνάζω  (γνμνα()-),  γυμνάσω,  IV., 
to  exercise.    40.    Gymnastic. 

Ιγυμνήςι  ν'ος,  ό,  or  γυμνήτης,  ov, 
light  armed;  as  noun,  a  light-armed 
soldier. 

γυμνός,  ή,  όν,  naked,  lightly  clad. 

γννή,  γυναικός,  γνναικί,  γυναίκα, 
γϋναι,  etc.,  y  (γεν-),  a  woman,  wife. 
Miso-gynist. 

γνψ,  γνπός,  ό,  a  vulture. 


Δ. 

δαίμων,  όνος,  ό,  ή,  α  god,  destiny^ 
fortune. 

δάκρυ,  υος,  τό,  α  tear. 
|δάκρυον,  τό,  α  tear. 
|δακρΰω,  δακρύσω,   εδάκρνσα,   όεδά- 
κρνμαι,  to  weep. 

f δαπανάω,   δαπανήσω,    etc.,    to   ex- 
pend.   39. 

δα-π-άνη,  νς,  expense. 
Ιδαρεικος,  ό,  α  daric,  a  Persian 
gold  coin  containing  about  125.5 
grains  of  gold,  and  worth,  therefore, 
about  $5.40,  A  daric  was  worth 
20  Attic  drachmae. 


Δαρ£Ϊος 


230 


διαγγ€'λλω 


AdpetoS)  ό,  Darius,  the  name  of 
several  kings  of  Persia,  in  particu- 
lar Darius  II.,  father  of  Cyrus  the 
Younger. 

δαοτμος,  ό  [ύηίομαι,  to  divide),  an 
vnpost,  tribute,  tax.     7. 

Se,  a  post-posit,  conj.,  but,  and; 
καΐ.,.όέ,  but  (^6 1)  further  (και). 

Se'Sia,  δίδοικα,  see  έδεισα. 

Set,  Sc't),  see  δέω,  to  want. 

δ€ίδω,  Epic,  see  έδεισα. 

δείκνϋμι  (δεικ-),  δείξω,  έδειξα,  δέ- 
δειχα,  δέδειγμαι,  έδείχθην,  2,  to  shoiv, 
exhibit,  iwrtray.     Teach. 

δείλη,  v^,  afternoon,  evening. 

δεινο5)  Vi  01^  (δείδω),  fearful,  mighty, 
skilful;  δεινόν,  τό,  danger,  i^eril. 
4δ€ΐνώς,  terribly. 

ΙδίΜτνίω,    δειπντ/σω,   εδείττνησα,    δε- 
δείην7]κα,  to  dine. 

δεϊττνον,  τό,  dinner,  the  second  of 
the  two  regular  meals  of  the  day. 

δ€κα,  TEN.     Decade. 

Δελφοί,  ών,  Delphi,  the  seat  of  the 
famous  oracle  of  Apollo  in  Phocis. 

δ^νδρον,  TO,  or  δενδρος,  τό,  a  tree.  53. 

δεξιός,  G,  όν,  right,  on  the  right 
Uand ;  η  δεξιά,  sc.  χε'φ,  the  right 
hand,  often  given  and  taken  in 
making  a  treaty ;  εν  δεξιά,  on  the 
right  hand;  το  δεξιόν,  sc.  κέρας  or 
μέμος,  the  right  wing;  so  τα  δεξιά, 
the  right.     33. 

Ac'l-iiriros,  ό,  Dexipjnis. 

δε'ρμα,  ατός,  τό  {δέρω,  to  shin),  the 
skin,  hide.     Epi-dermis. 

δεσμο9,  ό  (δέω,  to  bind),  band,  strap. 

δεσ-ΊΓοτηδ,  ου,  voc.  δέσποτα,  a  mas- 
ter, despot. 

δενρο,  hither. 

δεντερος,  «,  ov  (δνο),  the  second; 
δεύτερον  or  to  δεύτερον,  a  second 
time.     Deutero-nomy. 

δέχομαι,  δέξομαι,  etc.,  take,  accept, 
receive,  await  the  attack  of.     28. 


δε'ω,  δ/'/σο),  έδησα,  δέδεκα,  δέδεμαι, 
έδέ(Ι?ιν,  to  bind.     ζο.     Dia-dem. 

δε'ω,  δεήαο),  εδέησα,  δεδέηκα,  δεδέη- 
μαι,  έδεί/βην,  to  want;  δε'ι,  impers., 
there  is  need  of,  it  is  necessary,  one 
must  or  ought ;  mid.  to  stand  in  need 
of,  want,  beg,  g. 

δη,  post-posit,  intens.  or  infer,  par- 
ticle, accordingly,  so,  then,  now. 

δήλος,  η,  ov,  clear,  evident. 
|δηλο'ω,  διΡ-ωσω,  etc.,  to  nno.ke  clear, 
relate.     18, 

δημ-αγωγο'ς,  ό  {δήμος,  άγω),  a 
demagogue. 

Δημήτηρ,  Αήμητρος,  ή,  ^  57,  3, 
Demeter,  the  Roman  Ceres. 

Ιδημο-κρατίά,    Cr   (κράτος),    a    de- 
mocracy. 

δήμος,  ό,  the  j^coplc. 

δηο'ω,  δψ'ύσω^  έδήωσα,  έδηωβην  (δί/ίος^ 
hostile,  from  δαίω,  to  kindle),  to  rav- 
age, lay  waste. 

Δία,  see  Ζενς. 

δια,  prep.,  through.  (1)  AVith  g., 
of  place,  time,  and  means  ;  δια  φΰίης 
Ίέναι,  to  he  in  friendship  (with  one). 
(2)  With  Α.,  on  account  of,  through 
the  agency  of  by  reason  of  In  comp., 
through,  apart.     Dia-. 

δια-βαίνω,  to  go  through  or  across, 
to  cross. 

δια-β(ίλλω,  to  attack  one's  charac- 
ter, to  accuse  falsely,  slander.  Dia- 
bolic. 

διά-βασ-ις,  f^f,  ή  (δια-βαίνω),  a 
2')lace  of  crossing,  ford,  ferry,  bridge. 

δια-βατε'ος,  d,  ov  (δια-βαίνω),  to  be 
crossed. 

δια-βατο'ς,  ή,  όν  (δια-βαίνω),  ford- 
able. 

δια-βιβάζω,  to  carry  or  lead  across, 
transport. 

δια-βολή,  ής  (δια-βάλλω),  slander. 

δι-αγγε'λλω,  to  report,  announce; 
mid.  to  pass  the  word  to  one  another. 


διαδίδωμι 


231 


δοκιμ(ίζω 


δια-δίδωμι,  to  distribute. 

δια-θΰάομαι,  to  examine,  observe, 
consider. 

δίαιτα,  ης,  mode  of  life. 

διά-κ€ΐμαι.,  to  be  disposed. 

δι-6ικοοΓΐοι,  ai,  a  {δις,  twice,  εκατόν), 
two  hundred. 

δια-λεγομαι,  to  converse,  D.  Dia- 
logue. 

δι-αλλάττω,  to  interchange,  change 
enmity  for  friendship,  reconcile. 

δια-λΰω,  to  put  an  end  to. 

δια-ΊΓολεμεω,  to  fight  it  out. 

δια-7Γορ€υω,  to  carry  across;  mid. 
to  march  through. 

δια-ττρα,ττω,  to  work  out,  accom- 
plish. 

δι-αρττάζω,  to  tear  apart,  plunder. 

δια-σ-ημαίνω,  to  signify,  mahe 
known. 

Sia-(nrcui),  to  draw  apart,  separate. 

δια-στΓίίρω,  to  scatter  abroad ;  mid. 
to  scatter,  intrans.    43. 

δια-σ-ώζω,  to  keep  safe  through, 
bring  safe. 

δια-τ€λ€ω,  to  continue. 

δια-τίθημι,  to  dis-pose,  manage, 
treat;  mid.  to  sell. 

δία-τρεψω,  to  sustain. 

δια-τρίβω,    to  wear  away,  waste, 
delay.     22. 
^^ια-^^ρόντω^ί  pre-eminently.    29. 

δια-ψερω,  to  differ,  contend,  fight, 
be  different  from,  G. 

δια-ψθείρω  (φθείρω,  stem  φ^^ερ-, 
ψβερώ,  έφθειρα,  έψθαρκα,  εφθαρμαι,  2  ρ. 
έφθορα,  2  a.  j).  εψθάρην,  IV.,  to  de- 
stroy), to  de-uroy  viterly. 

δια-φυλάττω,  to  preserve,  defend. 
|διδάτκαλο8,  ό,  a  teacher. 

διδάσ-κω  {βιόαχ-),  διδάξω,  etc.,  VI., 
to  hyj^li.    53.     Didactic. 

δίδημι,  1,  to  bind.      See  δέω. 

δίδωμι  (δα-),  δύσω,  έδωκα,  δέδωκα,  δέ- 
έυμαι,  εδόθην,  1,  to  give,  grant.    Dose. 


δι-€λαννω,  to  ride  through. 
δι,-€ρωτάω,  to  cross-question. 
δι-6χω,  to  stand  or  be  apart,  g. 
δι-ηγί'ομαι,  to  describe  in  full,  dis- 
course. 

δι-ί<Γτημι,  to  separate;  mid.  w.  pf. 
and  2  a.  act.,  to  stand  apart. 

ίδικοίξω  [δίκαδ),  δικάσω,  έδίκασα,  δε- 
δίκασμαι,  εδίκάσβην,  IV.,  to  judge. 

|δίκαιθ5,  (i,  ον,  just,  right;  το  δί- 
καιον, justice,  pi.  rights.     53. 
+δικαιοσννη,    νζ,   justice,    upright- 


ness. 


ίδικαίωδ,  justly. 
;{:δικα<Γτη5,  οϋ,  a  judge. 

δίκη,  ης,  Hght,  justice,  penalty,  a 
lawsuit;  όίκην  διδόναι,  to  pay  the 
penalty,  suffer  punishment ;  της  δίκης 
τνχείν,  to  get  one's  deserts.    50. 

Διο-γ€νη5,  εος,  ους,  ό,  Diogenes. 

Διονϋσο5|  ό,  Dionysus,  one  of  the 
names  of  Bacchus. 

Aio's,  see  Ζενς.     TuES-day. 

δισ--χίλιοι,  ai,  a  {δις,  twice,  xPuoi), 
two  thousand. 

διφθέρα,  ΰς,  a  tanned  hide.  Diph- 
theria. 

δίχα  {δις,  twice),  in  two,  apart. 

δίψα,  ης,  thirst. 
|διψοίω,  διψήσω,  εδίψησα,  |  98,  Ν.  2, 
to  thirst,  be  thirsty. 
[διωκτε'ο?,  α,  ον,  to  be  pursued. 

διώκω,   διώξω  or  διώξομαι,    έδιωξα, 
δεδ^ωχα,    έδιώχθην    {δίω,   to  fiee),    ίο 
pursue,  chase,  prosecute.    28. 
|δίω|ΐ5,  εως,  η,  pursuit. 

δοθήναι,  δοίην,  see  δίδωμι. 

δοκεω  {δοκ-),  δόξω,  έδοξα,  δέδογμαι, 
εδόχθην  (rare),  VII.,  to  think;  intr. 
to  seem,  seem  good,  be  thought  best, 
be  voted,  D.    42. 

δοκιμάζω  {δοκιμαδ-),  δοκιμάσω,  δε- 
δυκίμασιιαι,  έδυκιμάσθην,  IV.  {δόκιμος, 
accepted  after  proof  δέχομαι),  to 
prove,  exainine 


8οξα 


232 


4'δοξα 


δόξα,  νς  {δοκεω),  opinion,  reputa- 
tion, glory.    Ortho-dox. 

δοξά5,  δοξω,  see  δοκεω. 

δορκά$,  άόος,  ή  {δέρκομαι,  to  look), 
a  f/azelle. 

δόρυ,  δόρατος,  τό,  the   trunk  of  a 
tree,  a  spear-shaft,  a  spear. 
tδoυλ€£d,  ας,  slavery. 
Ιδουλδυω,  δονλενσω,  to  he  a  slave, 
serve. 

δοΰλθ8,  ό,  a  slave.     13. 
^δουλο'ω,  δον?ιώσω,  etc.,  to  enslave. 

δούναι,  δου5)  see  δίδωμι. 

δράμα,  ατός,  τό  (^δράω,  to  do),  a 
drama. 

δράμοιμι,  δραμοΰμαι,  see  τρέχω. 

δΰναμαι,  δννήσομαι,  δεδννημαι,  έδν- 
νήΟί/ν,  ^  100,  Ν.  2,  to  be  able,  strong 
enough;  ol  μέγιστα  δυνάμενοι,  the 
most  powerful.    49. 

|δυναμΐ5,  εως,  τ),  power,  ability,  a 
war-force,  forces,  troops.  21.  Dy- 
namic. 

|δυνατο3,  V,  όν,  powerful,  possible, 
practicable. 

δΰνω  {δυ-),  2  a.  έδϋν,  V.,  to  enter, 
set.     See  δυο. 

δυο,  §  77,  1,  TWO.    Dual. 

Svs-,  an  inseparable  prefix,  §  131, 
4  b,  ill. 

δυ<Γ-εξ-€υρ€το?,  ov  [ευρίσκω),  hard 
to  find  out. 

δυ'<Γΐ$,  fwc,  ή  (δνω),  the  setting  of 
the  sun. 

δυ'ίΓ-κολθ5,  ov  [κόλον,  food),  hard 
to  satisfy,  discontented ;  harassing, 
hard. 

δυσ-μη,  7/c  [δνω),  comm.  pi.  the  set- 
ting of  the  iiun.     54. 

δυ(Γ-'π•ορ€υτο8,  «ν  [τορενω),  hard  to 
pass. 

δυοΓ-τυχη5,  ίς  (τί'χτή,  unfortunate. 
ΐδυσ-τυχίά,  Γ:ς,  misfortune. 

δυω,  δρσω,  έδυσα,  δέδνκα,  δέδνμαι, 
εδί'βην,  to  cause  to  enter,  sink,  trans. ; 


mid.,  w.  p.  act.,  to  siJik,  set.  See 
δννω. 

δω,  see  δίδωμι. 

δϋ>-δ£κα  [δυο,  δέκα),  twelve. 

δώρον,  τό  (δίδωμι),  α  gift,  present^ 
bribe,     η. 

δαχτω,  see  δίδωμι. 


Έ. 

(άλωκα,  Ιοίλων,  see  αλίσκομαι. 

εάν  (ει,  αν),  conj.,  followed  by  the 
subj^.,  f. 
Ιίάν-ΊΓδρ,  if  indeed  or  only. 

€-αυτοΰ,  ης,  |  80,  w.  N.,  of  himself, 
herself,  itself ;  o't  εαυτού,  his  own 
(men),  τα  εαυτών,  their  own  {affairs). 

ίάω,  έάσω,  εΐασα,  εΐάκα,  εΐαμαι,  εΐα- 
βην,  to  αΙΙοιυ,  permit,  let  go  or  alone. 
20. 

lyyvs,  c.  and  s.  έγ^'ντερον,  εγγύτα- 
τα, or  εγγντέρω,  έγγντάτω,  near ;  sup. 
w.  art.,  the  nearest. 

Ιγείρω  (έγερ-),   έγερώ,  ήγειρα,  έγή- 
γερμαι,  ηγέρθην,  2  ρ.  έγρήγορα,  IV., 
to  wake,  stir  up,  raise,  erect ;  2  p.  to 
be  awake. 
ΐ€γ-κράτ€ΐα,  ας,  self-control. 

€γ-κρατη8,  ές  (κράτος),  in  power 
over,  self-controlled,  in  possession  of. 

ίγ-κρυτΓτω,  to  bury. 
εγνωκα,  see  γιγνώσκω. 

(χείρ),  to  intrust. 

εγ-χαίριοδ,  «  or  ος,  ov  (χώρα),  in  or 
belonging  to  the  country. 

ί'γώ,  §  79, 1,  and  ^  144, 1,  w.  n.,  I. 
Egoist. 
Ιέ'γωγί,  I  for  my  part,  I  certainly. 

έδεκτα  (δι-,  δει-),  δέδοικα,  2  p.  δέδια, 
ι  100,  3,  Ν.  2,  and  Ι  125,  4,  each  ρ. 
in  pres.  sense,  to  fear,  be  afraid. 

εδηδοκα,  see  έσΟίω.     Eat. 

ΐ'δοξα,  see  δοκέω. 


(δοσ-αν 


200 


ίΚΊτίνω 


ίδοσ-αν,  pee  δίί^μι. 

έ'δραμον,  see  τρέχω. 

4'δωκα,  see  όίδωμο. 
ΐ€θ£λοντη5,  οϋ,  α  volunteer;  as  adj. 
ivilling. 

(θέλω,  sometimes  θ(λω,  εθελήσω, 
ηθέλ?ίσα,  ήθέληκα,  to  be  willing,  wish, 
desire.     2. 

ΙΟίζω  (εθίό-),  εθίσω,  είθισα,  είθικα, 
εΐβισμαι,  είθίσθην,  IV.  (εΟος),  to  ac- 
custom. 

έ'θνοξ,  τό,  α  nation.  Ethno-graphy. 

c0os,  ~ό,  custom;  pi.  manners. 

ίΐ,  conj.,  if;  el  μή,  unless;  ε\  γάρ 
or  είθε,  §  251,  vjould  that ;  as  an  inter, 
part.,  ^  282,  4,  whether. 

eCdcra,  see  εάω. 

(Ιδέ'ναι,  see  οίδα. 

6Ϊδον,  see  όράω. 

είδώ,  είδώς,  see  υΐδα. 

€Ϊη,  see  ειμί. 

€Ϊ-θ6,  see  ει. 

εΐκάξω  (είκαδ-),  εικάσω,  etc.,  IV., 
to  make  like,  liken,  suppose,  conjec- 
ture. 

ίϊκοσι,  twenty. 

είκοτως  {εοικά),  xoith  good  reason. 

etXov,  άλομην,  see  α'φέω. 

ίΐμί  (έσ-),  έσομαι,  imperf.  ήν,  ^  127, 
Ι.,  to  be;  εστίν,  it  is  possible.     Am. 

€Ϊμι  (ί-),  imperf.  ηειν  or  ?/«,  ^  127, 
II.,  and  |  200,  n.  3  b,  to  go. 

tltrov  {εττ- for  Ρεττ,  έρ-),  ερώ,  είπα, 
είρηκα,  είρημαι,  ερρήβην,  Λ^ΙΙΙ.,  to 
speak,  say,  advise,  order.     48. 

€l'-ir£p,  if  in  fact. 

ίϊργω,  ε'ιρξω,  ε'Ίρξα,  είργμαι,  ε'ίρχβην, 
to  hem,  in. 

ίΐ'ρηκα,  6Ϊρημαι,  see  ειττον. 

ειρήνη,  ης,  peace.     23. 

CIS,  prep.  w.  ace,  into,  to,  among, 
till,  for,  about,  up  to,  on,  of  place, 
time,  number  and  measure,  and  pur- 
pose   or  reference  ;    originally   (as 


opposed  to  εκ),  to  {a  place)  within. 
In  comp.,  into,  in,  to.     3. 

els,  μία,  εν,  §  77,  1,  one;  Kaff  ένα, 
one  by  one,  singly. 

(Ισ--β(ίλλω,   throw  one's   self  into, 
enter. 
Iilcr-βολη,  νς,  an  entrance,  pass. 

είσ-δυομαι,  to  enter  into. 

€'ίσ--€ΐμι  (εΙμι),  to  go  into  or  in. 

ε'ίσ-ω  (ε'ις),  ivithin. 

είτα,  then,  thereupon,  next. 

εΐχον,  see  έχω. 

εκ  or  έξ,  ^  13,  2,  prep.  w.  G.,from, 
out  of,  by  (of  the  agent),  of  place, 
time,  and  origin  ;  originally  (as  op- 
posed to  ano),from  witldn;  εκ  καίδων, 
from  boyhood.  In  comp.,  out,  from, 
away,  off.     3. 

6κα<ΓΤ05,  η,   ov,   each,  every,  of  a 
number  ;  pi.  several,  respective,  all. 
|ε'κά<Γτοτε,  each  time. 

€'κάτ€ρο5,  a,  ov,  each,  of  two. 
Ιεκατε'ρωθεν,  on  both  sides. 
4€κατερωσ€,  in  both  directions. 

ε'κατο'ν,  a  hundred.  Hecatom-b. 

ε'κ-βάλλω,  to  cast  out,  bamish. 

εκ-βασ-is,  εως,  ή  (βαίνω),  outlet, 
pass.     25. 

4'κ-γονο5,  ov  (γεν-),  born  from ;  ol 
έκγονοι,  the  descendants;  τά  έκγονα, 
the  young  of  animals. 

εκ-δε'ρω  {δέρω,  δερώ,  έδειρα,  δίδαρ- 
μαι,  2  a.  ρ.  έδήρην,  to  fay),  to  fay. 

εκ-δίδωμι,  to  give  vp. 

ε'κεί,  there. 

Ιεκεΐθεν,  thence,  from  that  place. 
|ε'κεινο5,  V,  ",  dem.  pron.,  ^  83,  that. 

εκ-καλυτΓτω,  to  uncover. 

ε'κ-κλησία,  ας  (καλέω),  an  assembly 
called  by  the  crier.  10.  Ecclesiastic. 

ε'κ-κλτνω  (κλίνω,  stem  κΐιν-,  κ'/.ηώ, 
έκ/ΰνα,  κέκ/Λμαι,  έκ}ύΟην,  2  a.  ρ.  έκΛί» 
ντμ),  1Υ.,  to  bend),  to  give  way.     41. 

ε'κ-λε'-γω,  to  select.    Eclectic. 

εκ-ΊΓΐνω,  to  drink  up. 


ίκιτίτιτω 


234 


€νην 


Ικ-ΊπΊττω,  to  fall  Old,  be  banished 
or  exiled. 

cK-irXaYCi's,  see  εκ-πλήττω. 

Ικ-τΐΧέω,  to  sail  away. 

€Κ-•π•ληττω,  to  strike  out  of  one's 
senses,  terrify.    47. 

€κ-ΐΓθ5ών  (πους),  out  of  the  way. 

€Κ-•ΐΓορ€υομαι,  to  march  out. 

CK-irpcinis,     k     (ττρέπω),     distin- 
guished. 

€Κ-τίθημι,  to  expose. 

€Κ-φαιΙνω,  to  show  forth,  proclaim. 

£Κ-ψ£υγω,  to  fee  from,  escajje. 

cKcdV,  ονσα,  όν,  §  66,  Ν.  1,  willing, 
of  one  s  own  accord. 

4'λαιον,  TO,  olive-oil,  oil. 

βλάττων,  ov,  see  μικρός  and  ολίγος. 

Ιλαννω  (έλα-),  έλώ,  ηλασα,  ελή'/χικα, 
ελήλαμαι,  ηλάθην.  Υ.,  to  drive,  ride, 
march,  of  the  commander,  both 
trans,  and  intr.  See  πορεύομαι.  2. 
Elastic. 
ΙΙλάφίΐοδ,  «,  ov,  of  a  deer. 

4'λαφθ5,  ό,  ή,  a  deer,  stag. 

lKiy\<a,  ελέγξω,  ήλεγξα,  έλήλεγμαι, 
ηλεγχΰιιν,  to  confute,  convict.    43. 

€\€ΐν,  ελε'σ-θαι,  see  α'φέω. 
tcXeuGspii)  ας,  freedom,  liberty.    53. 

eXcvOepos,    ",    ov,   free,    indepen- 
dent. 
4.έλ€υθεροω,  ελευθερώσω,  to  free. 

€λεφα9>  αντος,  6,  the  elephant. 

(λ9£ΐν,   έ'λθοιμι,   €λθω,  ΙΚΘών,  see 
έρχομαι. 

t'EWas,  άόος,  ή,  Greece. 
Έλλην,  ηί'ος,  ό,  IIcllen,son  of  Deu- 
calion ;  then,  a  Greek,  used  also  adj. 
|Έλληνικο8,  V,  όν,  Greek,  Grecian  ,• 
τυ    Έ?>./ιηνικόν    (sc.     στράτευμα),    the 
Greek  force.     Hellenic. 
Ιίλληνικώ?,  in  Greek. 
Ιίλττίζω  (tATTiJ-),   η?.πισα,  ήλττίσβι/ν, 
Ιλ'.,  to  hope. 

IktrLsf  Ίδυς,  ή,  §  50,  I.,  hope. 
6μ-αυτοΰ,  ής,  ^  80,  w.  Nt,  of  myself  . 


6μ-βαίνω,  to  go  into  or  on  board, 
embark,  followed  by  εΙς. 

€μ-β({\λω,  to  throw  in ;  to  inflict ; 
empty  ;  reflex.,  with  ε'ις,  to  invade. 
Emblem. 

Ιμ-βάς,  εμ-βάντεδι  see  εμ-βαίνω. 

€μ-βιβάζω,  to  make  embark,  put  on 
board. 

Ιμί,  see  εγώ.     Me. 

€μ€ΐνα,  see  μένω. 

€μ-μ€νω,  ίο  remain  in. 

€μοί,  see  εγώ. 

6μο5,  ή,  όν  (εγώ),  g  82,  7ny,  mine. 

€μοΰ,  see  εγώ. 

€μ-ΐΓ£ίρω9  {πείρα,  trial,  acquaint- 
ance), in  acquaintance  with. 

Ιμ-ττίΐΓτω,  to  fall  into,  occur  to,  D. 

(μ-ποιεω,  to  impress  upon,  inspire 
in,  D.  A. 

Ιεμ-ΊΓορεΰομαι,   to  go  to,   travel  on 
business,  engage  in  traffic. 
f  ί'μ-νο'ριον,  TO,  a  mart,  emporium. 

€μ-•7Γορο8,  ό,  one  on  a  journey,  a 
merchant. 

έ'μ-ττροσθίν,  in  front;  ό  εμπροσϋεν, 
the  preceding. 

€μ-ψανί'^ω  (εμφανιδ-),  έμψανιώ,  IV, 
(φαίνω),  to  show  forth,  show. 

εν,  prep.  w.  D.,  in,  on,  at,  among,  of 
place  and  time.    In  comp.,  in,  on,at. 
|εν-αντιοομαι,  έναντιώσομαι,  τ/ναντί- 
ωμαι,  ηναντιώθην,  to  withstand,  D. 

cV-avTt'os,  ά,  ov  (αντί),  opposite,  op- 
posed to,  in  one's  face. 

€  ν-άτΓτω,  to  bind  on,  set  on  fire. 

ε*ν-δεη5,  ές  (δέω),  in  want. 

εν-δέίκνϋμι,  to  mark  out,  in-dicate, 
cxj>rcss. 

ένδον  (εν),  within. 

cv-δΰνω,  to  put  on. 

εν-€ΐμι  (^ίμΐ-),  to  be  in,  D. 

ένεκα,  improper  prep.  w.  G.,  on  ao 
count  of. 

έν-εχείρισα,  see  εγ-χειρίζω. 

cv-ήν,  see  έν-ειμι. 


4'νθα 


235 


€νθα  (εν),  there,  here,  where,  there- 
upon, then. 
4€νθά-δ€,  here,  hither. 
|€V0a-ir€p,  JKst  where. 

('ν-θΐίην,  (ν-θ€μ(νος,  see  εν-τίβημι. 

€V0€v  (ίί'),  thence,  hence,  whence. 
\.lvBtv-he,Jro7n  this  very  place,  hence. 

4'v-6€OS)  ov,  inspired. 

€ν-θϋμ€ομαι,  ενβνμήαημαι,  etc.,  W. 
a.  pass,  {θνμός),  to  have  in  mind,  re- 
flect.   29. 

jev-θΰμημα,    ατός,    τό,    a    thought, 
plan. 

€viavTos,  0,  a  year. 

ivi-OT€,  ^  152,  N.  2,  sometimes. 

£ν-νο€ω,  often  dep.  w.  a.  pass.,  to 
have  in  mind,  be  apprehensive. 
|4'v-voia,  ας,  a  thought,  reflection. 

ev-opoio),  to  see  in  a  person  or  thing. 

cvo's,  €vC,  see  ε}ς. 

ev-τάττω,  to  enroll. 

tvravQa  {εν),  here,  there,  ihe%kere- 
"tipon,  thereupon. 

€V-T€iW,  to  stretch  tight  or  upon, 
string  α  how,  inflict  upon,  A.  D. 

cv-TcXtis,  ες  (τέλος),  at  the  end,  com- 
plete, full. 
|6V-TeX(3s,  completely. 

IvTtvQiv  {εν),  from  here  or  there, 
hereupon. 

cv-τίθημι,  to  put  or  inspire  in,  A.  D. 

Ιν-τολη,  ης  {έν-τέ/,?Μ,  to  put  upon, 
command,  τέλλω,  to  raise),  a  com- 
mand. 

cvTo's  {εν),  within. 

cv-τυγχάνω,  to  fall  in  vdth,  D. 

4|,  prep.,  see  εκ. 

4'|,  SIX. 

6ξ-αΎΎ€λλω,  to  tell  out,  report, 

€|-άγω,  to  lead  out,  induce. 

6|-αιτ€ω,  ίο  demand  from;  mid.  to 
beg  off. 

Ι^ξ-αττατάω,  to  deceive  grossly,  de- 
ceive.    34. 

ίξ-αττάτη,  ης,  imposition. 


€|-α•ΐΓίνη?  or  €ξ-α(ψνη$  {άφνω,  un• 

av:arcs),  of  a  sudden,  suddenly. 

€'ξ-€ΐμι  {ειμί),  to  be  out  of  restraint, 
only  iraper.,  εξεστι,  εξέσται,  etc.,  it  is 
in  one's  power,  possible,  one  may ; 
pt.  εξόν  used  absoL,  ^  278,  2,  when 
it  is  or  was  in  ones  power,  when  one 
may  or  might. 

€ξ-€ΐμι  {εΙμή,  to  go  out,  empty,  as  a 
river. 

€ξ-€λαυνω,  to  expel;  intr.  to  ride 
out,  march  forth,  on,  or  away,  to  ad- 
vance. 

€ξ-€ρΎ(ίζομαι,  to  work  out,  accom- 
plish. 

έξ-ερχομαι,  to  come  out. 

£'ξ-€<Γτι,  €ξ-£σ-ται,  it  is,  will  be,  pos- 
sible, see  έξ-ειμι. 

6ξ-€τάζω  {εξεταδ-),  εξετάσω,  etc. 
{έτεός,  real),  to  examiyie,  scruti- 
nize. 

je|-€TCMris,  εως,  ή,  an  inspection,  re• 
vievj.     21. 

«ξηκοντα   {εξ),  sixty. 

ί'ϊ-η'χθην,  see  εξ-άγω. 

€ξ-ικν€Όμαι,  to  come  out  to,  to  reach. 

€ξ-ον,  see  έξ-ειμί. 

Ιξ-ΟΊτλίζω,  arm  completely. 

€ξ-ορμοίω,  to  urge  forth;  intr.  to  set 
out. 

έ'ξω  {εκ),  without,  outside,  abroad, 
beyond,  beyond  the  reach  of.  Exotic. 

coiKa  (ίκ-),  2  p.,  related  to  εικάζω 
q.  v.,  to  be  like  or  flt,  d.  ;  έοικε, 
impers.,  it  seems. 

ίΐΓ-άγω,  to  bring  to,  on,  or  upon. 

έ'ίΓαθον,  see  πάσχω. 
tcir-aiviTo's,  ή,  όν,  praiseworthy. 
tex-αινί'ω,  to  approve,  praise,  com- 
mend.   42. 

«TT-aivos,  0,  praise. 

€ir-aiTU)s,  ov,  blamed  for  a  thing ; 
επαιτών,  a  ground  of  accusation. 

tlirav,  or  ein|v  {έπεί,  αν),  conj.  w. 
subj.,  whenever,  as  soon  as. 


imi 


236 


€'π•ισ•Κ€•π•τομαι 


cirei   (fTT').  con].,  when,  since. 
JeireiS-av  (av),  conj.  w.  subj.,  ivhen 
indeed,  ■whenever,  when. 
ieirii-δη,  conj.,  when  noiv,  when. 

έ'-τΓ-^μι  {'ψί-),  to  he  upon  or  over. 

έ'ιτ-ίίμι  (fi/").  ^'^  9^  or  co??ie  upon, 
to  come  on,  attack,  make  an  attack, 
D. ;  ή  εττιονσα  νμέρα^  the  next  day; 
so  7]  εττωνσα  νυξ. 

4'ir-€tTa,  thereupon,  thereafter;  ό 
έπειτα  χρόνος,  the  coming  time. 

ΙτΓ-ερωτάω,  to  put  a  question  to,  to 
ask  again. 

Ι-τΓ-ίχω,  to  hold  upon  the  place 
ΛνΙΐθΓβ  one  is,  delay.     Epocli. 

ίττην,  see  ίπαν. 

itr-riv,  see  έπ-ειμι. 

ΙτΓ-ηρομην,  see  επερωτάω. 

Itri,  prep.,  on,  upon.  (1)  With 
G.,  on,  upon,  towards,  in  the  time  of, 
of  place  and  time  ;  επί  τεττάρων,  four 
deep.  (2)  With  d.,  upon,  over,  for, 
at,  near,  in  addition  to,  on  account 
of  in  the  power  of,  of  place,  time,  and 
various  other  relations  ;  επΙ  γάμω,  in 
marriage ;  εφ"  d,  on  condition  that, 
I  267.  (3)  With  Α.,  originally  up 
to,  and  then,  to,  towards,  for,  against ; 
επΙ  λείav,for  or  to  obtain  booty.  In 
comp.,  upon,  over,  after,  toward,  to, 
for,  at,  against,  besides,  and  some- 
times simply  intens.     Ep-,  epi-. 

Ιειτι-βουλίυω,  to  plan  ox  plot  against, 
to  plot,  D. 

eiri-βουλη,  ης,  a  plot. 

fcTri-γίγνομαι,  to  come  ujion,  arise. 

€'π•ι-δ€ίκνϋμι,  to  exhibit,  show,  point 
out. 

€πι-δί8ωμι,  to  give  besides,  yield 
more,  intr.  increase. 

(ΊΓΐ-θΰμεω,  επιθυμήσω,  επεθϋμησα, 
επιτεθόμηκα  (θυμός),  to  set  one's  heart 
on,  desire,  G.     38. 

|€τη-θϋμίά,  ΰς,  desire. 

€ΐΓΐκουρημα,  ατός,  ro  {επίκονρίω,  to 


aid;  επίκουρος,  helping),  a  protection, 
relief. 

€ΤΓΐ-κουφίζω  [κονόίζω,  stem  kov^u^-, 
κουφίώ,  έκονφίσα,  IV.,  to  lighten, 
ιωνφος,  light),  to  lighten. 

€•π•ι-κρατ6ω,  to  rule  over,  be  victo- 
rious. 

ίΐΓΐ-κρΰτΓτω,  to  throw  a  covering 
over;  mid.  to  conceal  one's  self,  and 
so  the  pt.,  secretly. 

εΐΓΐ-κυπτω  {κνπτω,  stem  κνή»-,  κΌ-φω 
and  κί'ψομαι,  έκϋφα,  2  p.  κέκνφα,  III., 
to  bend  forward),  to  bend  to  or  over, 
intr. 

€πι-κϋροω  {κνρόω,  κυρώσω,  etc.,  to 
confirm,  κνρος,  authority),  to  confirm, 
ratify,  vote.     38. 

eiTi-λανθάνομαι,  to  forget,  G. 

€ΐη-λ€γω,  to  say  besides  or  also. 
Epilogue. 

ίττι-λείττω,  to  leave  behind;  of 
things,  to  fail. 

έΐΓΐ-μελεομαι  and  έπι-μελομαι,  επι- 
μελήσομαι,  etc.,  w.  a.  pass,  [μέλω),  to 
care  for,  look  out  for,  give  attention 
to,  observe  or  watch  carefully,  g.    36. 

(Ίτι-μβλης,  ες  (/^ελω),  careful,  vigi- 
lant. 
^Ιιτι-μίλώδ,  with  care. 
|€'ΤΓΐ-ορκεω,     επιορκήσω,    επιωρκησα, 
ίπίώρκηκα,  to  swear  falsely,  forswear 
one's  self.     44. 
teiri-opKid,  άς,  perjury. 

€πί-ορκος,  ov  (όρκος),  against  ones 
oath,  pc7Jtircd. 

εΐΓΐ-τΓΐΙΐΓτω,  to  fall  upon. 

Iiri-irovos,  ov,  for  toil,  toilsome,  la- 
borious.    23. 

€ΐΓΐ-(ΓΪτισ•μο5,  ό  {επί-σίτίζομαι,  to 
furnish  ones  self  iviih  food,  σίτος), 
provisioning,  obtaining  provisions,  a 
supply  of  jjrovisions. 

ίττι-σ-κ^Ίττομαι,  a  pres.  not  used  in 
good  Att.,  furnishing  the  rest  of  its 
tenses  to  sq. 


I 


ίΐΓΚΓΚΟΊΓίω 


0*7 


237 


€<Γτως 


«ΊΓΐ-σκοττεω,  ίο  look  at,  inspect, 
consider ;  hence,  to  ascertain. 

€•π•ί(Γταμαι,  ετηστηαομαί^  ηιηστί/βηι\ 
1,  to  know  hoio,  know,  understand.  49. 
|€ΐΓΐστημη,  ης,  knowledge. 

€ΐΓΐ-<Γτολη,  ής  {έττι-στέλ^Μ,  to  send 
to),  a  letter,  epistle.     3. 

€ΐΓΐ-σ-τρατ€υω,  to  make  an  expedi- 
tion ayainst,  d. 

ίΤΓΐ-σ-φαλήβ,  ες  (σ^ά/,λω),  prone  to 
fall,  unsteaely,  dangerous. 

ίΤΓΐ-ίτφάττω  and  έπι-ο-ψάξω,  to  slay 
upon. 

€ΤΓΐ-τ€λ€'ω,  to  bring  to  an  end,  ac- 
complii-Jt. 

ί•ΐΓΐτηδ£ΐ05,  (i,  ov  {επίτηδες,  for  a 
purpose),  suitable,  proper;  τα  επι- 
τήδεια or  simply  επιτήδεια,  pro- 
visions.    29. 

€'ΐΓΐτηδ€ΰω,  ίπιτηδενσω  (επίτηδες,  on 
purpose,  advisedly),  to  pursue,  devote 
ones  self  to. 

6ΐΓΐ-τίθημι,  to  put  upon,  inflict,  as 
punishment;  mid.  to  put  one's  self 
upon,  attack,  d.     Epithet. 

ίΤΓΐ-τρί'ίΓω,  to  turn  over  to,  intrust, 
•permit,  a.  d. 

(Ίτι-φαίνω,  to  show  forth ;  mid.  to 
appear,  d. 

6ΐΓΐ-\£ΐρ€ω,  επιχειρήσω,  επεχείρησα, 
επικεχείρηκα  (χείρ),  to  j^ut  hand  to, 
try,  attempt.     10. 

€'πα-ψηφι'ζω,  to  put  to  vote. 

«Ίτληγην,  see  π7.ήττω. 

δίΓ-οικοδομεω,  to  build  upon. 

έ'ίΓομαι  {σεπ-),  έψομαι,  2  a.  έσπόμην, 
to  follow,  attend,  belong  to,  d.    52. 

eiros,  TO,  word;  pi.  verses,  a  poem. 
Epic. 

€ΐΓτά,  SEVEN.     Hept-archy. 
.    €ρασ-τη5,    οΰ   {εραμαι,    to    love),    a 
lover. 

Ιεργά^ομαι  {εργαδ-),  εργάσομαι,  εϊργα- 
σμαι,  ε'ιργασάμην,  ^  104,  to  work. 
Xlftyaa-idf  ας,  work. 


ίίργον,  τό,  WORK,  deed,  action,  un< 
dcrtaking,  execution,  fact,  event,  re- 
sult, exercise.     34. 

€ρ8ω  {εργ-),  ερξω,  ερξα,  2  p.  εοργα, 
VIII.,  to  WORK. 

|€ρημία,  of,  a  desert.  Eremite, 
hermix. 

€ρημο$ι  η  or  ος,  ov,  lonely,  deserted, 
empty,  unprotected.    55. 

ίίρίζω  (ίριδ-),  ήρισα^  IV.,  to  contend 
with,  D. 

fc'pis,  ίδος,  ή,  strife. 
Ιέ'ρμαιον,  τό,  a  piece  of  good  luck. 
|€ρμηνεν5,    έως,    6,   an   interpreter. 
Hermeneutics. 

Έρμήδ,οΰ,  \  38,  Hermes,  identified 
by  the  Romans  with  Mercury,  the 
god  of  speech,  messenger  of  the 
gods,  and  giver  of  good  luck.  Her- 
metically. 

€ρυμνο'$,  ή,  όν  {ερ'υομαι,  to  defend), 
fortifieel,  defensible. 

έ'ρχομαι  [έ/.νϋ-,  έλενθ-),  έ/ιείσομαι 
(Att.  εΙμι),  2  p.  έλήλνθα,  2  a.  ηλθον, 
VIII.,  to  come,  go. 

ερώ,  see  είπον. 

'ipvis,  (^τος,  6  {εραμαι,  to  desire), 
love,  desire.     Erotic. 

(ρωτάω,  ερωτήσω,  etc.,  w.  2  a.  ήρό- 
μην,  to  inquire,  ask,  question.     51. 

€<Γθη5,  ήτος,  ή  {ενννμι,  to  clothe),  a 
garment,  apparel. 

((τθίω  {εδ-,  ψαγ-),  έδομαι,  έδήδοκα, 
έδήδεσμαι,  ηδεσθην,  2  a.  έφαγον,  VIII., 
to  EAT,  consume. 

εσ-θλο'δ,  V,  όν,  good. 

eV-rrepd,  ΰς,  evening. 

έ'σται,  see  ειμί.  ,^ 

€<Γταλμ6νο5,  see  στέλλω. 

€σταμ€ν,  €<Γτάναι,  ^  124,  see  ίσ• 
τ  η  μι. 

€<Γ-τ€  (-^'ίς,  οτε),  conj.,  until. 

4'σ-τηκα,  έ'στην,  see  Ιστημι. 

Ισ-τί,  έ'στω,  see  ειμί. 

tcTTius,  see  'ίστημι. 


craipos 


238 


«ψίημι 


εταίρος,  ό  {ετης,  α  clansman)^  α 
companion,  comrade. 

έταξα,  €τάχθην,  see  τάττω, 

€τάφην,  see  βάπτω. 

€T€pos,  «,  ol•»,  the  OTHER  of  two. 

€Ti,  yet,  still,  further,  any  longer  ; 
w.  c.  still,  even,  any. 

έτοιμος  or  £Τθΐμος,  V  or  ος,  ov, 
ready. 

έ'τοδ,  TO,  a  year. 

€τράφην,  see  τρέφω. 

6υ  (prop.  neut.  of  Epic  ευς,  good, 
h-ave),  well,  easily;  in  comp.  well, 
very.     Eu-,  eu-logy. 

€ύ-γ£νη5  {ϊ^'^-),  well-born,  noble. 

6υ-γεω9,  ων  (γή),  fertile. 
Ιίύδαιμονίά,  (Ις,  ha2:)piness. 
|€ύ-8αιμονίζω  {ενδαιμυνιδ-^,  ενδαιμο- 
νιώ,  IV.,  to  regard  or  esteem  happy, 
congratulate. 

£υ-8αίμων,.ον  {βαίμων,  fortune),  for- 
tunate, prosperous,  happy. 

6ν-8οξθ5,  ov  (iWfa),  in  repute. 

€ΰ-€ΐδη5,  ες  [είδος) ,  fine-looking .  30. 

ci'-eXiris,  ενε?.πί,  |  G6,  Ν.  3,  of  good 
hojje,  hopeful. 

ίύ-εργεσίά,  ΰς  (έργον),  a  kindness, 
favor ;  bene-ficence. 

€ΰ-€ρ^ΐττ\ζ,ον  (έργον),  a  bene-f actor. 

iv-Xfavos,  ov  (ζώνη)^  well-girt,  ac- 
tive. 

€ύ-ηθ€ΐα,  ας  {εΰ-ηθης,  simple-hearted, 
simple,   ηΟος),   simplicity,   stupidity^ 

folly.  ^ 

εύθυς,  εϊα,  ν,  straight ;  hence,  ευβυς 
as  adv.,  directly,  straightway,  at 
once,  immediately ,  forthwith.    35. 

εύ-καίρως  (καιρός),  seasonably,  op- 
portunely. 

εύ-κλεη'ς,  ες  (κλέος),  glorious. 

εύ-κοσ-μία,  ας  (κόσμος),  good  be- 
havior. 

€ύ-λαβεομαι,  ενλαβήσομαι,  ενλαβή- 
ϋτ/ν  (εΰ?Μβ/}ς,  cautious,  λαμβάνω),  to 
leave  a  care,  beware. 


tciJ-voia,  ΰς,  good-will,  fidelity.   43. 
tev-voiKiiSs,  with  good-will. 

ci'-voos,  ov,  contr.  εννονς,  ow,  well' 
disposed.     14. 

cii-oirXos,  ov  (οπλον),  well-armed. 
30.  ^     ^ 

ευ-τΓ€ΐθη5,  ες  (πείθομαι),  obedient. 

ΐν-τητωζ  (εν-πετ7]ς,  falling  well,  of 
dice,  πίπτω),  favorably,  with  ease. 

€v-irpdKTOS,  ov  (πράττω),  easy   to 
do,  practicable.     34. 
Ιίύρετη'ξ,  ov,  a  discoverer. 

εΰρίοτκω  (ενρ-),  ενρήσω,  εΰρηκα,  εν- 
ρημαι,  ενρέθην,  2  a.  είψον,  VI.,  to  find, 
devise,    φ.    Eureka, 
fcvpos,  TO,  breadth,  width,    19. 
|Εύρυ-λοχο5,  ό,  Eurylochus. 

εύρτίδ,  εΐα,  ν,  broad,  wide.    24. 
|€ύ-σ•€β€ΐα,  ας,  piety. 

εύ-σεβη'δ,  ες  (σέβομαι,  to  reverence), 
pious. 

εύ-τοίκτωδ  (εν-τακτος,  well-ordered, 
τάττω),  in  good  order. 

εύ-τυχε'ω,  ευτυχήσω,  etc.  (εν-τνχής, 
fortunate,  τύχη),  to  be  fortunate. 

εύ-ψραίνω  (ευφραν-),  ενφρανώ,  ην- 
φρανα,  ηνφράνβην,  IV.  (φρή'^),  to  re- 
joice, please,  gladden. 

Ευφράτης,  ov,  the  river  Euphrates. 

εύχομαι,  ευξομαι,  ευξάμην,  to  pray, 
vow.    20. 

ευ-ώνυμο$,  ov  (όνομα),  of  good  name 
or  omen;  hence,  left,  used  euphemis- 
tically for  the  ill-omened  word 
αριστερός,  on  the  left  hand,  omens 
from  the  left  being  unlucky  ;  το 
ενώννμον  (sc.  κέρας),  the  left  (wing). 

39•^ 

εφάνην,  see  φαίνω. 

έ'φασ-αν,  see  φτ^μί. 

εφ-ε'τΓομαι,  to  follow  after,  accom' 
pany,  d. 

εψην,  έ'φη,  see  φημί. 

εψ-ίημι,  to  send  to ;  mid.  to  aim  at, 
long  after,  G. 


6φί(Γτημι 


239 


ηλιθ$ 


cψ-C(rrημι,  to  bring  to  a  stand,  halt ; 
also  to  set  upon  or  over,  appoint;  mid., 
w.  p.  and  2  a.  act.,  to  stop,  intr. 

€ψ-οδος,  ή,  a  way  to,  an  approach. 

4φ-οράω,  ίο  look  over,  oversee,  guard. 

6φ'  ω,  see  έττί. 
Ιί'χθαίρω  {εχβαρ-),  εχθαρώ,  ήχβηρα, 
IV.,  to  hate. 

€χθθ5|  τό,  hatred. 
^ίχθρα,  ας,  enmity. 
4.(χθρος,  ό,  αν,  hateful,  hostile;  εχ- 
θρός, ό,  a  personal  enemy,  while  ττο- 
λέμιος  is  an  enemy  in  war,  a  public 
enemy. 

«χω  {οεχ-),  εξω  or  σχήσω,  εσχηκα, 
εσχημαι,  εσχεθτμ>,  2  a.  έσχον,  VIII., 
to  have,  hold,  possess,  have  in  mar- 
riage, contain,  wear;  έχων,  having, 
with;  ovK  έχω,  not  to  know;  εν  νώ 
έχω,  to  purpose,  intend ;  with  an 
adv.,  to  be,  as  καλώς  έχει^  it  is  well. 
5.     Hectic. 

etpKciv,  see  έοικα. 

ίώρων,  €ωρακα,  see  όράω, 

«ωβ,  έω,  η,  \  42,  2,  W.  Ν.  1,  dawn, 
morning.    East. 

έ'ω$}  conj.,  as  long  as,  until. 

Z. 

ζάω,  ζί^σω,  έζησα,  έζηκα,  ^  98,  Ν.  2, 
to  live.    37• 

ζ6ύγνϋμν  (C^^7-).  Cft-I^",  εζε^^α,  εζεν- 
γμαί,  εζενχβην,  2  a.  ρ.  έζνγην,  II.  2, 
ίο  γοκΈ,  join,  form,  by  joining.    52. 
jteii^os,  ro,  α  yoke,  team. 

Zeis,  Δίόζ•,  Δ«,  Αία,  Ζεν,  Zeus,  iden- 
tified by  the  Romans  with  Jupiter. 

ζή,  see  ζάω. 

ζηλοω,  ζη?.ώσω  {ζήλυς,  emulation, 
zeal,  ζέω,  to  boil  up),  to  envy. 

ζημία,  άς,  loss,  penalty. 
Ιξημιοω,  ζημιώσω,  etc.,  to  cause  one 
loss  or  do  one  damage,  to  fine,  pun- 
ish. 


ζην,  see  ζάω. 

Ιητί'ω,  ζψησω,  etc.,  seek,  inquire 
for.     20. 

ζωννϋμι  (ζω-),  έζωσα,  έζωσμαι,  έζω- 
σάμην,  2,  to  gird. 
Ιζώνη,  ης,  α  belt,  zone. 

Ι'Λον,  τό,  for  ζώων  (ζωός,  living, 
ζάω),  α  living  being,  animal.  Zoo- 
logy. 

Η. 

η,  conj.,  or,  than ;  η .  ..η,  either . . . 
or;  πότερον  ...η,  whether.  ..or,^  282, 
δ. 

η,  an  interrogative  particle,  ξ  282, 
2 

ηβηΒον  {ήβη,  manhood,  youth),  in 
the  manner  of  youth ;  πάντες  ήβηόόν, 
all  from  the  youth  upwards. 

ήγγίλον,  ήγγ€ΐλα,  see  άτ^έλλω. 
Ιηγίμών,  όνος,  ό,  α  leader,  guide,  ι  η. 

ηγ6Όμαι,  ΐρ/ήσομαι,  etc.  {αγω),  to 
lead,  think.    38. 

■gSiiv,  ηδίσ-αν,  see  ο\δα. 

η8εω$  {i'i^vq),  gladly,  cheerfully, 
with  pleasure ;  c.  ήδίον,  s.  ήδιστα. 

ή8η,  already,  just  now,  novj,  at 
length,  presently,  at  once,  forthwith. 

η8ομαι,    ήσβήσομαί,    ήσθην,    to    be 
pleased.    46. 
|η8ονη,  ής,  pleasure. 
4.ή8υ5,  εΐα,  ν,  sweet,  pleasant.   See 
7)δεως. 

η€ΐ.ν,  "Qcaav,  see  εΙμι. 

ηθθ5,  τό  {εβος),  custom ;  pi.  disposi- 
tion, character. 

ηκα,  see  ΐημι. 

ή'κουσα,  see  άκονω. 

ηκω,  ήξω,  to  be  come,  have  come, 
come.     28. 

ηλβον,  see  έρχομαι. 

ηλίθιθ5,  ά,  ov  {ήλος,  crazy,  silly, 
άλη,  wandering),  foolish. 

ή7^ΐ05,  ό,  the  sun.  32.  Helio- 
type,  Helio-trope. 


ήμαι 


240 


θίράτταινα 


ημαι  (?)σ-),   imperf.  ήμην,   ^  127, 
V.,  ίο  sit. 

ημάς,  see  εγώ. 

ημελημβ'νω?  (pf.  pt.  of  άμελέω),  in- 
cautiously, carelessly. 

ήμ€ρα,  ας,  the  day.    8.    Eph-eme- 
ral. 

ήμ€Τ£ρο5,  a,  ovj  ^  82  (ήμεΙς),  our. 

ήμι-,  in  comp.,  semi-,  half.    Hemi-. 

ημι-8αρεικον,  τό  (βαρείκός),  a  half- 
daric. 

ήμι-δ6η9,   ες  {όέω),  wanting   half, 
half-full. 

ήμισ-υξ,  εια,  υ  (ήμι-),  half 

ή'ν,  contr.  from  εάν,  q.  v.,  if 

ην,  see  εΙμί. 

ήνίκα,  rel.  adv.,  when. 

•ηνί-οχο5,   ό  {yvia^  a  rein,  εχω),  a 
driver. 

"Ηρα,  ας,  Hera,  identified  by  the 
Romans  with  Juno. 

Ήρακλί'ηδ,  έεος,  ό,  g  52,  2,  ν.  3, 
Jlercidcs. 

ηρεθην,  see  α'φέω. 

ήρο'μην,  see  ερωτάω. 

ήρω8,  (^ος,  ό,  ^  55,  Ν.  1,  α  hero. 

Tjcrav,  see  εΙμι. 

ησ-θα,  ήσαν,  see  ειμί. 

ήσ-θην,  see  ί/όομαι. 

ήσ-υχίά,    ας   (^ήσυχος,    quiet,    still), 
quiet. 

Ιηττοίομαι,  ι)ττήσομαί  or  ήττηβήσομαί, 
etc.,  w.  a.  pass.,  to  he  inferior,  worsted, 
conquered,  or  defeated,  G.     37. 

ήττων,  ov,  worse,  inferior,  see  κακός. 

ηύ-,  ηύ-,  for  words  so  beginning 
see  εν-,  εν-. 

Ήφαισ-Tos,  ο,  Hephaestus,  identi- 
fied by  the  Romans  with  Vulcan. 

ηχοδ,  ό,  α  sound,  noise.     Echo. 

Θ. 

|θαλασ<Γθ-κράτωρ,  ομος,  υ,  η  [lipa- 
τέω),  master  of  the  sea. 


θάλαττα  or  θάλασσα,  ης,  the  sea.  3. 
fGciXiros,  TO,  warmth,  heat. 
θάλιτω,  θάλιρω,  to  warm,  heat. 
θάνατοδ,    ό   (θνήσκω),    death ;    έπΙ 
βανάτω,  έπΙ  θάνατον,  to  or  for  execu- 
tion.    44. 

|θανατο'ω,   θανατώσω,   etc.,   to   con• 
demn  to  death.    38. 

θάομαι,  θάσομαι,  εθάσάμην,  to  won- 
der at,  gaze  upon. 

θάτΓτω  {ταφ-  for  θαφ-),  θάτρω,  έθαι^α, 
τέθαμμαι,    2    a,    p.    ετάφην.    III.,    to 
bury.     47. 
Ιθαρραλεοδ,  a,  ov,  courageous.    22. 
ίθαρραλί'ως,  with  confidence. 
Ιθαρρε'ω,  θαρρήσω,  to  be  courageous ; 
pt.  as  adv.,  without  fear.    Dare. 
Oappos,  TO,  courage. 
θαρσ-,  for  words  so  beginning  see 
θαρρ-. 

θάττων,  ov,  see  ταχύς. 
θαΰμα,  ατός,  τό  (θεάομαι),  α  wonder. 
■  |θαυμάζω     (βανμαδ-),      θανμάσομτ,ι, 
εθαυμασα,  τεθαϋμακα^εΟανμάσΟ?/ν,  IV., 
to  wonder   at,   admire,  wonder,    be 
surprised  or  astonished.    4. 
|θαυμάσΐ05,  a,  ov,  wonderful. 
|θαυμαστο5,  V,  όν,  to  be  wondered 
at,  ivondcrful. 
|θαυμαστώ8,  astonishingly. 
θεά,  ας,  a  goddess. 
θεάομαι,  βεάσομαι,  etc.,  to  gaze  at, 
watch,  observe.     37. 
|θεάτη8,  ov,  a  spectator. 
^θε'άτρον,  τό,  theatre. 
θεΐο8,  a,  ov  {θεός),  relating  to  the 
gods,  divine. 
θε'λω,  see  εθέλω. 

Θεμιστο-κλε'ης,    έεος,   6,    g    52,   2, 
Ν.  3,  Thciiiistocles. 

θεο5,  voc.  θεός,  ό,  ή,  α  god,  goddess, 
deity.     13     Theism. 

^θεο-σε'βεια,   ΰς  [σίβυμαι,   to  rever- 
ence), 7•"•''^//• 
Ιθεράτταινα,  ης,  α  handmaid. 


θ£ραπ€υω 


241 


ιμαηον 


ίθ€ρα•ΐΓ€υω,  βεραττενσω,  etc.,  to  serve, 
worship,  cure.     Therapeutic, 
θεράττων,  οντος,  ό,  a  servant. 
ΙΘίρμο-ΊΓυλαι,  ών,  Thermopylae,  Yit. 
Hot  Gates. 

Gepixo's,  'A  όι>φέρω,  to  wa,rm),  "WAEM. 
Oepos,  TO  {Οέρω,  to  warm),  summer. 
Θ€τταλο5,  ό,  a  Thessalian. 
06«  (^L'-),  (^ενσομαι,  II.,  to  rim. 
€)ηβαίο§,  ό,  α  Thehan. 
θη'ρ,  <^//ρόζ•,  ό,  α  u-iW  oeasi.    Deer. 
Ιθηροίω,  βηράσω,  εβήρασα,  τεθήρΰκα, 
εβηράϋην,  to  hunt,  catch.    8. 
^θηρτυτηβ,  ον,  α  hunter. 
4θηρ€υω,  βηρενσω,  etc.,  to  hunt.     20. 
Ιθηρίον,  "ό,  α  wi/c?  ieasi  or  animal. 
θησ-αυρο'ε,  ό  (τίθημή,  α  store  laid 
up,  a  treasure. 

€)ησ€υ5,  εως,  ό,  Theseus. 
θητ€υω,   βητείσω    [θής^   α   serf),  to 
serve  for  hire. 

θνησ•κω  (θαν-,  θνα-),  θανονμαί,  τέ- 
βνηκα,  2  ρ.  {τέβναα),  2  a.  εβανυν,  VI., 
to  die,  be  slain;  pf.  as  pres.,  to  be 
dead.     48. 
4.θνητο5,  V,  όν,  mortal. 
θορυβοξ,  ό  φρέομαι,  to  cry  aloud), 
a  noise,  tumult,  uproar.    54. 
|Θρακη,  r/c,  Thrace. 
Θράξ,  ακός,  ό,  a  Thraeian. 
θνγάτηρ,  τρός,  ή,  ^  57, 1,  α  DAUGH- 

ΤΕΕ. 

Ιθϋμοομαι,  βνμώσομαι,  etc.,  "W.  a.  p., 
to  be  angry,  d. 

θϋμο$)  ό  φύω,   to  rush),  the  soul, 
mind,  passion. 

θύρα,  ΰς,  a  door ;  pi.  door,  doors, 
quarters,  court.     54. 
Ιθυσίά,  ας,  sacrificing,  a  sacrifice. 

θϋω,  θνσω,  etc.,  to  sacrifice,  A.  d.   5. 

Ιθωρακίξω  [βωράκίό-),  θωρακίσω  etc., 

IV.,  to  arm  with  a  breastpdate,  arm. 

40•    ^ 

θωραξ,  ίΐκος,  ό,  a  cuirass,  breast- 


plate, comm.  consisting  of  a  breast, 
piece  and  back-piece  joined  by 
clasps.     16. 

θώδ,  θωύς,  ό,  ή,  a  jackal. 


ϊοίομαι,   ϊΓισομαι,  Ιασάμτμί,    to  heal, 
cure. 
jidrpos,  ό,  a  surgeon,  pjhysician. 

tScivi  see  όράω.     Idea. 

18ιώτη5,  ov  (Ιόιος,  personal, private), 
a  cominon person  ox  soldier,  a  private. 
Idiot. 

1'8οιμι,  see  όράω. 

iSos,  TO,  SWEAT. 

ιδροω,  ιδρώσω,  ίδρωσα  (ίδρώς),  ^  98, 
χ.  3,  to  SWEAT. 

ί8ρΰω,  ίδρΐσω,  etc.  (ίζω,  to  make  to 
sit),  to  fix,  found,  dedicate. 

18ρώς,  ώτος,  ό  {Ιδος),  sweat. 

Ϊ8ω,  ί8ών,  see  όράω. 

Upo's,  ά,  ovj  sacred;  Ιερόν,  τ6,  α 
tempjlc;  Ιερά,  sacrifices,  sacred  rites. 
Hiero-glyphic. 

|ί€ρο-<Γϋλθ5,  ό  (σΓ'λάω,  to  despoil),  a 
robber  of  temples. 

ϊημι  (ε-),  ήσω,  ηκχι,  εικα,  ε\μαι,  ειθ/μ>, 
§  127,  III.,  to  send,  hurl;  mid.  rush, 
hurry  on,  charge. 

Ικανός,  ή,  όν  {ΐκω),  becoming,  suf- 
ficient, able,  capable,  enough. 

"Ι"καρο$,  ό,  Icarus,  the  son  of  Dae- 
dalus. 

|ίκ€Τ€υω,  Ικετείσω,  ίκέτενσα,  to  sup- 
plicate. 
|ίκ€τη5,  ου,  a  suppliant. 
Ιίκνί'ομαι   (k-),    ιςυμαι,   ^ιγμαι,   2  a. 
Ικόμνν,  v.,  to  come,  arrive  at,  reach. 

ικω,  poetic,  to  come. 

ιΚΐωζ,  ων,  propitious.     12. 

ϊλη,  ης,  a  troop  of  horse. 

ίμά?,  άντυς,  ό,  a  leathern  strap.   17. 

Ιμάτιον,  τύ  [εννϋμί,  to  clothe),  a  gar- 
ment. 


ινα 


242 


κακώς 


ϊνα,  final  conj.,  in  order  that,  that. 

*Iv8iKos,  ή,  όν  [Ίνόός,  an  Indian), 
Indian. 

ϋοιμι,  lo'vTos,  Ιόντων,  see  εΙμι. 

"Iinr-apxos,  ό,  Hipparchus,  son  of 
Pisistratus,  the  tyrant. 

ttirircwSi   έ(^ς,   ό,   a  horseman,-   pi. 
cavalry.    21. 

|1•π"π•€υω,  Ιππεύσω,  to  be  a  horseman 
or  trooper,  serve  as  a  cavalryman. 

tliririKos,  V,  <^^,  equestrian,  cavalry  ; 
TO  ίππικυν,  sc.  στράτευμα,  the  cavalry. 

tiriros,  o,  ή,  a  horse,  Tnare;  αφ'  or 
εφ'  Ιππον,  on  horseback,  of  a  single 
horseman  ;  in  the  pi.  of  more  than 
one.    9.    Hippo-potamus. 

ϊσθι,  see  οΐόα. 

flo-o-irXivpos,  ov  (πλευρά),  equi-lat- 
tral. 

tcros,  V,  ov,  equal;  εξ  Ισον,  on  an 
equality.     Iso-sceles. 

Ϊ(ΓΤ€,  nee  οΐόα. 

Ϊσ•τ7\\ιι{στα-),  στήσω,  έστησα,  εστηκα, 
εσταμαί,  ίστάθί/ν,  2  ρ.  {εσταα),  2  a. 
έστ?μ',  1,  §  123,  to  set,  set  up,  station, 
make  stand,  halt;  mid.  w.  pf.,  pip., 
and  2  a.  act.,  to  stand,  stand  one's 
ground. 
fiaxipos,  s,  <^v,  strong. 
χΐ(Γ\νρ(α<5,  forcibly,  strongly,  vigor- 
ously, exceedingly,  very,  greatly.  36. 

ϊ<Γχΰ5,  νος,  ή  (ΐς,  vis,  strength), 
strength. 

ϊσ-ω?  (ίσος•),  equally,  perhaps, 

ϊτω<Γανι  see  εΙμι. 

Ιχθΰδ,  νος,  δ,  α  fish.  Ichthyo- 
logy• 

ϊχνοξ  and  ϊχνιον,  τ-ό,  α  track.    13. 

Ιωνία,  ας,  Ionia. 
|Ίωνικο$)  V,  <5ν,  Ionian. 

Κ. 

κά-,  crasis  of  κα\  α-,  καΐ  ε-,  as  καγα- 
ί^ός,  κΰγώ. 


καθ*,  by  apost.  for  κατά  before  an 
aspirate. 

καθαΙρω  (καθαρ•),  καβαρώ,  ίκάθηρα 
or  εκάβάρα,  κεκάβαρμαι,  'εκαθάρβην,  IV. 
{καθαρός,  pure),  to  purify. 

καθ-€λκω  {έλκω,  έλξω,  εϊλκνσα,  ε'ίλ- 
κυκα^  ε'ίλκνσμαι,  εΙλκνσΒτμ>,  ξ  104,  to 
draw),  to  haul  down. 

καθ-ευδω  {εύδω,  εΰόήσω,  to  sleep), 
to  lie  down  to  sleep,  to  sleep. 

καθ-ηγ€ομαι,  to  go  before,  lead  the 
way. 

καθ-ηκω,  to  reach  down. 

κάθ-ημαι,  to  sit  down,  sit. 

καθ-ίξω  {καβιό-),  καβιώ  and  καθιζή- 
σομαί,  έκάθισα  and  κάθισα,  IV.  (ϊςω,  to 
cause  to  sit),  to  seat,  place;  intr.  to 
sit  down. 

καθ-ίστημι,  to  set  down,  station, 
establish,  bring,  post,  make,  consti- 
tute, appoint;  mid.  w.  pf.  and  2  a. 
act.,  to  take  one'splace,  be  established. 

καθ-οπλίζω,  to  arm  fully,  equip. 

καί,  conj.,  and,  also,  even, further ; 
καΐ . .  .όέ,  but . .  .further  or  also ;  τε 
.. .και,  και. . .και J  both. .. and ;  και 
γάρ,  see  γάρ. 

καιρός,  ό,  the  fitting  or  proper 
time,  a  crisis,  occasion. 

καί-τοι,  and  certainly,  and  yet. 

κα(ω  (καν-)  and  in  old  Attic  καω, 
κανσω,  etc.,  IV.,  to  burn,  kindle,  set 
on  fire,  cauterize.    41.    Caustic. 
Ικακία,  ας,  badness,  baseness. 
|κακο-τ|θη$,   ες  (ν^ος),  ill-disposed, 
malicious. 

Ικακο-νοος,  ov,  contr.  κακονους,  ow, 
evil-7ninded. 

κακός,  η,  όν,  ^  73,  1,  bad,  base,  ill, 
corrupt,  cowardly  ,•  κακόν,  τό,  an 
evil,  harm.     Caco-phony. 

J^KaKovpyos,  ov  (έργον),  criminal;  as 
noun,  a7i  evil-doer. 

^κακώς,  badly,  evil,  ill;  κακώς  πυΐέω 
or  πράττω,  §  1G5,  notes  1  and  2. 


καλ€ω 


243 


κατασ-κατΓτω 


καλεω  (κηλε-,  κλε-),  κα?Μ,  εκάλεσα, 
κέκλ?/κα,  κέκ/,ημαι,  εκ^.ήθτ/ν,  to  call, 
summon;    pt.   καλούμενος,    so-called. 

27- 

καλλίων,  κάλλΐ0Γτο5ι  c.  and  s.  of 
καλός. 

κάλος,  ή,  όν,  §  73,  1,  beautiful,  no- 
lle, good,  favorable.     I2.     Whole. 

καλΰτΓτω  {καλνβ-),  καλύψω,  εκά- 
7.v\pa,  κεκάλνμμαι,  εκαλνψθην,  III.,  to 
cover,  conceal. 

καλώς  [καλός),  beautifully,  well, 
bravely,  successfully.     See  εχω. 

κάμνω  {καμ-),  καμονμαι,  κεκμηκα, 
2  a.  έκαμον,  V.,  to  be  tired,  exhaust- 
ed, disabled,  sick. 

κΰμοί,  by  crasis  for  καΐ  εμοί. 

καν,  by  crasis  for  καΐ  αν. 

κάν5υς,  νος,  ό,  an  outer  garment, 
robe. 

Kavcov,  contr.  κανονν,  τό,  a  wicker- 
basket,    g. 

KapSid,  ας,  the  heart.  Car- 
diac. 

καρπός,  6,  fruit.     Harvest. 

καρτερικός,  ν,  όν  {κάρτερος,  see 
κρατερός),  able  to  endure,  patient. 

κάρφη,  ης  (κάρψω,  to  dry),  hay. 

Καστωλο'ς,  in  the  phrase  Καστω- 
?A)v  ττεόίον,  the  plain  of  Castolus,  a 
mustering  field  in  Lydia. 

κατοί,  prep.,  down  (as  opposed  to 
ανά).  (1)  With  G.,  down  from,  down 
upon,  against,  under,  concerning. 
(2)  With  Α.,  down,  down  along,  over, 
through,  among,  into,  against,  ac- 
cording to,  concerning,  by,  during, 
of  place  and  time,  and  distributive- 
]y  ;  κατά  κράτος,  according  to  or  with 
all  one's  might ;  κατά  πόλεις,  by  cities, 
κατά  (i)a?xi}ya,  in  the  form  of  a  jjha- 
lanx.  In  comp.,  down,  against,  and 
often  simply  intens. 

κατα-βαίνω,  to  go  or  come  down, 
descend. 


4.κατα-βασ-ις,  εος,  η,  a  descent,  a  re- 
turn to  the  coast.     2i. 

κατά-γειος  or  κατοί-γαιος,  ov  {yij), 
underground,  subterranean. 

κατα-γελοίω,  to  laugh  at,  G. 

κατ-ά-γω,  to  bring  down  or  back, 
restore;  mid.  to  return. 

κατ-αγωνίζομαι,  to  struggle  or  pre- 
vail against,  conquer, 

κατα-$νω,  to  make  to  sink  down, 
sink.     52. 

κατα-θεοίομαι,  to  look  down  ujwn, 
take  a  view. 

κατα-θϋω,  to  sacrifice. 

κατα-καίνω  (καίνω,  stem  καν-,  κάνω, 
2  p.  κέκονα,  2  a.  εκανον,  IV.,  to  kill), 
to  cut  down,  kill,  slay. 

κατα-καίω,  to  burn  down,  bum  up. 

κατά-κειμαι,  to  lie  inactive. 

κατα-κηρΰττω,  to  proclaim. 

κατα-κο'τΓτω,  to  cut  down  or  to 
pieces.     31. 

κατα-λαμβάνω,  to  seize  upon,  seize, 
overtake,  find.     Catalepsy. 

κατα-λείιτω,  to  leave  behind,  leave, 
desert,  abandon. 

κατα-λευω  (λείω,  7χνσω,  έ?.ενσα, 
έλενσθην,  to  stone),  to  stone  to  death. 

κατ-αλλάττω,  to  change,  change 
from  enmity  to  friendship,  reconcile. 

AT- 

κατα-λΰω,  to  unyoke,  halt,  over- 
throw, stop  fighting. 

κατα-με'νω,  stay  behind,  remain, 
settle  dovjn. 

κατα-τταυω,  to  put  to  rest,  end. 

κατα-^μιτω,  to  send  down. 

κατα-ττηδάω  (ττ^/οάω,  ττι/ότ/σομαι, 
ε-7/6ησα,  πεπήότ/κα,  to  leap),  to  leap 
down.     44. 

κατα-ττληττω,  to  stnke  down, 
frighten. 

κατα-σ-βε'ννϋμι,  to  extinguish. 

κατα-σκάΐΓτω  (σκάπτω,  stem  σκαΦ-, 
σκάψω,  έσκαψα,  έσκαφα,  έσκαμμαι,  2  a.  ρ. 


κατασ'Κ€'ΐΓΤομαι 


244 


κλ6ΐΓτω 


εσκάή)ην,  III.,  to  dig),  to  dig  down, 
raze,  demolish. 

κατα-σ-κ€'ΐΓτομαι,  a  late  pres.,  fur- 
nishing the  rest  of  its  tenses  to  κατα- 
σκυπέω,  q.  v. 

κατα-σκ£υάξω,  to  2^rc2Kire  fidly, 
furnish,  sxqyply,  viake. 

κατα-σκοΊΓδ'ω,  to  look  doion  upon, 
reconnoitre. 

κατα-σιτάω,  to  drag  down. 

κατα-(Γτρ€'φω,  to  turn  down;  mid. 
to  subjugate,  subdue. 

κατα-σ-χίζω,  to  heiv  doion,  burst 
open. 

κατα-τίθημι,  to  put  down;  mid.  to 
deposit,  lay  np  in  store. 

κατα-τρίβω,  to  tvear  out. 

κατα-φανη5>  ές  (φαίνω),  clearly  seen, 
ill l^lain  sight.     24. 

κατα-φευγω,  to  flee  for  refuge  to, 
take  refuge. 

κατα-φρον€ω,  to  tit  ink  inferior, 
despise. 

κατ-£χω,  to  hold  down  or  fast,  re- 
strain, forbid,  occupy,  come  to  land. 
tκατ-η■γopeω,  κατ//γορήσω,  to  speak 
against,  accuse,  g. 

κατ-ηγορο5>  ό  (ά^ορενω),  an  ac- 
cuser. 

κατηλογδ'ω,  κητΐ]Αογί/σω  [κατά,  /.ό- 
γος),  to  make  of  small  account,  de- 
spise. 

κάτω  [κατά),  down,  beloiu. 
Ικαυμα,  ατός,  τό,  heat. 

κάω,  see  καίω. 

Κ6ΐμαι,  κείσομαι,  §  127,  VI.,  to  lie, 
to  lie  outstretched,  be  laid. 

Κ€κτημαι,  see  κτάομαι.. 

Κίλαιναί,  ων,  Celaenae,  a  city  in 
rhrygia. 

κελεύω,  κίλεί'σω,  }.κέ7ιενσα,  κεκέλεν- 
κα,  κεκέλενσμαι,  εκελενσβην  [κέ/ίομαι, 
to  urge  ο)ΐ),  to  urge,  bid,  command, 
order.     4. 

Ke'XTTfjs,  ov,  a  Celt. 


K6V0S,  V,  ov,  empty,  groundless, 
without. 

Ικενο-σίΓουδίά,  ας  [σπεύδω),  zealous 
2:)ursuit  of  frivolities. 
^κίνο-τάφιον,  TO  [τάφος),  an  emjny 
tomb,  cenotaph. 

|Κεραμ€ΐκο$,  Ceramicus,  the  Pot- 
ter's Quarter. 

Κ€ραμο$)  ό,  Ceramus. 

κεράννϋμι  [κέρα-,  κρα-),  έκέρασα, 
κέκρΰμαί,  εκράβιιν  and  εκεράσβην,  2, 
to  mix. 

Kepas,  ατός  or  ως,  τό,  |  5Γι,  2,  α 
HORN,  sometimes  a  horn  for  blow- 
ing, the  wing  of  an  army.  Rhino- 
ceros. 

Ικερδαίνω  [κερόαν-),  κερδανώ,  ίκερ- 
δΰνα,  κεκέρδηκα,  IV.,  to  gain. 

κερ8ος,  τό,  gain. 

κεφαλή,  ης,  the  head.     Cephalic. 

κηδομαι  [ΐίαδ-),  εκηδεσάμί^ν^  II.,  to 
be  troubled  about,  care  for,  G. 
tKi]pu^,  νκυς,  6,  a  herald.     16. 

κηρύττω  (λ:?//)Γ'/(-),  κ?φΓξω,  etc.,  IV., 
to  proclaim,  make  proclamation,  d. 
40. 

ΐΚιλικΙά,  (ΐς,  Cilicia,  a  province  iu 
Asia  Minor. 

Κίλιξ,  (κος,  6,  a  Cilician. 
|Κίλΐ(Γ<Γα,  ?/c,  ft  Cilician  woman  or 
queen. 

|κιν8ϋνευω,  κινδυνεύσω,  etc.,  to  en- 
counter danger^  run  a  risk,  be  in 
peril.     33. 

^ίνΖννοζ,  0,  danger,  peril.     11. 

κΐνε'ω,  κΐνήσω,  etc.  (κ/ω,  to  go),  to 
make  go,  move. 

Κλε'-αρχος,  ό,  Clearchus,  a  general 
under  Cyrus  the  Younger. 

κλείω,  κ7ιείσω,  εκ/^εισα,  κέκ?ιε/μαι  or 
κέκλεισμαι,  έκ?.είσβ7/ν,  to  shut,  close. 

κλεΌ9,  ro  [κ?.εω,  ίο  glorify),  glory. 

κλε'-ΐΓτω  [κλεπ-),  κλέψω,  έκλεψα, 
κέκλοφα,  κέκλεμμαι,  έκλέψθην^  2  a.  ρ. 
έκ7•.άπην,  III.,  to  steal. 


I 


κλίμαξ 


245 


KToouai 


Ικλνμαξ,  ακος,  ?),  α  ladder.  Climax. 

κλίνω  [K/UV-),  κλινώ,  έκλινα,  κέκ/u- 
μαι,  ίκλίβι/ν,  w.  2  a.  ρ.  εκΆίνην,  IV., 
to  bend,  incline,  make  to  lean. 

κλοΊτη,  ής  {κλέπτω),  theft. 

κλωπ€ΰω,  κλ.ωπείσω  {κλέπτω),  to 
steal,  intercept  stealthily. 

κν^ψα$,  αος,  Attic  ονς  (as  if  from 
κνέφος),  τό,  darkness,  dark. 

κοιμοίω,  έκοίμησα,  έκοιμήβ?^ν  [κεί- 
μαι),  to  put  to  sleep;  mid.  and  pass., 
to  lie  down,  go  to  bed.     37. 

KOivo'S)  V,  όν,  common;  τα  κοινά, 
public  affairs.    44. 
^κοινωνία,  ας,  community. 
4.κοινωνο$,  V,  όν,  sharing  in. 

κολάζω  {κολχιό-),  κολιάσω,  εκόλασα, 
κεκόλΜομαι,  έκολάσβην,  IV.  (κάλος),  to 
check,  jnmish,  chastise.     26. 
|κολακ6υω,  κο/ιακείσω,  to  flatter. 

κο'λαξ,  ακος,  ό,  α  flatterer. 

KoKaa-TioSf  «,  ον  {κολάζω),  to  be 
punished. 

κολα<Γτη9,  ον  {κολ.άζω),  α  punisher. 

k6\os,  ον,  docked,  curtailed,  stunted. 

Κολοσίταί,  ών,  Colossae. 

κομίζω  {κομιό-),  κομιώ,  etc.,  IV. 
{κοιιέω,  to  tend),  to  take  care  of,  carry 
away  so  as  to  save,  carry,  bring, 
conduct. 

Kovi-opTo's,  ό  {κόνις,  dust,  όρννμί,  to 
raise),  a  cloud  of  dust. 

κοΊττω  (κοπ-),  κό-ψω,  έκοψα,  κέκο(Ι>α, 
κέκομμαι,  2  a.  ρ.  έκόπην,  III.,  to 
strike,  cut,  slaughter,  knock.  22. 
Chap,  chop. 

κο'ραξ;  (ΐΐίος,  ό,  a  raven  or  croiu. 

κο'ρη,  ης  (fem.  of  κόρος,  a  boy),  a  girl. 

κορυφή,  νς  {«^όρνς,  helmet,  κάρα,  the 
head),  the  top  of  anything,  summit. 
ίκοσμί'ω,  κοσμήσω,  etc.,  to  arrange, 
adorn.     Cosmetic. 

κοσμο$,  ό,  order,  ornament,  Cipuip- 
vient.     Cosmical. 

κονφο?,  V,  ον,  light,  dry. 


κράζω  (κρηγ-),  f.  p.  κεκράξομαι,  2  p. 
as  pres.  κέκρΰγα,  2  a.  -έκραγυν,  IV., 
to  cry  out. 

κράνος,  TO  {κάρα,  the  head),  a  hel- 
met.   19. 
fKparepo's,  ^,  6v,  strong. 

κρατεω,  κρατήσω,  etc.  {κράτος),  to 
be  strong,  master  of,  or  victorious,  to 
control,  overcome,  conquer,  G.  or  A. 

κράτηρ,  ήρος,  ό  {κεράνννμή,  a  mix- 
ing vessel,  large  bowl.     Crater. 

κράτισ•το5  {ι^ράτος)^  best,  see  αγαθός. 

κράτος,  τό,  strength,  might,  power; 
ανά  κράτος,  up  to  ones  strength,  at 
full  speed.    19.    Hard,  auto-crat. 

κραυγή,  ης  {κράζω),  an  outcry, 
noise,  shout,  shouting.     54, 

Kp€as,aoforwf,ro,§  oG,l,  flesh,  meat. 

κρ€ίττων  {κράτος),  better,  more  effi- 
cient,  see  αγαθός. 

Κρ€ων,  οντος,  6,  Creon,  a  king  of 
Thebes. 

κρήνη,  νς,  a  spring,  source.     3. 

κρη-ιτΐς,  ί<^ος,  ή,  a  foundation. 

Κρης,  ν'ός,  ό,  a  Cretan. 

κρΐθη,  ής,  comm.  ph,  barley. 
^κρίθινος,  V,  OP,  of  barley. 

κρίνω  {κριν-),  κρίνω,  έκρΙνα,  κέκρικα, 
κέκριμαι,  έκρίθην,  IV.,  \  109,  Ν.  1,  to 
separate,  judge.     43• 

Ικρύτις,  εως,  ή,  α  judgment,  trial. 
Crisis.     54• 
^.κριτής,  οϋ,  α  judge.     Critic. 

Κριτίας,  ον,  Critias. 

κροκο'δ€ΐλος,  ό,  the  crocodile. 

κρου'ω,  κρονσω,  etc.,  w.  a.  p.  έκρον- 
σθην,  to  strike,  clash. 
ΙκρυτΓτο'ς,  V,  όν,  hidden,  secret. 

κρυ'τΓτω  {κρνβ-,  ι^Ρ^'ψ-),  κρί4'(ο,  etc., 
w.  2  a.  p.  έκρνότμ•  (rare).  III.,  to  con- 
ceal.    27.     Crypt. 
Ικρυ'φα,  without  the  knowledge  of. 

κτάομαι,  κτήσομαι,  etc.,  to  acquire, 
gain,  get  together;  pf.  to  have  ac- 
quired, to  possess.     37. 


κτ€£νω 


246 


λ£(πω 


κτίίνω  {κτεν-),  κτενώ,  έκτεινα,  2  ρ. 
έκτονα,  2  a.  έκτανον,  IV.,  to  kill.    48• 

κτήμα,  ατός,  τό  [κτάομαή,  α  j^osscs- 
sion.     27- 

kttJvos,  to  {κτάομαή,  a  piece  of 
'property;  γ\.  cattle. 

κτήσ-is,  fwi",  T]  [κτάομαι),  a  posscs- 
sion,  2)ossessio7is,  jiroperty. 

κτίζω  (/criJ-),  κτίσω,  έκτισα,  εκτί- 
σμαι,  εκτίσβην,  IV.,  to  found. 

κυβερνητη8,  ου  {κυβερνάω,  to  steer), 
a  pilot.     Governor. 

KvSvos,  0,  the  Cydniis,  a  river  in 
Cilicia. 

κυ'ζικηνος,  ό  (sc.  στατηρ,  a  stater), 
a  gold  piece,  coined  at  Cyzicus, 
worth  28  Attic  drachmae,  or  about 
§7.50. 

κυκλοω,  κυκλώσω,  etc.  {κύκλος,  a 
circle),  to  encircle,  surround,  hem  in. 
18.     Cycle. 

KvKVos,  0,  the  swan. 

κυν-άγο5,  ό  {κΰων,  ή}έομαί),  a  hun- 
ter. 

κνττελλον,  τό,  a  healccr,  gohlct. 

Kvptios  or  Κϋράος,  a,  ov  {Κϋρος), 
belonging  to  or  of  Cyrus. 

Kvpios,  <^,  ov  {κνρος,  authority),  hav- 
ing authority ;  κυρία,  ΰς,  a  viistrcss. 

Kvpos,  0,  I.  Cyrus  the  Elder, 
founder  of  the  Persian  empire,  over 
Avhich  he  began  to  reign  559  b.  c. 
II.  Cyrus  the  Younger,  son  of  Da- 
rius II.,  brother  of  Artaxerxes  II., 
unsuccessful  aspirant  to  the  throne 
of  Persia.  The  history  of  the  expe- 
dition which  he  made  against  his 
brother  40 L  e.g.  was  written  by 
Xenophon. 

κυων,  κυνός,  voc.  κΰον,  ό,  ?},  a  dog. 
50.    IIouND,  cynic. 

κωλϋω,  Λωλί'σω,  etc.  {κό/ιος),  to  hin- 
der, forbid,  prevent,  a.  g.    26. 

|κωμ-ίίρχη5,   ου  {άρχω),    a  village- 
chicf.    8. 


κώμη,  ης,  a  village.     3. 
|κωμητη5,  ου,  a  villager.     15. 
κωτίλος,  η,  ov  {κωτίλλ.ω,  to  jirate^ 
chatter),  lorpiaeious. 

A. 

λαγχάνω  {λαχ-),  λήξομαι,  είληχα, 
είλη^μαι,  εληχθΐ]ν,  2  a.  ελαχον,  \ .,  to 
get  by  lot. 

λαγοίς,  ώ,  §  42,  2,  w.  Ν.  1,  α  hare.  8. 

λαθεΐν,  λαθών,  see  'λανθάνω. 

Αακ€δαιμονιος,  6,  α  Lacedaemo- 
nian. 

λαλιά,  (Ίς  {λαλέω,  to  chatter),  talk- 
ing, talkativeness. 

λαμβάνω  {λαβ-),   λήψομαι,   είληφα, 
είλημμαι,  ελ.ήψθην,  2  a.  έλ.αβον,  V.,  to 
take,    capture,    receive,    obtain.     46. 
Di-lemma. 
Ιλαμττάβ,  άόος,  η,  a  torch. 
|λαμΐΓρο8,  A,  όν,  brilliant. 
^λαμ•π•ροτη5,  ητος,  η,  splendor. 

λάμπω,  λάμψω,  έλαμψα,  2  ρ.  λέ- 
λαμπα,  to  shine.     Lamp. 

λανθάνω  {/μΘ-),  λήσω,  λέλ^ησμαι,  2  ρ. 
λ.έληβα,  2  a.  έλαβαν,  V.,  to  escajye  the 
notice  of,  lie  hid  from ;  mid.  to  for- 
get, G.  For  its  constr.  w.  a.  part., 
see  I  279,  4.    48. 

λάχο$,  τό  {λαγχάνω),  lot,  share. 

λί'γω,  λέξω,  έλχξα,  λ.έλεγμαι,  ελέ- 
χθην,  to  say,  tell,  speak,  state,  call, 
speak  of,  mention,  mean.  18.  Lexi- 
con. 

-λί'γω,  λίξω,  έλ.εξη,  -είλοχα,  -είλε}  μαι     . 
or  -λέλ.εγμαι,  έλέχβ/;ν,  2  a-  ρ.  -έλέγην, 
to  collect,  gather.    18. 

λεία,  άς,  booty,  plunder. 

λαιμών,  ωνος,  ό  {λείβω^  ίο  pour),  α 
)noist  jilace,  meadow. 

λ(ίΐΓω  {λιπ-),  λείψω,  λ.έλειμμαι,  ελιεί- 
φΟην,  2  ρ.  λέλοιπα,  2  a.  έλιπυν,  II.,  to 
leave,  abandon;  fut.  pf,  will  have 
been  left,  will  remain.  45.   El-lipsis. 


XevKo's 


247 


μακρο9 


Xn'Ko'si  ?;,  όν,  hright,  while. 

\ίων,  ovror^  ό,  a  lion. 

Α€ωνί5ας,  ου,  Lcoiudas,  the  Spar- 
tan liero  who  fell  at  Thermopylae. 

λήγω,  λζ/^ω,  έληξα,  to  lay,  allay; 
comm.  intr.  to  come  to  an  end. 

λήθη,  J/ς  {?.ανβάνο)),  forgct/ulness. 
Lethe. 

λη'ίζομαι  or  ληζομαι  {/-ψ(^-,  λτ^ίί-), 
?.ηίσομαι,  etc.,  ΙΛ'.  (λεία),  to  plunder. 
^λη(ΓΤ€ίά,  ας,  robbery.    54• 
1λτ]στη$,  ον,  α  robber. 

Διβυ'η,  ης,  Libya. 

Αίβυ$,  νος,  ό,  α  Libyan. 
|λίθινο5,  η,  ον,  of  stone. 
•{λιθο-βολίά,  ίΐς  (βάλλω),  α  throwing 
of  stones. 

λίθος,  ό,  α  stone.  6.  Litho-graph. 

λιμη'ν,  ένας  [λειβω,  to  pour),  ό,  α 
harbor. 

λίμνη,  ης  {λε'ιβω,  to  pour),  a  lake. 

λϊμο'δ,  ό,  hunger. 

λίνεο9ι  α,  ον,  contr.  λινονς,  ή,  ονν 
(?.ίνον,  anything  made  of  flax),  flaxen, 
linen. 

Ιλογίζομαι  Qjoyio-),  λογιονμαι,  etc., 
IV.,  to  consider,  calculate,  expect.  ;^2• 

λο-γος,  ό  (λέγω,  to  say),  a  word, 
imrrative,  discourse,  speech,  discus- 
sion,   -logy,  -logue. 

λόγχη,  νς,  <i  spear-head;  spear, 
lance. 

λονδορεω,  ληιόορησο,  etc.  (λοίδομος, 
abusive),  to  revile,  abuse.     40. 

λοίΊΓος)  ή,  όν  (λείττω),  remaining; 
λοιπόν  εστίν,  it  remains ;  w.  art.,  the 
rest;  to  ?Μΐ7ΓΟν,  in  future,  §  160,  2. 

λούω,  to  wash,  comm.  mid.  as  dep. 
/.οί'ομαι,  λονσομαι,  etc.,  to  bathe. 

λοφθ5,  ό,  the  back  of  the  neck,  a 
ridge  of  ground,  a  hill.     6. 
ίλοχ-αγοδ}  ό  (//γέομαι),  a  cap)tain.  6. 

λο'χο5,  ό  {λεχ-,  seen  in  λεχος,  bed), 
an  ambush,  ambuscade,  company  of 
soldiers.     2^. 


Λυδία,  ΰς,  Lydia,  a  province  of 
Asia  Minor. 
AvKios,  ό,  Lycius. 
XvKOs,  ό,  α  tvolf. 

λϋμαίνομοΜ.  (λνμαν-),  λϋμανονμαι, 
λελϋμησμηι,  ίλΐμηνάμην,  IV.  (λίμη, 
outrage),  to  oxdrage,  destroy,  cause 
ruin. 

f  λνπ-ί'ω,  λϋττησω,  etc.,  to  grieve,  j^ain, 
vex. 

λνπ-η,  ης,  pain,  grief,  distress. 
Ιλϋιτηρο'ς,  'i,  όν,  painful,  grievous. 
λΰρα,  ας,  the  lyre. 
Λύσανδρος,  ό,  Lysander,  a  Spar- 
tan general. 
Ιλνσ-ί-ίΓονος,  ον,  freeing  from  toil. 
|λυσις,  εως,  ή,  a  release. 
]:λϋσι-τ6λη'ς,  ες  (τέλος),  ptayijig  trib- 
ute to,  advantageous,  profitable. 
f  λΰτρον,  TO,  a  ransom. 
λΰω,  λίσω,  έλϊσα,  ?.έλνκα,  λε?.νμαι, 
έλνθην,  to  LOOSE,  break,  destroy,  abol- 
ish,   remove;    mid.    to    ransom.     2. 
Ana-lysis. 

λωτο-φάγος,  ό  (λωτός,  the  lotus, 
and  (pa}-,  appearing  in  έφαγον,  see 
έσθίω),  a  lotus-eater. 

M. 

μά,  an  adv.  of  swearing,  u.sed  \v. 
the  ace.  in  negative  oaths,  §  103,  by. 

μάθημα,  ατός,  το  (μαν^)άνω),  a  les- 
son; pi.  learning.     Mathematics. 

Μαίανδρος,  ό,  the  Maeandcr,  a 
river  of  winding  course  in  Asia 
Minor.     Maeander. 

μαίνομαι  (,"«^-),  μανονμαι,  έμηνά- 
μην,  IV.,  to  be  mad.     Maniac. 

μάκαρ,  αμος,  ό,  fern,  μάκαμ  or  μά- 
καιμη,  blessed. 

^μακαρίζω  (μακαμιό-),  μακαμιώ,  IV., 
to  account  or  esteem  happy  or  fortu- 
nate. 

μακρο'ς,  <i,  όν  (μήκος),  long;  μακράν 


μ(λλα 


248 


μ(σο$ 


(sc.  όί^όν),  α  long  way,  far ;  μακρότε- 
ρον,  as  ϋάγ.,  farther.     12, 

μοίλα,  C.  //άλλον,  s.  μάλιστα,  ^  75, 
Ν.  2,  vnich,  very,  exceedingly. 

μανθάνω  (/"«^-),    μαβήσομαι,    μεμά- 
(h]Ka,  2  a.  εμαβον,  V.,  to  learn,  ascer- 
tain.    45. 
|μαντ€ία,  ας,  an  oracle. 

μάντι$,  εως,  ό,  ή  [μαίνομαι),  α  seer, 
soothsayer.     22. 

Μαρσ-vJas,  01',  Marsyas,  I.  a  Fhiyg- 
ian  satyr;  II.  a  small  river  of 
Phrygia,  said  to  be  named  after  the 
foregoing. 

Ί'μαρτυρ€ω,  μαρτυρήσω,  etc.,  to  hear 
witness,  confirm,  d. 

Ιμαρτΰρομαι    (μαρτνρ-),     εμαρτϋρά- 
μ?ΐν,  IV.,  to  call  to  witness. 

μάρτυβ,  μάρτυρος,  d.  pi.  μάρτνσι, 
ό,  7j,  a  witness.    Martyr. 

Μάσ-KdS)  (i,  I  39,  3,  tJie  Mascas,  a 
tributary  of  tbe  Euphrates. 

μ(ί(Γτϊξ,  Ό'ος,  7],  a  whip,  lash, 
scourge.     16. 

μαστο'$ι  ό,  one  of  the  breasts,  a 
breast ;  hence,  a  hill.     36. 

μάχαιρα,  ας,  a  short  swordoY  dagger. 
Ιμάχη,  νς,  a  battle,  fight.     15. 

μάχομαι,  μαχονμαι,  μεμάχημαι, 
έμαχεσάμην,  to  fight,  D.     31. 

μ€γαλο-ΤΓρ€•ίΓη5,  ές  [μέγας,  πρέπω), 
magnificent. 

|μ€γαλο-ΐΓρτπ'ώ5,  with  great  liberal- 
ity. 

μίγάλω?  (μέγ^ς),  greatly. 

Μέγαρα,  τά,  Megara,  the  capital 
of  Megaris. 

μί'γαδ,  μεγάλ/},  μέγα,  ^  70,  c.  μείζων, 
s.  μέγιστος,  ^  73,  1,  great,  large. 
Much. 

μέθη,  ?/C  {/^έβν,  wine),  strong  drink, 
drunkenness.     Mead. 

μεθΰω  {μέβυ,  ivine),  to  be  drunh. 

μ€ΐζων,  μ£'γι<ΓΤ05,  see  μέγας.  Moke. 

μ€ίων,  ov,  smaller,  see  μικρός. 


μελάς,  aiva,  αν,  §  67,  black.  Mel- 
an-choly. 

μελετάω,  μελετήσω,  έμε?.έτησα,  με- 
μελέτ7/κα  [μέλω),  to  care  for,  jnactise. 

55• 

μελίνη,  ης,  millet. 

με'λλω,  μελΧήσω,  εμέλλησα,  ^  100, 
2,  Ν.  2,  to  be  about,  to  intend;  hence, 
to  delay. 

με'λος,  τό,  an  air,  vielody. 

με'λω,  μελήσω,  μεμέλημαι,  εμελήβην, 
to  be  a  care  to,  d.  ;  comm.  iinper., 
μέλει.,  μελήσει,  έμέ?ι9/σε,  μεμέλ^κε,  as 
μέλει  μοί  Tov(h,  I  care  for  this,  ^  184, 
2,  N.  1  ;  mid.  to  take  care  of. 

με'μνημαι,  to  remember,  see  μιμνή- 
σκω. 

με'μψομαι, μέμψομαι,  έμεμφάμ7;ν and 
έμέμφατίν,  to  blame. 

με'ν,  a  post-posit,  particle  (never 
used  as  a  conj.  to  connect  words  or 
sentences),  used  to  distinguish  the 
word  or  clause  Λvith  which  it  stands 
from  something  that  is  to  follow, 
and  comm.  answered  by  όέ,  some- 
times by  όλλά,  μέντοι,  έττειτα,  in  the 
corresponding  clause,  on  the  one 
hand,  indeed,  though  often  not  to 
be  translated. 

Ιμε'ν-τοι,  ])ost-posit.,  assuredly,  in- 
deed, however,  and  yet. 

με'νω,  μενώ,  έμεινα,  μεμένηκα,  to 
stay,  remain,  continue,  be  in  force, 
await.     41. 

Με'νων,  ωνος,  ό,  Menon,  a  general 
under  Cyrus  the  Younger.  J 

με'ριμνα,  ΐ]ς,  care,  anxious  thought,       ^ 
trouble. 

μέρος,  τό,  a  part,  share,   detach- 
ment; εν  μέρει  or  εν  τώ  μέρει,  in  turn. 
Ιμεσ-ημβρΙά,    of   {ήμερα),    midday, 
tiohn ;   the  country  toivards  the  me- 
ridian, the  south. 

με'σος,  ν,  ov,  middle  ;  μέσον,  τό, 
the  middle,  midst;  om  μίσυν,  εν μέσφ, 


MeViriXa 


249 


μνα 


through,  in  the  space  between,  or  sim- 
I'ly  between.     14. 

Μεσ-ΐΓίλα,  ης  or  ων,  η  or  ra,  a  city 
on  llie  Tigris. 

μίστο'ε,  ή,  όι\  full,  full  of. 

μετοί,  prep,  (akin  to  μίσος),  amid, 
among.  (1)  With  c,  u'i^/t,  07i  the 
side  of.  (2j  "With  a.,  after,  next  to. 
In  comp.,  among,  in  quest  of,  and 
expressing  participatioyi,  as  in  μετ- 
έχω, and  change,  as  in  μετα-τίβημι. 

μ€τα-βοίλλω,  ίο  change. 
|μ€τα-βολή,  ?/ς,  a  change. 

μ€τα-δί5ωμι,  to  give  a  share,  d.  g. 
f μεταλλίΰω,  μεταλλείσω,  to  mine. 

μί'ταλλον,  TO,  a  mine  or  quarry. 
Metal. 

μίταξΰ  (μετά),  improp.  prep.  w.  G. 
and  adv.,  between. 

μίτα-^μιτω,  to  send  after;  mid. 
to  send  for,  summon. 

μ€τα-τίθημι,  to  j^ut  in  a  new  jjlace, 
chamgc. 

μετα-φχττίυω  [ψντενω,  <ρντενσω,  etc., 
to  'plant,  φντόν,  a  plant,  φνω),  to 
transplant. 

μ6τ-€χω,  to  have  a  share  of,  share,  G. 

μετρον,  TO,  a  measure.  Metre, 
-metry. 

μέχρι,  improp.  prep,  w.  G.  and 
conj.,  until. 

μη,  adv.,  not,  §  283;  conj.  that 
not,  lest,  that,  §  215. 

μη-δε,  but  not,  and  not,  nor,  not 
even. 

|μη8-€£5,  μηόε-μία,  μηδ-εν,  g  77, 1,  Ν. 
2,  not  even  one,  no  one,  no;  μηύεν, 
TO,  nothing. 
^μηδε'-ΊΓΟτε,  never. 

Μη'δίΐα,  ας,  Medea. 

Μήδο5,  ό,  a  Mede. 

μη-κ-ε'τι  («//,  ετί),  no  longer. 

μήκοξ,  ~ό,  length.      19. 

μην,  a  post-posit,  intens.  particle, 
in  truth,  surcbj. 


μην,  μψΌΓ^  ό,  a  ΜΟΧΤΗ.      ly. 

μηνΰω,  μτρίσω,  etc.,  to  disclose, 
make  known.     55. 

μη-ΊΓΟτε,  n-ever. 

μη'-ιτω,  not  yet. 

μη'-τε,  conj.,  a7id  not,  nor;  μήτε. . . 
μήτε,  neither  ...nor ;  μήτε.,.τέ,  both 
not . .  .and. 

μη'τηρ,  μητρός,  ή,  §  57,  1,  W.  Ν.  1, 
a  MOTHER. 

μιαίνω  (μιαν-),  μιάνω,  εμιΰνη,  με- 
μίασμαι,  εμιάνβψ^  IV.,  to  pollute. 

μίγνϋμι  (jJ-ty•),  and  μίσγω,  μίξω, 
εμιξα,  μεμιγμαι,  εμίχβην,  2  a.  ρ.  εμί- 
γην,  2,  to  MIX  with,  mingle. 

Μ{δα$,  ου,  Midas,  a  king  of 
Phrygia. 

Μιθριδάτη?,  ov,  MithridCitcs,  a  sa- 
trap of  the  Persian  king. 

μϊκρο$,  (~ί,  όν,  ^  73,  1,  small,  weak. 
Micro-scope. 
ΙΜϊλη'σιοξ,  0,  a  Milesian. 

Μίλητο?,  ή,  Miletus. 

Μιλτιάδη?,  ov,  Miltiadcs. 

Μϊλων,  ωνος,  ό,  Milo. 

μϊμε'ομαι,  μίμήσομαι,  etc.  (μίμος,  a 
mime),  to  imitate,  mimic. 

μιμνη'(Γκα}  (μνα-),  μνήσω,  εμνησα, 
μέμνημαι,  έμνήσθην,  VI.,  to  remind; 
mid.  and  pass,  to  remember,  make 
mention  of,  mention;  pf.  μέμνημαι, 
remember,  as  pres.,  g.     29. 

μϊ(Γε'ω,  αίοήαω,  etc.  {μΊοος,  hatred), 
to  hate.     Mis-anthropist. 

μιοτθο?,  0,  wages,  pa.y,  hire,  re- 
ward.    8.     ^Ieed. 

4.μισ-θο-φορά,  άς  {<ρέρω),  receipt  of 
wages,  u-oges  received,  wages. 
Ιμκτθο-φορος,  ov  [φέμω),  serving  for 
hire;   μισθοφόροι  as  noun,  mercena- 
ries. 

.{.μισΌοω,  μισθώσω,  etc.,  to  let  out  for 
hire;  mid.  |  199,  N.  2,  to  hire,  en- 
gage the  services  of.    18. 

μνα,  άς,  a  mina.     The  viina  of 


μνήμων 


250 


νυν 


100  drachmas  was  -^^  of  a  talent, 
and  would  be  worth  to-day  about 
118.00. 

μνήμων,  ov  (μιμνήσκω),  mindful. 
Mnemonics. 

μόλυβδος,  0,  lead. 

μο'νοδ,  ^7,  ov,  alone;  μόνον  as  adv., 
only.     Mono-,  mon-. 

Μοίσ-α,  ης,  the  Muse. 

^vQo-Koyib)f  μν()ολη}ήσω(^μνθο-λόγος , 
a  teller  of  legends,  from  μνβος,  a  tale, 
and  λέγω),  to  tell  as  a  legend,  relate. 
Mythology. 
Ιμϋριάς,  ά(^ος,  ή,  a  myriad. 

μΰριος,  β,  ov^  \  77,  2,  Ν.  3,  ten 
thousand.     29. 

μΰρμηξ,  ηκος,  ό,  the  ant. 

μΰε,  μνός,  ό,  a  mouse. 

Μϋσο'δ,  ό,  a  Mysian. 

Ν. 

veto's,  ov,  or  v«uis,  ώ,  §  42,  2  {ναίω, 
to  dwell),  a  temple. 

νάττη,  ηζ,  a  glen,  ravine. 
|ναυ-μαχίά,   «C   {μάχομαι)^   a    sea- 
fight. 

|ναυ-ΐΓηγο5>  όν  (ττήγνϋμι),  building 
ships. 

ναΰς,  νεώς,  ή,  ^  5i,  a  ship. 
Ivavrqs,  ov,  a  sailor. 
^vavTiKo's,  V,  ov,  naval,  nautical; 
ναυτική,  ης,  a  fleet. 

vtdvCas,  ov  (νέος),  a  young  man, 
youth. 

ν€άνίσκος,  ό  {νέος),  a  young  man, 
even  to  the  age  of  forty. 

NctXos,  0,  the  Nile. 

vcKpo's,  ό,  a  dead  body,  always  of 
a  ]>erson ;  oi  νεκροί,  the  dead.  Necro- 
mancy. 

ν€μω,  νεμώ,  ενειμα,  νενέμηκα,  νενέ- 
μημαι.,  ενεμήβην,  to  deal  ΟΧ  portion  out, 
distribute,  jyasture,  graze,  a.  d.  Ne- 
mesis. 


V€os,   <Ί,  ov,  young,  new.     Neo- 
phyte. 
|ν€θ'τη9,  ητος,  ή,  youth. 
|ν£θττ£υω,    νεοττενσω     {νεοσσός,    α 
young  bird),  to  hatch. 

vcvpa,  «c,  o.  bowstring. 

vcvpov,  r<i,  a  cord  made  of  sinew, 
nerve. 

ν£φ€λη,  ης  {νέφος,  a  cloud),  mist ; 
hence,  a  net. 

vcuJs,  V€«v,  see  ναϋς. 

V€«s,  ώ,  see  ναός. 

νη,  an  adv.  of  swearing,  used  w.  the 
ace.  in  affirmative  oaths,  ^  103,  by. 

νηι,  vtJ€S,  see  νανς. 

νήσο?,  ή,  §  42,  1,  an  island.  Poly- 
nesia. 

νίζω  {νιβ-),  νίψω,  ένιψα,  νένιμμαι, 
-ενίφβην,  IV.,  §  108,  IV.  1  b,  Ν.  2, 
to  wash. 

Ινϊκάω,  νικήσω,  etc.,  to  conquer,  de- 
feat, be  victorious.     37. 

νίκη,  ι^ς,  conquest,  victory.     55. 

Νιο'βη,  ης,  Niobe. 

vocω,    νοήσω,    etc.    {νόος),  to    ob•  J 
serve.  ■ 

νομάδ,  άδος,  6,  ή  {νέμω),  roaming 
about  for  pasture;  ol  νομάδες,  pasto- 
ral tribes,  nomads. 

νομή,  ής  {νέμω),  a  herd. 
Ινομίζω  {νομιδ-),  νομιώ,  etc.,  IV.,  to 
regard  as  a  custom,  to  regard,  sup- 
pose, think,  believe,  consider.     27. 

νο'μος,  ο  {νέμω),  anything  assigned, 
a  custom,  law.     6. 

vo'os,  contr.  νυνς,  6,  §  43,  mind, 
judgment.     See  προσέχω.  j 

voVos,  V,  disease,  sickness. 

vovs,  νου,  see  νόος. 

νυκτ€ρ£υω,  ννκτερενσω  {ννξ),  to  pass 
the  night. 

νυκτο-φυλαξ,  ακης,  6  (^ννξ,  φν/^αξ),  a 
nujltt-iuatvJi,  watchman. 

νυ'κτωρ  {νί'ξ),  by  night. 

vvv,  NOW, 


vv| 


251 


ο\!ομαι 


νΰξ,  ννκτός,  η,  NIGHT;  τής  νυκτός, 
hy  niyht.     55• 


να»,  see  νυος. 


a 


|€ν-άγο5,  ύ  [ξένος,  ήγέημαι)^  α  com- 
mander of  auxiliary  or  viercenary 
troops. 

^€vids,  ov,  Xenias,  a  general  in  the 
Greek  army  of  Cyrus  the  Younger. 
Ιξίνίζω  [ξενιό-),  ξενιώ,  IV.,  to  enter- 
tain as  a  guest. 

t^cviKos,  ή,  όν,  relating  to  strangers, 
mercenary  ,•  ξενικόν,  τό  (sc.  στράτευμα), 
a  foreign  force. 

ξΐίνοζ,  ό,  a  guest-friend,  guest,  host, 
stranger,  foreigner. 

ΐΗ^νο-φών,  ώντος,  ό,  Xenophon,  an 
Athenian,  author  of  the  Anabasis. 

S*Pll5»  0^.  Xerxes,  in  particular 
Xerxes  I.,  son  of  Darius  I. 

Iccrro's,  ?),  όν  {ξέω,  to  polish),  smooth, 
polished. 

ξηραίνω  (ξηραν-),  ξηρανώ,  εξήρΰνα, 
εξήρασμαι,    'εξηράνθην  {ξηρός,  dry),  to 
dry.     50. 
Ιξνλινος,  η  or  ος,  ον,  of  wood,  wooden. 

ξνλον,  τό,  α  stick  of  wood,  wood, 
fuel.     35. 

|υν-,  ξυγ-,  for  words  so  beginning 
see  συν-,  σνγ-. 


Ο. 


6,  η,  το,  the  definite  article  the, 
^  78  ;  ό  μέν...ό  δε,  the  one. ..the  other, 
oi  μεν . .  .ol  δε,  these . . .  those,  some . . . 
others,  §  143,  1;  ό  (//,  oi,  al)  δε,  and 
or  but  he  {she,  they),  §  143,  1,  n.  2 
(never  referring  to  the  subject  of  tlie 
preceding  sentence,  but  always  to 
some  word  in  an  oblique  case) ; 
sometimes  equivalent  to  the  posses- 
sive pron.  his,  her,  their,  §  141,  n.  2. 


jo-8c,  ή-δί,  το-δί,  dem.  pron.,  ^  83, 
w.  N.  1,  and  ^  148,  w.  ii.  1,  this,  the 
following. 

Ιόδ-ηγο'δ,  ό  {τ/γέομαή,  a  guide. 

|όδοι-ΐΓορο$,  ό,  α  wayfarer,  fellow- 
traveller,  guide. 

γόδο-ποκ'ω,  όδοτΐοιήσω,  etc.,  perf. 
also  w.  double  augm.  ωδο-εττοίτ/κα, 
ώδοπεττυίτίμαι,  to  make  a  road. 

oSo's,  ή,  a  way,  road,  journey,  ex- 
pedition.   12.    Meth-od. 
oSovs,  όντος,  0,  a  tooth. 

|όδυρμο5,  ό,  wailing. 
οδύρομαι    {υδνρ-),    Όδυρονμαι,   ωδϋ- 
ράμην,  IV.,  to  bewail,  lameyit,  wail. 

οθ«ν,  rel.  adv.,  ξ  87, 2,whence,fram 
what  source. 

οϋ-γννμι  (οι;-)  and  οϊγω,  υίξω,  ωξα 
or  -έφξ(ί,  -^(:>Xfi,  -έωγμαι,  έώχβτμ^,  2  ρ. 
-έωγα  (rare),  2,  to  open. 

οίδα  {ιδ-,  Ριδ-),  a  2  ρ.  used  as  a 
pres.,  2  127,  VII.,  to  know.  See 
χάρις.     Wit. 

totxa-8c,  for  home,  home-ward, 
home.     26. 

totict'nijs,  ov,  a  domestic,  a  house- 
servant.     55. 

^οΐκίω,  οικήσω,  etc.,  to  inhabit,  oc- 
cupy, dwell  in,  live  in,  dwell,  live; 
pass,  be  situated.     23. 

toucio,  ΰς,  a  house,  dwelling. 

ΙοΙκίζω  {οΊκιδ'),  υ'ικιώ,  ωκισα,  φκι- 
σμαι,  φκίσθην,  IV.,  to  colonize. 

JoUwrrqs,  ον,  a  colonist. 

ΙοΙκο-δομιω,  οικοδομήσω,  etc.  {δέμω, 
to  build),  to  build,  construct. 

tot^KOk,  at  home. 

ΙοΙκο-νο'μος,   υ   {νέμω),   a   steward, 
manager,  economist, 
οίκος,  ό,  a  house,  home. 
olKTcipii)  {υίκτερ-),  οίκτερώ,  ωκτειρα, 
IV.  {οίκτος,  pity),  to  pity,  feci  pity. 

otvOS,  ό,  WINE.       8. 

οΐομαι,  ο'ιήσομαι,  ώήθην,  to  think, 
suppose,  expect;  the  first  pers.  sing. 


olos 


252 


OTTOTepos 


pres.    and   imperf.,    generally  οΐμαι 

U)U7]V.      3 1 . 

olos,  «,  ov,  rel.  pron.,  ^  87,  1,  of 
what  sort,  what  sort  of,  what;  τοι- 
ούτος...οΊος,  such. ..as;  Οίος  τε,  ^  151, 
Ν.  4,  ad  fin.,  able,  possible. 

ois»  ο'ιός,  nom.  and  ace.  pi.  also  oJf, 
0,  ?},  Lat.  ovis,  a  sheep.     Ewe. 

οΐ'σω,  see  <ρερω. 

οΐχ^ομαι,  οιχί/σομαι,  οίχωκα  or  φχ(^- 
κα,  ι  200,  Ν.  3  α,  to  be  gone.    53• 

οκνεω,  οκνήσω  {ρκνος,  hesitation), 
ίο  be  apprehensive,  to  dread,  fear. 

οκτώ,  ΕΙΟιΠΤ. 

όλβος,  ό,  prosperity,  happiness. 

oXcOpoS)  Ό  {δλ?.νμή,  destruction. 
Ιόλιγ-αρχία,  ΰς  (ηρχί•)),   α  govern- 
ment by  a  few,  oligarchy. 

okiyo^i  ?;,  ov,  §  73,  1,  little,  pl./eit•, 
a  few. 

ολλϋμι  (όλ-),  υ7ίώ,  ω?ίεσα,  -ο?,ώ?ίεκα, 
2  ρ.  δ'λωλα,  2  a.  mid.  ϋ/ώβην,  2,  to 
destroy,  mid.  to  perish;  2  p.  to  he 
undone. 

oXos,  V,  ov,  whole,  cdl.     Catholic. 

"Ομηροδ,  ό,  Homer. 

ομνΰμι  (ό«-,  ομο-),  ομονμαι,  ωμοσα, 
ομύμοκη,  υμώμοσμαι^  cjpothjv  and  ωμό• 
σΟην,    2,     to   swear,  take   an   oath. 

52. 

Ιομοιο5,  α,  οι•,  like,  similar.  Same, 
homoeo-pathy. 

^ομοίως,  in  the  same  inanncr. 

|όμο-λογ€ω,  6μο7Μγησω,  etc.  (?.έγω), 
ίο  agree,  acknowledge. 

^όμο-λογουμενως,  confessedly;  όμο- 
7Μγονμέι^ως  ίκ  πάνπύν,  by  the  acknowl- 
edgment of  all. 

ομοδ,  V,  όι\  one  and  the  same. 
Homo-. 

|ομοσ£,  to  the  same  place,  to  close 
quarters. 

|ομο-τράτΓ€ζθ9,  or  (^τμάττεζη),  sitting 
at  the  sajne  table;  masc.  as  noun, 
table-companion. 


4.όμο-τρο7Γθ5,  ov,  of  the  same  habits 
or  disposition. 

|ομω5,  at  the  same  time,  neverthe- 
less. 

oveiSos,  TO,  rcprocLch,  blame. 
|ονησ-ΐ5,  εωζ-,  ή,  benefit. 

όνίνημι  {ova-),  ονήσω,  ωνησα,  ίηή]- 
Οην,  2  Ά.  mid.  ωνάμην  or  ωνήμην  (rare), 
1,  to  benefit,  do  one  a  service. 

όνομα,  ατός,  τύ,  a  νλ.με.  34.  An- 
onymous. 

ΐόνομά^ω    (ονομαδ-),    ονομάσω,    etc., 
IV.,  to  name,  ccdl. 

ovos,  0,  7),  an  ass.     9. 

ό'νυξ,  νχος,  6,  a  tcdoii,  claw,  nail. 

o^v'sj  f'o,  V,  sharp.    Oxy-gen. 

Οίτη  or  oirg,  rel.  adv.,  I  87,  2, 
where. 

οΐΓίσθεν,  behind;  τα  οπισβεν,  the 
rea  r. 

ΙόπισΟο-ψυλακεω,    ο7Γΐσβο<Ι)νλακ>/σω, 
to  guard  the  rear. 

ΐόΐΓκτΟο-φΰλαξ,  ηκος,  ό,  one  of  the 

rear-guard ;  y\.  the  rear-gua7'd.    25. 

Ιόιτλίζω  (07Γ/Ί«ί-),  ωτΐ'λισα,  ωπλισμα/, 

ύηλίσΟην,  IV.,  to  arm;  mid.  to  arm 

ones  self.     23. 

ΙοΊτλίτη?»  ov,  a  lieavy -armed  foot- 
soldier,  hoplite.     5. 

οΊτλον,  TO,  an  implement ;  pi.  arms, 
armor.     13.     Pan-oply. 

oiro'GfV,  rel.  adv.,  §  87,  2,  whence, 
(a  source)  fro7n  which. 

oTTOi,  rel.  adv.,  ^  87,  2,  whither, 
whitlier  soever. 

diroios,  ",  ov,  rel.  pron.,  §  87, 1,  0/ 
whatever  kind,  whatever,  what,  (sucli) 
as. 

ότΓο'σ-os,  V,  (^v,  rel.  pron.,  ^  87,  1, 
Jiow  much,  (as  mucli)  as;  pi.  hoiu 
many,  (as  many)  as. 

oito'tc,  rel.  adv.,  §  87,  2,  when, 
whenever,  since. 

oiroVcpos,  Γι,  ov,  rel.  pron.,  ^  87,  1, 
wJok-JiCvcr,  of  two  persons  or  things. 


οίΓΟυ 


253 


ουΚ€τι 


οΊΓου,  rel.  adv.,  ^  87,  2,  where, 
wherever. 

oirro's,  ν,  όι>,  haled,  burnt,  η»';  brick. 

ο"π•ω§,  conj.,  in  order  that,  that. 
topcUris,  euc,  ή,  si(jht. 

όράω  (o~-,  Ίδ-),  όψομαι^  έώρακα  or 
έύμΰκα,  έώρΰμαί  or  ώμμαι,  ωφβην,  2  a. 
ei(hv,Ylll.,tosee.  49•  Pan-orama, 
optics. 

όρΎη'ι  W,  anger. 

όρ^γω,  ορέξω,  ώρεξα,  ύρέχθην,  to 
REACH  out;  mid.  to  aspire  or  sirive 
a/^(?r,  G. 

*0ρ€<Γτη5,  ov,  Orestes. 
top0ios,  (1,  ov,  straight  up,  steep. 

opOo'S}  V,  ov,  straight,  upright,  right. 
Ortho-dox. 
Ιόρθώ?,  rightly,  justhj. 

opiov,  TO  {ορός,  a  bound),  a  boun- 
dary. 

όρκος,  ό  [npycj,  to  restrain),  an 
oath.     η.     Ex-orcism. 

Ιόρμχίω,  όρμί/σω,  etc.,  to  start  quick- 
ly, inlrans.  to  rush,  rush  at;  mid.  to 
set  out.     44. 

όρμη,  ?/ς,  movement. 
Ιόρνίθιον,  τό,  a  little  bird. 

opvis,  '^"f,  0,  ?/,  a  bird,  fowl. 
Ornitho-logy. 

Opovrds,  a,  ^  39,  3,  Orontas,  I.  a 
Per.sian  nobleman  condemned  to 
death  by  Cyrus  the  Younger ;  II.  a 
satrap  of  Armenia. 

ορός,  TO,  a  mountain,  chain  of 
hills,  height.     19. 

ορτυξ,  νγος,  ό,  a  quail. 

όρχεομαι,    ορχήσημαι,    ωρχησάμην 
{όρχος,  α  row),  to  dance.  Orchestra, 
ΐόρχηστ-ης,  ov,  a  dancer. 

ό'ς,  ή'>  ο,  rel.  pron.,  ^  8G,  who, 
which,  what,  that;  ij  (sc.  όύώ),  in 
what  way,  as;  καΐ  ος,  g  151,  ν.  3, 
and  he;  εό'  ω,  on  condition  that, 
§207. 

οσ-ος,  η,  ov,  rel.  pron.,  §  87, 1,  how 


much  or  great,  or  simply  who,  who- 
ever, which,  what,  whatever,  that; 
τοσούτος . . .  όσος,  so  much . . .  as,  pi.  so 
many  ...as ;  δσω . . .  τησοντω,  ξ  188,  2, 
by  how  much.. .by  so  much,  the. ..the; 
ucov,  as  adv.  w.  numerals,  about. 

οσ-ΤΓ€ρ,  ή-7^ερ,  ο-ττερ,  strengthened 
form  of  ος,  who  or  which  indeed,  just 
who  or  which. 

οσττριον,  TO,  comm.  pi.  legumes, 
pulse. 

άττίον,  or  contr.  ό<Γτονν,  τό,  a  bone. 

οσ-τις,  ή-τις,  Ό  τι,  rel.  pron.,  g  86, 
whoever,  whichever,  whatever,  or  sim- 
ply who,  which,  whoA,  that ;  όσ-τις- 
ovv,  without  relative  force,  any  one, 
one. 

οο'ψρησ'ΐς,   εως,  ή  [οσφραίνομαι,  to 

smell,  scent,  cf.  όζω,  to  smell,  have  a 

smell),  smelling,  the  sense  of  smelling. 

torav  {οτε,  άν),  rel.  adv.  w.  subj., 

whenever,  when. 

OTC,  rel.  adv.,  §  87,  2,  when. 

oTi,  oonj.,  that,  because;  often 
strengthening  the  sup.,  as  οτι  τάχι- 
στα, as  quickly  as  possible. 

6  Ti,  ότου,  ό'τω,  ό'των,  5βέ{οστις. 

ού,  οΰκ,  ονχ,  ^  13,  2,  not;  oij  μη, 
in  strong  denial,  §  257;  οϋ  or  άρ'  ού 
in  a  question,  §  282,  2 ;  ov  ψημι,  to 
deny,  refuse,  say  not  or  no. 

ovi  ot,  it  third  pers.  pron.  (see 
I  144.  2,  and  ^  79,  1),  of  him,  her, 
it,  of  himself ,  herself,  itself. 
Ιούδαμο$ι  V,  όν,  not  even  one,  none. 
ίού8αμο'θ6ν,/Γ07?ι  no  quarter. 
|ου8αμώ$,  in  no  way. 

ov-8e,  conj.,  and  not,  but  not,  nor, 
nor  yet ;  as  adv.,  7iot  even,  certainly 
not ;  ουόε . . .  ουόέ,  not  even . . .  nor  yet. 
|ού8-€ΐς,  ονδε-μία,  ovf]-tv,  §  77,  1, 
Ν".  2,  not  even  one,  no  one,  no ;  ohoh 
as  adv.,  7wt  at  all. 
.j-ovSc'-iroTC,  not  even  ever,  n-ever. 

ούκ-€Τΐ,  no  longer,  not  now. 


ουκουν 


254 


ΐΓ(ΐρα 


ονίκ-ουν,  not  therefore. 

ούκ-οΰν,  interrog.  not  therefore  f 
not  thcnf  Hence  in  assertion  w. 
no  neg.  force,  therefore,  then. 

ούν,  an  infer,  post-posit,  conj., 
stronger  than  a/m,  therefore,  conse- 
quently. 

oi'-iroTc,  n-ever. 

ου-ττω,  not  yet. 

ov-iruS-iroTc,  never  yet  or  before. 

ουρά,  ας,  the  tail. 
fovpavios,  «  or  ος,  ov,  heavenly. 

ovpavos,  0,  heaven,  the  heavens. 

OvS,  ώτόζ-,  TO,  EAR.      43. 

οΰ-τ€,  conj.,  and  not,  nor;  ούτε... 
οντε,  neither.  ..nor. 

owTos,  αντη,  τοϋτο,  dem.  pron., 
I  S3,  and  ξ  148,  ν.  1,  this,  pi.  these, 
but  from  a  difference  in  the  point 
of  view  the  neut.  pi.  ταντα  often 
to  be  rendered  into  English  by 
this. 

jovTws,  thus,  in  this  way,  so,  in  that 
case. 

ov\i,  a  more  emphatic  form  of  ov, 

οψ£λο$}  τά  (o^f  λλω,  to  further),  ad- 
vantage. 

οφθαλμός,  ό  (07Γ-  in  δψομαι,  see 
όράω),  the  eye.     Ophthalmy. 

οψις,  ε(^ζ,  ό,  a  snake. 

όχε'ω,  Όχήσω,  aor.  mid.  ωχησάμην 
and  pass.  Ι^χΐβην  {οχος,  a  chariot),  to 
carry,  hear.     Way. 
|οχημα,  ατός,  τ6,  a  conveyance. 

οχλο3,  ό,  a  croivd,  multitude. 

όχυρο'ω,  οχυρώσω  {οχυρός,  firm.,  for- 
tified, cf.  £χ(^),  to  fortify. 

Π. 

Ίταγίς,  i'<5of,  η  (ττήγνϊψι),  a  snare. 
iraGeiv,  see  -πάσχω. 
ττάθος,  τό  (πάσχω),  feeling, passion, 
ill-treatment.     Pathos. 


firaiZildf  ας,  education,  training^ 
discipline.     Cyclo-paedia. 

|παιδ€ΰω,  παίόενσω,  etc.,  to  educate. 
18. 

Ιτταιδίον,  TO,  a  little  child,  child. 
8. 

ΙτΓαιδο-τρίβηδ,  ov  (τρίβω),  a  train- 
ing-master, teacher. 

Ιτταίζω  (παιδ-,  παιγ-),  παιξονμαι, 
επαισα,  πέπαικα,  ττέπαισμαί,  IV.,  to 
sport,  2)lay. 

αταΐς,  παιδός,  6,  η,  α  child,  hoy,  girl, 
son,  daughter,     42.     Ped-agogue. 

iraio),  παίσω,  etc.,  to  strike,  smite, 
heat.     5. 

πάλαι,  long  ago,  formerly. 

liroXaio's,  ^,  άν,  old,  ancient.  Pa- 
lae-onto-logy. 

Ίτάλιν,  again,  hack.   Palim-psest. 
ιταλτο'ν,  TO  {πάλλω,  to  hranduli), 
a  javelin.     42. 

Ιιτάμ-τταν  {'^άς),  altogether,  entirely. 

Ιττάμ-ΊΓολυδ,  παμ-πόλλη,  ττάμ-πολ.ν, 
very  large,  pi.  very  many. 
imv,  neut.  of  πάς.     Pan-acea. 

4.ΐΓαν-οτΓλίοι,  ας  {οπλον),  a  full  suit 
of  armor,  panoply. 

ίτταν-ουργίοι,  ΰς,  knavery,  villany. 

^ΊΓον-ούργοδ,  ov  {έργον),  ready  for 
every  act,  unprincipled,  perfidious. 
30. 

Ιττανταχοΰ,  everywhere. 

|•π'αν-τ€λώ5  {παν-τελής,  all-corn' 
plcte,  τέλος),  comp>letely. 

Ιττάντη  or  ιτοίντη,  everywhere. 

jiravToSairo's,  V,  ov,  of  every  kind. 

Ιττάντοθεν,  on  all  sides. 

jiravToios,  «,  ov,  of  all  kinds. 

^Ίτάνυ,  wholly,  altogether,  very. 
ΊΓοίομαι  (pres.  not  in  use),  πάσυμαι, 
πέπΰμαι,  έπασάμτ/ν,  to  acquire ;  pf  to 
have  acquired,  to  possess. 

παρά,  prep.,  hy,  near,  alongside  of. 

(1)  With    G.,   from    beside,   from. 

(2)  With    D,,   alongside    of,    near. 


Ίταραβαίνα) 


255 


ττείθαρχο? 


(3)  With  Α.,  to  (α  place)  near,  to; 
by  the  side  of,  hy,  beyond^  contrary 
to,  beside,  except,  along  with,  because 
of,  throughout,  of  place,  time,  cause, 
etc.  In  comp.,  beside,  along  by,  hith- 
erward,  wrongly,  over.     Para-. 

παρα-βαίνω,  to  transgress. 

ΐΓαρ-α-γ-γ(λλω,  to  send  word  along, 
command,  bid,  to  give  out  a  pass- 
word, give  orders,  D. 

ΐΓ<ιρά-$€ΐΎμχι,  ατός,  τό  (τταρα-δεί- 
κνϋμί,  to  show  by  the  side  of),  an  ex- 
ample.   Paradigm. 

iraf)ci8e(.o-os,  ό,  a  pjarTc.  1 1 .  Para- 
dise. 

7Γ€φα-$ί8ωμι,  to  pass  along,  give  or 
deliver  up  or  over,  surrender,  A.  D. 

iropa-Octvou,  see  παρα-τίΟημι. 

π€φα-καλ£ω,  to  call  along  or  for- 
ward^ summon,  invite,  exhort. 

Ίταρα-κέλ^υομαι,  to  exhort,  D. 

ΐΓεφα-λ€ίπω,  io  leave  on  one  side, 
omit. 

Ίταρ-αμΑεω,  to  pass  by  in  neglect, 
violate,  g. 

ποφα-ττίμπω,  to  despatch. 

'ΐΓαρα-•ΐΓλη<ηθ5,  "  or  ος,  ov,  similar, 
like.     22. 

■^(^{κισ-άγγης,  on,  a  parasang,  a 
measure  of  distance  equal  to  30 
stadia  or  about  a  league.     12. 

ΐΓαρα-<ΓΚ<υάζω,  to  put  things  side 
by  side,  make  ready,  prepare.     47. 

ιτεφα-σ-κηνε'ω,  to  encamp  near,  D. 

ιταρα-τίθημι,  to  set  near  or  before, 
A.  D. 

ir(if>-ci{u  (ε'ψί-),  to  be  by,  near,  at 
hand,  or  present,  to  arrive,  D. ;  τα 
παρόντα,  present  circumstances.    32. 

ΐΓθίρ-€ΐμΛ  {^φή,  to  go  or  pass  along 
or  by. 

ΐΓαρ-(λαννω,  to  ride  or  march  along 
"or  by. 

'Π'αρ-€ρχομαι,  to  come  01  ride  along, 
to  pass  along  or  by. 


•π•αρ-€'χω,  to  afford,  offer,  give,  prO' 
vide,  to  cause  for  a  person. 

irap0€'vos,  v,  o,  virgin,  maiden. 
Parthenon. 

Ίταρ-ίσ-τημι,  to  station  near;  mid. 
Λν.  p.  and  2  a.  act.,  io  stand  near  or 
by. 

ircip-οδος,  7),  a  way  by,  passage^ 
jyass. 

Ίταρ-οιμία,  ΰς  {-άρ-οιμος,  by  the 
wayside,  οΐμος,  a  way),  a  by-word, 
proverb. 

IlappourioS}  0,  a  Parrhasian. 

Παρυσ-ατι?,  ιόος,  η,  Fary  satis, 
mother  of  Cyrus  the  Younger. 

iras,  πάσα,  πάν,  g  67,  2,  and  ^  25, 
3,  N.  1,  all,  every,  the  whole,  every 
kind  of,  all  kinds  of;  in  the  sing, 
comm.  Avithout  the  art. ;  see  also 
^  142,  4,  N.  5.     Pan-theism. 

ΙΙάσ'ίων,  ωνυς,  ό,  Pasion,  a  gen- 
eral of  Cyrus  the  Younger. 

"trdfryja  {παθ-,  πενθ-),  πείσυμαι,  2  p. 
πέπονθα,  2  a.  έπαθον,  Λ^ΉΙ.,  to  be 
affected  by  something,  to  suffer;  ευ 
or  κακώς  πάσχω,  to  receive  good  or 
suffer  harm,  to  be  well  or  ill-treated, 
I  165,  N.  1.     45. 

•π-ατηρ,  τρός,  ό,  ^  57,  and  1,  a  fa- 

THEE. 

Ι-π-ατρίς,  ίι^ος,  ή,  one's  fatherland. 
|ΐΓατρωθ5,  ",  ov,  one's  father's,  he- 
reditary, ancestral. 

Παυο-ανίας,  ov,  Pausanias. 

Ίτανω,  πανσω,  etc.,  to  stop,  end; 
mid.  to  stop  one's  self,  cease,  desist, 
pause,  G.     15.    Few. 

Ίταχυδι  ^'^(^,  ^',  thick.  Pachy- 
derm. 

π€διίον,  TO  {πέδον,  ground),  a  plain. 
6. 

ircto's,  Vy  01'  {"^ονς),  on  foot;  πεζός, 
ό,  a  foot-soldier,  o'l  πεζοί,  the  infan- 
try;  πεζΐ],  on  foot. 
ίτΓ6ίθ-αρχο5,  ov  {άρχω),  obedient. 


Είθο 


256 


irf<reiv 


π€ίθω  (τΓί^-),  ττε/σω,  etc.,  w.  2  p. 
ττε-υίΟη,  2  a.  έττιθον,  II.,  to  j'tersuade, 
in  pres.  and  imperf.  ίο  iry  ίο  pe?'- 
suade,  urge;  mid.  ίο  persuade  one's 
self,  obey,  give  way  to,  listen  to,  d.  ; 
2  p.  as  pres.,  ίο  iriisi,  d.     15. 

irctva,  ?/i",  hunger. 
.].7Γ€ΐναω,   πεινήσω,    εττείνησα,  ττεπεί- 
νηκα^  §  98,  Ν.  2,  ίο  hunger,  he  hun- 
gry. 

IleipaievS)  f^i",  ό,  ^  53,  3,  ν.  3,  the 
harbor  of  Feiraeus. 

π6ΐροίω|  ττεφάσω^  επείρασα^  ττεττεί- 
ραμαι^  έτνειράΟην  (πείρα,  α  trial), 
comm.  as  dep.  pass,,  to  try,  endeavor, 
undertake,  attempt,  G.    15.    Pirate. 

Ίτείσομαι,  see  πάσχω  or  πείθω. 

irci^Teos,  ",  f^v  (πείθω),  to  be  per- 
suaded or  obeyed. 

ircXa^os,  τό,  the  sea. 
|ϊΐ€λοπον-νηνιθ8,  «,   ov,    Pelopon- 
nesian. 

Π6λθ'ΐΓον-νη<Γθ8,  ή  (Πί'λοι/;,  νήσος, 
Pclopss  Island),  the  Peloponnesus. 

Ίτελταοττηδ,  ov  (πελτη,  a  shield),  a 
iargctccr,  peltast.    5. 

ττεμιτω,   πέμψω,   έπεμψα^  πέπομφα, 
πίπεμμαι,     επεμφθην^      to     send.     2. 
Pomp. 
Ιττενη?,  ?;'θί",  ο,  poor ^  α  poor  man. 
t^wevid,  ΰς,  pjoverty. 

ττενομαι,  ίο  ιοϊΐ,  live  in  poverty. 

ire'vTc,  FiA'E.     Penta-gon. 
^irevTe-Kai-ScKa,  Jijtccn. 
Ιττεντηκοντα,  J'/ty.     Pentecost. 
.  |•π•€ντηκοϊπ•ορο8,  '/,  a  galley  with  50 
oars. 

ττίτταμαι,  see  πάομαι, 

ΊΓίττοιΟα,  see  πείθω. 

ΊΓί'πτωκα,  see  πίπτω. 

ττίττων,  ov,  I  6ΰ,  ripe. 

irep,  an  enclit.  particle  emphasiz- 
ing the  word  to  wliich  it  is  attacliod, 
very,  altogether,  just. 

TTcpd,  across,  beyond. 


^ΤΓ€ρα£νω  (πέραν-),  περάνω,  επερίί' 
να,  πεπίρασμαι,  επεράνθην,  IV.  (πέρας, 
an  end),  to  accomjilish,  execute. 
|•ΐΓ€ραν,  across,  on  the  other  side. 

•π•6ρδϊ|,  Ικος,  ό,  ή,  a  partridge. 

irtpi,  prep.,  around  (on  all  sides). 
(1)  With  G.,  about,  concerning,  for, 
and  to  denote  value  (where  the  word 
worth  will  translate  it  literally),  as 
in  the  phrases,  περί  παντός,  of  the 
utmost  moment ;  περί  πλείστον,  of  the 
greatest  importance.  (2)  With  d., 
about,  around,  concerning  (rare  in 
Att.  prose).  (3)  With  Α.,  around, 
about,  in  the  case"  of,  in,  of  place, 
time,  etc.  In  comp.,  around,  about, 
exceedingly.     Peri-. 

•irepi-άγω,  to  take  about. 

ΐΓ6ρι-γ£γνομαι,  to  over-come,  g. 

Ίτερί-ειμι  (είμι),  to  go  about. 

ττίρι-ίχω,  to  surround,.     5. 

Ίτερι-ίσ-τημι,  to  set  round;  mid,  w. 
pf.  and  2  a.  act,  to  stand  round. 

Π£ρι-κλή$,  έονς,  6,  §  52,  2,  ν.  3, 
Pericles,  I.  the  celebrated  statesman ; 
II,  his  son. 

ΐΓ£ρι-λαμβάνω,  to  embrace. 

π£ρι-μ£νω,  to  stay  around,  wait; 
to  wait  for,  await. 

ΐΓί'ριξ  (~£ρί),  round  about. 

TTcpi-opcui),  to  over-look,  allow. 

ΊΓίρι-ιτί'ΐΓτω,  to  fall  on  and  em- 
brace, D. 

'ΐΓ€ρι-στ€λλω,  to  ivrap  up,  cloak. 

Ίτερι-σ-ώζω,  to  save  so  that  one  is 
about,  save  alive. 

•π•£ρι-τ£0ημι,  to  jiut  around. 
Ιττεριττεΰω,  περιττέ νσω,  to  outflank, 
G. 

•irfipiTTos  and  irfpKr^os,  V,  ^^ 
(περί),  above  measure,  superfluous, 
spare. 

Tiiptrr\s,  ov,  a  Persian. 
jIIfipa-iKos,  V,  ov,  Persian. 
τΓ£<Γ€Ϊνι  Ίτεσών,  see  πίπτω. 


7Γ€τομαι 


257 


ττλοΰτος 


ΤΓί'τομαι  (~f"-,  ττ"-),  τ^τήσομαι^  2  a. 
ί-70ιυ,ι\  tojhj. 

ττετρα,  ας,  α  rock,  mass  of  rock, 
large  stone,  pi.  crags.  4.  Petr- 
oleum. 

Ίτη  or  τη],  indef.  enclit,  adv.,  ^  S7, 
2,  z/i  any  wag. 

''"ΙΎΊ»  ^/ί"'  '^  spring,  source.     II. 

ττηγνϋμι  ("α/-),  πί/ξω,  έπηξα,  ε-ή- 
xOijv  (rare),  2  p.  ττέπηγα,  2  a.  ρ,  ίπά- 
j'jyi',  2,  II.,  to  fix,  freeze,  build;  2  p. 
as  pres.,  to  be  fixed.     52. 

Ίτηχυς,  fwf,  0,  α  οΐίδϊ^     BoUGH. 

Πίγρηδ,  ν~ος,  ό,  Pigres,  an  inter- 
preter to  Cyrus  the  Younger. 

ΊΓΐίζω  (τΓίείί-),  πιέσω,  έ~ίεσα,  πεπίε- 
σμαί,  έττιέσθην,  and  (ττιεγ-),  ετζίεξα, 
πεττίεγμαι,  έτζίέχθην,  IV,,  ίο  press 
hard. 

•jTiKpos,  ^ι,  ον,  bitter. 

ΊτίμτΓλημι  (-λα-),  ττΐήσω,  έπλησα, 
•ηέττ/.ίίκα,  τζέττ/.ησμαι,  έπλησΟι/ν,  1,  to 
FILL,  Α.  G.      49• 

Ίτΐνω  {πι-,  πο-),  fat.  πτομαι,  πέπωκα, 
Τΐέπομαι,  έπόθην,  2  a.  έπιυν,  VIII.,  to 
drink . 

ΐΓΐιτρασ-κω  {~ρΰ-),  πέπρΰκα,  πέπμα- 
μαι^  έπράΟην,  VI.,  to  sell.      ζΐ. 

ΐΐίτττω  (-£"-,  ΤΓΓο-),  πεσονμαι,  πέ- 
ΊΓτωκα,  2  a.  έπεσαν,  VIII.,  to  fall.   45• 

ΙΙισί5ης,  οι»,  α  Pisidian. 
t1Γιστ€υω,  πιστενσω,  to  trust,  believe, 
». 

irto-ris,  f6)f,  ?J  (πείθω),  trust,  confi- 
dence. 

•n-UTTos,  V,  όν  (πείθω),  trusty,  trust- 
worthy, faithful;    πιστά,    as   noun, 
pledges.     25. 
ΙτΓΚΓτοτη?!  ^'of,  i7,  fidelity. 
ΙτΓίσ-τώζ,  fait  hfu  lly . 
πλαίοΊον,  'ό,  a  square. 
Ίτλάτος,  ~ό  (π/Μτνς,  broad),  breadth. 
tirXcOpiaios,  a,  ov,  of  the  size  of  a 
ΐΓ?.έΟμην. 

Ίτλίθρον,  'ό,  a  plethrum,  100  feet. 


Ίτλίίων    or    Ίτλίωνι    ttXciotos,   see 

πο'λίς. 

Ίτλέκω,  πλέξω,  etc,  w.  2  a.  pass., 
-επ/Λκιγν,  to  PLAIT,  braid.     32. 

irXe'ov,  ncut.  of  πλέωυ,  see  ττολί'ζ•. 

Ίτλεον-ίξίά,  ιΤζ•  (τΓ/ί ων,  ^/Υ^);  greedi- 
ness, covetousness. 

irXcvpo,  of,  α  riZ)  0/  i/tc  body,fiank 
of  an  army.    36.    Pleurisy. 

πλέ'ω  (ττλυ-),  πλενσομαι  or  ττλίΐι- 
σονμαι,  έπλευσα^  πέπλευκα,  πέπλεν- 
σμαι,  II.,  ίο  saii.     50•     Flow. 

ιτλέωνι  see  πλείων  and  πολίς. 

Ίτλεωδ,  ",  ωι^,  Att.  for  irXe'os,  ",  οι-, 

FULL. 

Ίτληγη,  iyf  {πλ.ήττω),  α  blow.  39• 
Plague. 

Ιττλήθο?,  'ό,  fulness,  α  great  num- 
ber, an  amount,  length,  people.    21, 
ττληθω   {π/Ιως),    to    be  full.      See 
αγορά.     Plethoric. 

Ίτληνι  improp.  prep.  w.  G.  and 
conj.,  except. 

Ίτληρη?,  ες  [πλέως),   FULL.      24. 
Ιττληρο»,  πληρώσω^  (tic.,  to  fill,  man ^ 
as  a  ship. 

Ιιτλησ-ιάζω  {πλησιαδ-),πλησιάσω,  IV., 
ίο  approach,  d. 

7Γλησ(ο$)  ά,  ov,  c.  and  s.  πλησιαί- 
τερος,  πλ7}σιαίτατος,  ^  71,  Ν.  2  (-/ λας•, 
near),  near;  π/α/σίον,  as  adv.,  ?imr; 
ό  πλησίον,  one's  neighbor. 

Ίτληττω     {π7.αγ-,  'πληγ-),     π/.ηξω, 
έπ/α/ξα,    πέπ?.ηγμαι,   έπ/.ήχΙΙην,  2    ρ. 
πέπ?α/γα,  2  a.  ρ.  έπ/.ήγην  or  -έπ/.ά- 
γτ/ν,  II.  IV.,  <ο  strike. 
tirXCveivos,  ί?,  ον,  ο/  6nc^. 
Ίτλίνθο?!  //,  α  brick.  Flint,  plinth, 
ττλοΐον,  'ό   {πλέω),  α  boat,   trans- 
jjort,  vessel,     ii. 

irXdos,   contr.   πλους,  6  (πλέω),   a 
voyage,  weather  for  sailing.     9. 
t-n-Xovarios,  H,  ov,  rich,  wealthy. 
Ιιτλοντεω,  πλ.οντησω,  to  be  rich. 
ττλοΰτοδ,  ό,  wealth. 


Ίτνεω 


258 


Ίτρανης 


'ΐΓν€'ω  (ττνυ-),  πνενσημαι  and  ττνεν- 
σηνμαι,  έττνενσα^  -πέπνευκα,  II.,  to 
hloiu.     52.     Pneu-matics. 

ιτνίγω  (ttw}'-),  -τη'Ζ^ω,  έπνιξα,  πέ- 
πνιγμαί,  2  a.  ρ.  επνίγην^  II.,  ίο 
cAoZ;6. 

•ΐΓθθ€ν,  inter,  adv.,  ?  87,  2,  whence  ? 

ΊΓοί,  inter,  adv.,  ^  87,  2,  whither  f 

ΊΓοκ'ω,   ποίτ/σω,  etc.,   ίο  viake,  do, 

accomplish,   bring  about,  inflict;  ευ 

or  κα/ίώξ•  ποιέω,  to  treat  ivell  or  t//, 

g  165,  κ  1. 

φίΓοίημα,  ατοζ-,  ro,  a  poem. 
4ΐΓ0ΐητη5,  ov,  a  poet. 
•ΐΓΟίκίλοδ,  V,  ov,  many -colored. 
ΊΓΟίμην,  ί  vof,  6  {ποία  and  ττόα,  grass), 
a  shepherd. 

iroios,  «,  ov,  inter,  pron.,  §  87,  1, 
of  what  kind,  what? 

|πολ£μ€(ι),  πολεμ?}σω,   etc.,   ίο  war, 
7?ιαλ•6  or  wage  war,  d.     38. 

|ΐΓθλ€μικο$,  ή,  όν,  warlike,  fitted  for 
war.     Polemics. 

|ΐΓθλ(μιο$,   ",    ov,    hostile,  at   war 
with,  the  enemy's ;   7ίο?ιέμιυς,    ό,  an 
enemy  in  war,  ol  πολεμίοί,  the  en- 
emy;  ή  πολέμια  (sc.  Z(opa),  the  ene- 
my's country,     il. 
'Π'ολ€μο$)  ό,  war.     1 1. 
|πολι-ορκ<ω,  πολιορκήσω,  etc.  {ε'ίρ- 
7ω),  ίο  besiege,  blockade.     10. 
:|:ΐΓθλι,-ορκ(ά,  «?,  a  siege. 
•iroXws,  εωξ•,  )7,  ^  53,  1,  α  city,  state. 
jiroXiTiid,  iif,  α  republic,  govern- 
ment. 

^πολϊτβνω,  πολϊτευσω,  etc.,  to  be  or 
?u;e  as  a  citizen. 
^-ΊΓολΐτη?,  Of,  a  citizen.  4.  Politics. 
t-ToWOKis,  often,  frequently. 
firoXv-irovos,  ov,  full  of  toil. 
ΊΓολΰδ,  πολ'λ/}^  πολϋ,  ^  70,  c.  πλειων 
or  πλέων,  s.  ττλείστϋί•,  §  73,  1,  much, 
many,    large,   vast,   long,  great,  in 
great  numbers.     Poly-. 
4ΐΓθλυ-τ€λη8,  ες  (τέλος),  costly. 


t'π■0V€'ω,  πονήσω,  ete.,  ίο  toil,  be  busy. 
36. 
ΙίΓονηρίά,  ΰς,  baseness. 
ίτΓονηροξ,  ά,  ov,  bad,  evil,  vicious, 
dangerous,  base,  unprincipled. 
iro'vos,  ό  (πένομαι),  toil,  hardship. 
firopcid,  ας,  a  journey,  march. 
firopcvTeos,  a,  ov,  to  be  gone,  to  be 
travelled. 

TTopevo),  πορενσω,  etc.  (πόρος),  to 
make  go,  convey;  coram,  as  dep. 
pass.,  to  go,  proceed,  journey,  ad- 
vance, march.     13.     Fare. 

'π-ορθ6ω,  πορθήσω  (πέρβω,  to  rav- 
age), to  ravage,  lay  waste,  plunder. 

ΙτΓορίζω  (ποριό-),  ποριώ,  etc.,  IV.. 
to  provide,  bestow  upon,  procure, 
find,  A.  υ.     29. 

TTopos,  ό  (πέρα),  a  way  across,  pas- 
sage; hence,  a  resource,  means. 
πόρρω,  adv.  (cf.  πρόσω),  far  from, 

G. 

ΐΓορφυρεο9,  ο,  ov,  contr.  ους,  a,  ovv 
{πηρ(^νρα,  the  p>urple-fish),  purple. 
Porphyry. 

TToVoSi  V,  ov,  inter,  pron.,  g  87,  1, 
how  much  ? 

■π-οταμο$}  ό  (πο-,  stem  of  πίνω),  a 
river.     9. 

iroT€,  end.  indef.  adv.,  §  87,  2,  at 
any  time,  ever,  once;  w.  an  inter., 
in  the  world,  pray  f 

iroTipos,  ",  ov,  inter,  pron.,  ^87, 
1,  which  of  two;  πότερον...η,  WUETHEK 
...or,  ?i  282,  4. 

iroi,  inter,  adv.,  g  87,  2,  where? 

irov,  end.  indef.  adv.,  ^  87,  2, 
somewhere,  anywhere,  perhaps. 

irov's,  ποδός,  6,  a  FOOT.  17.  Tri- 
pod. 

Ίτράγμα,  ατυς,  τό  {πράττω),  a  thi)  g 
done,  deed,  affair,  undertaking,  mai 
ter,  thing;  pi.  affairs,  trouble.  Prag-" 
matical. 

irpdviis,  t'c,  prone,  steep.     24. 


ττραΐ,ι? 


259 


Ίτροσευχομαι 


Ίτράξι?,  fwc,  ι)  [-ράττω),  action,  irans- 
action,  undertaking.     22.     Praxis, 
updos,  f'fi,  ov,  ^  70,  N.  2,  tame. 
ιτραττω  (-pay-),  ττρΛ^ω,  etc.,  W.  2  p. 
πετζρΰγα,  have  fared  {well  or  i^Z).  ^^■> 
ίο  cZo,  execute,  practise ;  sometimes  to 
fare,  I  1G5,  N.  2.     20.     Practical. 
Ίτράω?  (~p«f'i"),  lightlij. 
Ίτρίττω,  ττρέψω,  έττρε^α,  to  he  con- 
spicuous, becoming,  to  befit,  d.  ;  often 
imfiers.,  it  is  fitting,  proper. 

irptVPvs,  ecjf ,  ό  (sing,  not  used  in 
prose),  old;  as  noun,  an  ambassador. 
Presbyter. 

•π-ρίασθαι,  see  ωνέομαί. 
firpiv,  adv.  or  conj.,  before,  sooner, 
than,  until. 

irpo,  prep.  w.  g.,  for,  before,  of 
place,  time,  preference,  and  protec- 
tion.     In    comp.,    before,  forward, 
forth.     For,  fore,  pro-. 
'ΤΓρο-αγορ€•υω,  to  j ore-tell. 
Ίτρο-άγω,  to  lead  forward. 
•π-ρο-αισθάνομαι,  to  perceive  before- 
hand. 

ιτρο-βατον,  r6  {προ-βαίνω,  to  go 
forth),  usu.  pL,  cattle,  ch.  sjnall  cat- 
tle, sheep. 

ττρο-γιγνώσ-κω,  to  know  beforehand. 
Ίτρο-διαβαίνω,  to  cross  beforehand. 
τΓρο-5ί8ωμ.ι,  to  give  up,  betray,  de- 
sert, A.  n. 
jirpo-Soo-Cd,  cc,  treason. 
Ι-ιτρο-δοτηξ,  ov,  a  traitor. 
ιτρο-δραμών,  see  προ-τρέχω. 
irpo-cip-i  {εΙμή,  to  go  forward. 
ιτρο-εχω,  to  surpass,  g. 
ΐΓρο-θί'ω,  to  run  forward  or  up. 
Ιιτρο-θϋμεομαι,    ■προβϋμΐ/σομαι    and 
τζροϋνμηβησομαί,    7Γρονβνμ7/θ?ίν,    to    be 
eager,  anxious. 
tirpo-θϋμίά,  (Ίς,  zeal. 
ΊΓρο-θϋμοδ,    ov,     earnest,    zealous, 
ready.     26. 
|ΐΓρο-θϋμω$,  readily,  zealously. 


Ίτρο-ΐημι,   to   send  forth ;    mid.   to 
surrender,  desert,  abandon. 

Ίτρο-ίστημι,  to  set  before ;  pf.  to  be 
at  the  head  of,  G. 

ιτρο-κατα-λαμβάνω,  to  seize  before- 
hand, prc-occupy. 

Ίτρο-λδ'γω,  to  tell  beforehand.  Pro- 
logue. 

irpo-voia,  ΰς  {νυος),  forethought. 
Προ-|€νο5,  ov,  Proxenus,  a  general 
in  the  army  of  Cyrus  the  Younger. 
ιτρο-οιδα,  to  know  beforehand. 
Ίτρο-βράω,  to  see  in  front,  perceive 
beforehand. 

Ίτρο-ΊΤίμίΓω,  to  send  forward. 
Ίτρο-Ίτυνθάνομαι,   to   learn   before- 
hand. 

irpos,  prep.,  at  or  by  the  front  of 
(akin  to  προ).  (1)  With  g.,  in  front 
of,  looking  towards,  by  (in  swearing), 
pertaining  to,  in  accordance  with, 
worthy  of  (of  character) ;  from,  by 
(of  the  agent).  (2)  With  d.,  at,  in 
addition  to.  (3)  With  a.,  to,  to- 
wards, against,  with  a  view  to,  in 
reference  to,  according  to,  to  the  ex- 
tent of.  In  comp.,  to,  towards, 
against,  besides.  Pros-ody. 
'π•ροο•-άγω,  to  advance. 
'ΐΓρο<Γ-αγορ€υ«,  to  address,  name, 
call. 

ΐΓρο<Γ-βολη,  ής  {βάλ?Μ),  an  attack. 
'π•ροσ--8€χομαι,  to  recave. 
ΐΓροσ-δοκάω,  -ροσδοκήσω  (δέχομαι), 
to  expect. 

ΊΓροσ-^θίζω,  to  accustom. 
irpoV-ίΐμι   {εψΐ),  to   be   attendant 
on,  D. 

τρο'<Γ-€ΐμι  (εί/^ί)'  '^  ^^'^^  ^^>  <^9^^^^^^ 
or  on,  approach,  advance,  n. 

ΊτροίΓ-Λαυνω,  to  march  forward  or 
against. 

τΓροσ-€ρχομαι,    to    come    on,    ap- 
proach, D.     Pros-elyte. 
ΐΓροσ-€υχομαι,  tu  pray  to. 


Ίτροσ-^χω 


260 


ριτιτω 


ΊτροίΓ-εχω,  to  hold  to,  apply;  τον 
νουν  ττρησέχειν,  to  direct  attention  to, 
give  heed. 

ΊΓροίτ-ηκω,  to  be  related  to ;  προσ- 
ι'/κεί,  impers.,  it  becomes,  d. 

irpoo-Gcv  (~/'ό),  before,  previously, 
sooner;  6  ττρόσΟεν,  the p)revious. 

ιτροσ-ΐημι,  to  let  go  to,  ad-viit. 

ΊτροίΓ-καλβω,  to  summon. 

ΊτροίΓ-κυνίω,  ττροσκννήσω,  etc.  {κν- 
νέω,  to  kiss),  to  do  obeisance  to,  salute. 

ΊΓροσ-ΤΓίΐΓτω,  to  fall  to,  befall. 

•π-ροσ-τάττω,  to  appoint  to,  enjoin 
upon,  D. 

Ίτροσ-τίθημι,  to  add  to;  mid.  to 
accede  to,  d. 

'ΐΓρο<Γ-τρ€χω,  to  run  up  to,  d. 

•π-ροσ-φίρω,  to  bring  to  or  in. 

Ίτροσ-φιλώδ  {προσ-φίΤιής,  kindly  af- 
fectioned,  φίλος),  kindly,  with  affec- 
tion. 

Ίτροσ-χωρίω,  to  go  to,  surrender. 

irpoVw  {-po),  forth,  far  from. 

irpoTipos,  a,  ov  {πρό),  ^  73,  2,  be- 
fore, 2:>revious;  πρότερον,  before, 
soojier,  formerly,  previously. 

Ίτρο-τίΟ^μ,ι,ίο piutbefore,  offer,  a.  d. 

ιτρο-τϊμάω,  to  honor  before  or  above. 

Ίτρο-τρίττω,  to  turnforward,  exhort. 

ττρο-τρίχω,  to  run  forward  or  be- 
fore. 

Ίτρο-φαίνω,  to  show  forth;  mid.  to 
appear  in  front. 
Ιιτρο-φασίξ,  ^ωζ-,  ή,  a  pre-text. 

ττρο-φημι,  to  fore-tell. 
Ιιτρο-φητίυω»  τρυ<Ι>ητενσω,  to  proph- 
esy. 

ιτρο-φΰλαξ,  ακος^  ό,  a7i  out  guard, 
pnckct. 

•π-ρο-χωρ^ω,  to  go  forward,  prosper, 
be  favorable. 

irpiUTOS,  ?/,  ov  {~ρό),  I  73,  2,  first. 
Prot- 

«π-ρωτο-το'κοδι  ov  {τίκτα),  bearing 
her  first-born. 


ΊΓτάρνυμαι  (ττταρ-),  ττταρώ,  2  a.  ετΐτα- 
pov,  2,  to  sneeze. 

irrepo'v,     ~ό     (ττέτομαι),     a    wing. 
Feather. 
4.ΐΓΤ€ρυ|,  νγος,  ή,  α  wing,  flap. 

ΊΓτωχοδ}  V,  όν  [πτύσσω,  to  crouch)., 
beggarly,  mean ;  as  noun,  a  poor  man. 

irvKvo's,  V,  ov  {ττί'ξ,  with  clinched 
fist),  close  together. 

ΊΓΐίλη,  ΐ]ς,  a  fold  of  a  double  gate ; 
pi.  gate  or  gates,  pass.     25. 

Ίτυνθάνομαι  {'^νβ-),  ττενσομαί,  ■κεττυ- 
σμαι,  2  a.  ετίνΟόμιρ,  V.,  to  learn  by 
hearsay,  ascertain,  inquire.  45.  Bid. 

Ίτΰρ,  -ηνρός,  τό,  pi,  ττνρά,  ών,  §  60, 
1,  FIRE.     Em-pyrean. 

Ίτϋραμίς,  i(hg,  ι),  a  pyramid. 

ιτΰργοδ,  ο,  a  tower. 

iripo's,  0,  comm.  pi.,  wheat. 

ττώ,  end.  indef.  adv.,  yet,  vp  to 
this  or  tJiat  time,  before. 

'Iτω\ζ(ύf  πωλήσω,  επωλήβην,  to  sell. 
Mono-poly. 

'π•ώ-•π•οτ€,  ever  yet  or  before,  ever. 

irtis,  interrog.  adv.,  ^  87,  2,  now? 

iruis,  end.  indef.  adv.,  §  87,  2,  in 
any  way. 


P. 


ρά,  easily. 
jpaSios,  «,  ov,  §  73,  1,  easy. 
Ιραδίωξ,  with  case,  easily. 
4.ρα-θϋμ€ω,  ραθνμήσω  [ρά-Ηνμυς,  casy- 
tempc^ed),  to  lead  a  life  of  ease. 

ραων,  ρασ-TOS,  see  'ρά()ιος. 

pt'w  {pv-),  ρενσομαι,  ερρενσα,  ερρνη- 
κα,  2  a.  p.  έρρν?/ν,  II.,  to  flow. 

ρητωρ,  ορός,  ό  (stem  ρε-,  speak,  see 
είπον),  an  orator.     Rhetoric. 

ρίγοω,  ριγώσω,  ερίγωσα,  §   98,  Ν.  3 
(Α'}'"!Γ,  cold),  to  be  cold. 

ρίζα,  w,  «  root,  stem. 

piuTto)   {pi(l>-)   and     ρίτττίω,  pi^(J, 
ερρίψα,     έρρίψα,     έρριμμαι,    έρρίφθτ/ν^ 


'ΡοδίΟδ 


ν 


261 


(Γοψία 


2  .α.  pass.  έ()(ίίΦην,  III.,  ίο  throw, 
hurl,  cast,  cast  aside.     20. 

'Po'Sios,  0,  α  lihodian. 

ρο'δον,  TO,  α  rose. 

poos,  coutr.  ροΪ5,  ό  {ρίοή,  a  streavi, 
current. 

ρωννϋμι  (^ω-),  έρρωση,  ερρωμαι, 
(ρρωσθην,  2,  to  strengthen. 

Σ. 

Ισ-αλ-ΐΓίγκτηξ,  ον,  α  trumpeter. 

σοίλτΓίγξ,  lyyoq,  η,  α  Irmnpel. 
ΙΣάμιοδ,  ό,  ο  Saminn. 

Σάμοδ,  7,  iSamos,  an  island. 

Σοίρδ€ΐ$,  εωι^,  at,  Sardls,  a  city  of 
Lyilia. 

σοίρξ,  σαρκός,  ?},/esh. 
Ισ-ατρατΓίΰω,  σατραττενσω,  to  ride  as 
satraji,  G.  or  A. 

σατρά'ΤΓη8,  ov,  a  satrap.     4. 

Σάτυρο8,  ό,  a  Satyr,  half  man  and 
half  goat,  companion  of  Bacchus. 

σ-αφης,  ^ζ,  clear,  plain. 
4.σχιφώ5,  clearly. 

σ-βδ'νννμι  ('7^ίf-),  ϋβεσω,  ^σβεσα, 
-έσβηκα,  ίσβεσμαι^  ίσβεσβην,  2  a. 
εσβην,  2,  to  extinguish. 

a-t-avTOVj  //ζ",    contr.  σαυτοΰ,    7ί"> 
^  80,  ο/  thyself  or  yourself. 
Ισ•€ΐσ"μο'5,  ό,  α  shaking,  earth-quake. 

ατάω,  σείσω,  etc.,  ίο  shake. 

σ€ληνη,  7ί"  {σέ?Μς^  brightness),  the 
moon. 

σ•€μνο'5,  ή,όν  (σέβομαι,  to  ivorship), 
holy,  pious. 

Σ€υθης,  ov,  Seuthes,  a  Thracian 
prince. 

σημαίνω  {σ?]μαν-),  σημάνω,  έσήμηνα, 
σεσήμασμαι,  εσ7ΐμάνθην,  IV.  (σήμα,  α 
sign),  to  give  a  signal,  give  notice^  d. 
41. 

σημίΐον,  τό  {σί/μα,  a  sign),  a  sign, 
standard.      14. 
ttrt-yoUD,  σΐ}?/σομαι,  etc.,  to  be  silent. 


σ-ϊγη,  τ'/ς,  silence.     7. 

Σικ€λίά,  ας,  Sicily. 

σϊτοξ,  ό,  pi.  σίτα,  τά,  ^  00,  2,  corn, 
grain,  food.     11.     Para-site. 

σ-κάφθ5,  τό  (σκάπτω,  to  dig),  a  hol- 
low vcsf^el,  ship,  boat. 

σκεδάννϋμι  (σκεί'ία-),  σκεόάσω  or 
σκείϊώ,  έσκέόασα,  εσκίι^.ασμηι,  εσκε(\ά- 
σϋην,  2,  to  scatter. 

σκ£λο8,  τό,  α  leg.    43• 

σ"Κ£'•π•ασ•μα,  ατός,  τό  (σκεττάζω,  to 
cover,  from  σκέπας,  α  covcriny),  a 
tent-cover. 

σ-ΚδίΓτομαι  (σκε--).  III.,  a  late 
prcs.,  furnishing  the  rest  of  its 
tenses  to  σκυτζέω,  q.  v.  29.  EsPY, 
sceptic. 

Ισκίυάζω  (σκεναό-),  σκενάσω,   ίσκεν- 
ασα,    εσκενασμαι,    IV.,  prop,   to   use 
utensils,  dress  food;  hence,  top)repare. 
1•σ-Κ€υη,  ης,  equipment,  dress. 

(TKtvos,  TO,  a  vessel  or  ίηψΙοηΰηί  of 
any  kind;  pi.  baggage,  things. 

|ο•Κ€υο-φο'ρθ5,  ov  (φέρω),  carrying 
bagga.ge;  masc.  as  noun,  a  baggage- 
carrier ;  neut.  as  noun,  a  beast  of 
burden;  τά  σκενοοόρα,  the  baggage- 
train,  baggage. 
Ισ-κηνί'ω,  σκηνησω,  to  quarter. 

σ-κηνη,  w,  α  tent.     3.     Scene. 

σκητΓΤο'δ,  ό  (σκητττω,  to  fall,  dart), 
a  thunderbolt. 

Ισ-κηίΓΓοΰχοξ,    ό  (έχω),    a   scqnre- 
bearcr. 

σκηΐΓτρον,  τό  (σκήτττω,  to  prop),  a 
staff,  sceptre. 

σ-κι«χ,  ας,  shadow,  shade.     Sky. 

σ-κο•π•€'ω,  σκέχΐ'ομαι,  εσκεμμαι,  έσκε- 
ψάμην,  to  look  intently,  ascertain,  to 
see  to,  consider.     29.     Scope. 
|o"Koiros,  ό,  a  scout. 

σ-κΰλον,  ~ό  (σκΊ'Α/.ω,  to  flay),  comrn. 
pi.,  spoils. 

o-o's,  cr.y,  GOV,  \  82,  tliy.  your,  yours. 
|(Γθψίόΐ}  ας,  wisdom.   Philo-sophy. 


σοφκΓτη'δ 


262 


στρατιώτηδ 


■{■ο-οφιστηξ,  οϋ  (σο^/ζω,  to  make 
*vise),  a  master  of  his  craft,  wise 
man.     Sophist. 

ΙΣοφο-κλήδ,    έονς,    §    52,   2,  Ν.  3, 
/So2:)hoclcs,  the  poet. 
σ-οφο'δ,  V,  όν,  wise. 
σ-ττανίζω    (σπανιδ-),    σπανίσω^    IV. 
{ρπάνις^  want),  to  lack,  G. 
Σττάρτη,  ης,  Sparta. 
4-ΣΐΓαρτιάτη5,  ov,  a  Spar^tan. 
σ-ττάρτον,  TO,  a  cord, 
σ-Ίτάω,  σπάσω,   etc.,  w.  perf.   and 
aor.  pass,  έσπασμαι,  ίσπάσβην^  ^  113, 
Ν.  1,  to  draw.     Spasm. 

(Γπ'€ίρω  (σττερ-),  σπερώ,  έσπειρα, 
εσπαρμαι,  2  a.  p.  εσπάρτ/ν,  IV.,  to 
soiv. 

στΓ€ν8ω,  σπείσω,  έσπεισα,  εσπεισμαι, 
to  offer  a  libation,  pour  out  as  an 
offering  ,•  mid.  to  make  a  treaty. 

σ•ΤΓ£υ8ω,  σπενσω,  έσπευσα,  to  hasten, 
2jrcss  on.     36. 

σ-ίΓονδη,  ής  (σπένόω),  a  libation; 
pi.  a  treaty,  truce.     28. 

Ισ-ΊΓουδαιο-λογεω,      σπουδαιολογΐ/σω 
(λόγος),    to    engage   in   conversaiion 
earnestly. 
to-irouSatos,  «,  ov,  earnest,  virtuous. 
στΓουδη,  ής  (σπεύδω),  haste. 
στα-,  stem  of  Ιστημι,  q.  v. 
Ιστάδιον,  TO,  pi.  also  oi  στάδωι,  a 
stadium,  as  a  measure  of  distance 
nearly  a  furlong. 
|σ•ταθμο8,    ό,    a   station,    stopping- 
place;  hence,  a  day's  journey,  stage. 
12. 

^στασιάζω      (στασιαδ-)^     στασιάσω, 
εστασίασα,  έστασίακα,  IV.,   to  revolt, 
quarrel,  be  at  odds. 
4.<rTci<ris,  εως,  ?},  dissension. 
.|.(Γταυρωμα,  ατος^  τό  (στανρόω,  to  pal- 
isade, fr.  σταυρός,  a  stake),  a  stockade. 
στίίβω  (στιβ-),  έστειψα,  εστ'ιβημαι, 
II.,  to  tread,  beat  down. 

<ΓΤ£λλ(α    (σΓελ-),    στελώ,    εστει.?Μ, 


εσταλκα,  ίσταλμαι^  2  a.  ρ.  εστάλι/ν, 
IV.,  to  accoutre,  send. 

oTcvos,  7,  όν,  narrow.  Steno- 
graphy. 

σ-τ€'ργω,  στερξω,  εστερξα,  2  p. 
έστοργα,  to  love,  of  the  natural  love 
of  parents  and  children. 

(ΓΤ£ρ€«,  and  (ΓΤ£ρίσκω  (στερ-),  VI., 
στερήσω,  etc.,  w.  2  a.  pass,  εστερην, 
to  rob,  dejorive;  pass,  στΐρομαι, 
στερήσομαί,  εστέρημαι,  εστερήβτμ},  to 
be  deprived  of,  be  without,  want,  g. 
51.    Steal. 

στί'ρνον,  TO,  the  breast,  chest. 

CTTcppcuS  {στερρός,  firm),  resolutely. 
36.     ^ 

<ΓΤ€φανο8>  ό  (στέφω,  to  encircle),  a 
croton. 

Ιστίφανοω,  στεφανώσω,  etc.,  to 
crown. 

στήλη,  7]ζ  (Ιστημι),  a  pillar. 

<rr\eyyis,  'δος,  η,  a  tiara,  an  orna- 
ment for  the  head. 

oToXcis,  άδος,  i]  (στέλλω),  a  leath- 
ern jerkin. 

<Γτολη,  ης  (στέλλω),  a  dress,  gar- 
ment.   Stole. 

(TToXos,  ύ  (στέλλω), preparation,  an 
expedition.     39. 

σ-το'μα,  ατός,  τό,  the  mouthy  van. 
|θΓτρατ€ίο,  «C,  iiii  expedition. 
|σ-τράτ€υμα,  ατός,  τό,  prop,  troops 
in  the  field,  an  army,  host.     17. 

|<Γτρατ€υω,  στρατεύσω,  etc.,  to  m,ake 
an  expedition,  ch.  of  the  comman- 
der ;  mid.  to  make  war,  make  or  take 
part  in  an  expedition,  of  both  com- 
mander and  soldiers.     31. 

|<Γτρατ-ηγ6'ω,  στρατηγήσω,  to  lead, 
command,  G.     Stratagem. 

|<Γτρατ-ηγο5,  ό  (ήγέομαι),  a  leader 
of  an  army,  general.     6. 

|σ-τρατιά,  ας,  an  army  in  the  field 
or  on  the  march.     13. 
ίστρατιώτηβ,  ου^  a  <oldier,     4. 


(ΓτρατοΊΓίδίυω 


263 


<Γυν€σν8 


f  στρατο-ΐΓίδίυω,  στ(χι-οπεΛενσω,6ίο. , 
to  encamp,  but  comm.  as  dep.  raid., 
to  encamj),  bivouac.     15. 

Ιστρατο-ΊΤίΒον,  τό  [-έόον,  ground), 
a  camp,  encampment.     28. 

«rrparos,  ό,  an  army  encamped  or 
on  the  march. 
toTpeiTTos,  0,  a  necklace. 

<Γτρ€'φω,  στρέψω,  έστραμμαί,  εστρέ- 
<ρβην,  2  ρ.  έστροφα  (rare),  2  a.  ρ. 
εστράώην,  Ιο  turn,  twist,  pervert; 
mid.  to  face  about.     47. 

|<Γτρ€ψί-8ςκο5,  ov  (βίκ,η),  perverting 
justice. 

oTpovGoSf  0,  ;^,  prop,  any  bird,  as 
α  sparroiv,  eagle ;  also  ατι  ostrich, 
when  sometimes  μέγας  is  added. 

<Γτυγνο5,  ή,  όν  (στνγέο),  to  hate), 
stem. 

ervf  σον,  second  pers.  pron.,  |  79, 
1,  THOU,  you. 

<Γνγ-γίγνο}ΐαι,  to  meet,  D. 

οτυγ-γράφω,  to  compile,  draw  up. 

σ-υ-γ€,  i.  e.  συ  γε,  you  for  your 
part. 

<Γυγ-καλ€'ω,  to  call  together. 

οττγ-κατα-στρίφω,  comm.  mid.,  to 
assist  in  subduing. 

σ-νγ-Κ€ΐμχιι,  to  be  agreed  upon  ,•  εις 
TO  σιγκείμενον,  sc.  χωρίον,  to  the  place 
agreed  upon ;  τα  αντικείμενα,  the 
things  agreed  upon,  agreement. 

σττγ-χωρί'ω,  to  go  with,  yield. 

Συ€ vv€<riS}  ίος,  ό,  Sye?inesis,  a  king 
of  Cilicia. 

σ-υλ-λαμβάνω,  to  arrest.  Syllable. 

<rv\-\iy<a,  to  gather  together,  col- 
lect. 
Ιοτυλ-λογη,  ^ί",  a  levy. 

(τυμ-βοίλλω,  to  cast  together;  mid. 
to  contribute.     Symbol. 

|<Γυμ-βουλ€νω,  ^ορ/α?ι  with,  counsel, 
advise;  mid.  to  consult  with,  d.     28. 

συμ-βουλη,  ής,  advice. 
f(rv^.-y.a\id,  ας,  an  alliance.     53. 


σ-υμ-μάχομαι,  to  fight  along  with. 
4.σ-νμ-μαχο8,  ό,  an  ally,  auxiliary. 
32. 

(τυμ-μιγνϋμι,  to  mingle  with,  join, 
join  battle,  d.     52. 

(τυμ-ττεμιτω,  to  send  with,  a.  d. 

(Γυμ-ιτίΐΓτω,  ίο  grapple  with. 
Symptom. 

συμ-ττλίωξ,  ων,  very  full. 

οτυμ-ιτΌρίΰομω,  to  proceed  with, 
join  in  jiroceeding. 

(τυμ-Ίτραττω,  to  assist  in  affecting, 
i>. 

<Γυμ-φ£ρω,  to  collect,  be  useful,  to 
happen. 

σ-υμ-φημι,  to  acknowledge. 

(τυμ-φορα,  ας  (σνμ-φέρω),  an  event, 
mishap,  misfortune. 

σ-ΰν  or  ξυν,  prep.  w.  D.,  with,  in 
company  with,  by  aid  of.  In  comp., 
ivith,  together.     Syn-. 

ο-χ»ν-άγω,  to  bring  together,  collect. 

<Γυν-αθροίζω,  to  collect  together. 

<Γυν-ακολουθ6ω,  to  follow  closely, 
accompjany,  d. 

σ-υν-αντάω,  σννήντησα  (αντάω,  to 
meet,  αντί),  to  meet. 

σ-υν-άΐΓ-6νμ<,  (εί/^ί)•  ^^  depart  with. 

(ruv-Seiirvos,  ό  {δεΙ~νον),  a  table- 
companion. 

(Γυν-€ΐμι  {ε'ψί),  to  be  with,  d.  ;  oi 
σιη^όντες,  one's  associates. 

<Γυν-€Κ-βιβάζω,  to  join  or  aid  in 
getting  out.     35. 

σ-υν-€λαβον,  see  σν7<.-λαμβάνω. 
.     (τυν-ίλεξα,  see  συλ-λέγω. 

σ-υν-ενην€γμαι,  see  σνμ-<ρέρω. 

στίν-ίΐΓΐ-τρΐβω,  to  crush  together, 
destroy  idtcrhj,  ruin. 

(Γυν-€•π•ομαι,  to  accompany,  d. 

<Γυν-€ργο5,  ^  (^P/'ox"),  <^  co-worker. 

(Γυν-€ρχομαι,  to  come  together,  con- 
vene, go  in  a  body. 

<niv-€^iS|  εωξ•,  ή  {σνν-ίημι),  under- 
standing. 


σ•υν€χή$ 


264 


τάλαντον 


t<n»v-€XTjS)  ες,  holding  together,  con- 
tinuous; neut.  as  adv.,  unceasingly. 

σνν-έχω,  to  constrain. 

σ-υν-ήλθον,  see  συν-ερχομαι. 

σ-υν-θηκη,  7]ς  {συν-τίθτ]μή,  comm. 
pi.,  a  treaty,  compact. 

(τυν-θημα,  ατός,  τό  (συν-τίθημή,  an 
agreement,  password,  watchword.  51. 

<Γυν-ίημιι,  to  understand. 

«τυν-ύττημι,  to  set  together;  mid. 
w.  p.  and  2  a.  act.,  to  assemble. 
System. 

(Tvv-oiSa,  to  be  conscious  with  or 
to,  D. 

σ*υν-οντων,  see  ανν-ειμί. 

ο-υν-ουοτίοί,  ΰς  (σίν-ειμή,  a  being 
together,  intercourse. 

οτυν-τάττω,  to  draw  up.    Syntax. 

<Γυν-τίθημι,  to  put  together;  mid. 
to  make  an  agreement,  to  compact. 
Synthetic. 

«τυν-τομοδ,  ov  {τέμνω),  concise,  short. 

(τυν-τρΐβω,  to  crush  together. 

(Γυν-ωψ£λ€'ω,  to  join  in  benefiting ; 
συνω^ελέω  ουόεν^  to  contribute  no 
benefit. 

Συρακόσιος,  ο,  a  Syracusan. 
f Συρία,  (Ις,  Syria. 
tSvpkos,  (i,  ov,  Syrian. 

Svpos,  0,  a  Syrian. 

σ-υ-α-κίνάξω,  comm.  mid.,  to  collect 
one's  baggage,  pack  up,  make  ready 
to  start. 

σ-ψαΐρα,  ας,  a  bcdl.     Sphere. 

ίτφάγιον,  τό  (σφάττω),  victim ;  pi. 
omens. 

(τφάλλω  (σι^αλ-),  σφαλώ,  έσφη/Μ, 
έσφα?ψαι,  2  a.  p.  εσψάλην,  IV.,  to  trip 
up,  deceive;  mid.  and  pass.,  to  be 
thrown  down,  stumble,  meet  with  a 
reverse.     Fall. 

σ-ψάττω  and  σ-ψάζω  (σ^ά^-),  σφάξω, 
έσφαξα,  έσφαγμαί,  έσφάχβην  (rare), 
comm.  2  a.  p.  έσφάγην,  IV.,  to  slay, 
daughter.     40. 


σφίΐ^,  (Γφ£<Γΐ,  SCO  oil. 
|σ-φ£νδονάω,  σφενι.)υνί/σω,  to  use  the 
sling,  throiu  with  a  sling,  sling. 

ο-φενΒο'νη,  νζ,  cb  sling ;  by  meton- 
ymy, the  missile.     32. 

<Γφ6Τ€ρο5,  a,  ov,  poss.  pron.,  ^  82, 
their,  their  οιυη. 

σφοδρο$,  Γι,  όν,  vehement,  severe; 
σφόδρα,  neut.  pi.  w.  changed  accent, 
extremely,  greatly,  very  much.     46. 
4<Γφο8ρώ$,  severely,  savagely. 

σ-χίζω  (σχί(5-),  σχίσω,  etc.,  IV.,  to 
split.     35. 

Ισχολάζω  (σχο?Μδ-^,  σχολάσω,  εσχό- 
/Μσα,  ίσχόλακα,  IV.,  to  be  at  leisure. 
Scholastic. 

σ-χολη,  ης,  leisure;  <^χυλΐι,  at  leis- 
ure, slowly.     School. 

(τώζω  [σωδ-,  σω-),  σώσω,  etc.,  Λν.  a.  p. 
εσώβην  (σώοζ•),  to  save,  preserve,  keep 
safe,  rescue,  bring  in  safety,  conduct 
safely ;  mid.  to  escape.     22. 

Σω-κράτης,  εος,  6,  Socrates. 

(τώμα,  ατός,  τό,  the  body.    51. 

(r(3os,  a,  ov,  contr.  cr«s,  σ-ών,  safe 
and  SOUND,  safe. 

|σ•ωτηρ,  ήρος,  voc.  σώτερ,  ό  (σώζω), 
a  savior. 

Ιοτωτηρίά,  ας,  safety,  deliverance, 
jircservation. 

|σωτηρΐ05,  ov,  promising  safety; 
σωτήρια^  sc.  Ιερά,  thank- offerings  for 
safety. 

σ-ω-φρον€ω,  σωφρονί/σω,  to  be  tvise. 

55• 

|σ•ω-φροσ•ΰνη,  ??C,  wisdom,  discreet- 
ness, self-control. 

(τώ-φρων,  ov  (σώος,  φρψ'),  soioul 
minded,  wise,  prudent,  discreet. 

T. 

τά,  Ta-Sc,  see  οδε. 

τάλαντον,  τό,  a  talent,  worth  GO 
minae,  or  GOOO  drachmae,  or  about 
$1080.00. 


ToiXas 


265 


τίθημι 


tOXos,  Ta7.atva^  τάλαν,  ^  G7, 
wretched. 

ταναντία,  by  crasis  for  τα  εναντία. 

Ta^iS,  fwc,  ή  [τάττω),  arranrjcmcnt, 
good  order,  discipline,  rank,  ranks, 
line,  battle-array,  division,  band.  21. 

τα'π•€ΐνοω,  τατεινώσυ  (τατείνός^ 
humble),  to  huvibU. 

ταράττω   [ταραχ-),    ταράξω,    etc., 
Ιλ-^.,    to    disturb,    disorder,    stir  up, 
throw  into  confusion,  trouble.    20. 
|τάραχο5,  ό,  disturbance. 

Ταρσ-οί,  οί,  Tarsus,  a  city  in  Cilicia. 

τάττω  {ταγ-),  τάξω,  etc.,  w.  2  a. 
pass,  ετάγην,  TV.,  to  arrange,  post, 
station,  marshal,  order,  assign.     28. 

Tavpos,  0,  a  bull.     Steer. 

ταΰτα,  see  οντος. 

ταντοί,  ταντον,  by  crasi.s  for  τα 
αντά,  το  αί'τόν.     Tauto-logy. 

τάφθ5,  ό  (Οάητω),  α  tomb.  Epi- 
taph. 

τάφρο5,  ν  (βάτζτώ),  α  ditch,  trench. 
γταχ^δω?,  c.  Ηάττον,  s.  τάχιστα,  quick- 
ly, rapidly,  suddenly  ,•  ως  τάχιστα,  as 
quickly  as  possible. 

ταχυ'β,  f<a,  v,  §  73,  1,  swift,  quick; 
ταχν,  as  adv.,  =  ταχέως ;  τψ>  ταχί- 
οττγν,  sc.  οδόν,  the  quickest  way,  used 
adv.    35. 

τα«βς,  ό,  a  pea-cock. 

T€,  post-posit,  end.  conj.,  and;  τέ 
...τέ  or  τε.,.καί,  both. ..and. 

Te^e'a,  ας,  Tegea,  a  city  in  Arcadia. 
|Τ€γ€άτη8,  oi\  a  man  of  Tegea. 

τί'θνηκα,    T€0v€u5s,    τ€θνάναι,    see 

τεθραμμαι,  see  τρέψω. 

τεθρ-ιτητον,  τό  (τέτταρες,  ιτΓττος),  α 
four-horse  chariot.     26. 

τείνω  (τεν-),  τενώ,  έτεινα,  τέτοκα, 
τέταμαι,  έτάθτμ^,  IV.,  to  stretch.  ^Ι. 
Tone,  tonic. 

τ€ίχο8}  τό,  α  wall  for  defence,  fort- 
ress, fort.    19.    Dike. 


f  τεκμαίρομαι  (τεκμαρ-),  τεκμαρηνμαι, 
έτεκμηράμί/ν,  IV.,  to  judge,  conclude. 
τεκμαρ,  indecL,  τό,  α  sure  sign. 
|τεκμηριον,  τό,  a  sure  sign,  positive 
proof.     42. 

τί'κνον,  TO  (τίκτω),  a  child. 
τελε'Οω,  to  arise,  come  forth. 
Ιτελενταΐο?,  a,  ov,  final,  rearmost ; 
01  τΓΑενταΙηι,  the  rear. 

Ιτελευτάω,  τε/.ενττ^σω,   etc.,  to  end, 
finish  life,  die.     10. 
γτελευτη,  ης,  the  end. 
γτελε'ω,    τελέσω    or    τελώ,    έτέλεσα, 
τετέ/.εκα,    τετέλεσμαι,    έτελέσβην,    to 
finish,  fulfil  an  obligation,  pay.    32. 
τε'λθ5,  τό   (τέλ'λω,   to   accomplish), 
end,    accomplishment,   tax,    burden ; 
pi.  by  metonymy,  magistrates.     19. 
τε'μνω  {τεμ-,  τμε-),  τεμώ,  τέτμηκα, 
τέτμημαι,  έτμτιβην,  2  a.  έτεμον  or  έτα- 
μον,  Υ .,  to  cut.     48•     A-tom. 

τε'ρττω,  τέρ-φω,  έτερψα,  έτέρφΟην,   to 
delight.     Trust. 

|τ6ρψί-νοο5,    ov,     gladdening     the 
heart. 
tT8'TapTos,  V,  nv,  fourth. 
i  τετρα-κοίτιοι,  ai,  a  {εκατόν),  four 
hundred. 
f  τετταράκοντα,  forty. 
τε'τταρεδ,  (φα,  §  77, 1 ,  FOUE.    Tetr- 
arch. 

τεν'ξομαι,  see  τυγχάνω. 
τε'χνη,  ης  (τίκτω),  art,  skill,  trade. 
Teclinical. 

|τεχνίτη5,  ov,   an   artificer,   work- 
man. 

τήκω  (τακ-),  τήξω,   έτηξα,   ετήχβην 
(rare),  2  p.  τέτηκα,  2  a.  p.  έτάκην,  II., 
to  melt:  2  p.  to  be  melted.  47.  Thaw. 
τη'μ,ερον  (~-,  a  demon,  pron.  prefix, 
and  ημέρα),  to-day.     22. 
Τίγρη?,  ψΌς,  ό,  the  Tigris. 
τίθημι  (^ε-),    θησω,   έθηκα,   τέθεικα, 
τέθειμαι,  έτέθην,  1,  to  putj  place,  en- 
act; τίθεμαι  τα  'όπλα,  lit.,  to  ground 


τίκτω 


266 


τρφω 


arms,  i.  e.  to  stand  with  spear  and 
shield  resting  on  the  ground  ;  then, 
to  take  up  a  military  position,  to  aj)- 
pear  under  arms.     Do,  thesis. 

τίκτω  (τεκ-),  τέξομαι,  έτεξα  (rare), 
Ιτέχθην  (rare),  2  p.  τέτοκα,  2  a.  ετεκον, 
III,,  to  beget,  briyig  forth,  produce. 

τίλλω  (τίλ-),  Τίλώ,  έτίλα,  τέτιλμαι, 
Ιτίλβην,  IV.,  to  pluck,  torment. 
γτΐμάω,  τΙμήσω,  etc.,  to  honor,     ίο. 

τϊμη,  ης  {τίω,  ίο  pay  honor),  lionor. 
4τΐμΐ05,  ΰ,  ον,  in  honor. 
:};τϊμ-ωρ€ω,   τιμωρήσω,  etc.,   to  help, 
avenge ;    mid.   take  vengeance,   take 
vengeance  on,  piunish;    pass,   to   he 
punished. 
|τϊμ-ωρία,  ας,  punishment. 
4.τϊμ-ωρο$,     όν     (αίρω),     upholding 
lionor,  helping. 

Tis,  τί,  inter,  pron.,  ^  84,  wno? 
which  f  whatf  τί,  as  adv.,  tvhy  f 

Tis,  Τί,  indef.  pron.,  ^  84,  so7ne, 
any,  a  certain;  τΙς,  as  noun,  some  or 
any  one;  τΐ,  as  noun,  something, 
anything,  as  adv.,  at  all. 

Τισ-σ-αφί'ρνηβ,  εος,  ace.  τ/ν  and  η,  ό, 
Tissaphernes,  a  Persian  satrap. 

τιτρώίτκω  ijpo-),  τρώσω,  έτρωσα, 
τετρωμαι,    ετρώΟην,   VI.,    to    wound. 

48. 

τοί,  post-posit,  end.   particle,  in 
truth,  indeed,  surely. 
4.τοί-νυν,  post-posit,  conj.,  therefore. 
τοιοσδί,    τοίάδε,    τυιόνόε,    demon, 
pron.,  ^  87,  1,  such,  as  follows. 

TOiovros,  τοιαύτη,  τοωντον  or  tol- 
ovTQ,  demon,  pron.,  §  87,  1,  such,  as 
precedes. 

τολμάω,  τολμήσω  {τόλμα,  boldness), 
to  venture,  dare.     37. 
Τολμί5ης,  ov,  Tolmides. 
■}"το|€υμα,  ατος^  τύ,  an  arrow. 
tτoξ€vω,  τυξείισω,  ετόξενσα,  τετόξευ- 
μαι,  to  shoot  with  a  how,  shoot.     7. 
Ιτοξικη,  ης,  so.  τέχνη^  howmanship. 


το'ξον,  τό,  a  bow.     13. 
|τοξο'τη5,  ου,  ct  bowman,  archer.    7. 

TOTTOs,  0,  a  place,  region,  district. 
Topic. 

τοσούτοδ,  τοσαντη,  τοσούτον  or  το- 
σούτο, demon,  pron.,  ^  87,  1,  so 
much,  great,  or  large,  pi.  so  many ; 
τοσούτον,  so  much  space;  τοσουτω, 
I  188,  2,  by  so  much,  the. 

το'τ€,  at  that  time,  then;  τότε  μεν... 
τότε  όέ,  at  one  time. ..at  another. 

του-,  by  crasis  for  το  ε-  or  τυ  ό-. 

τράγημα,  ατός,  τό  {τρώγω,  2  a. 
έτραγον,  to  gnaw),  comm.  pL,  dried 
fruits,  sweet-meats. 

τράτΓίζα,  7]ς  {τέτταρες  and  πέζα, 
foot),  a  table. 

τραΰμα,  ατός,  τό  {τιτρώσκω),  a 
wound.     54. 

τραφήναι,  see  τρέφω. 

τράχηλθ8,  ό,  the  neck,  throat. 

Tpeis,  τρία,  ^  77,  1,  THREE. 

τρίττω,  τρέ-ψω,  έτρεψα,  τέτροψα  or 
τέτραψα,  τέτραμμαι,  έτρέφθην,  2  a. 
mid.  έτραπόμην,  2  a.  pass,  έτράπην, 
to  turn ;  mid.  betake  one's  self,  some- 
times put  to  flight;  εις  φνγήν  τρέπω, 
to  put  to  flight.     46. 

τρέψω  {τρεφ-  for  Ορεφ-),  θρέψω, 
έθρεψα,  τέτροφα,  τέβραμμαι,  έβρέφβην 
(rare),  2  a.  p.  έτράφην,  to  bring  up, 
support,  keep ;  mid.  to  subsist. 

τρέχω  {τ  ρε  χ-  for  Ορε  χ-,  όραμ-), 
όραμυνμαι,  έΟρεξα  (rare),  -δεόρήμηκα, 
-όεόράμημαι,  2  a.  έδραμον,  VIII.,  ίο 
run.     2. 

τριάκοντα  {τρεις),  thirty. 

Tpid-KoVioi,  αι,  α  {τρεις,  εκατόν), 
three  hundred. 

Ιτριβη,    ης,    α    rubbing,    constant 
practice. 

τρίβω   {τριβ-),   τρίψω,    έτρΙψα,   τέ-  • 
τριφα,   τέτριμμαι,   έτρίφβην,  w.  2  a.  p. 
έτρίβην,    II.,    to    rub,    thraeh,    as 
corn. 


τριήρη? 


267 


ύτΓθλ€£ΐΓω 


|τρι-ηρης,  εης,  ?/,   ^  52,   2  (όρ-   in 
ηραρισκω,  Ιο  join),  α  trireme,  α  sldp. 
γ Τρϊν-ακρίά,  ας,  Trinacria,  anothor 
name  for  the  island  of  Sicily. 

Tpis,  three  times,  thrice. 
4.τρΐ(Γ-ά<Γμ€νο$,  //,  ov,  three  times  as 
glad. 
|τρισ-χτλιοι,  ni,  a,  three  thousand. 

TpiTos,  y,  ov  {τρε'ις),  third. 

Τροία,  ΰς,  Troy. 
Ιτροτταιον,  Γ0,  α  trophy. 

τροττη,  ης  {τρέ-ω),  defeat,  rout. 

Tpoiros,  ό  (τρέπω),  α  turn,  man- 
ner;  disjwsition,  character,  habit. 
42.     Trope. 

τροφή,  ής  (τρέφω),  food,  support. 

τροχό'?,  ό  (τρέχω),  a,  wheel. 

τρϋποίω,  τρντζησω  (τρντζα,  α  hole, 
τριω,  to  wear  out),  to  hore. 

τρυψη,  ής  (βρντΐτω,  to  break  in 
pieces),  luxury. 

Τρωίκο'ς,  ή,  όν  (Τρώζ•,  Tros,  the 
founder  of  Troy),  Trojan. 

τυγχάνω  ('νχ-),  τευξομαι,  τετν- 
χηκα  or  τέτενχα,  2  a.  έτνχοι>,  V.  II., 
to  hit,  obtain,  receive,  happen, 
chance,  G.     45. 

τύραννο?,  ό,  a  tyrant. 

Tvpos,  <>,  a  cheese. 

τυρσ-is,  ίος,  ή,  a  tower. 

τυφλοω,  τνψλώσω  (τυφλός^  blind), 
to  make  blind,  blind. 

■^^'ΧΉ»  '/ί"  (τυγχάνω),  fortune,  luck, 
lot. 


Y. 


Ινβρίζω  (νβριδ-),  νβριώ,  etc.,  IV.,  to 
insult.     35. 

υβρι?,  εως,  ή,  insolence. 
|ύβριστο'τατο5,   7,  <'^,  s.    as   if  fr. 
νβριστος,  most  insolent. 

|ΰδρο-φορ€'ω,  νόροφηρί/σω  (φέρω),  to 
fetch  water. 

τίδωρ,  νόατος,  τό,  water. 


vLos,  ό,  rcg.,  hut  also  w.  forms  as 
if  fr.  νίενς,  ν'ιέος,  a  sox.     8. 

υλη,  7/ς,  a  wood. 
Ιϋλη'ει?,  εσσα  or  εις,  εν,  woody. 

νμ€ΐ?,  ϋμαδ,  see  συ. 
|ϋμ€'τ€ρο?,  (Ί,  ον,  poss.  pron.,  ξ  82, 
your,  yours. 

υμών,  ϋμΐν,  see  συ. 

ύτΓ-άγω,  to  lead  on  slowly;  mid. 
to  draw  on. 

■υτΓ-άρχω,  to  be  a  foundation  or  be- 
ginning,  commence,  sup)port,  favor^ 
belong,  be,  D. 

υΐΓ-€ΐμι  {ε'ιμ'ι),  to  be  underneath. 

ΰτΓ-€λαυνω,  to  ride  up. 

■ύτΓί'ρ,  prep.,  ovEE,  above.  (1)  With 
G.,  above,  for,  in  behalf  of,  concern- 
ing. (2)  With  Α.,  over,  beyond,  of 
place  and  measure.  In  comp.,  over, 
beyond,  exceedingly,  in  behalf  of . 

υΐΓ€ρ-β<ίλλω,  to  throw  over;  mid. 
to  exceed. 

ι5•ΐΓ€ρ-£χω,  to  be  above,  surpass,  D. 

ύΐΓ6'ρ-φρων,  ov  (ώρήν),  high-minded. 
|ΰ•π-ηρ€Τ6ω,  ντη]ρετησω,  to  be  a  ser- 
vant, serve,  furnish,  d. 

υτΓ-ηρετη?,  ό  (έρέτης,  rower),  an 
underling,  assistant,  helper.     46. 

ι5'7Γΐσ%ν€Όμαι,  ντζοσχί/σομαι,  ντίέσχη- 
μαι,  2  a.  ra.  νττεσχόμην,  V.  (strength- 
ened from  νπ-έχομαι),  to  hold  one's 
self  binder,  to  promise,  d.  a.     53. 

virvos,  ό,  sleep). 

νττό,  prep,  under,  by.  (1)  With 
G.,  under,  from  under,  by  (of  the 
agent),  through,  of  place,  cause,  etc. 
(2)  With  D.,  under.  (3)  Willi  a., 
to  (a.  place)  under,  towards,  during. 
In  comp.,  under,  secretly,  slightly, 
gradually.     Hypo-, 

υίΓΟ-ζΰγιον,  τό  (ζνγόν,  a  yoke),  a 
beast  of  burden. 

τ5ΐΓ0-λαμβάνω,  to  take  binder  one's 
jyrotection  ,•  to  assume,  suppose. 

νπο-λ€ίπω,  to  leave  behind. 


ύίΓολυω 


268 


ΦίλίΤΓΤΓΟξ 


νίΓΟ-λΰω,  ίο  loosen  below;  mid.  to 
untie  one's  shoes. 

•υ•ΐΓ0-μ€νω,  to  he  patient  -under,  en- 
dure. 

νίΓ-ΟΊΓτενω,  νττοπτενσω,  ^  105,  1, 
Ν.  2  (ντϊ-οπτος,  suspicious,  νφ-οράω, 
to  susj^ect),  to  suspect,  apprehend,  be 
ap)prehc7isive. 

iJiTo-crTrovSos,  ov  (σπονδή),  under  a 
truce. 

liiro-xcCpios,  ov  (χείρ),  subject  to. 

ιίττ-οχοβ,  ov  (εχο)),  subject  to. 

νίΓ-οψία,  (Ις  (νφ-ομάω,  to  suspect), 
suspicion,  apprehension.     15. 

fvtrrepalos,  «,  ov,  folloxving,  next, 
second;  ry  ίστεραία,  on  the  next  day. 

iicTTcpos,  a,  ov  {υττό,  §  73,  2),  later; 
νστε[)ην,  subsequently . 

υψ-ΐημι,  to  send  under ;  mid.  yield, 

D. 

ι5φ-ί(Γτημι,  to  put  under ;  mid.  w. 
p.  and  2  a.  act.,  to  undertake. 

νψο$,  τ"ό  (akin  to  ν•\1>ί,  on  high), 
height.     19. 


Φ. 


φαίην,  see  φημί. 

ψαίνω  (φαν-),  φανώ,  εφηνα,  πέφαγκα, 
ττέφασμαι,  εφάνΟην,  2  ρ.  ττέφηνα  intr., 
2  a.  p.  εφάνην,  IV.,  to  shoiu ;  mid.  to 
shotu  oncb  self,  appear,  he  seen.  47. 
Phenomenon. 

ψάλαγξ,  αγγος,  ι),  a  line  of  battle, 
phala7ix;  κατά  φάλαγγα,  i?i  line  of 
battle.     16. 

ψαν^ρος,  ή.,  όν  (φαίνω),  ap>parcnt, 
in  sight,  visible,  manifest,  plahi,  con- 
spicuous.    25. 

ψάρμακον,  τό,  a  medicine.  Phar- 
macy. 

Φαρνάβαζο$,  ό,  Pharnabdzus,  a 
satra})  of  north-western  Asia  Minor. 

ψάσ-κω  (φα-),  VI.  (φνμ'),  to  say, 
state,  allege.     44. 


Φάσΐξ,  ίδος  or  ως,  ό,  tJie  Phasis,  a 
river  in  Armenia. 

ψαΰλος,  V,  01^,  trifing,  had. 

ψ6ρω  (o'l-,  ενεκ-^  ένεγκ-  for  εν-ενεκ-), 
οίσω,  ηνεγκα,  ενήνοχα,  εν?}νεγμηι,  i/νέ- 
xftfjv,  2  a.  7/νεγκον,  VIII.,  to  bear, 
carry,  endure,  produce,  bring.  4. 
Peri-phery. 

φ€ίΙ,  interj.,  alas! 

φεύγω  (ψνγ-),  φενξομαι  or  φενξονμαι, 
2  p.  πέφευγα,  2  a.  έφυγαν,  II.,  to  fee, 
retreat,  fee  from,  fy,  shun,  avoid,  be 
banished.     45. 

ΐφίνγων,  οντος,  ό,  a  fugitive,  exile., 
pt  of  foregoing ;  for  the  voc.  sing., 
see  §  48,  2  ό,  second  paragraph. 
16.     Bow. 

φημί  (^«-),  φήΰω,  εφησα,  ^  127, 
ΙΛ''.,  to  say,  affirm,  say  yes;  ov  φημι, 
to  decline,  refuse,  deny. 

φθάνω  (φ(^(ΐ-),  φθάσω  and  φβήσομαι, 
έφθασα,  2  a.  act.  έφθην,  V.,  to  antici- 
pate; often  to  be  translated  by  an 
adv.,  before,  sooner,  previously,  1 279, 
4.     49. 

φθαρτο$}  ύ,  άν  (φθείρω,  to  destroy), 
destructible. 

φΟίγ^ο\ιαι,φθέγξομαι,  etc.,  to  sound, 
raise  a  cry,  shout.     Di-phthong. 

Ιφθονί'ω,  φθονήσω,  εψθόνησα,  εφθυνή- 
θην,  ίο  envy. 

φθο'νοβ,  ύ,  envy. 

φιάλη,  ί??,  CL  broad,  shallow  howl. 

ψιλαίτ€ρο$,  a  comparative  of  φίλος, 
§  71,  Ν.  2. 

φιλ-άργνρο5,  ov  (φίλος,  άργυρος), 
fond  of  money. 

φιλεω,  φιλήσω,  etc.  (φίλος),  to  love, 
prop,  of  tlie  love  of  friends.     18. 

φιλία,  (Ις  (φί^ος),  friendship. 

φίλιθ85  (Ί-,  01'  (φίλος),  friendly. 

φίλ-ι•ΐΓ•πΌ5,  ov  (φίλος,  ϊτΐττος),  fond 
of  Jiorses. 

ΐΦίλ-iiriros,  ό,  Philip.  Philip- 
pic. 


ψιλοθηρος 


269 


χαλίτταίνω 


ψίλο-θηρος,  ην  {φίλος,  Ο/'/ρα,  hunt- 
im;,  fr.  Ο/φ),  fond  of  hunting. 

ψιλο-κ€ρδης,  ές  {φίλος,  κέρόος), 
greedy  of  gain. 

ψιλο-κίνδϋνο$)  ov  {φΊ^χις,  κίνδυνος), 
fond  of  danger. 

ψιλο-μαθης,  ές  {φί/Μς,  μανθάνω), 
fond  of  hyirning. 

ψιλομηλοι  ας,  the  nightingale. 

φίλο5,  ?/,  ov,  §  73,  1,  loved,  beloved, 
dear,  actively  well-disposed;  φί7^}ς, 
ό,  a  friend,     ii.     Phil-,  philo-. 

^φιλο-σοφία,  (Ίς,  the  love  of  wisdom, 
philosophy . 

Ιφιλο'-σοφοδ,  ov,  fond  of  wisdom; 
masc.  as  noun,  a  philosopher. 
|φιλο-τΐμο8,  ον{τιμίή,  Iconor -loving. 

φλέ'φ,  φλεβός,  η,  a  vein. 
Ιφλυαρ/ω,   φ/ινΰρ//σω,    to   talk  non- 
sense. 

Ιφλυαρία,  ας,  silly  talk,  jA.  fooleries, 
nonsense.     54. 

φλύαρος,  ό  {φλνω,  to  bubble),  bab- 
bling. 

|φοβ£ρος,  ά,  όν,  fearftd,  terrible, 
alarming.     30. 

tφoβeω,  φοβΐ/σω,  εφόβησα,  ττεφόβη- 
μαι,  'εφοβί/θην,  to  frighten;  mid.  as 
dep.,  w.  a.  p.,  to  fear,  dread.     26. 

φόβος,  ΰ  {φέβυμαί,  to  flee  affrighted), 
fear,  fright.     50. 

φοινίκεος,  a,  ov,  contr.  φοινίκοϋς, 
V,  "i'v,  fiurple. 

Φοίνιξ,  lnoc,  ό,  a  Phoendcian ;  as 
common  noun,  φοίνιξ,  the  palm- 
tree. 

φον€ΰω,  φονεύσω,  etc.  {φόνος,  mur- 
der, cf.  φενω,  obs.,  to  slay),  to  kill. 
Bane. 

φράζω  {φραό-),  φράσω,  etc.,  IV.,  to 
tell,  D.     40.     Phrase. 

φρην,  φρενός,  y,  prop,  the  dia- 
phragm; also,  comm.  pi.,  ilie  mind, 
heart. 

4φρον£'ω,  φρονήσω,  εφρόνησα,  πεφρυ- 


νηκα,    to   think;    μέγα  φρονέω,   to   be 
haughty-minded ;  κακώς  φρονέω,  ίο  be 
evil-minded. 
4•φρο'νη<Γΐς,  εως,  η,  wisdom,  prudence. 
^φροντίζω  {φροντίΛ-),  φρηντιω,  εφρόν- 
ησα, ττεφρόντικα,  IV.,  ίο  take  thought 
for,  be  anxious,  G. 
Ιφροντίς,  ίδος,  ?/,  thought. 
Ιφρου'ρ-αρχος,   ό  {άρχω),   the  com- 
mo.nder  of  a  garrison.     27. 

φρουρο'ς,  ο  {ττρο-οράω),  a  garrison- 
soldier. 
ΙΦρυγία,  ας,  Phrygia. 
ΐΦρνγιος,  ΰ,  ov,  Phrygian. 
Φριίξ,  νγός^  ό,  α  Phrygian. 
φυγάς,  άδος,  6  {φενγω),  an  exile, 
fugitive,     ij. 

φυγή,  VC  {φεύγω),  flight. 
φυλακή,    ής,  prop,   a    guarding; 
hence  a  guard,  garrison,  in  the  col- 
lective sense. 

Ιφιίλαξ,  ακος,  ό,  ή,  a  guard,  watcher, 
used  of  the  individual.     16. 

^ν\άττω{φνλακ-),φν/ιάξω,  etc.,  IV., 
to  guard,  keep  guard;  mid.  to  guard 
one's  self  against.     34. 

Ιφυσ-ιο-λο'γος,    ov,   inquiring    into 
nature.     Physiology. 
Ιφυσ-ις,  εως,  ή,  nature. 
tφυτo'v,  τό,  a  plant. 
φνω,    φίσω,    έφϊσα,    πέφνκα,    2    a. 
έφϋν,  2  a.  p.  έφί'ΐ/ν,  to  produce ;  perf. 
and  2  a.  intrans.,  to  be. 

φωνή,  ήζ,  cb  sound,  the  voice,  speech, 
language.     10.     Phonetic, 
φώρ,  φωρός,  ό,  a  tJiief 
φως,    φωτός,    τό,    light.      Photo- 
graph. 

Χ. 

χαίρω  {χαρ-),  χαφησω,  κεχάρηκα, 
κεχάρημαί  and  κεχαρμαι,  2  a.  ρ.  εχά- 
prp),  ΙΛ^.,  to  rejoice.     Yeakn. 

Χαλδαΐοι,  οι,  the  Chaldaeans. 
Ιχαλίΐταίνω  {χαλετζαν-),  χα/χπανώ. 


χαλίττοδ 


270 


χώρε  ω 


έχαλέττηνα,   εχα7ιεττάνΟην,   IV.,   to   he 
angry,  d. 

χαλ€ΤΓ0§,  V,  02',  ho.rd,  difficult, 
grievous,  severe,  harsh,  bitter,  angry, 
cross,  cruel.     32. 

^.χαλε-π-ώδ,  grievously,,  severely,  ex- 
ceedingly ;  χα7νεπώς  φέρω,  to  be  dis- 
tressed. 

χαλϊνο'δ,  ό,  a  bridle. 
tX0L\K€Os,  (i,  ov,  contr.    χαλκούς,   ?/, 
ovv,  of  bronze,  bronze. 
χαλκ05>  ό,  bronze. 
Ιχάλκωμα,  ατός,  τ6,  a  bronze  uten- 
sil.    43. 

Χάλο5,  ό,  the  river  CJialus. 
Χάλυψ,    νβος,    ό,    a    Chalybian. 
Chalybeate. 

χαράδρα,  ΰς  {^χαράττω,  to   cut),   a 
ravine. 
txapicis,  εσσα,  εν,  ξ  67,  2,  graceful, 
pleasing,  clever. 
Ιχαριεντωξ,  pleasingly. 
Ιχαρίζομαι  {χαριδ-),  χαρωνμαι,  IV., 
to  gratify,  oblige,  indulge. 

Xcipis,  ίτος,  η  (χαίρω),  grace,  favor, 
gratitude;  χάριν  oioa,  to  be  grateful; 
χάριν  έχω,  to  feel  gratitude.  17.  Eu- 
charist. 

χ€ΐμών,  ώνος,  ό,  winter,  storm. 

Xeip,  χειρός,  gen.   and  dat.  dual 

χεροϊν,  dat.  pi.  χερΐ^ί,  ν,  the  hand.  39. 

|Χ€ΐρί-(Γθφθ5,    ό,     ChirisophuSj    a 

Spartan  general  in  tlie  army  of  Cyrus 

the  Younger. 

Ιχειρο-Ίτληθη'δ,  ες  [πληβω),  filling 
the  hand. 

Ιχίΐρο-τονεω,  χεφοτονί/σω  (τείνω), 
to  hold  up  the  hand,  elect. 

4.χ€ΐροω,  χειρώσω,  but  comm.  mid. 
as  dep.  χίΐρο'ομαι,  χειρώσομαι,  etc.,  to 
get  in  hand,  subdue. 

χ€ίρων,  ov,  inferior,  c.  of  κακός. 
Χ€ρρο-νησο5,  V,  the  Thracian  Cher- 
soncsus. 

χθε?,  yesterday. 


χθων,  χΟο7'ός,  η,  land,  country. 

χίλιοι,  ai,  a,  a  thousand. 

χϊλο'δ,  0,  fodder ;  ξηρός  χιλός,  dned 
grass,  hay. 

χίμαιρα,  ΰς,  a  she-goat  :  the 
chimera. 

χιτών,  ώνος,  6,  a  tunic. 

χιών,  όνος,  ή,  snow.     55. 
Ιχορ€υτη5,  ov,  a  choral  dancer. 
Ιχορεΰω,  χορενσω,  etc.,  to  dance. 
|χορο-διδ(ί(Γκαλθ5,  ό,  a  chorus-mas- 
ter. 

Xopos,  ό,  either  a  circidar  dance 
or  a  band  of  dancers,  chorus. 

χόρτο?,  ό,  fodder,  grass. 

χράομαι,  χρήσομαί,  etc.,  ^  9S,  ϊτ.  2, 
to  use,  treat,  employ,  make  use  of 
have  the  service  of,  D.     26. 

χρη,  impers.,  χρήσει,  imperf.  εχρϊ/ν 
or  χρ^,  it  is  necessary,  one  onust, 
should,  ought. 

ΧΡΐίζω  UpV^"^-)'  Λ'Ρ'>ω,  έχρησα,  IV., 
to  want,  luish,  desire.     29. 

χρήμα,  ατός,  τό  (χράομαι),  a  thing 
\ised,  comm.  pi.,  things,  goods,  ptos- 
sessions,  means,  property,  wealth, 
money.     27. 

χρήναι,  see  χρή. 

χρη'σ-ιμοξ,  U,  ov  (χράομαι),  useful. 

χρησ-τη'ριον,  τό  (χράυ,  to  give  an 
oracle),  the  seat  of  an  oracle,  an  oracle. 

χρηστο'δ,  V,  ol•-  (χράομαι),  useful, 
worthy,  good. 


Xpo'vos,  ό,  lime. 


Chronic. 


|χρϋσ-εο5,  «,  ov,  contr.  χρνσονς,  ij, 
ovv,  of  gold,  gold. 

Ιχρϋσίον,  τό,  a  piece  of  gold,  gold, 
golden.     6. 

Xpuo-o's,  0,  GOLD.     Chryso-lite. 
].χρϋσ•ο-χάλινο5,  ov,  with  gold-stud- 
ded yridle. 

χωλο'δ,  V,  όν,  lame. 
χώρα,  (ίς  (cf.  χώρος),  a  country.   3. 
χωρεω  (χώ()ος),  χωρήσω  or  χωρήσο- 
μαι,  etc.,  to  give  place,  move  on,  go. 


\ωρΙον 


271 


ώφ€  λιμός 


χωρίον  {χ<'φο(),  τ6,  α  confined  place, 
ttronghold,  spot. 

χωρίξ,  apart,  apart  from. 
χώρο5,  ό,  room,  space,  place. 

Ψάρος,  ό,  the  river  Psarus. 

ψε'-γω,    ψέξω,    έψεξα,    έψεγμαι,    to 
blame. 

ψε'λιον,  τό,  a  bracelet.     9. 
Ιψίυδηβ,  ές,  false.     24. 

ψευΒω,    ι/^είσω,    eijievca,    ίψενσμαί, 
έψεvσθr/v,  to  deceive;  mid.  to  deceive, 
lie.     31.    Pseud-onyme. 
|ψ6υ<Γτη5,  ov,  a  liar. 

ψηφίζω  {-ώη^ίό-),   ιρηφιώ,   etc.,   IV. 
[ψήφος,  a  pebble,  from  ψάω,  to  rub), 
comm.  mid.  as  dep.,  to  vote,  decree, 
resolve,  decide. 
Ιψηψισ-μα,  ατός,  τό,  a  decree. 

ψϊλο'ξ,  ?'/,  όν,  bare.     E-psilon. 

ψοψο$)  ό,  a  noise. 

Ψ^ΧΊ»  V^  (Ψ^'Χ",  io  breathe),  soul, 
life.     Psycho-logy. 

ψΰχο5,  τό  {ψί'χω,  to  blow),  cold. 
Ιψϋχρο'δι  «,  όν,  cold. 

Ω. 

ώ,  interjection,  Ο. 
ώ8€  {o(h),  thus,  as  follows. 
ωδη,  f/ς  ((«^ω),  a  song.     Ode. 
ωετο,  φηθην,  see  οίομαι. 
ώΒίω  (ώί^-),  ωσω,  έωσα,  έωσμαι,  έώ- 
ΰβην,  VII.,  to  push.     4S• 
ών,  part,  of  εΙμί. 
ωνεομαι,  ΰνήσομαί,    εώνημαι^   έωνή- 


Αην,  "w.  2  a.  mid.  ε-ριάμην  from  a 
stem  πρια-  which  lias  no  present 
{ωνης,  pyrice),  to  buy.,  purchase.     49. 

ώνιος,  β,  ov  (/όνος,  price),  to  be 
bought ;  τα  ωνια,  wares. 

ώρα,  ΰς,  a  proper  time,  time,  hour, 
w.  εστί  often  omitted.  Horo- 
scope. 

cus,  proclitic,  I.  as  a  rel.  adv.,  as, 
used  (1)  in  elliptical  expressions,  as 
ως  έπος  ειπείν,  so  to  speak,  ξ  268  ; 

(2)  with  participles,  ^    277,  n.  2  ; 

(3)  as  a  preposition,  to,  §  191,  III.  2; 

(4)  to  strengthen  a  superlative,  as 
ώς  τάχιστα,  as  quickly  as  possible. 
II.  ως  is  used  as  a  conj.  (l)to  express 
a  fact  like  'ότι,  that;  (2)  in  a  final 
clause  like  'ίνα,  in  order  that;  (3)  w. 
the  inf.  generally  to  express  result 
like  ώστε,  so  that,  but  sometimes 
purpose,  so  as,  ^  266,  n.  1 ;  in  a 
causal  clause,  since,  or  a  temporal 
clause,  when,  or  in  the  sense  of 
'όπως,  how.  III.  ως  w.  numerals  has 
the  meaning  οι  about. 

lUHr-irep,  rel.  a,(lY.,jiist  as. 
|ώσ-τ€,  conj.  expressing  result,  (1) 
w.  the  inf.,  so  as,  \  266, 1 ;  (2)  w.  the 
indie,  so  that,  consequently,  where- 
fore, \  237. 

ωτ€,  in  the  phrase  έ^'  ωτε,  on  con- 
dition that,  for  the  purpose  of,  |  267. 
ώτίξ,  ί/ί^ος,  η,  a  bustard. 
ώψ€λεω,  ωφελήσω,   etc.  (όφελος),  to 
benefit,  aid,  help.     38. 

|ώψ6λημα,  ατός,  τό,  an  advantage, 
good. 
|ώψ€λιμο5,  f/  or  υς,  oi>,  serviceable. 


IL   ENGLISH- GREEK  YOCABULARY. 


For  fuller  infonnatlon  in  regard  to  the  Greek  woixls  here  given,  consnlt  the  foregoing 
Vocabulary.  In  case  of  syiionymes,  when  the  difference  of  use  is  not  here  pointed  out,  tlie 
first  or  etymological  meaning  of  the  Greek  Λvords  should  be  determined  from  the  i)receding 
Vocabulary,  and  so  the  proper  word  selected.    Occasionally  the  words  ure  interchangeable. 


Abandon 

Abandon,  λείπω. 

Abl3,  he  — ,  όυναμαι. 

Abolish,  Ανω. 

About,  άμφί  or  ττερί ; 
be  — ,  μέλλω. 

Above,  υπέρ. 

Abundance,  αφθονία. 

Abuse,  7m loop έω. 

Accomplish.,  ετητε7.έω, 
-περαίνω,  or  ττοιέω,  the 
last  in  the  sense  of 
simply  to  do. 

Accord,  of  ones  own 
— ,  έκων. 

According,  —  to,  κατά. 

Accordingly,  6/}  or  ovv. 

Account,  —  hcqypi/,  μα- 
καρίζω ;  on  —  of,  όιά. 

Accuser,  κατήγορος. 

Acknowledge,  όμολο- 
γέω. 

Action,  έργον. 

Admiration,  worthy  of 
— ,  άξίοβαΰμαστος. 

Admire,  θαυμάζω. 

Adorn,  κοσμέω. 

Advantage,  αγαθόν. 

Aifair,  πράγμα. 

Affection,  with  — , 
π()οσφί'λώς. 

Affirm,  φημί. 

Afford,  παρέχω. 

After,  μετά. 

Again,  πάλιν. 


A. 

Against,  επί  or  προς. 

Age,  old — ,  γήρας  ;  free 
from  old  — ,  αγήρως. 

Agree,  ομολογέω  ;  he 
agreed  upon,  σνγκει- 
μαι. 

Aid,  βοήθεια  ;  ωφε?.έω  ; 
—  ΰι  getting  out, 
συνεκβίβάζω ;  ivith  the 
or  hy  —  of,  συν. 

Aim,  —  at,  εψίεμαι. 

All,  πάς;  on  —  sides, 
πάντοθεν. 

Allege,  φάσκω. 

Allow,  περιοράω. 

Ally,  σύμμαχος. 

Alone,  μόνος. 

Along,  παρά ;  up  — ,  άνά. 

Already,  ?/δη. 

Also,  καί. 

Always,  αεί. 

Among,  εν,  παρά,  or  εΙς. 

Ancestral,  πατρώος. 

And,  καί,  the  reg.  and 
stronger  word,  but 
sometimes  όέ-,  —  then, 
είτα  όέ  ;  — yet,  μέντοι. 

Anger,  οργή. 

Angry,  he — ,  χαλεπαίνω. 

Animal,  θηρίον,  a  wild 
animal ;  ζψον,  a  liv- 
ing being. 

Announce,  άγγέλλω  or 
απαγγέλλω. 


Artaxerxes 

Another,  άλ7.ος ;  one  — , 

αλ/ιί/λων. 
Answer,  —  or  give  — , 

αποκρίνομαι. 
Ant,  μνρμ7]ξ. 
Anxious,  he  — ,  φροντί- 

Any,  τΙς ;  —  one  or  hody 
or  thing,  τΙς,  τι. 

Apparent,  φανερός. 

Appear,  φαίνομαι  or 
έπιφαίνομαι. 

Appoint,  καθ!  στη  μι. 

Apprehension,  υποψία. 

Apprehensive,  he  — , 
έννοέομαι. 

Approach,  πλησιάζω  or 
π()όσειμι. 

Approve,  έπαινέω. 

Archer,  τοξότ7]ς. 

Arise,  άνίσταμαι. 

Arm,  οπλίζω ;  fully  — , 
καθοπλίζω ;  arms,  ar- 
mor, όπλα. 

Army,  στρατός,  στρατιά, 
or  στράτευμα. 

Arouse,  άνίστημι. 

Arrange,  τάττω. 

Arrangement,  τάξις. 

Arrest,  συλ/χιμβάνω. 

Arrive,  άφικνέομαι. 

Arrow,  τόξενμα. 

Artaxerxes,  Άρταξέρ' 


As 


273 


Bum 


As,  ώς ;  (as  much)  — , 
όττόσος  ;  —  ...  —  pos- 
sible, ως  or  ore  with 
superlative. 

Ascertain,  ττυνθάνομαι. 

Ask,  ερωτάω,  to  inquire 
or  question  ;  ζητεω,  to 
ask  for,  ask  to  see, 
seek ;  αΐτέω,  to  ask 
some  one  for  some- 
thing. 

Ass,  δι^ος. 

Assemble,  αθροίζω. 

Assembly,  'εκκλησία. 

At,  fi^,  εΙς,  έ~ί,  or  τϊρός. 

Athenian,  'Αθηναίος. 

Athens,  'Αθήναι ;  to  — , 
Άθψαζε  ;  at  — ,  Άθή- 
νησι. 

Athlete,  αθλητής. 

Attack,  έττιτίθεμαι ;  — 
or  make  the  — ,  έπειμι. 

Attempt,  έττιχεφέω  or 
πεφάομαι. 

Attention,  give  —  to, 
ίταμελεομαί. 

Authority,    royal   — , 


βασιλεία. 


Await,  μένω,  in  the  gen- 
eral sense;  δεχομαί,ύίο, 
attack  of  an  enemy. 

Axe,  άξίνη. 


Β. 

Bad,  κακός ^  in  the  gen- 
eral sense ;  πονηρός,  in 
the  sense  of  hurtful, 
dangerous,  innately 
Lad. 

Baggage,  collect  one's 
— ,  σνσκενάζομαι. 

Banish,  εκβάλ7ιω. 

Barbarian,  βάρβαρος  or 
βαρβαρικός. 


Basket,  κάνεον. 
Bathe,  '/.ονομαι. 
Battle,  μάχη. 
Be,  εϊμί ;  —  at   hand., 

πάρειμι. 
Bear,  όερω. 
Beast,  %i:ild  — ,  θηρίον ; 

—  of  burden,  νποζν- 

γιον. 
Beat,  τταίω. 
Beautiful,  κα/ιός. 
Because,  ότι. 
Become,  γίγνομαι. 
Befit,  ττρέττω  ;  it  is  befit- 
ting, πρέττει. 
Before,  ~ρό  ;  πρόσθεν  or 

ττρότερον ;   πρίν. 
Beg,  —  off,  εξαίτέομαι. 
Beget,  τίκτω. 
Begin,  άρχομαι. 
Beginning,  αρχή. 
Behalf,  in  —  of,  υπέρ. 
Behavior,  good  — ,  εν- 

κοσμία. 
Behind,  leave  — ,  κατα- 

/.εί~ω. 
Believe,  νομίζω. 
Benefactor,  ευεργέτης. 
Benefit,  ώψελέω. 
Beseech,  ικετεύω. 
Beside,  τταρά. 
Besides,  ττρός. 
Besiege,  ~υ/αορκέω. 
Bestow,   —  upon,   πο- 

ρίζω. 
Betake,  —  one's  self, 

τρέπομαι. 
Betray,  προόίόωμι. 
Better,  see  Good. 
Between,  μεταξύ. 
Beware,  εΰ?Μβέομαι. 
Bid,  κελεύω. 
Bind,  f5i(j. 
Bird,  όρνις. 
Black,  μέ7ιας. 


Blame,  μέμίρομαι. 

Blessed,  μάκηρ. 

Blind,  —  or  make  — , 
τνφλόω. 

Blow,  πληγή. 

Boat,  πλοΐον. 

Body,  σώμα. 

Bone,  υστέον. 

Book,  βιβλίου. 

Bore,  τρυπάω. 

Both,  άμφωοΐ  άμφότερος-, 
on  —  sides,  άμώοτέρω- 
θεν ;  —  ...  and,  και 
...  καί,  or  τέ  ...  και. 

Bow,  τόξον. 

Bowl,  κρατήρ. 

Bowman,  τοξότης. 

Boy,  παϊς. 

Brave,  αγαθός. 

Bravely,  ανδρείως. 

Brazen,  χά/.κεος. 

Breadth,  εύρος. 

Break,  λυω. 

Breakfast,  without  — , 
άνάριστος. 

Breast,  μαστός. 

Breastplate,  θώραξ;  put 
on  one's  — ,  θωρακί- 
ζομαι. 

Brick,  πλίνθινος,  adjec. 

Bridge,  γέφυρα. 

Bring,  άγω,  prop,  to 
lead,  conduct,  Λvhile 
<1>έρω  signifies  to  bear, 
carry;  —  about,  ποιέω\ 
—  back  loord,  άπαγ- 
γέλ7.ω ;  —  in  safety, 
σώζω ;  —  together,  aw~ 
a)  ω. 

Broad,  είφνς. 

Brother,  άδε7.ψός. 

Build,  έποικοόομέω. 

Bull,  ταύρος. 

Burn,  καίω  ;  —  uj),  κα- 
τακαίω. 


Burst 


274 


Converse 


Burst,   —  through   or 

ojKn,  κατασχίζω. 

Bury,  θά-τω. 

Bustard,  ωτίς. 

But,  δέ  or  άλλα,  the  lat- 
ter being  the  stronger 
word ;  —  also,  άλλα 
και. 

Buy,  ωνέομαι. 

By,  υπό,  with  G.  of  the 
agent,  or  παρά;  — 
land  and  sea,  κατά  γήν 
καΐ  κατά  θά?Μτταν. 


C. 

Call,  comm.  κα?ιέω,  in 
the  sense  both  of  sum- 
moning and  naming; 
sometimes  λέγω,  but 
in  the  sense  only  of 
naming ;  —  out,  βοάω ; 

—  together,  σνγκαλέω ; 

—  an  assembly,  έκκΤιί^- 
σίαν  ποιέω. 

Camp,  στρατόπεδον. 

Captain,  ?ιοχαγός. 

Captive,  αιχμάλωτος. 

Capture,  λαμβάνω ;  be 
captured,  άλίσκομαι. 

Care,  —  for,  έπίμε?ιέο- 
μαι. 

Carry,  φέρω,  in  the  gen- 
eral sense,  while  άγω 
signifies  to  convey 
by  carriage  ;  —  back 
word,  απαγγέλλω;  — 
over,  διαβιβάζω. 

Case,  in  that  — ,  ούτως. 

Cast,  —  or  —  aside, 
ρίπτω  or  ριπτέω. 

Catch,  βηράω. 

Cattle,  βονς  or  κτήνος, 
both  in  plur.,  the 
former    the    general 


word,  the  latter  prop- 
erty in  cattle. 

Cause,  αΙτΙα. 

Cavalry,  ιππικός,  ad- 
jec. ;  ιππείς  (lit.  horse- 
men). 

Cease,  παύομαι. 

Celaenae,  Κελαίναί. 

Certain,  a  — ,  τΙς. 

Chains,  Χάλος. 

Chance,  τυγχάνω. 

Change,  μετατίβημι. 

Charge,  Ίεμαι. 

Chariot,  άρμα ;  four- 
horse  — ,  τέβριππον. 

Chase,  διώκω. 

Chastise,  κο/ιάζω. 

Child,  commonly  παΙς, 
but  sometimes  τέκνον 
(prop,  that  which  is 
born,  a  bairn),  or  παι- 
δίον  (prop,  the  dim.) ; 
little  — ,  παιδ'ιον. 

Choose,  αίρέομαι. 

Choral,  —  dayicer,  χο- 
ρευτής. 

Cilicia,  Κιλικία. 

Cilician,  —  woman  or 
queen,  Κίλισσα. 

Citizen,  πο/ύτης. 

City,  πόλις,  used  either 
of  the  place  or  the 
inhabitants,  or  of  the 
two  together,  a  town, 
city,  state ;  άστυ,  of 
the  place  onl}'. 

Clear,  σαψ/'/ς ;  make  — , 
δη'λόω. 

Clearchus,  Κλέαρχος. 

Close,  κλείω. 

Close,  —  together, 
άβρόος. 

Cloud,  νεφέλη  ;  —  of 
Just,  καΐΊορτός. 

Cock,  αλεκτρνων. 


Collect,  συ?ι?ιέγω  or 
αθροίζω;  —  together, 
σνναβροί  ζω. 

Come,  έρχομαι,  εΙμι,  ηκω; 
be  or  have  — ,  ήκω ;  — 
together,  συνέρχομαι ; 

—  along,  παρέρχομαι ; 

—  on,  προσέρχομαι, 
έπειμι,  or  πρόσειμι ;  — 
to  an  end,  λήγω. 

Command,  κελεύω,  to 
bid,  order,  but  άρχω, 
to  rule. 

Commander,  άρχων. 

Commend,  επαινέω. 

Commit,  —  error,  άμαρ• 
τ  άνω. 

Common,  κοινός. 

Companion,  εταίρος. 

Company,  λό^Όζ•;  in  — 
%inth,  σί>ν. 

Compel,  αναγκάζω. 

Compose,  γράψω. 

Comrade,  εταίρος. 

Conceal,  κρίπτω. 

Condemn,  —  to  death, 
βανατύω. 

Condition,  on  —  tliat, 
έψ'  φ. 

Conquer,  νικάω. 

Conscious,  be —  to,  σνν- 
οιδα. 

Consider,  σκοπέω,  to 
look  intently,  ob- 
serve, but  νομίζω,  to 
regard. 

Constant,  βέβαιος. 

Consult,  —  with,  συμ- 
βυνλενοιιαι. 

Contain,  έχω. 

Contend,  αγωνίζομαι. 

Contest,  άγων ;  judge  of 
a  — ,  άγωνοβέτ7]ς. 

Continue,  διατε'λέω. 

Converse,  διαλέγομαι. 


Convict 


275 


Ease 


Convict,  έλε^^γω;  he  con- 
victed, άλίσκομαι. 

Corn,  σίτος. 

Corrupt,  κακός. 

Costly,  ττοΑυτελής. 

Country,  xoypa,  lands, 
territory,  but  πατρίς, 
one's  fatherland. 

Courage,  αρετή. 

Courageous,  βαρρα7,εος. 

Courageously,  θαρρα- 
/.έως. 

Covetousness,  ττ/.εονε- 
ζΐα. 

Cowardly,  κακός. 

Co-worker,  συνεργός. 

Crag,  -έτρα. 

Criminal,  κακοϊψγος. 

Cross,  διαβαίνω. 

Cultivate,  άσκέω. 

Current,  ρόος. 

Cut, —  to  pieces  or  down, 
κατακόητω ;  —  off,  απο- 
κόπτω. 

Cydnus,  KifJx'iJc. 

Cyrus,  Κνρος. 

D. 

Dagger,  μάχαιρα. 

Dancer,  choral  — ,  χο- 
ρευτής. 

Danger,  κίνδυνος ;  fond 
of  — ,  ψι/Μκίνόννος. 

Daric,  δαρεικός. 

Darius,  ΑαρεΙος. 

Dark,  κνέψας. 

Daughter,  θνγάτηρ. 

Day,  ήμερα. 

Daybreak,  at  — ,  άμα 
ry  ήμερα. 

Dead,  νεκρός  ;  the  — , 
ot  τεθν//κότες  ;  he  — , 
τεβνηκέναι  or  τεΰνάναι. 

Deal,  —  out,  νέμω. 


Death,  βάνατος ;  co7i- 
denin  to  — ,  θανατόω  ; 
put  to  — ,  αποκτείνω  ; 
suffer  — ,  αποθνήσκω. 

Deceive,  εξαπατάω,  or 
ψεί'δω,  to  deceive  by 
lying ;  —  grossly,  or 
completely,  εξαπατάω. 

Declare,  άπυδείκνυμι  or 
αποφαίνομαι. 

Decree,  -ψτ/ίρισμα. 

Deed,  έργον. 

Deep,  βαθύς. 

Defeat,  νικάω ;  he  de- 
feated, ήττάομαι. 

Defend,  άμννω. 

Delay,  μεΆλω,  to  be  on 
the  point  of  doing  a 
thing,  without  actual- 
ly doing  it ;  διατρίβω, 
to  spend  one's  time, 
tarry ;  —  one's  march, 
επέχω  της  πορείας. 

Deliberate,  βουλεύομαι. 

Delight,  τέρπω. 

Deliver,  —  over^  παρα- 
δίδωμι. 

Deliverance,  σωτηρία. 

Delphi,  λε/.οοί. 

Democracy,  δημοκρατία. 

Deny,  ov  οημι. 

Descend,  καταβαίνω. 

Desert,  καταλείπω. 

Deserted,  έρημος. 

Designate,  άποδείκννμι. 

Desire,  έθέλυ  or  έπιθυ- 
μέω ;  επιθυμία,  or  έρως, 
the  latter  physical 
desire. 

Desist,  παύομαι. 

Despise,  καταφρονέω. 

Destroy,  λνω ;  —  utter- 
ly, άπόλλνμι,  or  κατα- 
σκάπτω  in  the  sense 
of  to  raze,  demolish. 


Die,  τε7>£υτάω  or  άπο- 
(Ινήσκω. 

Differ,  δακρέρω. 

Difficult,  χαλεπός. 

Discipline,  τάξις. 

Discussion,  /.όγος. 

Disgraceful,  αισχρός. 

Dishonor,  ατιμάζω. 

Disinherit,  άποκηρίιττω. 

Dispirited,  αθνμος ;  he 
— ,  άϋνμέω. 

Disposition,  τρόπος. 

Distance,  at  a  — from, 
πρόσω. 

Distant,  he  — ,  απέχω. 

Ditch,  τάφρος. 

Do,  ποιέω  or  πράττω,  in 
this  sense  used  inter- 
changeably; —  harm, 
κακώς  ποιέω; — wrong, 
αδικέω. 

Dog,  κίων. 

Door,  θί'ρα. 

Down,  κατά  ;  —  from, 
κατά  with  G. 

Drag,  —  down,  κατα- 
σπάω. 

Drama,  δράμα. 

Draw,  άγω;  —  ιιρ,τάττω. 

Dread,  Όκνέω. 

Drive,  ελαννω ;  —  away, 
άπελαυνω. 

Dust,  cloud  of  — ,  Ko- 
νιορτός. 

Dwell,  or  —  in,  οΐκέω. 

Ε. 

Each,  έκαστος ;  —  time, 

εκάστοτε. 
Eagle,  αετός. 
Ear,  οίς. 

Earnest,  σπουδαίος. 
Earth,  }//. 
Ease,  with  —  or  easily, 

ραδίως. 


Easy 


276 


Food 


Easy,  pa'ikoc 

Educate,  ττακ^ενω. 

Egypt,  Αίγυπτος. 

Egyptian,  Αιγύπτιος. 

Eight,  οκτώ. 

Either,  —  ...  or,  fj...7/. 

Elect,  αίρέομαι. 

Embark,  εμβαίνω. 

Embrace,  περι?Μμβάνω. 

Emporium,  εμπόριον. 

Έιαρϊγ,εξειμι,ίΐΒ  a  river. 

Enact,  τ'ίβημι. 

Encamp,  στρατοπεδεύω ; 
—  near,  παρασκ?/νέω. 

Encampment,  στρατό- 
πεόον. 

Encircle,  κυκλόω. 

End,  πάνω;  τέ?ι.ος;  come 
to  an  — ,  ?ιϊ/γω. 

Enemy,  πολέμιος,  an  en- 
emy in  war  ;  έχ^ι>ός, 
a  personal  eneni}^ ;  the 
— ,  01  πο7Ιμιοι. 

Enroll,  εντάττω. 

Enslave,  δονλόω. 

Entrust,  επιτρέπω. 

Έηνγ,ίρΟονέω,  involving 
the  idea  of  ill-will, 
malice ;  ζ?;λόω,  with 
the  idea  of  emulation . 

Equipment,  κόσμος. 

Escape,  αποφεύγω  ;  — 
notice  or  —  the  notice 
of,  ?ίανβάνω. 

Establish,  καΟίστημι. 

Even,  και ;  not  — ,  ουδέ 
or  μτ/δέ. 

Evening,  εσπέρα. 

Ever,  7/  ...  — ,  ύποτε. 

Every,  7Γ«Γ;  cverytldng, 
πάν. 

Evident,  δφιος. 

Evil,  κακός,  πονηρός,  sec 
Bad  ;  an  — ,  κακόν  ; 
evil-doer  J  κακούργος. 


Exceedingly,  Ίσχνρώς, 
strongly,  forcibly  ; 
χαλ.επώς,  severely, 
grievously. 

Execute,  πράττω. 

Exercise,  γυμνάζω. 

Exhibit,  δείκννμι. 

Exhort,  προτρέπομαι. 

Exile,  ώυγάς  or  φενγων  ; 
be  exiled,  εκπίπτω. 

Expect,  οΊομαι. 

Expedition,  στόλος, 
οδός  or  στρατεία  ;  take 
2yart  in  an  — ,  στρα- 
τεύομαι ;  make  an  — 
against,  επιστρατεύω. 

Expose,  έκφαίνω. 

Express,  άποδείκνυμι. 

Extent,  to  the  —  of, 
προς. 

Eye,  οφθαλμός. 

F. 

Fail,  επιλ.είπω. 

Fair,  καλός. 

Faithful,  πιστός. 

Fall,  πίπτω. 

False,  ψευδής. 

Famous,  ενκλεί/ς. 

Far,  — from,  πρόσω. 

Fare,  πράττω. 

Fated,  it  is  — ,  ανάγκη 
εστίν. 

Father,  πατήρ. 

Fatigue,  he  fatigued, 
κάμνω. 

Favor,  χάρις. 

Fear,  φόβος  ;  φοβέομαι, 
δέδοικα,  or  δέδια^  the 
first  of  instantaneous 
and  inconsiderate 
fear,  the  last  tAvo  of 
deliberate  and  rea- 
sonable fear. 

Fearful,  φοβερός. 


Fellow  -  citizen ,  πολύ- 
της. 

Fellow-Greeks,  ώ  αν- 
δ()ες  "Έλ.λ7/νες. 

Fellow-soldiers,  άνδρες 
στρατιώται,  with  or 
\vithout  ώ. 

Fertile,  ευγεως. 

Fetch,  —  water,  νδρο- 
φορέω. 

Few,  ολίγος. 

Fidelity,  έννοια. 

Fifteen,  πεντεκαίδεκα. 

Fifty,  πεντήκοντα. 

Fight,  μάχη;  μάχομαι ; 
—  it  out,  διαπολ^εμέω. 

Fill,  πίμπλύίμι. 

Find,  εί'ρίσκω  or  κατα- 
?Μμβάνω. 

Fine,  fine-looJdng,  ενει- 
δής. 

Fire,  πϊψ;  set  on  — , 
καίω  or  ένάπτω. 

First,  πρώτος  ;  πΐ'.ώτον. 

Fish,  Ιχβί'ς. 

Five,  πέντε. 

Flatter,  κολ.ακενω. 

Flatterer,  κόλ.αξ. 

Flee,  φεί-γω  or  αποψεΰ- 
yo. 

Fleet,  ταχνς. 

Flesh,  κρέας. 

Flight,  φνγή;  put  to 
— ,  τρέπω. 

Flow,  ρέω. 

Fly,  φενγω. 

Fodder,  χιλός. 

Follow,  'έπομαι  ;  as  fol- 
lows, or  the  follow- 
ing, some  case  of  'όδε. 

Folly,  ενήϋεια. 

Fond,  —  of  danger, 
φιλοκινδννος  ;  —  of 
money,  φιλάργυρος. 

Food,  σίτος. 


Foolish 


277 


Have 


Foolish,  ι/λίΟίης. 

Foot,  τγογγ;  071 — ,  TTfCf/. 

Foot-soldier,  πεζός  ; 
heavy -armed — ,  οπλί- 
της. 

For,  γάρ  ;  ε\ς  or  περί. 

Force,  όίναμις ;  βιάζο- 
μαι ;  be  in  — ,  μένω. 

Forget,  επΓ/Μ,νβάνομαί. 

Fort  or  fortress,  τείχος. 

Fortunate,  he  — ,  εντν- 

Found,  κτίζω. 
Foundation,  κρηπίς. 
Four,  τέτταρες. 
Fourth,  τέταρτος. 
Free,  ελευθερόω  or  άταλ- 

λάτ-ω ;   —  from   old 

age,  αγήρως. 
Freedom,  έ?.ενθερία. 
Freeze,  πήγννμι. 
Friend,  ώί/ιος. 
Friendly,  φί/Μς  or  ψί- 

/.ως. 
Friendship,  φί?ύα. 
From,  εξ  or  από  ;  —  the 

side  of,  παρά  with  G. 
Front,  in — ,  έμπροσθεν. 
Fruit,  καρπός. 
Fugitive,  φενγων. 
Full,   π7ήρης  ;   very  — , 

σνμπλεως  ;  —  of  toil, 

πολυπονος;  at — speed, 

ανά  κράτος. 
Fully,  —  arm,  καθυπλί- 

G. 

Gain,  κτάομαι  or  κερύαί- 

νω. 
Galley,  πεντηκόντορος. 
Garrison,  φυλακή. 
Gate,  πί'λη. 
Gazelle,  όορκάς. 
General,  ατρατηγός. 


Get,  γίγνομαι  ,•  —  togeth- 
er, κτάομαι  ;  —  up, 
άνίατημι ;  aid  in  get- 
ting out,  σννεκβφάζω. 

Giant,  γίγας. 

Gift,  όώρον. 

Girl,  κόρη. 

Give,  όιΛωμι  ;  —  over, 
παραδίόωμι  ;  —  χιρ^ 
παραδίόωμι  or  άποόί- 
όωμι ;  —  answer,  απο- 
κρίνομαι ;  —  way,  εκ- 
κλίνω  ;  —  way  to, 
πείθομαι. 

Gladden,  ευφραίνω. 

Gladly,  ήδέως. 

Glory,  κλέος. 

Go,  εΙμι  or  έρχομαι  ;  he 
gone,  οίχομαι  ;  —  up^ 
αναβαίνω ;  —  off  or 
away,  άπειμι  or  απέρ- 
χομαι ;  —  forward, 
πρόειμι ;  —  through, 
διαβαίνω. 

Goat,  αίξ. 

Goblet,  κνπελλον. 

God,  θεός. 

Goddess,  ^εά. 

Gold,  χρυσίον  ;  of  — , 
χρί•σεος. 

Golden,  χρυσεος. 

Good,  αγαθός,  in  the 
widest  sense;  χρηστός, 
in  the  sense  of  use- 
ful, profitable. 

Govern,^i  to  — ,άρχικός. 

Grain,  σίτος. 

Grant,  όίδωμι. 

Grapple,  —  -with,  συμ- 
πίπτω. 

Grass,  χόρτος. 

Gratify,  χαρίζομαι. 

Great,  μέγας,  prop,  of 
size  ;  πολύς,  prop,  of 
number. 


Greatly,  μεγάλως,  σφό- 
δρα, or  ισχυρώς. 

Grecian,  'Ελληνικός. 

Greece,  'Κλλάς. 

Greek,  'Ύ.λ7.ην  οτΈλλη- 
νικός. 

Ground,  —  arms,  τίθε- 
μαι τα  όπλα. 

Groundless,  κενός. 

Guard,  φί•λαξ  ;  φυλάτ- 
τω;  — against,  φνλάτ- 
τομαι. 

Guest,  ξένος. 

Guide,  ψ/εμων. 

Η. 

Half-daric,  jy/zida^e^/cov. 

Hall,  άνώγεων. 

Halt,  καταλύω,  to  un- 
yoke the  baggage- 
cattle  ;  Ιστημι,  to  cause 
to  stand,  as  soldiers; 
—  under  arms,  τίθε- 
μαι τά  όπλα. 

Hand,  χειρ ;  on  the  other 
— ,  αυ  ;  he  at  — ,  πά- 
ρειμι ;  get  in  — ,  χει- 
ρόομαι. 

Happen,  τυγχάνω. 

Happiness,  δ?.βος. 

Happy,  ευδαίμων ;  re- 
gard — ,  ενδαιμυνίζω ; 
account  — ,  μακαρίζω. 

Harbor,  λιμήν. 

Hard,  χαλεπός. 

Hare,  7Μγως. 

Harm,  βλάπτω  ;  do  — , 
κακώς  ποιέω ;  suffer — , 
κακώς  πάσχω. 

Haste,  σπουδή. 

Hasten,  σπενδω. 

Hate,  έχθαίρω  or  μισέω. 

Hateful,  εχθρός. 

Have,  έχω ;  often  by  the 


Hay 


278 


Kindly 


verb  to  he  and  dat., 
^0  184,  4. 

Hay,  κήρφη. 

Hazard,  Eo  he  put  to  great 
— ,  άποκινόννενομαι. 

He,  ^  144, 1 ;  and — ,  or 
hut  — ,  ό  δε.  See  Him. 

Head,  to  be  at  the  —  of, 
προέστϊ^κα. 

Hear,  ακονω. 

Hearing,  ακοή. 

Heart,  comm.  i/w;i;?/,  but 
sometimes  ψρήν  in  the 
plur. 

Heat,  καύμα. 

Heavy-armed,  — foot- 
soldier,  ό-λίτης. 

Height,  ν^ρος,  άκρον,  or 
δρας. 

Helmet,  κράνος. 

Hem,  —  in,  εϊργω. 

Hera,  "llpa. 

Herald,  κήρυξ. 

Here,  ενταύθα  or  avrov. 

Hereupon,  ενταύθα. 

Hermes,  Έρμης. 

Hide,  δέρμα ;   κρύπτω. 

High,  άνω ;  high-mind- 
ed, ΰτϊέρφρων. 

Hill,  λόφος  or  γηλοφος. 

Him,  oblique  cases  of 
αντός  in  the  masc. 

Himself,  εαυτόν,  reflex.; 
αντός,  intens. like  ipse. 

Hinder,  κωλΰω ;  — from, 
άττοκωΜιω. 

Hire,  μισθόομαι. 

His,  often  by  the  arti- 
cle ;  sometimes  by  αυ- 
τόν, gen.  sing.  masc.  of 
αυτός ;  —  own,  εαυτόν. 

Hit,  ακοντίζω. 

Hither,  δενρο. 

Hold,  εχω;  — fast,  κα- 
τέχω ;  —  up,  ανατε'ινω. 


Home,  at  — ,  oIkol  ;  for 
—  or  homeward,  ol- 
καδε. 

Homer,  "Ομηρος. 

Honor,  τιμή  ;  τιμάω  ;  in 
— ,  τίμιος ;  without  — , 
άτιμος. 

Ή.Ο'ρβ,ελττΊς;  of  good — , 
ενελττις. 

Hopeful,  ενελπις. 

Hoplite,  οπλίτης. 

Horn,  κέρας. 

Horse,  Ίππος  ;  on  horse- 
hack,  αφ'  'ίππου. 

Horseman,  Ιππενς. 

Hostile,  πολέμιος. 

House,  οίκος,  home,  or 
οικία,  dwelling. 

How,  πώς  or  'όπως. 

However,  μέντοι. 

Hundred,  εκατόν. 

Hunger,  Ταμός. 

Hunt,  θηρεύω  or  θηράω. 

Husband,  άνήρ. 


I,  εγώ,  I  V9, 1,  and  ^  144, 

1,  W.  N. 

Idle,  αργός. 
If,  ει  or  εάν. 
Ill,  κακόν  ;    κακώς. 
Ill-treatment,  πάθος. 
Imitate,  μιμέομΆι. 
Immediately,  ευθνς. 
Immortal,  αθάνατος. 
Impassable,  άπορος. 
Impious,  άθεος. 
Impose,  επιτίθημι. 
Imposition,  εξαπάτη. 
Impost,  δασμός. 
In,  έι^ ;    —  order  that, 

Iva,  ώς,  or  'όπως. 
Inactive,  lie  — ,  κατά- 

Kt/μαι. 


Indicate,  διασημαίνω. 

Induce,  —  to  return, 
αποστρέφω. 

Inferior,  χείρων. 

Inflict,  έμβά?ιλω  or  επι- 
τίθημι. 

Injure,  β?Μπτω. 

Injustice,  αδικία. 

Inspire,  έντΊθημι. 

Instead,  —  of,  αντί. 

Insult,  υβρίζω. 

Intend,  μέλλω. 

Into,  εΙς. 

Intrust,  επιτρέπω. 

Ionia,  Ιωνία. 

Island,  νήσος. 

J. 

Jackal,  θώς. 

Jar,  βίκος. 

Javelin,  παλτόν. 

Join,  συμμίγννμι. 

Journey,  πορεία  or  οδός ; 
πορεύομαι. 

Judge,  κριτής,  in  gen- 
eral; δικαστής,  of  a 
court  of  justice ;  — 
of  a  contest,  άγωνυθέ- 
της. 

Just,  δίκαιος. 

Justice,  δικαιοσύνη. 

Justly,  δικαίως. 

Κ. 

Keep,  τρέφω ;  kept,  some- 

tinies  the  sign  of  the 

imperfect. 
Kill,  κτείνω ;   he  killed, 

άποθν/}σκω. 
Kind,     γένος ;     of    all 

kinds,  παντοίος. 
Kindle,  καίω. 
Kindly,  εννυος. 


Kindness 


279 


Mount 


Kindness,  ευεργεσία. 
King,  βασιλεύς;  he  — , 

βασι?.εί•ω. 
Kjiock,  κόπτω. 
Know,  γιγνώσκω  or  οΐόα. 


Lacedaemonian,  Αακε- 
δαιμόνιος. 

Ladder,  κλίμαξ. 

Lament,  οδύρομαι. 

Land,  yf]. 

Language,  ή)ωνή. 

Large,  μέγας. 

Law,  νόμος. 

Lead,  αγω,  in  general ; 
ηγεομαι^  to  go  before 
in  order  to  conduct ; 

—  forward,  προάγω ; 

—  away,  απάγω. 
Leap,  άλλομαί;  — down, 

καταπηόάω. 

Learn,  μανθάνω  or  πνν- 
θάνομαι. 

Leathern-bag,  ασκός. 

Leave,  λε/ττω,  έκ?ι,εί—ω, 
or  καταλείπω ;  —  he- 
hind,  κατα?.είπω. 

Left,  ευώνυμος. 

Leisure,  he  at  — ,  σχο- 
/Αζω. 

Less,  see  Small. 

Lest,  μή. 

Let,  —  loose,' αήιίη μι. 

Letter,  επιστο?ί,ή. 

Levy,  σνλ/.ογή. 

Liberality,  with  great 
— ,  μεγαλοπρεπώς. 

Libyan,  Αίβνς. 

Lie,  κεϊμαι,  of  position  ; 
■ψενόω,  to  falsify  ;  — 
outstretched  or  inac- 
live,  κατάκειμαι. 

Jnfe,  βίος. 


Lift,  αίρω. 

Light-armed,  —  sol- 
dier, γνμνης. 

Lighten,  έπικονφίζω. 

Lightly,  πράως. 

Line,  τάξις;  in  — ,  or 
in  —  of  hattle,  κατά 
(ράΤυαγγα. 

Lion,  λέων. 

Live,  οΐκέω. 

Living,  βίος. 

Long,  μακρός ;  —  after, 
εόίεμαι. 

Look,  —  out  for,  επι- 
μελέομαι. 

Loose,  7.νω. 

Loquacious,  κωτί/.ος. 

Loss,  he  at  a  — ,  άπορεω. 

Lot,  τ^Jχη. 

Love,  ψιλέω,  αγαπάω,  or 
στέργω. 

Luck,  τνχη. 

Luxury,  τρνφή. 

Lycius,  Ανκιος. 

Lydia,  Χνόία. 

Μ. 

Maeander,  Μαίανδρος. 
Magistrate  s,7£/7,  from 

τέλος. 
Majority,  the — ,  oi  πολ- 

/Χ)ί. 

Make,^o<£'ij ;  τίθημι,  as 
laws ;  —  reply,  απο- 
κρίνομαι ;  —  war,  πο- 
λεμάω or  στρατεύομαι ; 
—  known,  μτμ^νω ;  — 
the  attack,  επειμι ;  -^ 
clear,  δηλόω ;  —  every 
effort,  πάντα  ποιέω. 

Man,  άνήρ  or  άνθρωπος ; 
old — ,γέρων;  young  — , 
νεανίας;  sometimes  in 
pL, στρατ/ώταί  or  τινές. 


Manifest,  (φανερός  or  δή- 
λοζ•. 

Manner,  τρόπος. 

Many,  see  Much. 

March,  πορεία  ;  έ?Μννω 
or  εξε/.αννω  ;  — forth, 
away,  or  on,  εξελαΰ- 
νω ;  —  against,  προσ- 
ελαννω. 

Market-place,  αγορά. 

Marsyas,  'Μαρσνας. 

Matter,  πράγμα. 

Means,  χρήματα. 

Meat,  κρέας. 

Mede,  Ι^Ιήδος. 

Melody,  μέλος. 

Menon,  'Μένων. 

Mention,  ?Ιγω. 

Mercenary,  ξενικός  or 
μισθοφόρος. 

Messenger,  άγγελος. 

Middle,  μέσος ;  μέσον^ 
as  noun. 

Milesian,  Μιλήσιος. 

Miletus,  Μί/ιητος. 

Milk,  γάλα. 

Milo,  Μίλων. 

Miltiades,  Μιλτιάδτ^ς. 

Mina,  μνά. 

Mind,  νονς ;  be  high- 
minded,  μέγα  ψρονέω. 

Misfortune,  δυστυχία. 

Miss,  άμαρτάνω. 

Mithridates,  Μιθριδά- 
της. 

Money,  άργίφων  or  χρή- 
ματα ;  fond  of  — ,  φι- 
λάργυρος. 

Month,  pr'jv. 

Moon,  σελήνη. 

Mortal,  θνητός. 

Most,  s.  of  πολίς;  μά- 
λ.ιστα,  adv. 

Mother,  μήτηρ. 

Mount,  αναβαίνω. 


Mountain 


280 


Pass 


Mountain,  δρας. 

Mouth,  στόμα. 

Move,  κινέω. 

Movement,  όρμί^. 

Much,  ττολνς ;  πολϋ,  as 
adv. 

Muse,  Μούσα. 

Must,  (hi ;  often  the 
sign  of  the  verbal  in 
-τέος. 

Muster,  αθροίζω. 

My,  ηχός ;  often  by  the 
gen.  sing,  of  ίγω. 

Myself,  εμαντον,  re- 
flex. ;  αυτός,  intens. 
like  ipse. 

N. 

Name,  όνομα. 

Nature,  φύσις. 

Near,    ττρός    or    παρά ; 

πλησίον  or  έγ}'νς. 
Necessary,  it  is  — ,  όεΐ, 

or  ανάγκη  εστίν. 
Necklace,  στρεπτός. 
Need,  δέομαι ;    there  is 

— ,  όεΐ. 
Neglect,  άμελέω. 
Neighboring,  π?.ησίον. 
Neither,  — ...  nor,  ούτε 

...οντε,  or  μήτε. ..μήτε. 
Never,   ονποτε   or  μή- 

ποτε. 
Nevertheless,  υμως. 
Next,  on  the  —  day, 

TTi  νστεραία. 
Night,  ννξ ;  hj  — ,  vv- 

KTCJf). 

Nightingale,  φιλομήλα. 

Nile,  NtZAof. 

No,  ουδείς  or  μηδείς  ;  — 

one.,  ονδείς  or  μηδείς  ; 

nothing, ουδέν  or  μηδέν. 
Noble,  γενναίος. 


Nobly,  γενναίως. 

Noise,  κραυγή,  a  cry, 
shout ;  θόρυβος,  a  con- 
fused noise,  uproar. 

Nor,  ουδέ  or  μηδέ. 

Not,  ου  OT  μή]  —  yet, 
ουπω  or  μήπω ;  —  even, 
ουδέ  or  μηδέ. 

Notice,  escape  —  or  es- 
cape the  —  of,  λαν- 
θάνω. 

Now,  vvv,  of  time ;  δή, 
inferential ;  ηδη,  al- 
ready. 

Number,  αριθαέω  ;  in 
great  numbers,  πολύς. 

Ο. 

ο,  ώ ;  —  that !  είθε. 
Oath,  όρκος. 
Obey,  πείθομαι. 
Observe,  νοέω  or  θεάο- 

μαι. 
Obtain,  τυγχάνω. 
Occupy,  οΐκέω  or  κατέ- 

Offering,  pour  out  as 
an  — ,  σπένδω. 

Often,  πολ^Μκις. 

Old,  —  man,  γέρων ;  — 
age,  γήρας. 

Oligarchy,  ο?.ιγαρχία. 

On,  επί  or  εν;  —  ac- 
count of,  δίά]  — 
horseback,  a(f  Ίππου. 

Once,  ποτέ  ;  at  — ,  ah- 
τίκα,  εΰθυς,  or  7/δη. 

One,  π?,;  —  another, 
αλλήλων. 

Only,  μόνον. 

Open,  ανοίγω. 

Opinion,  γνώμη. 

Opponent,  αντιστασιώ- 
της. 


Oppose,  κω/ινω,  in  the 
sense  of  hindering ; 
εναντώομαι,  in  the 
sense  of  setting  one's 
self  against. 

Or,  ή. 

Oracle,  μαντεία,  the  re- 
sponse ;  χρηστήριον^ 
the  seat  of  the  oracle. 

Orator,  ρήτωρ. 

Order,  κελεύω  or  τάττω; 
in  good  — ,  εντάκτως  ; 
in  —  or  in  —  that, 
'ίνα,  ως,  or  δπως. 

Orestes,  'Ορέστης. 

Orontas,  Όρόντας. 

Ostrich,  στρουθός. 

Other,  άλλος ;  others,  oi 
δέ,  I  143,  1. 

Ought,  χρή. 

Our,  ημέτερος ;  often  the 
gen.  plur.  of  έγω. 

Out,  —  of  sight,  αφανής. 

Outrage,  αΐκίζω. 

Outstretched,  lie  — , 
κατάκειμαι. 

Overcome,  κρατέω. 

Overthrow,  καταλύω. 

Own,  by  the  gen.  of  the 
proper  reflex,  pron. 


Pain,  λί'7Π7, 

Palace,  βασί?.εια. 

Palisade,  σταίφωμα. 

Parasang,  παρασάγγ7/ς. 

Parent,  γονεϋς. 

Park,  παράδεισος. 

Part,  μέρος. 

Pass,  πάροδος ;  —  along, 
παραδίδωμί,  trans.,  or 
παρέρχομαι,  in  trans. ; 
—  hy, παρέρχομαι;  — 


Passable 


281 


Pyramid 


the  word  to  one  anoth- 
er, όιαγγέλλομαι. 

Passable,  —  by  wagons, 
αμαξιτός. 

Pausanias,  ΤΙανσανίας. 

Ps-y»  μισθός ;  τελεω  or 
ατΐοδΊόωμι. 

Peace,  ειρψη. 

Peacock,  ταώς. 

Peltast,  -ε /-αστής. 

Penalty,  ζημία. 

People,  07]μος. 

Perceive,  αίσβάνομαί. 

Perfidious,  τζανοϊφγος. 

Perhaps,  Ισως. 

Perish  or  —  utterly, 
ά7τόλ?Λ>μαι. 

Perjure,  —  one's  self, 
επωρκέω. 

Permit,  εάω. 

Persian,  ΤΙερσικός  or 
ΤΙέρσης. 

Person,  άνθρω-ος. 

Persuade,  τΐείθω. 

Pharnabazus,  Φαρνά- 
βαζος. 

Philosopher,  φιλόσο- 
φος. 

Phrygia,  Φρυγία ;  Phry- 
gian, Φρνγιος. 

Picket-guard,  προφν- 
/.αξ. 

Piece,  cut  to  pieces,  κα- 
τακόητω. 

Pigres,  ΤΙίγρης. 

Pilot,  κυβερνήτης. 

Pisidian,  ΤΙισίόης. 

Pity,  οίκτείρω. 

Place,  χωρίον  or  τόπος ; 
stopping  — ,  σταθμός  ; 
take  — ,  γίγνομαι ;  in 
this  — ,  ενταύθα ;  in 
—  of,  αντί. 

Plain,  πεδίον. 

Plait,  ττλέκω. 


Plan,  βηνλή ;  βονλενω. 

Play,  τταίζω. 

Pleased,  be  — ,  ήδομαι. 

Pleasing,  χαρίεις. 

Pleasure,  ήδηνή. 

Pledges,  πιστά. 

Plethrum,  πλεθρην. 

Plot,  επιβουλή  ;  — 
against,  επιβονλενω. 

Plough,  άροτρον. 

Plunder,  πορΟέω,  αρπά- 
ζω^ or  διαρπάζω. 

Poet,  ποιητής. 

Point,  —  out,  έπιδεί- 
κννμι. 

Polished,  ξεστός. 

Poor,  πτωχός ;  —  man, 
πένης. 

Possess,  κέκτημαι. 

Possession,  κτήμα ;  pos- 
sessions, sometimes 
αγαθά. 

Possible,  is  — ,  εστί  or 
έξεστι ;  as  ...  as  — , 
ώς  or  'ότι  with  super- 
lative. 

Post,  καθίστημι. 

Pour,  —  out  as  an  of- 
fering, σπένδω. 

Poverty,  πενία. 

Power,  κράτος  or  δννα- 
μις ;  in  the  —  of,  επί 
with  D. 

Practicable,  ενπρακτος. 

Praise,  έπαινέω. 

Praiseworthy,  επαινε- 
τός. 

Pray,  εύχομαι. 

Pre-eminently,  Οια<;)ε- 
ρόντως. 

Prefer,  αίρέομαι. 

Present,  παρών,  part,  of 
πάρειμι  used  as  adj.  ; 
be  — ,  πάρειμι. 

Press,  πιέζω. 


Pretext,  πρύφασις. 

Prize,  άθλον. 

Proceed,  πορεύομαι. 

Proclaim,  κατακηρίπτω. 

Proclamation,  make 
— ,  κηρί'ττω. 

Procure,  πορίζω. 

Promise,  ύπισχνέημαι. 

Proof,  τεκμήριον. 

Proper,  —  time,  και- 
ρός. 

Property,  χρήματα. 

Propitious,  Ώ^εως. 

Prosperous,  ευδαίμων. 

Protection,  έπικοίφημα. 

Provide,  πυρίζω. 

Province,  αρχή. 

Provisions,  επιτήδεια, 
with  or  without  the 
article. 

Proxenus,  ΤΙρόξενος. 

Prudent,  σώφρων. 

Publish,  άποδείκνυμι. 

Punish,  κολάζω  or  ζη- 
μώω. 

Punisher,  κολαστής. 

Punishment,  inflict  — , 
δίκην  έπιτίθημι. 

Purchase,  ώνέομαι. 

Purify,  καθαίρο). 

Purple,  φοινίκεος or  πηρ- 
φϋρεος. 

Purpose,  for  the  —  of, 
εφ'  ώτε. 

Pursue,  διώκω. 

Pursuit,  δίωξις. 

Put,  τίΟημι ;  - —  to  flight,  ^ 
τρέπομαι ;  —  to  death,  W^" 
αποκτείνω;  —  to  vote, 
επηρηφίζω ;  —  to  sea, 
ανάγομαι ;  —  on,  iv- 
δννω  ;  —  on  ones 
breast-plate,  θωρακί- 
ζομαι. 

Pyramid,  πυραμίς. 


Quail 


282 


Send 


Q. 

Quail,  ορτνξ. 
Question,  ερωτάω. 
Quick,  ταχνς. 
Quickly,  ταχύ. 

R. 

Raise,  —  ιψ,  ανίστ7]μί. 

Rank,  τάξις. 

Ransom,  λνομαί. 

Rapidly,  ταχέως. 

Rather,  μάλλον. 

Ratify,  έκικνρόω. 

Ravine,  χαράδρα. 

Reach,  —  down,  καβί/κω. 

Read,  αναγιγνώσκω. 

Ready,  make  — ,  τταρα- 
σκευάζομαι. 

Receive,  λαμβάνω,  in 
the  sense  of  taking 
in  one's  hand,  laying 
hold  of;  δέχομαι,  in 
the  sense  of  holding 
out  one's  hand  to 
receive  what  is  of- 
fered, accepting. 

Reconcile,  διαλλάττω  or 
καταλ.?ιάττω. 

Refrain,  άπέχυμαι. 

Refuge,  take  — ,  κατα- 
φεύγω. 

Refuse,  ov  ^7]μι. 

Regard,  —  happy,  ev- 
δαιμονίζω ;  in  —  to, 
προς  w.  A. 

Remain,  μένω. 

Remember,  μέμν7]μαί. 

Remit,  αποπέμπω. 

Reply,  make  — ,  απο- 
κρίνομαι. 

Reputation,  δόξα. 

Repute,  in  — ,  ένδοξος. 

Rescue,  σώζω. 


Resolutely,  στερρώς. 
Respect,    αιδώς ;    with 

—  to,  προς  w.  Λ. 
Rest,    αναπαύομαι  •    the 

—  of,  ό  ά/,λος ;  the  — , 
ol  ά/ιλοί  or  01  λοιποί. 

Restore,  κατάγω. 

Restrain,  κατέχω. 

Retaliate,  άντιποιέω. 

Retreat,  ψενγω. 

Return,  induce  to  — , 
αποστρέψω. 

Revile,  λοιδορέω. 

Revolt,  άφίσταμαι. 

Reward,  μ-ισΟός. 

Rich,  πλούσιος ;  he  — , 
πλοντέω. 

Ride,  ελαννω ;  —  bij, 
παρελαύνω ;  —  away, 
άπελαννω. 

Right,  ίίίκαίοζ-,  morally; 
δεξιός,  direction. 

River,  ποταμός. 

Road,  οδός. 

Rob,  στ  ε  ρέω,  άποστερέω, 
or  ά<ραιρέομαι. 

Robber,  λτ/στής  ;  —  of 
temples.  Ιερόσυλος. 

Robbery,  ληστεία . 

Robe,  κάνδνς. 

Rock,  πέτρα. 

Royal,  βασίλειος  or  βα- 
σι?ιΐκός ;  —  authority, 
βασιλεία. 

Rule,  άρχω. 

Run,  τρέχω,  in  the  gen- 
eral sense  ;  Ηέω,  de- 
notes haste  and  quick- 
ness, and  is  comm. 
used  of  bodies  of  men, 
a  military  term  ;  — 
forward,     προτρέχω  ; 

—  up,  προσβέω. 
Rush,  'ίεμαι  or  ορμάω  ; 

—  on,  ορμάω. 


S. 

Sacred,  Ιερός. 

Sacrifice,  Ουσία ;  β!•ω. 

Safe,  άσφαλΐ^ς  or  σώος. 

Safely,  άσφα?.ώς. 

Safety,  σωτηρία  or 
ασφάλεια  ;  with  — , 
άσφα/Μς  ;  m  great- 
est — ,  άσ<ρα7.έστατα  ; 
bring  in  — ,  σώζω. 

Sail,  —  away^  αποπλέω 
or  εκπλέω. 

Sailor,  ναύτης. 

Same,  αυτός  with  tho 
art.,  I  79,  2. 

Samian,  Σάαιος. 

Sardis,  Σάρδεις. 

Satrap,  σατράπης. 

Save,  σώζω. 

Savior,  σωτήρ. 

Say,  λέγω  or  <Ι)ημΊ ;  εΐ- 
πον,  said. 

Scout,  σκοπός. 

Scrutinize,  εξετάζω. 

Sea,  θάλαττα  ;  put  to  — , 
ανάγομαι. 

Seat,  be  seated,  κάΟημαι. 

Second,  ΰστεραίος. 

Secret,  κρυπτός. 

See,  όράω ;  —  to,  σκο- 
πέω. 

Seek,  ζητέω. 

Seem,  —  best,  δοκέω. 

Seer,  μάντις. 

Self,  αυτός,  ξ  145,  1. 

Self-control,  εγκράτεια. 

Sell,  αποδίδομαι. 

Send,  πέμπω,  στέλ2ω  (p. 
89),  or  "ιημι ;  —  for, 
μεταπέμπομαΐ]  —  baek 
or  home,  αποπέμπω ; 
— forward,  προπέμπω; 

—  down,  καταπέμπω  ; 

—  word,  παραγγέλλω. 


Sense 


283 


stream 


Sense,  αίσθησις. 

Senseless,  ανοος. 

Separate,  α-οσπάω  or 
(^ιιστημι. 

Servant,  θεράττων. 

Serve,  —  for  hire,  θη- 
τε'νω. 

Set,  Ίστημι ;  δννω,  of  the 
sun  ;  —  before,  Tcapa- 
τίβημι ;  —  onfire^  καίω 
or  ένάπτω  ;  —  out, 
όρμάομαι. 

Seven,  έ-τά. 

Severe,  χα/χπός. 

Shame,  αίσχννη. 

Sharp,  οξνς. 

Shepherd,  ττοιμγν. 

SMeld,  ασ-ίς. 

Ship,  νανς. 

Shoot,  τοξεύω. 

Shout,  κραυγή ;  βοάω. 

Show,  φαίνω,  to  make  to 
appear,  to  cause  to  be 
seen  ;  όείκννμι  or  im- 
όείκννμί,  prop,  to  show 
with  the  finger,  hence 
to  show  in  general. 

Shun,  φεύγω. 

Sick,  he  — ,  ασθενέω. 

Side,  from  the  —  of, 
-jrapa  with  G. ;  on  all 
sides,  πάντοθεν ;  on 
hoth  sides,  άμφοτέρω- 
6εχ-. 

Sight,  όρασις;  out  of — , 
άφαντες ;  i?i  — ,  κατα- 
(pain/g. 

Silence,  σιγή. 

Silent,  be  — ,  σιγάω. 

Silver,  αργίφιον  ;  —  or 
of—,  αργ'υρεος. 

Simple,  άττλόος. 

Since,  ε-εί  or  οπότε. 

Sing,  άδω. 

Singer,  αοιδός. 


Sink  or  —  down,  κατα- 
δύω, trans. 

Six,  εξ. 

Skill,  τέχνη. 

Skin,  διφθέρα. 

Slander,  δίαβο7-ή. 

Slaughter,  κύ-τω  or 
σψάττω. 

Slave,  δοΰ7Μς ;  be  a  — , 
δονΤιΐνω. 

Slay,  άττοκτείνω,  ά—όλ- 
λνμι ;  be  slain,  απο- 
θνήσκω. 

Sleep,  νπνος ;  καθείδω. 

Sling,  σφενδόνη ;  σφεν- 
δονάω. 

Slinger,  σφενδονήτης. 

Slowly,  σχολτ). 

Small,  μικρός. 

Smelling,  όσφρησις. 

Snare,  παγίς. 

Sneeze,  πτάρνυμαι. 

So,  οί'τως,  adv.  of  man- 
ner ;  δή,  logical  par- 
ticle of  inference  ;  be 
— ,  όντως  έχω. 

Socrates,  Σωκράτης. 

Soldier,  στρατιώτης  ; 
light-armed  — ,  γυ- 
μνής. 

Some,  τΙς  ;  οΊ  μεν,  §  143, 
1 ;  —  one  or  body  or 
thing,  τις,  τΙ. 

Sometimes,  ενίοτε. 

Son,  νίύς,  in  general ; 
τταϊς,  child,  of  either 
sex. 

Song,  ώδή. 

Sooner,  πρόσθεν. 

Soothsayer,  μάντις. 

Sophist,  σοφιστής. 

Sophocles,  Σοφοκλής. 

Sorrow,  Αυκη. 

Sort,  of  every  — ,  παντο- 
δατνός. 


Soul,  θνμός. 

Sound,  σημαίνω,  to  give 
a  signal,  witli  a  per- 
sonal subject ;  φθέγ- 
γομαι,  of  any  loud, 
clear  sound. 

Source,  πηγή. 

Sparta,  Σπάρτη. 

Spartan,  Σπαρτιάτης. 

Speak  or  —  of,  Άέγω  ; 
είπον,  spoke;  —  the 
truth,  άλ7]βενω. 

Spear,  λόγχη. 

Speech,  λόγος. 

Speed,  at  fall  — ,  ανά 
κράτος. 

Spoils,  σκίΟ.α. 

Sportsman,  θηρευτής. 

Spot,  χωρίον. 

Spring,  κρ/'/νη. 

Square,  πλαίσιον. 

Stadium,  στάδων. 

Stag,  έλαφος. 

Stage,  σταθμός. 

Stand,  ϊσταμαι  or  εστη- 
κα  ;  —  by,  παρίστα- 
μαι ;  —  around,  πε- 
ρύσταμαι  ;  —  under 
arms,  τίθεμαι  τα  όπλα. 

Standard,  σημείον. 

State,  λέγω  ;  πόλις. 

Station,  σταθμός. 

Steal,  κλέπτω. 

Steep,  πρανής. 

Stem,  στυγνός. 

Stm,  ετι. 

Stir,  —  up,  ταράττω. 

Stone,  λίθος]  βάλλω. 

Stop,  πάνω]  — fighting, 
καταλνω. 

Stopping-place,  στα- 
θμός. 

Straightway,  είθ'νς. 

Stranger,  ξένος. 

Stream,  ρόος. 


strengthen 


284 


Tissaphernes 


Strengthen,  ρώνννμι. 

Strife,  ερις. 

Strike,  7Γ«/ω,  strike  with 
the  hand  or  some- 
thing in  it ;  π?ιήττί.), 
a  stronger  word. 

Strive,  ττειράομαι ;  — 
after,  ορέγομαι. 

Strong,  ισχυρός. 

Stronghold,  χωρίον  or 
χωρίον  Ίσχυρόν. 

Struggle,  άγων. 

Successfully,  κα7Μς. 

SvlS&C, πάσχω  ;  — death, 
αποθνήσκω. 

Summit,  άκρον. 

Summon,  καλέω. 

Sun,  ipuoq. 

Supperless,  αδειπνος. 

Support,  τρί:ψω. 

Surmount,  νπερβά?ιλω. 

Surpass,  υπερέχω. 

Surprise,  be  surprised, 
θαυμάζω. 

Surrender,  παραδίδωμι. 

Surround,  περιέχω. 

Suspect,  ΰποπτευω. 

Suspicion,  υποψία. 

Swear,  — falsely,  έπιορ- 


Sweat,  ίόρώς. 

Sweet,  ήύί'ς,  agreeable 

in  a  very  wide  sense  ; 

γ?ιυκνς,  prop,  sweet  to 

the  taste. 
Sword,  short  — ,  άκινά- 

κης. 

yracusan,  Συρακόσιος. 
Syrian,  Σί'ριος;  Σύρος. 


Τ. 

Table,  τράπεζα. 
Take,  λαμβάνω ;  — place, 
γίγνομαι ;     —   away, 


άφαφέω  ;   —  part  in 
an   expedition,  στρα- 
τεύομαι. 
Talent,  τάλαντον. 
Targeteer,  πε/ιταστ?/ς. 
Taste,  γεϋσις;   γεύομαι. 
Teacher,  διδάσκαλος. 
Tegea,  Ύεγέα. 
Team,  ζεύγος. 
Tell,  ?.έγω;  είπον,  told. 
Temple,  νεώς ;  robber  of 

temples,  ιερόσυλος. 
Ten,  δέκα ;  —  thousand, 

μϋριοι. 
Tent,  σκηνή. 
Terrify,  έκπλήττ< 
Test,  βάσανος. 
Than,  ή. 
That,    εκείνος,    demon. 

pron. ;  οτι,   in   indir. 

disc;  'ίνα,  ως^  'όπως,  in 

the  sense  of  in  order 

that;  μή,  after  verbs 

of  fearing ;  so  — ,  ώστε ; 

0  or  would  — ,  εΐϋε. 
The,  0,  ή,  TO. 
Theatre,  ϋέατρον. 
Theft,  κλοπή. 
Their,    often    by    the 

article  ;      sometimes 

by  αυτών,  gen.  plur. 

of  αυτός. 
Them,  oblique  cases  of 

αυτός  in  the  plur. 
Themistocles,  Οεμιστο- 

κλής. 
Themselves,      εαυτών, 

reflex. ;  αυτοί,  intens. 

like  ijise. 
Then,    τότε,    of    time ; 

δή,  inferential ;  ένθα, 

thereupon  ;    and  — , 

είτα  δέ. 
Thence,  εντεύθεν. 
There,       ενταύθα,      of 


place ;  when  merely 
expletive  not  to  be 
translated  ;  from  — , 
εντεύθεν  ;  be  — ,  πά- 
ρειμι. 

Therefore,  ουν,  άρα,  or 
τοίνυν. 

Thereupon,  ενταύθα  or 
ένθα. 

Thermopylae,  θερμό- 
πυ'λαι. 

These,  see  This. 

Thief,  <ρώρ. 

Think,  νομίζω  or  οΐμαι. 

Third,  τρίτος. 

Thirty,  τριάκοντα. 

This,  οντος  or  οδε,  ξ  148, 
Ν.  1. 

Those,  see  That- 
Thought,  take  —  in  re- 
turn, άντεπιμελέομαι. 

Thousand,  χίλιοι ;  txoo 
— ,  δισ χίλιοι-  ten  — , 
μνριοι. 

Thrace,  Θράκη. 

Thracian,  θραξ. 

Three,  τρεΙς;  —  hun- 
dred, τριακόσιοι. 

Through,  διά. 

Throw,  ρίπτω ;  —  in, 
έμβάλ?ι,ω. 

Thus,  ώδε,  in  the  sense 
of  as  follows. 

Tiara,  στλεγγίς. 

Tigris,  Τίγρης. 

Time,  χρόνος,  in  gen- 
eral ;  ώρα,  season, 
hour ;  proper  — ,  και- 
ρός ;  at  that  — ,  τότε ; 
each  — ,  εκάστοτε  ;  in 
— ,  ευκαίρως  ;  at  the 
same  —  with,  άμα 
with  D. 

Tissaphernes,  Ύισσα- 
(Ι)έρν?/ς 


To 


285 


Well-disposed 


To,   εΙς,  έ-ί,  τταρά,   ως, 

or  -^ζρός. 
Toil,  πόνος  ;  full  of  — , 

7το?Λ~ονος. 
Tongue,  γ/.ώσσα. 
Too,  άγαν. 
Toreli,  /.αμττάς. 
Touch,  άόη  ;  άτττομαι. 
Towards,  εττί  w.  G. 
Tower,  τίρσις. 
Track,  Ιχνιον. 
Traitor,  τζροδότης. 
Transgress,  -αραβαίνω 

or  άμαρτάνω. 
Transport,  διαβιβάζω. 
Treason,  -ροδοσία. 
Treasure,  θησαυρός. 
Treat,  χράομα:. 
Treaty,  σ-ονδαί  or  σνν- 

Θί/Κ7]. 

Tree,  δένδρον. 
Trench,  τάφρος. 
Tribute,  δασμός. 
Trireme,  τριήρης. 
Trojan,  Τρωικός. 
Trophy,  τρότταιον. 
Trouble,     ταράττω     er 

ανιαω. 
Troy,  Ύροία. 
Truce,  σ~ονδαί. 
True,  αληθής. 
Trumpet,  σάλτ-ιγξ. 
Trust,  τζιστείω   or  ττέ- 

^οιβα. 
Truth,    speak    the   — , 

αληθεύω. 
Try,   ετΓίχειρέω  or  ττει- 

ράομαι. 
Tumult,  θόρυβος. 
Tunic,  χιτών. 
Turn,  τρέτνω  or  στρέφω. 
Twenty,  είκοσι. 
Two,  δί•υ  ;  —  ihousand, 

δισχΊ7^οι. 
Tyrant,  τίφαννος. 


υ. 

Under,  ν-ό. 
Underneath,     he     — , 

ν~ειμι. 
Understanding,    σννε- 

σις. 
Undertaking,    ττράξις^ 

ττράγμα,  or  έργον. 
Uneducated,    άτταίδεν- 

τος. 
Unfinished,  άτε/.ής. 
Unfortunate,  ατυχής  or 

δνστνχής. 
Unguarded,  αφύλακτος. 
Unjust,  άδικος. 
Unless  =  if  not. 
Unprepared,       άτταρα- 

σκίίαστος. 
Unprincipled,  πονηρός. 
Unseaworthy,  ά77?Μος. 
Unseemly,  αισχρός. 
Until,  μέχρι,  άχρι,  έστε, 

έως,  or  ττρίν. 
Up,  —  along,  ανά. 
Upon,  έ-ί. 

Uprightness,  δικαιοσύ- 
νη. 
Uproar,  θόρυβος. 
Urge,  κελενω. 
Us,  see  I. 
Use,  make  —  of,  χράο- 

μαι. 
Useful,  χρήσιμος. 

V. 

Valor,  αρετή. 
Vast,  ττολνς. 
Vengeance,  take  —  on, 

άττυτίνομαι  or  τιμωρέο- 

μαι. 
Very,  μά/Μ. 
Vex,  λυττίω. 
Vicious,  πονηρός. 
Victorious,  he — ,νίκάω. 


Vigilant,  ί-ιμε7.ής. 
Vigorously,  Ισχυρώς. 
Village,  κώμη ;  vUlarjc- 

chief,  κωμάρχης. 
Villager,  κωμήτης. 
Vine,  άμπε7.ος. 
Violate,  παραμε7Λω. 
Violently,  βιαίως. 
Virtue,  αρετή. 
Voice,  ύωνή. 
Voyage,  πλόης 

w. 

Wagon,  άμαξα ;  passa- 
ble by  wagons,  άμαξι^ 

τός. 
Wailing,  οδνρμός. 
Wait,  περιμένω  ;  — for, 

αναμένω  or  περιμένω. 
Wall,  τείχος ;    build  a 

—  to  intercept,  άπο- 

τειχίζω. 
War,   πόλεμος;   at  — , 

πολέμιος ;  —  or  make 

— ,  πολεμέω. 
Ward,  —  off,  άμί•νω. 
Watchword,  σύνθημα. 
Water,  νδωρ  ;  fetch  — , 

νδροφορέω. 
Way,  .  οδός  ;    give  — , 

έκκ/ύνω ;   give  —   to, 

πείθομαι ;  in  this  — , 

όντως. 
Weak,  ασθενής. 
Wealth,  πλούτος. 
Wear,  έχω ;  —  out,  κα- 

τατρΊβω. 
Weep,  δακρνω. 
Weight,  βάρος. 
Well,  ευ  or  κα?Μς;  it 

is  — ,  καλώς  έχει. 
Well-armed,  ε'υοπ?Μς. 
Well-born,  ευγενής. 
Well-disposed,  είνυος. 


Wet 


286 


Zeus 


Wet,  βρέχ(^' 
What,    τις,  inter.;   ος, 
rel. ;    'όστις,  gen.  rel. 
and  indir.  inter. 
Whatever,  'όστις. 
When,  ως,  ειτεί,  or  επει- 
δή. 
Whence,  πόθεν. 
Whenever,    οπότε     or 

επειδή. 
Where,  ένθα  or  'όπη. 
WTierefore,  ώστε. 
Wherever,  'όπου. 
Whether,  ει. 
Which,  'ός. 

Whichever,  όπότερης. 
Whip,  μάστιξ. 
White,  ?ιενκός. 
Whither,  ποί. 
Who,  τίς,  inter. ;  'ός,  rel. 
Whole,  'όλος  or  πάς. 
Whosoever,  'ός. 
Why,  τι. 
Width,  είφος. 
Wife,  γννί/. 
Wild,  άγριος ;  —  beast, 

Οηρίον. 
Willing,  he  — ,  εθείω. 
Wind,  άνεμος. 
Wine,  οίνος. 
Wing,  κέρας. 
Winter,  χειμών. 
Wisdom,  σοφία. 
Wise,  σοφός. 
Wish.,i0tXu  or  βοΰλομαι 


With,  συν,  έχων ;  —  the 
aid  of,  συν  ;  —  respect 
to,  προς. 
Withdraw,  αποσπάω  or 

άναχωρέω. 
Within,  είσω,  indicates 
the  motion  of  going 
into  the  place ;  ένδον, 
in  the  sense  of  in  the 
inside,  without  im- 
plying such  motion ; 
εντός,  prop,  inwardly, 
but  sometimes  as  a 
prep.  AV.  G. 
Without,      άνευ  ;      — 

breakfast,  άνάριστυς. 
Witness,  μάρτυς. 
Wolf,  λ'νκος. 
Woman,  γννή  ;  old  — , 
γρανς  ;     Cilician    — , 
Κίλισσα. 
Wonder,  θαυμάζω. 
Wonderful,  θαυμαστός. 
Wooden,  ξύλινος. 
Word,  λόγος  ;  bring  or 
carry  back  — ,  απαγ- 
γέλλω; send — ,  παραγ- 
γέλλω  ;  pass  tlie  —  to 
one  another,  διαγγέλ- 
λω. 
Work,  εργάζομαι. 
Worse,  c.  of  κακός. 
Worsted,  be  — ,  ήττάο- 

μαι. 
Worthy,  άξιος. 


Would,  —  that,  είθε  or 

ft  γάρ. 
Wound,  τιτρύσκω 
Write,  γράφω. 
Wrong  or  do  — ,  άδι- 

κέω  ;       wrong-doing, 

αμαρτία 

Χ. 

Xenias,  'ξενίας. 
Xenophon,  Ξενοφών. 


Υ. 

Year,  ένιαυτός. 

Yet,  not  — ,  ονπω  or 
μί/πω  ;  and  — ,  καίτοι. 

Yield,  νφίεμαι. 

You,  συ. 

Young,  νέος;  —  man, 
νεανίας. 

Your  or  yours,  σός  or 
υμέτερος,  and  often  by 
the  gen.  of  συ. 

Yourself,    σεαυτοϋ,   re- 
flex. ;    αυτός,    intens. 
like  ipse. 
Youth,  νεότης. 


Ζ. 

Zealous,  πρόθυμος. 
Zeus,  Ίεΰς. 


Pkesswork  by 
GIN  Ν   &  COMPANY, 

Boston. 


GREEK  TEXT-BOOKS. 


Goodwin's  Greek  Grammar. 

By  WiLLLAJM  W.  GooDWix.  Ph.D.,  Eliot  Professor  of  Greek  Literature 
in  Harvard  College.  Revised  and  Enlarged  Edition.  Published  io 
December,  1879.  12mo.  Half  morocco.  425  pages.  Mailing  Price, 
S1.U5;  Introduction,  61.50;  AlloAvance  for  old  book,  50  cents. 

rpiIE  object  of  this  Grammar  is  to  state  general  principles  clearly 
and  distinctly,  with  special  regard  to  those  who  are  preparing 
for  college. 

In  the  new  edition  many  important  changes  have  been  made. 
The  part  relating  to  the  inflection  of  the  Verb  has  been  entirely 
rewritten,  and  increased  from  fifty  to  one  Imndred  pages.  Part 
III.,  on  the  Formation  of  Words,  has  been  added  in  this  edition. 
Part  v.,  on  Versification,  is  almost  entirely  new,  and  follows  to  a 
great  extent  the  principles  of  J.  H.  H.  Schmidt's  Rhythmic  and 
Metric.  The  other  parts,  especially  the  Syntax,  have  been  thor- 
oughly revised,  and  numerous  additions  have  been  made.  The 
Catalogue  of  A^erbs  has  been  greatly  enlarged,  and  each  verb  is 
now  referred  to  its  proper  class  in  the  classification  of  G.  Curtius, 
which  is  adopted  in  the  Grammar  itself.  The  sections  on  the  Syntax 
of  the  Verb  are  generally  condensed  from  the  author's  larger  work 
on  the  Greek  Moods  and  Tenses,  to  which  advanced  students,  and 
especially  teachers,  are  referred  for  a  fidler  exposition  of  many 
matters  \vhich  are  merely  hinted  at  in  the  Elementary  Grammar. 

This  new  edition  has  been  published  also  by  Macmillan  &  Co.  in 
London,  and  is  commended  by  British  authorities  as  '•  the  best 
Greek  Grammar  of  its  size  in  the  English  language." 


Martin  L.  D'Ooge,  Professor  of 
Greek  in  the  University  of  Michigan: 
The  Grammar,  it  seems  to  me,  hits 


and  clearly.  Its  treatment  of  the  in- 
flection of  the  verb  is  especially  skil- 
ful and  clear.    I  know  of  no  Greek 


the  exact  mean  between  a  book  of  grammar  for  English-speaking  stu- 
reference  and  a  bare  outline.  It  dents  that  combines  so  many  merits 
gives  results  concisely  and  yet  fully  I  iu  so  attractive  a  form. 


GREEK   TEXT-BOOKS. 


49 


White's  First  Lessons  in  Greek. 


Prepared  to  accompany  Goodwin's  Greek  Grammar,  and  designed  as  an 
Introduction  either  to  his  Greek  Reader  or  to  his  Selections  irom  Xeno- 
phou  and  Herodotus,  or  to  the  Anabasis  of  Xenophon.  By  John  Wil- 
liams White,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Greek  in  Harvard  University.  12mo. 
Half  morocco,  χ  +  286  pages.  Mailing  Price,  $1.30;  Introduction,  $1.20; 
Allowance  for  old  book,  25  cents. 

Λ  SERIES  of  eighty  lessons,  with  progressive  Greek-English 
"^^  and  English-Greek  Exercises,  to^ew  mainly  from  the  first  foui 
looks  of  Xenophon's  Anabasis.  The  Exercises  consist  wholly  of 
complete  sentences,  followed  by  a  series  of  Additional  Exercises 
on  Forms,  and  complete  Vocabularies.  These  lessons  are  care- 
fully graded,  and  do  not  follow  the  order  of  arrangement  of  the 
Grammar,  but  begin  the  study  of  the  verb  with  the  second  lesson, 
and  then  pursue  it  alternately  with  that  of  the  remaining  parts  of 
speech. 


Alexander  Kerr,  Prof,  of  Greek, 
University  of  Wisconsi7i:  The  best 
book  for  beginners  which  I  have  ever 
examined. 


E.  H.  "Wilson,  Prin.  of  High  School, 
Middletown,  Conn. :  It  is  the  best 
book  for  beginners  in  Greek  I  have 
ever  used. 


Leighton's  New  Greeli  Lessons. 

With  references  to  Hadley's  Greek  Grammar  as  well  as  to  Goodwin's 
New  Greek  Grammar.  Intended  as  an  introduction  to  Xenophon 's 
Anabasis  or  to  Goodwin's  Greek  Reader.  By  R.  F.  Leighton.  Ph.D. 
(Lips.),  Principal  Brooklyn  High  School,  N.Y.  12mo.  Half  morocco. 
Mailing  Price,  $1.3Q  ;  Introduction,  $1.20  ;  Allowance,  25  cents. 

Λ  BOUT  seventy  easy  and  well-graded  lessons,  both  Greek  and 
"^  English,  introduce  the  pupil  to  the  first  book  of  Xenophon's 
Anabasis,  from  which  the  Exercises  and  Vocabularies  are  mainly 
selected.  The  amount  of  matter  to  be  translated  into  Greek  is 
sufficient  to  prepare  a  student  for  most  American  colleges. 


M.  W.  Humphreys,  Prof,  of  Greek, 
University  of  Texas :  I  have  found 
by  actual  trial  that,  for  beginners,  it 
forms  an  excellent  companion  to  the 
Grammar.     {March  G,  1882.) 


A.  H.  Buck,  Prof,  of  Greek,  Bos' 

ton  University :  In  its  general  plan, 
subject-matter,  and  method,  it  is  ex- 
cellently well  adapted  to  the  wants 
of  the  beginner.     {May  6,  1881.) 


50  GKEEK   TEXT-BOOKS. 

First  Four  Books  of  Xenophon's  Anabasis. 

AVith  au  illustrated  Vocabulary.  Edited  by  Professors  W.  ΛΥ.  Goodwin 
and  John  Williajis  ΛΥηιτκ,  of  Harvard  University.  12mo.  Half 
morocco.  355  pacjes.  Mailing  Price,  Sl.Uo;  Introduction, -SLoO  ;  Allow- 
ance, 25  cents. 

"Without  Vocabulary.    Mailing  Price,  §1.10  ;  Introduction,   $1.00 ; 
Allowance,  2o  cents. 

rpiIE  Notes  are  copious,  and  much  grammatical  aid  is  given, 
chiefly  in  the  form  of  references  to  the  Grammar. 

A  colored  map  is  added,  giving  the  route  of  the  Ten  Thousand. 

Until  Professor  AVhite's  Illustrated  Vocabulary  is  ready,  Profes- 
sor Crosby's  complete  Lexicon  will  be  bound  with  this  edition. 

Goodwin's  Greeti  Reader. 

Edited  by  Professor  W.  ΛΥ.  GooDWiy,  of  Harvard  University.  12mo. 
Half  morocco.  384  pages.  Mailing  Price,  31.65  ;  Introduction,  .Sl.50; 
Allowance,  25  cents. 

r^OXSISTIXG  of  Selections  from  Xenophon,  Plato,  Herodotus, 
and  Thucydides ;  being  the  full  amount  of  Greek  Prose 
required  for  admission  to  Harvard  University.  "With  colored 
maps,  notes,  and  references  to  the  revised  and  enlarged  edition  of 
Goodwin's  Greek  Grammar. 

B.  L.  Cilley,  Professor  of  Greek,  I  written,  and,  what  I  think  much  of, 
Phillips  Exeter  Academy  :  The  selec-  the  type  is  clear  and  the  book  looks 
tions  are  good,  the  notes  are  well  I  attractive. 

Cebes'  Tablet 

Edited  with  Introduction,  Notes,  Vocabulary,  and  Grammatical  Ques- 
tions, by  RicHAKD  Parsons,  Professor  of  Greek,  Ohio  Wesleyan  Uni- 
versity. 12mo.  Cloth.  94  pages.  Mailing  Price,  85  cents ;  for  intro- 
duction, 75  cents. 

npHIS  little  volume  has  arisen  from  a  belief  that  Cebes'  Tablet 
deserves  a  higher  recognition  than  it  has  received.     In  con- 
firmation of  this  claim,  editions  based  upon  more  modern  data 
and  research  have  recently  appeared  in  Germany  and  England. 

In  its  preparation  the  works  of  Schweighatiser,  Simpson,  Drosihn, 
BUchling,  and  Jerram  have  been  consulted,  besides  some  minor 


GREEK   TEXT-BOOKS. 


51 


editions  prepared  for  school  and  gymnasium  use.  The  monographs 
of  Drosihn  {Die  Zeit  des  P'lnax)  and  of  Dr.  Carl  Muller  on  the 
manuscript  authorities  (De  arte  critica  ad  Cehetis  Tabulam  adhi- 
benda)  have  been  of  service. 

Besides  being  an  entertaining  and  instructive  allegory,  in  the 
form  of  a  lively  dialogue,  Cebes'  Tablet  is  moderately  easy  to  con- 
strue, and  not  above  the  comprehension  of  a  boy  of  fourteen. 

As  a  drill-book  on  forms  and  constructions,  especially  on  inter- 
rogatives  and  conditional  sentences,  the  work  should  come  into 
use,  to  say  nothing  of  its  own  intrinsic  excellence.  Particular 
attention  is  invited  to  the  feature  of  questions. 

It  should  be  put  into  the  hands  of  beginners  in  their  second  or 
third  term's  work  as  an  alternative  book  to  the  Anabasis,  which 
is  in  parts  a  little  too  military  and  tedious. 


Geo.  A.  "Williams,  Professor  of 
Greek,  Cook  Academy,  Havana, 
N.Y.:  It  seems  admirably  adapted 
to  supplement  the  regular  work  in 
the  Anabasis,  or  to  take  the  place  of 
an  equivalent  of  the  latter. 
{Aug.  25,  1887.) 

A.  K.  Wells,  Professor  of  Greek, 


Aniioch  College,  Yelloio  Springs,  O. : 
I  am  well  pleased  with  it,  and  shall 
certainly  use  it  next  term  with  my 
beginning  class.  The  Anabasis  never 
seemed  to  me  interesting  enough  to 
the  average  student  to  make  a  fit 
introduction  to  Greek  literature.  I 
think  the  Tablet  will  meet  my  need 
exactly.     {Nov.  11,  1887.) 


Selections  from  Xenophon  and  Herodotus. 

With  Notes  adapted  to  the  revised  edition  of  Goodwin's  Greek  Grammar, 
and  copperplate  maps.  Edited  l)y  W.  W.  Goodwin,  Ph.D..  LL.D.,  Eliot 
Professor  of  Greek  Literature,  and  John  Williams  AVhite,  Ph.D., 
Professor  of  Greek  in  Harvard  College.  12mo,  Half  morocco,  vii  +  397 
pages.    Mailing  Price,  $1.65;  for  introduction,  $1.50. 


Greek  Inflection. 

By  B.  F.  Harding,  Teacher  of  Greek  in  St.  Paul's  School,  Concord,  N.H. 
12mo.  Cloth.  54  pages.  Mailing  Price,  55  cents;  for  introduction,  50  cents. 

T\ESTGNED  to  economize  time  for  the  teacher,  by  furnishing  a 
large  number  of  words  for  ready  use,  as  paradigms,  in  the 
class-room,  and  at  the  same  time  to  suggest  a  systematic  and  scl• 
entiiic  treatment  of  the  noun  and  verb. 


52 


GliEEK   TEXT-BOOKS. 


Goodwin's  Greek  Moods  and  Tenses. 

By  William  W.  αοοολτίΝ,  Ph.D.,  Eliot  Professor  of  Greek  Literature 
in  Harvard  University.  Seventh  Edition,  Revised  and  Enlarged.  iL'mo. 
Cloth.    271»  pages.    Mailing  Price,  SI. 05;  Introduction,  ί?1.ϋΟ. 

ΠΠΗΕ  object  of  the  λυογΙ^  is  to  gh'e  a  plain  statement  of  the  prin- 
ciples Λvhich  govern  constructions  in  this,  the  most  important 
and  the  most  difficult  part  of  Greek  Syntax. 

Since  1874  Goodwin's  Moods  and  Tenses  of  the  Greek  \"erb  has 
been  included  in  the  list  of  works  recommended  by  the  Board  of 
Classical  Studies  of  the  Cniversity  of  Cambridge  (England)  to 
candidates  for  honors  in  the  Classical  Tripos.  In  1875  it  was  re- 
published by  ^Nlacmillan  &  Co.  in  London  and  Oxford. 


Arthur  Sidgwick,  Lertnrer  at 
Corpus  Christ i  CoUef/e,  Oxford,  and 
Fellow    of    Trinity    College,    Cam- 


bridfje :  The  best  book  on  the  subject 
that  has  been  published,  either  in 
Europe  or  America. 


Medea  of  Euripides. 


Edited,  with  Notes  and  an  Introduction,  by  Frederick  D.  Allen, 
Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Classical  Philology  in  Harvard  University.  12mo. 
Cloth.    141  pages.    Mailing  Price,  SlJO;  Introduction,  .$1.00. 

rpHE  Introduction  contains  a  full  discussion  of  all  the  principal 
questions  arising  in  a  study  of  this  play. 

M.  L.  D'Ooge,  Prof,  of  Greek,  Uni-  [  models  of  conciseness,  clearness,  and 
■cersity  of  Michif/an :  It  fully  meets  directness.  I  am  using  it  with  great 
my    expectations.      The    notes    are  '  satisfaction. 


(Edipus  Tyrannus  of  Sophocles. 

Edited,  with  an  Introduction,  Xotes,  and  full  Explanation  of  the  Metres, 
by  John  AVilliams  ΛΛΉιτε,  Ph.D.,  Professor  of  Greek  in  Harvard  Uni- 
versity. 12mo.  Cloth.  219  pages.  Mailing  Price,  $1.25:  Introduction, 
^1.12. 

rpHTS  edition  of  the  (Edipus  Tyi-annus  has  been  made  for  the 
class-room,  and  is  especially  designed   for   those  who   begin 
their  study  of  the  Greek  drama  with  this  tragedy. 

Wm.   S.  Tyler,    Prof,   of   G^ree^•,  ί  guide  in  the  study  of  this  masterpiece 
Amherst  Colleye:  I  know  of  no  better  |  of  the  old  Greek  drama. 


Allen : 
Flagg 


Goodwin ; 


Introd.  to  Language  aud  Verse  of  Homer,  j  cfilyf 


Greek  Text-Books, 

,,   ,         .  ^     .   . ,  Tntro.  Price. 

Medea  of  Euripides $1  00 

Hellenic  Orations  of  Demosthenes       ....      i,oo 

Seven  against  Thebes l.GO 

Anacreontics 35 

Greek  Grammar 1.50 

Greek  Reader 1.50 

Greek  Moods  and  Tenses 1.50 

Selections  from  Xenophon  and  Herodotus          .        .      1.50 
Goodwin  &  White  :  Anabasis,  with  vocabulary        ....      1.50 

Harding :  Greek  Inflection .50 

Keep  :  Essential  Uses  of  the  Moods 25 

Leig-hton:         New  Greek  Lessons 1.20 

Liddell  &  Scott :  Abridged  Greek-English  Lexicon  ....      1.90 
Unabridged  Greek-English  Lexicon    .        .        .        .      9.40 

Cebes'  Tablet 75 

Selected  Odes  of  Pindar 1.40 

.45 
.60 

Greek  Prose  Composition 1.50 

Philippics  of  Demosthenes  1.00 

Selections  from  (rreek  Lyric  Poets      ....      1.00 

First  Lessons  in  Greek 1.20 

Schmidt's  Rhythmic  and  Metric 2.50 

Oedipus  Tyrannus  of  Sophocles 1.12 

Stein's  Dialect  of  Herodotus 10 

Orations  of  Lysias 1.00 

( Eeckv/ith :  Euripides'  Bacchantes. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  .80;  Cloth,  $1.10;  Text  only,  .20. 
Sophocles'  Antigone. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  .95  ;  Cloth,  $1.25  ;  Text  only,  .20. 
Plato's  Apology  and  Crito. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  .95;  Cloth,  $1.25  ;  Text  only,  .20. 
Thucydides,  Book  V. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  .95;  Cloth,  $1.25;  Text  only,  .20. 
Hiimphreys :  Aristophanes'  Clouds. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  .95;  Cloth,  $1.25;  Text  only,  .20. 
Xenophon's  Hellenica,  Books  I.-TV. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  $1.20 ;  Cloth,  $1.50;  Text  only,  .20. 
Thucydides,  Book  L 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  $1.20;  Cloth,  $1.50;  Text  only,  .20. 
Homer's  Iliad,  Books  I.-III. 

Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  .95  ;  Cloth,  $1.25;  Text  only,  .20. 
Thucydides,  Book  VII. 
Text  and  Notes,  Paper,  .95  ;  Cloth,  $1.25  ;  Text  only,  .20. 


Parsons : 
Seymour 


Sidgwick : 
Tar  bell  : 
Tyler : 
White : 


Whiton ; 


m 

0) 

•f-l 

U 

Q> 

Ul 

<ΰ 

tD 
03 

1—1 

I— I 

Ο 
ϋ 


DOoge : 
Dyer: 
Fowler : 


Manatt : 
Morris : 
Seymour 
Smith : 


Sanskrit. 


Arrowsmith :  Kaegi's  Rigveda,  (translation) $1.50 

Elwell:  Nine  Jatakas  (Pa^O (>0 

J-ianman :  Sanskrit  Reader 1-HO 

Perry:  Sanskrit  Primer 1-50 

Whitney:  Sanskrit  Grammar 2.50 

Copies  sent  to  Teachers  for  Examination,  with  a  ricio  to  Introduction,  on 
receipt  of  Introduction  Price. 

GINN    &   COMPANY,  Publishers, 

Boston,  New  York,  and  Chicago. 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 
University  of  California  Library 

or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 

University  of  California 

Richmond  Field  Station,  BIdg.  400 

1301  South  46th  Street 

Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 

To  renew  or  recharge  your  library  materials,  you  may 

contact  NRLF  4  days  prior  to  due  date  at  (510)  642-6233 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


08 


DD20  12M  7-06 


LD  21A-50 
(C1795S10 


^l^WS^^^^^pSL•    V 


υ.  C.BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


CD^7D^ΞD7fl 


